MH.
I
At Greatly Reduced Prices,
PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW-
TJHE LIBF^A^Y
OF THE
(inibersttp of Toronto,
FROM
Dr. An
dozen En.
A CLASi
mentione
DICTIOr
Enlarged
AN ABRIDC
ANCIEN
FIND LA
full and <
FIRST L
LATIN F
A KEY to i
ZUMPT'
C. ANTH
AN ABKIDI
LATIN \
A KEY to 1
LATIN F
C/ESAR'
es, &c.
THE /EN
Sheep e?
CICERO
proved E
VIRGIL'
$1 25.
SALLUS
English
THE WC
Revised
FIRST G
GREEK
GRAMM n
A NEW a
Thiersct
GREEK
THE FIRST SIX BOOKS OF HOMER'S ILIAD. With English Notes,
Sheep extra. $1 25.
GREEK READER. Principally from the German of Jacobs. 12mo, Sheep. $1 I
THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. With English Notes, Ac. 12mo,Sheepi
THE GERMANIA AND AGRICOLAOF TACITUS. With English Note?
Sheep extra. 75 cents.
CICERO DE SENECTUTE, DE AMICITIA, PARADOXA, AN
SCIPIONIS, &c. With English Notes, &c. J2ino, Sheep extra. 75 cents.
XENOPHON'S MEMORABILIA OF SOCRATES. From the text
explanatory Notes, &c. 12mo, Sheep extra. SI 00.
RIDDLE AND ARNOLD'S EN GLISH -LATI N LEXICON. Re
THOMAS HODGINS, M.A.
1890.
x-l
Harper's School and College Text-looks.
professor oomis 1 s Hftatljematical Series.
EON ALGEBRA. 8vo, Sheep. $100.
OF GEOMETRY AND CON 1C S ECTIONS. 8vo, Sheep. $100.
OF PLANE AND SPHERICAL TRIGON OM ETR Y, with their Appli-
nsuration, Surveying', and Navigation. 8vo, Sheep. $1 00.
' LOGARITHMS OF NUMBERS, and of Sines and Tangents for every ten
e Quadrant. 8vo, Sheep. $1 00.
JONOMETRY and TABLES, bound together, may he had for $1 50.
sors ilTCUntock anb (Erooks's Nero Series of
School Classics.
K IN LATIN. Containing Grammar, Exercises, and Vocabularies. 12mo, Sheep.
BOOK IN LATI N. Containing a complete Latin Syntax, with copious Exer-
ation and Repetition, &c. 12mo. [In press.]
)UCTION TO LATIN STYLE. Principally from the German of Grysar.
ress.]
) O K IN GREEK. Containing full Vocabularies, Lessons on the Forms of Words,
Sheep. 75 cents.
BOOK IN GREEK. Containing the Syntax and Prosody, wilh Reading Les
ning a sufficient Greek Reader.
professor Ijackletfs iflatljematical Series.
E ON ALGEBRA. Containing the latest Improvements. 8vo, Sheep, ijjl 50.
ALGEBRA. Containing the latest Improvements. 8vo, Muslin. 75 cents.
NTARY COURSE OF GEOMETRY, for the Use of Schools and College*.
75 cents.
Professor Barker's (Imgiisl) School Scries.
NGLISH COMPOSITION. Prepared for the Student of all Grades. I2mo.
nts ; Muslin, 80 cents.
IICAL QUESTIONS. Adapted for the Use of Morse's or most other Maps
i. 25 cents.
OF GENERAL HISTORY, in the Form of Question and Answer. ICmo.
professor Hentoick's philosophical toorks.
^CIPLES OF CHEMISTRY. With Questions. Engravings. 18mo, half
ents.
ICE OF MECHANICS APPLIED TO PRACTICAL PURPOSES. En-
Smo, half Roan. 90 cenls.
ICIPLES OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. With Questions. Engravings.
oan. 75 cents.
professor !3ogb 1 s Qlcabemical tUorks.
MORAL PHILOSOPHY. Prepared for Literary Institutions and General
Sheep, 87 cents ; Muslin, 75 cents.
S OF RHETORIC AND LITERARY CRITICISM. 12mo, half Bound.
3Dr. Qlbercrombie's philosophical toorks.
ON THE INTELLECTUAL POWERS. With Questions. I8mo, half
its ; Muslin. 45 cents.
HY OF THE MORAL FEELINGS. With Questions. 18mo, half Roan, 50
in, 45 cents.
(D/ '
ANTHON'S LATIN GRAMMAR PART II.
AN INTRODUCTION
TO
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION,
WITH
A COMPLETE COURSE OF EXERCISES,
ILLUSTRATIVE OF ALL THE IMPORTANT
PRINCIPLES OF LATIN SYNTAX.
BY
CHARLES AN'THON, LL.D. S
PROFESSOR OF CHK GREEK AND LATIN LANGUAGES IN COLUMBIA COLLEGE,
AND RECTOR OF THK GRAMMAR-SCHOOL.
NEW-YORK:
HARPER & BROTHERS, CLIFF-STREET.
1846.
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1842, by
CHARLES ANTHON,
a* the Clerk's Office of the Southern District of New-York.
TO
THE RIGHT REV. JAMES H. OTEY, D.D.,
BISHOP OF THE PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL CHURCH IN THE DIOCESB
OF TENNESSEE,
THIS WORK IS INSCRIBED,
AS A
TESTIMONIAL OF SINCERE RESPECT FOR ONE IN WHOM TALENTS OF
A HIGH ORDER ARE BLENDED WITH ALL THE MILDER
CHARITIES OF PRIVATE LIFE,
AND
WHO HAS EVER SHOWN HIMSELF THE FRIEND OF SOUND EDU-
CATION, IN CONJUNCTION WITH WHAT ALONE CAN
RENDER IT TRULY VALUABLE, A SOUND
RELIGIOUS BELIEF,
PREFACE.
THE present work forms the second part of the Latin Les-
sons, and is intended to elucidate practically all the important
principles and rules of the Latin Syntax. The plan pursued
is the same with that which was followed in preparing the
first part, and the utility of which has been so fully proved
by the favourable reception extended to that volume. A rule
is laid down and principles are stated, and then exercises are
given illustrative of the same ; so that the two parts, taken
together, will form a complete Grammar of the Latin lan-
guage, accompanied by what no other grammar of that tongue
at present has, a full course of continuous exercises.
The principles and rules of Latin Syntax, as laid down in
the present volume, have been derived from the grammars
of Zumpt, Weissenborn, Reissig, Billroth, and from the Gym-
nasium of Dr. Crombie. The exercises are taken principally
from Kenrick, and a few from Ellis and Hottenrott. The
miscellaneous exercises at the end of the volume are from
Crombie exclusively. No vocabulary has been appended for
these last, since the student will obtain the requisite aid from
any English-Latin Dictionary.
Columbia College, J)v 10, 1841.
INTRODUCTION
TO
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
PART I.
EXERCISES ON LATIN SYNTAX.
CONCORD.
I. NOMINATIVE AND VERB.
RULE I. A verb agrees with its nominative in num-
ber and person, and in gender also, if it be susceptible
of gender j as,
Ego lego, " I read."
Tu scribis, " thou writest."
Puer currit, "the boy runs."
Nos docemus, "we teach."
Vos auditis, " ye hear."
Hostes fugiunt, " the enemy flee."
Corinthus capta est, " Corinth was taken."
Armafracta sunt, "the arms were broken."
Captivi emti sunt, "the captives were bought."
OBS. 1. As the terminations of the verbs serve to distinguish the
persons, the personal pronouns are not expressed, as nomina-
tives, unless some emphasis is required.
OBS. 2. In impersonal verbs, the nominative is left undefined ; as,
tonat, "it thunders ;" oportet, " it behooves."
RULE II. A collective noun, that is, a noun in the
singular denoting number or multitude, sometimes has
a plural verb ; as, pars pugnant, pars fugiunt, " some
fight, some flee."
10
NOMINATIVE AND VERB.
1. I am building. Thou art con-
sidering. Time flies. We con-
quer, Ye swim. The men live.
The house was burning. The
swallows were departing. Death
has taken away. The citizens
had received. The law will per-
mit. The tyrants will have pun-
ished.
2. Men may understand. The
cause might suffice. We may
have thought. Pompey might
have doubted. Crassus might
at length have conquered. The
preceptor may teach, the pupils
will not learn. Tullius might
have said so while we were ab-
sent.
3. The Romans are being conquer-
ed. The house was being built.
Carthage was taken. The
books were preserved. The boys
may have been sent. The wom-
en might have been found. The
girl has been slain.
4. While Marcus is drawing near,
it thunders. It hails daily, and
we are greatly alarmed. It
lightens and rains, and the con-
suls immediately retire.
6. A part were wounded or slain.
The crowd made a loud outcry.
The multitude feared, and were
easily scattered. The army were
corrupted, and discipline was
neglected. The youth began.
The commons decreed.
Ego aedifico. Tu cogito. Tern-
pus fugio. Ego vinco. Tu
nato. Homo vivo. Domus
ardeo. Hirundo abeo. Mors
eripio. Civis recipio. Le*
permitto. Tyrannus punio.
Homo intelligo. Causa sufficio.
Ego existimo. Pompeius
dubito. Crassus tandem vin-
co. Prseceptor doceo, discipu-
lus non disco. Tullius ita dicp
dum ego absum.
Romanus vinco. Domus sedifico.
Carthago capio. Liber con-
servo. Puer mitto. Femina
invenio. Puella interficio.
Dum Marcus advento tono.
Grandino quotidie, egoque mag-
nopere conturbo. Fulguro et
pluo, consulque statim decedo.
Pars vulnero aut occido. Turba
fremo. Multitude timeo, et fa-
cile dissipo. Exercitus cor-
rumpo, disciplinaque negligo.
Juventus ccepi. Plebs scisco.
Remark 1. For some observations on the construction of a plural
verb with a collective noun in the singular, consult Drakenborch ad
Lvo., 35, 26. Corte ad Sail, Jug., 28. Id. ad Luc., 4, 367. Kritz
ad Sail, Jug., 15, 2.
Remark 2 The construction of a plural verb with a collecl ive nour
NOMINATIVE AND VERB.
11
in the singular is perhaps never used by Cicero (for the instance cited
from Ver., 1, 31, is corrupt), and very rarely by Livy. It is common,
however, when a noun of this class continues the subject of success-
ive propositions, to join a singular verb with it in one, and a plural
in another, especially if a relative is interposed ; as, " Hoc idem gen-
eri humano evenit, quod in terra, collocati sunt." (Cic., N. D., 2, 6.)
" Jam ne nocte guidem turba ex eo loco dilabebatur, refracturosque car-
cerem minabantur." (Liv., 6, 17.)
Remark 3. This same construction of a singular collective noun
with a plural verb is also comparatively rare in Virgil, and takes
place generally in the following cases, namely, when the coUective
noun is followed by a genitive of another noun, which latter forms
the true subject ; or in the case of pars. But even then, when pars
occurs with a plural verb, either the plural of the noun to which pars
refers, or the plural of a pronoun, or else alii precedes. ( Wagner,
QucBst. Virg., viii., 4.)
Remark 4. Not unfrequently a plural verb is used after uterque and
guisque; as, " Uterque eorum ex castris exercitum educunt." (Cces.,
B. C., 3, 30.) " Catera multitudo, decimus quisque ad supplicium lecti."
(Liv., 2, 59.)
RULE III. Two or more singular nominatives, united
by a connective conjunction, and sometimes even with-
out such union, have the verb in the plural if they de-
note living beings, and especially persons ; as, Jintoni-
us et Octavius vicerunt Brutum et Cassium, "Antonius
and Octavius conquered Brutus and Cassius."
RULE IV. But if the nominatives denote things with-
out life, and especially abstract ideas, the singular or
plural may be used, unless one of the nominatives
should be in the plural, or what is asserted should only
be true of them jointly ; as,
Cum tempus necessitasque postulat, decertandum manu est. " When
the occasion and necessity demand, we must contend with the
hand."
Beneficium et gratia homines inter se conjungunt. " Kindness and
favour unite men among themselves."
Vita, mors, divitia, paupertas, omnes homines commovcnt. " Life,
death, riches, poverty, exercise a strong influence over all men."
Seleucus and Antiochus waged
war on account of Asia. Car-
thage and Numantia were de-
Seleucus et Antiochus bellum
propter Asia (accus.) gero.
Carthago et Numantia ab idem
12
NOMINATIVE AND VERB.
strayed by the same Scipio. Ni-
nus and Semiramis acquired
great glory. Hannibal and
Philopccmen were taken off by
poison. Pompey, Lentulus,
Scipio, Afranius, perished in the
civil wars by a miserable death.
At the lake Regillus, in the
war with the Latins, Castor and
Pollux were seen to fight on
horseback in the Roman line.
2. Fineness, closeness, whiteness,
smoothness, are regarded in pa-
per. His long hair set off Scipio,
and his personal appearance, not
elaborately neat, but truly manly
and military. Reason and
speech unite men together.
Hunger and thirst are burden-
some. The research and inves-
tigation of truth is especially ap-
propriate. Hunger and thirst
are removed by meat and drink.
The forehead, the eyes, the
countenance, often deceive ; the
speech most frequently of all.
Scipio (ablat.) deleo. Ninus et
Semiramis magnus gloria adi-
piscor. Hannibal et Philopce-
men'venenum (ablat.) absumo.
Pompeius, Lentulus, Scipio,
Afranius, in bellum (ablat.) civ-
ilis foede pereo. Apud Regillus
(accus.), bellum (ablat.) Latinus,
in acies (ablat.) Romanus, Cas-
tor et Pollux ex equus (ablat.
plur.) pugno video.
Tenuitas, densitas, candor, laevor,
in charta (ablat. plur.) specto
(plur.). Promissus caesaries
habitusque corpus, non cultus
munditia (ablat. plur.), sed virilis
vere ac militaris Scipio adorno
(sing.) Ratio et oratio concilio
(sing. ) inter sui (accus. ) homo.
Fames et sitis sum molestus.
Imprimis proprius sum (sing.)
verum inquisitio atque investi-
gatio. Gibus (ablat.) et potio
(ablat.) fames sitisque depello
(sing.). Frons, oculus, vultus,
persaepe mentior (plur.) : oratio
vero saepe.
OBS. When et is repeated, the verb is in the singular, agreeing
with the last subject, and being understood with the others ; as,
Hoc et ratio doctis, et necessitas barbaris, et mos gentibus, et feris
natura ipsa prascripsit. The same remark applies to quum
About the same time, both Marcel-
lus came to Rome to deprecate
disgrace, and, the consul Q. Ful-
yius to hold the comitia. There
was in Miltiades both the great-
est kindness and wonderful affa-
bility, great authority with all the
states, an illustrious name, and
Sub idem tempus (accus.), et Mar-
cellus ad deprecandus ignavia,
et Q. Fulvius, consul, comitia
(gen. plur.) causa (ablat.) Roma
(accus.) venio. In Miltiades
sum quum summus humanitas
turn mirus comitas ; magnus
auctoritas apud omnis civitas
NOMINATIVE AND VERB. 13
the highest renown in the mili-
tary art.
(accus.); nobilis nomen; laus
res rnilitaris (genit.) magnus.
RULE V. When pronouns of different persons come
together, the verb agrees with the pronoun of the first
person in preference to that of the second, and with
the pronoun of the second person in preference to that
of the third ; as, Si tu et Tullia valetis, ego et Cicero va-
lemus, " If thou and Tullia are well, I and Cicero are
well."
OBS. The Latin, unlike the English, places the pronoun of the
first person before that of the second.
If neither thou nor I have done
these things, poverty has not per-
mitted us to do them. Through
a single act of mine, both thou
and all my friends have fallen
into one common ruin. Thou
and I speak to-day to one anoth-
er with the greatest frankness.
Rullus, thou and some of thy col-
leagues have erred greatly, who
hoped that ye might be able to be-
come popular.
Hie si neque ego neque tu facio,
non sino egestas ego facio.
Unus factum meus (ablat.) et tu
et omnis meus amicus corruo.
Ego ac tu simpliciter (super I.)
inter ego (accus.) hodie loquor.
Erro Rullus, vehementer et
tu et nonnullus collega tuus, qui
spero tu possum (accus. with
in/in.) popularis sum.
Remark. The true construction is this : Vos, tu et Tullia, valetis ;
nos, ego et Cicero, valemus. Besides the phraseology referred to by
the rule, we can use the preposition cum with the latter of the two
subjects. Thus, Tu ipse cum Sexto scire velim quid cogites. (Cic.,
Ep. ad Alt., 7, 14.) Scepe ego admirari solco cum Lcdio pcrfectam
Catonis sapicntiam. (Cic., dc Sen., 4.)
RULE VI. The infinitive mood or part of a sentence
often supplies the place of a nominative ; as, Mentiri
est turpe, "to lie is disgraceful." JEquum est ut hoc
facias, " it is right that thou do this."
1. To do wrong is never useful, be- 1 Nunquam sum utilis pecco, quia
cause it is always disgraceful. \ semper sum turpis.
13
14
APPOSITION.
To betray our country is a sin.
To separate the mind from the
body is nothing else than to learn
to die. To be entirely unac-
quainted with our own poets is a
mark of the most indolent sloth
or the most delicate fastidious-
ness.
2. Not to love one's parents is im-
piety ; not to acknowledge them,
madness. To love one's parents
is the first law of nature. It is
a difficult art to regulate the re-
public rightly. It is disgraceful
to say one thing, to think another.
To command one's self is the
greatest exercise of authority.
3. Among the Persians it was the
highest honour to hunt in an in-
trepid manner. Not to return
favours with acts of kindness is
both base, and is (so) esteemed
among all. To speak beautifully
and oratorically is nothing else
than to use the best sentiments
and choicest words. To salute
kindly, to address each one cour-
teously, is never unpleasing.
Peccatum sum patria prodo.
Secerno a corpus (ablat.) ani-
mus, nee quisquam alius sum
quam emorior disco. Rudis
(accus.) sum omnino in noster
poeta (ablat.), aut inertissimus
segnitia(genit.) sum, aut fastidi-
um delicatissimus (genii.).
Parens suus non amo, impietas
sum: non agnosco insania.
Diligo parens primus natura lex
sum. Ars sum difficilis, recte
respublica rego. Turpis sum
alius loquor, alius sentio. Im-
pero sui (dative}, magnus sum
imperium.
Apud Persa (accus.) summus laus
sum fortiter venor. Non refero
beneficium (ablat.) gratia et sum
turpis, et apud omnis habeo.
Nihil sum alius pulchre et ora-
torie dico, nisi bonus sententia
(ablat.) verbumque lectus (ab-
lat ) dico. Saluto benigne, et
comiter unusquisque appello,
sum haud unquam injucundus.
Remark. The infinitive, when taken as a substantive, may have a
pronoun or adjective agreeing with it ; as, " Totum hoc philosophari
displicet." (Cic., de Fin., 1, 1.) " Ipsum Latine loqui in magna lau-
de ponendum est." (Id., Brut., 140.) This mode of expression, how-
ever, is only resorted to when no verbal substantive exists, and must
riot be extended beyond the actual practice of the classics. Scire
tuum is found in Persius, and intelligere meum in Petronius ; but, ex-
cept with ipsum, this construction is very rare.
II. APPOSITION.
RULE I. One substantive agrees with another, or
with a pronoun, in case, when both refer to the same
person or thing j as, Urbs Roma, " the city Rome ;"
JVos consules, " we consuls."
APPOSITION.
15
OBS. 1. The substantive coming after must, wherever this is pos-
sible, agree with the one that goes before in gender and number
also. If the leading substantive be feminine, it must have in
apposition with it either a feminine noun, if such a one exist, or
a feminine adjective used as a noun.
OBS. 2. When two nouns in apposition are of different numbers,
the verb agrees with the leading one of the two ; as, Rhinocero-
tes, rarum alibi animal, in montibus Indies erant. " In the mount-
ains of India were rhinoceroses, an animal rarely met with else-
where."
OBS. 3. Before the second of the two words but in apposition, ut
and quamvis are often employed.
1. Olho, a brave man, and my inti-
mate friend, restored dignity to
the equestrian order. Themis-
tocles, the commander in the Per-
sian war, freed Greece, the home
of freedom, from servitude. We
have sent a consul, a very brave
man, with an army. Riches are
dug up, the incitements of evils.
We have the consuls friendly
to us, and Furvius, the tribune
of the commons, on our side.
All the maritime empire was giv-
en to Neptune, the other brother
of Jove.
2. The Romans waged war with
Tigranes, king of the Armeni-
ans. The Italian nations called
it the Adriatic Sea, from Adria,
a colony of the Tusci. In He-
rodotus, the father of history,
there are innumerable fables.
Brutus and Cassius, the slayers
of CcEsar, excited a great war.
What shall I answer to my chil-
dren, who deem thee another pa-
rent 1 . How often hast thou en-
deavoured to slay me when (con-
sul) elect 1 How often when con-
sul?
Otho, vir fortis, et necessarius
meus, equester ordo restituo
dignitas. Themistocles, impe-
rator bellum Persicus, Graecia,
domus libertas, servitus (ablat.)
libero. Consul mitto, vir for-
tis, cum exercitus (ablat.). Ef-
fodio opes, irritamentum ma-
lum. Amicus consul habeo, et
noster tribunus plebs Furnius.
Do Neptunus (dat.), alter Ju-
piter frater, maritimus omnis
regnum.
Romanus cum Tigranes, Armeni-
us rex, bellum gero. Adriati-
cus mare, ab Adria, Tuscus co-
Ionia, voco Italicus gens.
Apud Herodotus (accus.), pater
historia, sum innumerabilis fab-
ula. Brutus et Cassius, inter-
fector Caesar, ingens bellum mo-
veo. Quis respondeo liberi
meus (dative], qui tu parens al-
ter puto 1 Quoties tu ego de-
signatus ; quoties consul inter-
ficio conor 1
16
APPOSITION.
3. Thebes, the capital of Bceotia,
was situated at the foot of Mount
Citharon. Experience, an ex-
cellent instructer, has taught
this. Philosophy was the inven-
tress of laws, the mistress of
morals and of (mental) culture.
Wisdom is the effecter of a hap-
py life. Pythagoras recommend-
ed frugality to all, as the parent
of virtues. Fortune, that mis-
tress of human affairs. I pass
by Greece, and Athens that in-
ventress of all learning. Pleas-
ure is the counterfeiter of good,
and the mother of ill 'evils.
4. Titus, the da..' & '^ of mankind,
was called a ino<- nztc>lent prince.
Grecian soldiei.?. tiis chief and
almost only hope, came unto Da-
rius. Tullia, our darling, has
died. Cneus and Publius Scip-
io, the two thunderbolts of the
Roman power, were suddenly cut
off in Spain. Dicaarchus, my
favourite (author), discoursed
with very great acuteness. To
Ccesar, as quastor, Farther
Spain fell by lot. I await death
as an end of miseries. Lycur-
gus abolished the use of gold and
silver, as the material of all
crimes. Manlius Torquatusput
his own son to death, although
victorious, because he had fought
contrary to orders.
Thebae, Bceotia caput, sub Mons
Cithaeron sino. Hie doceo
usus, magister egregius. Phil-
osophia inventrix lex, magistra
mos et disciplina sum. Beatus
vita effectrix sapientia sum.
Pythagoras, genetrix virtus, fru-
galitas omnis (dative) commen-
do. Fortuna, ille res hurnanus
domina. Omitto Grsecia, atque
ille omnis doctrina inventrix
Athenae. Bonum imitatrix vo-
luptas sum, omnisque malum
mater.
Titus, humanus genus deliciae,
bonus princeps voco. Graecus
miles, praecipuus spes et prope-
modum unicus, ad Darius per-
venio. Tullia, noster deliciae,
morior. Cneus et Publius Scip-
io (plur.), duo fulmen Romanus
imperium, subito in Hispania
exstinguo. Dicaearchus, meus
deliciae, acriter (superl.) dissero.
Caesar (dative), quaestor, ul-
terior Hispania obvenio. Mors,
ut finis miseria, exspecto. Au-
rum argentumque usus, velut
omnis scelus materia, tollo Ly-
curgus. Manlius Torquatus
filius suus, quia contra imperi-
um pugno, quamvis victor (ac-
cus.), occido.
RULE II. In the answer to a question, the noun, pro-
noun, or adjective must be in the same case with that
word in the question to which it is an answer ; as,
Quis mundum creavitl Deus. "Who created the
APPOSITION.
17
world 1 God." Cujus opera mundus creatus est ? Dei.
" By whose labour was the world created 1 God's."
OBS. The possessive pronouns correspond with the genitive of the
personal, both in the question and answer ; as, Cujus est liber 1
Meus. " Whose book is it 1 Mine." Cujum est pecus ? Mel-
ibcei. " Whose flock is it 1 Melibceus's."
1. Who will deny this? Thy
brother Marcus. What friend-
ship can there be among the un-
grateful ? None. By whose
aid didst thou effect this 1 Pi-
sa's. In what place shall I ex-
pect thee? In the Forum. In
what words did he say this ? In
choice and appropriate ones. To
whom didst thou deliver the boy?
To his father and mother. What
is it, pray ? A trifling matter.
Whom, then, am I to ask?
Davus. Who is speaking here ?
My master. What am I to do ?
What men hast thou slain?
Betrayers of their country.
2. Whose boy hast thou placed
here ? Ours. On whose account
do I now prosecute the siege ?
Yours. Whose voice, pray,
sounds near me ? Thine.
Whose daughter was she ? Cce-
Hic quis nego? Marcus, frater
tuus. Quis amieitia possum
sum inter ingratus 1 Nullus.
Quis auxilium hie facio 1 Piso.
Quis in locus tuexspecto 1 ? Fo-
rum. Quis verbum hie dico?
Lectus et proprius. Quis puer
trado 1 Pater ac mater. Quis-
nam suml Puerilis sum.
Quis igitur rogol (pres. subj.)
Davus. Quis hie loquor 1 He-
rus. Quis ago 1 (pres. subj.)
Quis homo eneco 1 Patria prod-
itor.
Quis puer hie appono'? Noster.
Quis causa (ablat.) nunc fa-
cio obsidiuml Vester. Quis-
nam vox prope ego (accus.) so-
nol Tuus. Quis filia suml
Caesar.
RULE III. Any verb may have the same case after it
as before it, when both words refer to the same person
or thing ; as, Ego sum Romanus, "I am a Roman."
Tu vocaris proditor, " Thou art called a traitor." Ilia
incedit regina, " She walks as a queen."
1. Homer alone deserved to be call- \ Homerus solus appello poeta mer-
ed a poet. Socrates may justly \ eo. Socrates parens philoso-
B2
18
APPOSITION.
be styled the parent of philoso-
phy. He openly desires to be
made a tribune of the commons.
The friends of Alexander the
Cheat were made kings from
commanders . Ancient Greece
is deservedly called the parent of
all arts. The month August
was originally called Sextilis.
2. After Romulus, Numa icas cre-
ated king. The fixed stars are
rightly considered suns. No
one who is a Roman citizen can
lose his freedom without his own
choice. Thou wilt come beloved
and respected by all. Oracles
disappeared after men began to
be less credulous. Will ignoble
birth or mean rank prevent a wise
man from being happy 1 I love
thy daughter, and know for cer-
tain that she is lovely.
3. A good man with great difficulty
suspects that others are wicked.
This I ask : Why dost thou
say that I am a stranger? I
hope that I will be a popular con-
sul. They say that the squadron
of three hundred horse, which
Scipio formed, turned out excel-
lent. They say that there is a
wild animal in Pceonia, which
is called the Bonasus, with the
mane of a horse, in other respects
like a bull.
phia jus (ablat.) dico possum.
Plane cupio facio tribunus plebs.
Alexander Magnus rex ex
preefectus facio amicus. Vetus
Graecia merito omnis ars parens
nomino. Augustus mensis
olim Sextilis voco.
Post Romulus, Numa rex creo.
Stella fixus recte sol puto.
Nemo civis Romanus possum
amitto libertas invitus. Venio
carus exspectatusque omnis.
Oraculum evanesco postquam
homo minus credulus esse cce-
pi. Num humilitas aut ignobil-
itas sapiens beatus sum (infin.')
prohibeo? Amo filia tuus, et
certo scio ille (accus. with infin.)
sum amabilis.
Vir bonus difficile alius (accus.
with infin.) sum improbus sus-
picor. Ille quaero : peregrinus
cur ego sum dico 1 Spero pop-
ularis ego sum consul. Ala tre-
centi eques, qui Scipio compare,
egregius evado fero. Trado in
Pseonia fera sum, quae Bonasus
voco (subjunct.), equinus juba
(ablat.), ceteri (accus. plur. neut.)
taurus (dative) similis.
RULE IV. When objects are compared together by
quam, in themselves, or in their relation to another,
they will be in the same case ; as,
Nullum est certius amicitia vinculum quam consensus voluntatis.
ADJECTIVES.
19
" There is no surer bond of friendship than uniformity of incli-
nation."
Ita sentio, Latinam linguam locupletiorem esse quam Grcecam.
"This is my opinion, that the Latin language is richer than
the Greek."
Nulli flebilior occidit quam, tiU. " He hath fallen, to be lamented
by no one more than by thee."
Certainly the ignorance of future
evils is better than the knowledge.
It is Jit that our country should
be dearer to us than ourselves.
Livius said that no one can more
faithfully give counsel than he
who recommended to another what
he himself would do if he were in
the same situation. Mathemati-
cians affirm that the sun is many
times larger than the earth. The
inventions of necessity are older
than (those) of pleasure. Fail-
ure of strength is more frequent-
ly produced by the vices of youth
than (by those) of age. We per-
ceive those things which happen
prosperously or unprosperously
to ourselves, more than those
which (happen so) to others.
Certe ignoratio futurus malum
utilis sum quam scientia. De-
eet carus sum patria (accus.)
ego (dative) quam egomet ipse.
Livius nemo (accus. with tnfin.)
fideliter do possum consilium
dico, quam is qui is (accus.
neut.) alter suadeo, qui ipse,
si in idem locus sum (imperf.
subj.) facturus fuerim. Sol
mathematicus multus pars (ab-
lat. plur.) confirmo magnus sum
quam terra. Necessitas inven-
tum antiquus sum quam volup-
tas. Defectio vis (gen. plur.)
adolescentia vitium efficio saepe
quam senectus. Magis is per-
cipio, qui ego ipse aut prosperus
aut adversus evenio, quam ille
qui caeteri.
Remark. The reason of this rule is, not because quam " couples like
cases," as some express it, but because the same thing being predi-
cated of each object, the substantives depend on one and the same
word.
III. ADJECTIVES.
RULE I. Adjectives, adjective pronouns, and parti-
ciples agree with their substantives in gender, number,
and case ; as,
Bonus puer, " a good boy."
Bona puella, " a good girl."
Triste bellum, " a sad war."
Mea soror, " my sister."
Hoc negotium, " this affair."
Bonos viros, " good men."
Bono, leges, " good laws."
Cadentia astra, " setting stars."
Fugientes hostes, " fleeing foes."
Tua dona, " thy gifts."
ADJECTIVES.
1. A great man had answered. A
free people desired. One dis-
grace remains. A destructive
war is at hand. That law com-
mands. The other ranks have
been freed. The most noble men
have come. A great error pre-
vails. Your liberty has been ta-
ken away. No deceit is pro-
duced. No private letters are
shown. Human counsels have
failed. Our whole army has
perished.
2. / received many letters from
thee, all written with great care.
The best laws will be annulled
by this law, without any excep-
tion. I will now say a few
things (in reply) to the rest of
thy discourse. Death is shame-
ful in flight, glorious in victory.
In a state the rights of war are
most carefully to be observed.
No forgetfulness will ever blot
out my remembrance of thy fa-
vours to me. I understand thy
conversation and Pompey's from
thy letter. Prudence is not to be
expected from a man who is nev-
er sober.
3. The drones are without a sting,
as it were imperfect bees, and
the slaves of the true bees. The
auxiliaries of the king, embar-
rassed and confused, because
they had prosecuted their march
in no order, betake themselves to
flight. Cattle, when dispersed,
follow the herds of their own spe-
cies. Dionysius used to ha-
rangue from a lofty tower. A
hundred brazen bars close the
Magnus vir respondeo. Liber
populus cupio. Unus dedecus
resto. Exitiosus bellum im-
pendeo. Is lex jubeo. Caeteri
ordo libero. Nobilis homo ve-
nio. Magnus error versor.
Vester libertas adimo. Nullus
fraus profero. Nullus privatus
epistola ostendo. Humanus
consilium cado. Noster totus
acies intereo.
Multus a tu accipio epistola, om
nis diligenter scriptus. Bonus
lex hie lex sine ullus exceptio
tollo. Pauci nunc dico ad reli-
quus oratio tuus. In fuga fce-
dus mors sum, in victoria glori-
osus. In respublica maxime
conservandus sum jus bellum.
Meus tuus erga ego (accus.)
meritum memoria nullus un-
quam deleo oblivio. Sermo tu-
us et Pompeius cognosce (per-
fect) ex tuus literse. Non sum
ab homo nunquam sobrius pos-
tulandus prudentia.
Sum fucus sine aculeus (ablat.)
velut imperfectus apis, et quasi
servus verus apis. Auxilium
rex, impeditus ac perturbatus,
quod nullus ordo (ablat.) iterfa-
cio, in fuga (accus.) sui conji-
cio. Pecus dispulsus, suus ge-
nus sequor grex. Dionysius
concionor ex altus turns soleo.
Centum cereus vectis bellum
ADJECTIVES.
21
portals of war. Casar erected
on the extremity of the bridge a
tower of four stories, and set Ti-
tus Vulturcius over that place.
porta claudo. Caesar in extre-
mus pons (ablat.) turris tabula-
turn quatuor constituo, isquer
locus (dative) Titus Vulturciui
praeficio.
RULE II. Part of a sentence may supply the place ol
a substantive, and the adjective is then put in the neu-
ter gender ; as, Vinci in beneficiis est turpissimum, " To
be overcome in kindnesses is most disgraceful."
To talk of one's self is the property
of old age. How long the life
of any one of us will be is uncer-
tain. To excel in knowledge we
deem honourable; but to err, to
be ignorant, to be deceived, we
consider both injurious and dis-
graceful. It is a great thing to
have the same monuments of an-
cestors. It is not consistent for
him to be subdued by desire who
is not subdued by fear. It is
right even in those disputes that
take place with the bitterest foes,
to retain gravity of deportment,
to put away anger. It is not
only liberal to recede, on some oc-
casions, a little from one's right,
but sometimes even advanta-
geous.
De sui ipse dico sum senilis.
Incertus sura quam longus
ego quisque vita futurus sum.
In scientia excello pulcher
puto ; erro autem, nescio, de-
cipio, et malus et turpis duco.
Magnus sum idem habeo
monumentum majores. Non
est consentaneus, qui metus
non frango (suljunct.), is fran-
go (accus. with infin.) cupiditas.
Rectus sum etiam in ille con-
tentio qui cum inimicus fio,
gravitas retineo, iracundia pel-
lo. Sum non modo liberalis,
paullum nonnunquam de suus
jus decedo, sed interdum etiam
fructuosus.
OBS. When an adjective, participle, or adjective pronoun, in a
subsequent proposition, refers to a noun in a preceding proposi-
tion, it takes the same number and gender, its case being deter-
mined by the word on which it depends in its own proposition ;
as, Puer adeo est modes tus, ut omnes eum laudent, " The boy is
so modest that all praise him."
The Etruscan nation, above all
others devoted to religious ob-
servances, refused assistance to
Gens Etruscus, ante omnis alius
deditus religio, auxilium Veien-
22
ADJECTIVES.
the Veicntes as long as they
should be under a king. Our
property is not to be so shut up
that benevolence cannot open it,
nor to be so unlocked that it may
be open unto all. Any one is
more willing that another" 1 s faults
should be blamed than his own.
tes nego, donee sub rex (aUat.)
sum. Nee ita claudendus sum
res farniliaris, ut is benignitas
aperio non possum (subjunct.),
nee ita reserandus, ut omnis
pateo. Alienus vitium quisque
reprehendo malo quam suus.
RULE III. An adjective, participle, or adjective pro-
noun may be used alone, a substantive being under-
stood from which it takes its gender ; as, Mortalis
(scil. homo), " A mortal man " Superi (scil. dii), " The
gods above." Dextra (scil. manus), " The right hand."
OBS. 1. The adjective, however, should not be used alone in those
cases in which the gender cannot be distinguished. Thus, it is
better to say magnis viris, magnis rebus, than magnis merely.
OBS. 2. The neuter adjective, in particular, is frequently used in
the way mentioned in the rule, either a neuter noun being un-
derstood, or this gender being used as most suitable to a general
description of things, without reference to sex ; as, Respice
pr&teritum, " Look back upon the past." Non omnia possumus
omnes, " We cannot all of us do all things."
1 Neither Pompey could bear an
equal, nor Casar a superior.
The slaves who were in the ves-
tibule, when they saw armed men,
thinking that it was all over with
their mistresses, cry out that men
had been sent to kill the female
captives. It is easier to exclude
than to govern pernicious things ;
for, when they have placed them-
selves in possession, they are
more powerful than their gov-
ernor.
2. We praise things heard with
more pleasure than things seen ;
and regard present things with
Nee Pompeius fero (imperf. indie.)
par, nee Caesar superior. Ser-
vus, qui in vestibulum sum, ut
armatus conspieio (indie.) ratus
actus sum de domina, vocifero,
missus sum qui occido (imperf.
subjunct.) captus. Facile sum
exclude perniciosus quam rego ;
nam quum sui in possessio po-
no, potens rector sum.
Auditus quam visus laudo liben-
ter, et praesens invidia, praeter-
ADJECTIVES.
23
envy, past things with venera-
tion. The shout of the combat-
ants had reached the king, when
he took his coat of mail and came
to the front of the line. Mardo-
nius, (those things) being burned
which the Athenians had begun
to build, transfers his troops to
JBccotia. Hannibal leads his
troops across the Iberus, men
having been sent forward to ex-
plore the passes of the Alps.
itus veneratio prosequor. Ad
rex praelians clamor pervenio,
quum lorica sumo et ad primus
signum venio. Mardonius, in-
census (ablat. absol), qui coepi
aedifico Atheniensis, copia in
Bceotia transfero. Hannibal
Iberus copia trajicio, praemissus
(ablat. absol.), qui Alpes transit-
us speculor (imperf. subjunct.).
RULE IV. The gender of the adjective or pronoun is
sometimes determined by the sense, and not by the
grammatical rule or the termination of the noun; as,
Is scelus, " That wretch" (for is scelestus homo). Mon-
strum, quce, " The monster, who" (foicfemina monstrosa,
qua). 1
Terence does not deny that he has
transferred these characters into
his (play called the) Eunuch.
My Glycerium, said he to the
woman, what art thou doing?
Why art thou going to destroy
thyself? Where is that wretch
who has ruined me this day ?
May all the gods and goddesses
destroy that old dotard, who has
this day kept me back. Two
thousand were affixed to crosses.
The heads of the conspiracy
were, scourged, and beheaded.
He is borne onward in the large
(ship) Centaur.
Terentius non nego, sui (accus.
with infin.) persona transfero in
Eunuchus (fabula) suus. Me-
us Glycerium, mulier dico, quid
facio 1 cur tu eo perdo 1 (supine.)
Ubi ille sum scelus, qui me
hodie perdo. Ille omnis deus
deaque senium perdo (subj.),
qui ego hodie remoror. Duo
mille crux affigo. Caput con-
juratio virga caedo ac securis
percutio. Magnus (navis) Cen-
taurus inveho.
RULE V. An adjective, adjective pronoun, or parti-
ciple, belonging to two or more substantives, is put in
1 . Grammarians term this construction " Synesis."
24
ADJECTIVES.
the plural ; as, Vir et puer territi lupo. " A man and
boy terrified by a wolf."
RULE VI. When the substantives to which the ad-
jective, pronoun, or participle thus refers are of differ-
ent genders, but indicate persons, the adjective, &c., on
being put in the plural, will be of the masculine rather
than the feminine gender ; as, Pater et mater ejus mor-
tui sunt. " His father and mother are dead."
RULE VII. But if the substantives indicate things with-
out life, and are at the same time of different genders,
the adjective becomes neuter. And if some of the sub-
stantives refer to things with life, and others to inani-
mate objects, the adjective is either neuter, or takes the
gender of the thing or things with life ; as,
Labor voluptasque sunt dissimilia natura.
unlike in their nature."
Naves et captivi, qua ad Chium capta sunt.
tives that were taken off Chios."
NumidcB atgue signa militaria obscurati sunt. " The Numidians
and their military standards were partially concealed."
Toil and pleasure are
" The vessel* and cap-
Many sons, daughters, grand- \
sons, granddaughters, placed
Metellus on the funeral pile.
He made his intentions and en-
deavours clear to all persons.
Men, beasts, fishes, and birds
were created by God. Empire,
liberty, and life were taken
away. Liber and Libera were
born of Ceres. Tanaquil and
Lucumo, bearing with them great
hopes, entered the city. The
king and the royal fleet set out
together. Peace and concord
are useful to the conquered ; only
honourable to the conquerors.
Metellus multus filius, filia, nepos,
neptis in rogus impono. Per-
spicuus suus consilium conatus-
que omnis facio. Homo, bes-
tia, piscis, et avis a Deus creo.
Regnum, libertas, et vita ad-
imo. Ceres (ablat.) nascor Li-
ber et Libera. Tanaquil et Lu-
cumo magnus spes suicum por-
to, urbs ingredior. Rex regius-
que classis una proficiscor.
Pax et concordia, victus utilis,
victor tantum pulcher sum.
ADJECTIVES.
25
We say that folly, and rashness,
and injustice, and intemperance
are to be avoided.
2. In a free state, the tongue and
the mind ought to be free. Ju-
ventas and Terminus, the former
the goddess of youth, the latter
the god of boundaries, did not al-
low themselves to be moved from
their places in the Capitol. Ten
free-born youths, ten virgins, all
having fathers and mothers liv-
ing, were chosen for the sacrifice.
Virgil invokes Ceres and Li-
ber, because their productions are
most necessary for the support
of men. Benefit and injury are
contrary to each other. Meat,
drink, wakefulness, sleep, are not
salutary for us, without a certain
limitation. The wall and gate
were struck by lightning.
Stultitia, et temeritas, et injus-
titia, et intemperantia dico sum
fugiendus (accus. with infin.).
In civitas libe , lingua mensque
liber sum debeo. Juventas
Terminusque, ille juventus dea,
hie terminus deus, a sedes suus
in Capitolium moveo sui non pa-
tior. Decem ingenuus, decem
virgo, patrimus omnis matri-
musque, ad sacriticium deligo.
Ceres et Liber invoco Virgil-
ius, quod hie fructus maxime
necessarius sum ad homo utili-
tas. Inter sui contrarius sum
beneficium et injuria. Non ci-
bus ego, non humor, non vigilia,
non somnus, sine mensura qui-
dam salubris sum. Murus et
porta de ccelum tactus sum.
Remark 1. If the things have no real gender, the neuter is often
used, though the grammatical gender of both or all is the same ; as,
Crceso et vita et patrimonii paries, et urbs Barce concessa sunt.
Remark 2. It is still more common to join the adjective, &c., to
one of the nouns, and leave it to be supplied with the others ; as,
Thrasybulus contemptus est a tyrannis atque cjus solitudo. Hominis
utilitati agri omnes et maria parent.
Remark 3. Sometimes the adjective takes the gender of the word
which is nearest to it ; as, Tibi omnium salus, liberi, fortunce sunt
carissimae.
Remark 4. Persons are sometimes represented as things, and then
the adjective, &c., become neuter. Such expressions generally in-
volve something sarcastic; as, Trepida civitas incusare Tiberium,
quod, dum patres et plebem, invalida et inermia, ludificetur, &c. (Ta-
cit., Ann., 1, 46.)
Remark 5. Sometimes, again, abstract ideas or things are person-
ified, and then the ordinary rule prevails ; as, Ut judicium censorum
ac pudor sponte cedentium permixti ignominiam mollirent. (Tacit.,
Ann., 11, 25.)
RULE VIII. An adjective or participle, with or with-
out a substantive, is often joined with the possessive
c
26
ADJECTIVES.
pronouns in the genitive case, taking its gender from
that of the person to whom the possessive refers.
Ipse is used in the same way. Thus, Tuum hominis
eruditissimi judicium gratum est. M ea defunctce molliter
ossa cubent.
OBS. The genitive expressed is supposed to agree, by a species of
apposition, with the genitive implied in the possessive pronoun.
1. I do not wonder at Vatinius, that
he despises my law, an enemy (of
his). I begin to seek not only
gratification, but also glory from
this pursuit, since it has been ap-
proved of by thy judgment, a
most grave and learned man.
The Samnites said that they had
tried all methods, if they could
support by their own strength so
great a weight of war. The
senate declared that the consul
should celebrate the games, which
he had vowed, by his own single
judgment, out of the spoils.
2. Though wild animals commonly
refuse with contempt food placed
to deceive them, we are inveigled
by the appearance of a trifling
favour, and allow our own liber-
ty to be undermined. By his own
power, without the assistance of
any of the soldiers, Mithradates
said that he had reduced Cappa-
docia. Dost thou not think that
my prayers, when present, would
have availed him, to whom my
name, when absent, had been an
honour?
Non admiror Vatinius, quod meus
lex contemno (subj.), homo in-
imicus. Incipio ex hie studi-
um non solum oblectatio verum
etiam gloria peto, postquam tu-
us judicium probo, vir gravis
atque eruditus. Samnites om-
nis sui experior dico, si suus
met ipse vires tolero tantus
moles bellum possum. Censeo
senatus, qui ludus consul, ex
suus unus sententia voveo
(subj.), is de manubiae facio
Quum ferus bestia cibus, ad fraus
suus positus, plerumque adsper-
nor (subj.), ego species parvus
beneficium inesco, et noster ip-
se libertas subruo patior.
Mithradates sine quisquam mi-
les auxilium suusmet unus ope-
ra Cappadocia sui capio dico.
Nonne is (dative) meus praesens
preces profuturus sum, puto,
qui (dative) nomen meus absens
honor (dative) sum 1
RULE IX. An adjective, qualifying the substantive,
is sometimes used instead of an adverb, modifying the
RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
27
verb ; as, Lasti pacem agitabamus. " We gladly enjoyed
peace,
The Greeks drew near early in the
morning, and gladly engaged in
the fight. Philotimus came not
a t a li Do not imagine that I,
when I shall have departed from
you, will be nowhere or not at all.
Believe (me), therefore, to be
the same as before, even though
ye will not at all behold me.
We deliver ourselves up to thee,
entirely and altogether. An au-
gury came to Remus first (of the
two). The Romans assembled
in great numbers. If a guest
shall have come suddenly upon
thee in the evening. The over-
throw recently received at (the
lake) Regillus. I do not doubt
but that he will come in the morn-
ing. Avarice and luxury mi-
grated to Rome at a late period.
Grsecus matutinus appropinquo,
laetusque prselium ineo. Philo-
timus nullus advenio. Nolo
puto, ego, cum a tu discedo,
nusquam aut nullus fore.
Idem igitur sum credo, etiamsi
ego nullus video. Tu penitus
totusque ego trado. Prior Re-
mus augurium venio. Ro-
manus frequens convenio. Si
vespertinus subito tu opprimo
hospes. Recens ad Regillus
acceptus clades. Nullus dubi-
to quin matutinus advenio (sub-
junct.).--Roma. (accus.) serus
avaritia atque luxuria immigro.
Remark. Sometimes this construction is adopted from the want
of an adverb, as in the case of pronus, or of an adverb of similar
meaning and use, as in the case of frequens, the adverb frequenter
being used in the sense of " frequently," or in that of " numerously'"
only with passive impersonals.
IV. RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS.
I. The relative qui, qua, quod, &c., according to tho
most correct view of the subject, is to be regarded as
a species of pronominal adjective, placed between two
cases of the same noun, either expressed or understood,
and agreeing with the former, which is called the an-
tecedent, in gender and number, while with the latter it
agrees in gender, number, and case. Thus, Vir quife-
28 RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
cit, " The man who did it," is equivalent, in fact, to Vir,
qui vir fecit, " The man, which man did it j" and Vir
quern misi, " The man whom I sent," is equivalent to
Vir, quern virum misi, " The man, which man I sent."
II. The construction of the relative and antecedent
resolves itself, therefore, into three classes. The first,
and most usual, is that where the antecedent only is
expressed, as in the examples just given. The second
class is that where the latter noun only is expressed ;
as, Quas misisti literas accepi, " The letter which thou
didst send I received" (the same as Literas, quas literas
misisti, accepi, " I received the letter, which letter thou
didst send"). The third class is that where both nouns
are expressed ; as, Erant omnino itinera duo, quibus
itineribus domo exire possent, " There were in all two
routes, by which routes they could go forth from
home."
III. We will consider each of these three classes
separately.
CLASS I.
Antecedent only expressed.
RULE I. The relative qui, qua, quod, &c., agrees with
its antecedent in gender, number, and person ; as,
Vir qui, " the man who."
Femina qua, " the woman who."
Negotium quod, ' ' the thing which. ' '
Viri qui, " the men who."
Femina qua, " the women who."
Negotia qua, " the things which."
RULE II. If no nominative come between the relative
and the verb, the relative is the nominative to the verb j
but when a nominative intervenes, the relative is gov-
erned by the verb, or by some other word in the sen-
tence j as,
Ego qui scribo, " I who write."
Ego quern tu vocas, " I whom thou callest."
Ego de quo tu dicis, " I of whom thou speakest."
RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
29
RULE III. If the relative has more than one antece-
dent, of different genders, the same rule applies as in
the case of adjectives, &c. ; as, Ninus et S emir amis, qui
condiderunt Babylonem, "Ninus and Semiramis, who
founded Babylon."
. The sun which both illumines
and warms the earth. Europe,
which we inhabit, is a small part
of the earth indeed, but very
thickly settled. America was
discovered by the aid of the mag-
netic needle, the use of which the
ancients knew not. The woods
nurture many wild animals with
the hides and skins of which men
are clothed. Closed vessels, in
which water congeals, burst.
Friendship which has ceased was
never true friendship. Happy
(is he) whom others' dangers
make cautious. We celebrate a
day, on which we begin a new
year. Virtue and learning are
riches which no thief can take
away. Posterity will discover
many arts which we have not yet
discovered.
. There is no nation which we
fear. The consuls came to that
army which I had in Apulia.
All the reasons which you men-
tioned are most just. We are
not those unto whom nothing ap-
pears to be true. The murex
produces a red juice, with which
formerly purple vestments were
dyed. The nautilus lives in a
very beautiful shell, which con-
sists of many compartments.
No animal which has blood can
c
Sol qui terra et illustro et calefa-
cio. Europa, qui ego incolo,
parvus quidem pars terra sum,
sed frequens. Opis (ablat.)
acus magneticus, qui usus vetus
ignore, America detego. Syl-
va multus fera alo, qui corium
et pellis tego homo. Vas clau-
sus, in qui aqua congelasco,
dissilio. Amicitia qui desino
nunquam verus amicitia sum.
Felix qui facio alienus peri-
culum cautus. Celebro dies,
qui (ablat.) novus annus ordior.
Virtus et doctrina sum divi-
tiae, qui nullus fur aufero pos-
sum. Posterus multus ars in-
venio qui ego nondum invenio.
Nullus sum natio qui timeo.
Consul ad is exereitus, qui in
Apulia habeo, venio. Omnis
causa, qui commemoro, Justus
sum. Non sum is, qui nil vi-
deor sum verus. Murex ruber
succus edo, qui olim purpureus
vestis inficio. Nautilus in tes-
ta pulcher vivo, qui e multus
loculus consto. Nullus animal,
qui sanguis habeo, sine cor sum
30
RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
be without a heart. The hus-
bandman plants trees, the fruit
of which he li'ill himself never
see. The foundation of perma-
nent fame is justice, without
which there can be nothing praise-
worthy.
3. Men do not require the reasons
of those things which they see
continually. There were these
difficulties of carrying on war,
which we have mentioned above.
I will pass by Greece, which
has always wished to be first in
eloquence. Death is a migration
to those regions which they who
have departed from life are in-
habiting. Thou often readest
aloud my letter, which I sent to
Cneus Pompey. Those impious
persons whom you slew will suf-
fer the punishment of their par-
ricide.
4. Thou seest those productions
and fruits which the earth yields.
The villages and buildings
which they were able to reach
were burned. Aged mothers and
little children, the age of each of
whom required my assiduous
care, did the same thing. Intel-
lect, Piety, Virtue, Faith, are
deified, temples of all whom have
been publicly dedicated at Rome.
The ambassador of King At-
tains demanded the ships and
captives which had been taken
off Chios.
possum. Arbor sero agricola,
qui fructus ipse nunquam aspi-
cio. Fundamentum perpetuus
fama sum justitia, sine qui ni-
hil possum sum laudabilis.
Non requiro homo ratio is res qui
semper video. Sum hie diffi-
cultas bellum gerendus (geni-
tive of the gerundive and noun)
qui supra ostendo. Omitto
Graecia, qui semper eloquentia
(genitive) princeps sum volo.
Mora sum migratio in is ora,
qui ille qui e vita excedo inco-
lo. Tu epistola meus saepe re-
cito, qui ego ad Cneus Pompe-
ius mitto. Ille impius, qui cae-
do, poena parricidium luo.
Video is fruges atque fructus, qui
terra gigno. Vicus aedificium-
que, qui adeo possum, incendo.
Grandis natu mater et par-
vus liberi qui uterque aetas in-
dustria meus requiro, idem fa-
cio. Mens, Pietas, Virtus, Fi-
des, consecro, qui omnis Roma
(genitive) templum publice ded-
ico. Attains rex legatus navis
captivusque, qui ad Chius ca
pio postulo.
RULE IV. If a verb or whole clause is referred to, it
is considered as of the neuter gender, and id quod is
RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
31
frequently used instead of quod ; as, JVec minus vellent
te, Cato, aliqua ratione tollere, id quod, crede mihl, et agunt
et moliuntur. "Nor would they less wish in some
way to remove thee, Cato, what, believe me, they are
both doing, and doing earnestly."
The Lacedemonians killed their
king Agis, which never before
happened among them. Timole-
on, what is thought a more diffi-
cult thing, bore prosperous more
wisely than adverse fortune.
What had not happened before in
any war, two consuls, slain with-
out any memorable battle, had
left the republic as it were desti-
tute. Socrates appears to me,
which is agreed among all, to
have been the first who called off
philosophy from hidden things.
, To know one's self is the first
step to wisdom, which, as it is
the most difficult, so it is the most
useful of all things. Respect
thy ancestors, and so govern the
state that thy fellow-citizens may
rejoice that thou wast born ; with-
out which no one can be happy
or illustrious.
Agis rex Lacedaemonius, qui nun-
quam antea apud is accido, ne-
co. Timoleon, is qui difficilis
puto, sapienter fero secundus
quam adversus fortuna. Is qui
nullus ante bellum accido, duo
consul, sine memorandus prae-
lium interfectus, velut orbus
respublica relinquo. Socrates
ego videor, is qui consto inter
omnis, primus a res occultus
avoco philosopMa. Primus
gradus ad sapientia sum tu ipse
nosco ( perf. infin.), qui ut sum
difficilis, ita utilis omnis. Ma-
jores tuus respicio, atque ita
guberno respublica ut nascor tu
(accus. with infin.) civis tuus
gaudeo, sine qui nee beatus,
nee clarus, sum quisquam pos-
sum.
RULE V. The relative often stands alone, a pronoun
being understood as the antecedent, from which it
takes its gender and number ; as, Qui hoc fecit mortuus
est." " (He) who did this has died."
(He) who easily believes is easily
deceived. Praise what deserves
praise. (The things) which are
right are deservedly commended.
(He) is noble whom his own
Qui facile credo, facile decipio. .
Laudo qui laus mereor. Qui
rectus sum merito laudo. No-
bilis sum, qui suus virtus no-
RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
merit ennobles. (He) who has
learned any useful art will find
sustenance anywhere. Death
will place (those) on an equality,
whom wealth has separated.
(They) are justly contemned who
are of advantage neither to them-
selves nor to others. (They)
who seem to be doing nothing are
often doing greater things than
others. The earth never diso-
beys command, nor ever restores
without usury what she has re-
ceived. (To those) to whom Da-
rius had before given nothing be-
sides javelins, shields and swords
were added.
bilito. Qui ars aliquis disco,
ubique victus invenio. Mors
aequo qui pecuniaseparo. Con-
temno jus (ablative), qui nee sui
(dative) nee alius prosum. Qui
nihil ago videor saepe magnus
ago quam alius. Terra nun-
quam recuso imperium, nee un-
quam sine usura reddo qui ac-
cipio. Qui antea Darius prae-
ter jaculum nihil do, scutum
gladiusque adjicio.
CLASS II.
The latter noun only expressed.
RULE I. Sometimes the antecedent is understood,
and the latter noun is alone expressed, with which, of
course, the relative agrees in gender, number, and
case ', as, Quern servum emisti aufugit, " The slave
whom thou didst purchase has absconded," equivalent,
in fact, to Servus, quern servum emisti, aufugit, " The
slave, which slave thou didst purchase, has absconded."
RULE II. In such constructions as this, the relative
clause is usually followed by is or hie, which become
necessary if the verbs govern different cases ; as, Quas
leges das sociis Populi Romani, hajusta esse debent. " The
laws which thou givest to the allies of the Roman peo-
ple ought to be just ones."
OBS. This construction is adopted when the relative clause re-
quires prominent or emphatic mention.
RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
33
1. The horses which drew Darius,
pierced with spears and madden-
ed with pain, had begun to shake
off the yoke and dash the king
from the chariot. Ambigatus,
desiring to relieve his kingdom
from a burdensome population,
declared that he would send his
sons to the settlements which the
gods should have pointed out by
auguries. The place on which
they first landed is called Troja.
/ have undertaken the first de-
fence of an innocent person that
has been offered me.
2. We are to labour especially in
those things for which we shall
be most fit. Beasts move not
themselves from the spot in which
they were born. Most persons
require those things from friends
which they do not themselves give.
The memory of Hortensius
was so great, that, without any-
thing written, he repeated (those
things') which he had meditated
in the same words in which he
had thought them. Africanus,
on the destruction of Carthage,
adorned the cities of the Sicilians
with the most beautiful statues,
that he might place the most nu-
merous monuments of victory
among those whom he supposed
to rejoice most in the victory of
the Roman people. Those whose
fathers or ancestors have been
distinguished by any celebrity,
generally study to excel in the
same kind of glory. Let every
one exercise himself in the art
which he understands.
Qui Darius veho equus, confossus
hasta, et dolor efferatus, jugum
quatio et rex currus excutio
ccepi. Ambigatus, exonero
praegravans turba (ablat.) reg-
num cupio, films missurus sui
sum (accus. with infin.) in qui
deus do (pluperf. subj.) auguri-
um sedes ostendo. In qui lo-
cus primum egredior, Troja
voco. Qui primus innocens
ego (dative} defensio offero, sus-
cipio.
Ad qui res aptus sum, in is potis-
simum elaboro (fut.). Bestia
in qui locus jiascor, ex is sui
non commoveo. Plerique qui
ipse non tribuo amicus (dative)
hie ab is desidero. Memoria
Hortensius tantus sum, ut qui
suicum commentor (pluperf.
subj.), is sine scriptum verbum
idem reddo (imperf. subj.) qui
cogito (pluperf. subj.). Africa-
nus, Carthago deletus (ablat.
absol.), Siculus urbs signum
pulcher exorno, ut qui victoria
Populus Romanus maxime lae-
tor arbitror, apud is monumen-
tum victoria plurimus colloco
Qui pater aut majores aliquis
gloria praesto (perf. indie, act.),
is studeo plerumque idem in
genus laus excello. Qui quis-
que nosco (perf. indie, act.), in
is ars sui exerceo (subj.).
RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
CLASS III.
Both nouns expressed.
There is no day on which I will not
speak in behalf of one accused.
They appoint a day on which
they are all to assemble on the
banks of the Rhone. The sol-
diers have reasons, on account of
which they ought to be dischar-
ged. Until the number should
have been completed, to which
number it might behoove (them)
to be sent into the provinces.
The feelings of a hearer can be
aroused or soothed in no way
which ha.s not been tried by me.
Nullus dies sum, qui dies (ablai.)
non dico pro reus. Dies dico.
qui dies (fern.) ad ripa Rhoda
nus omnis convenio (subj.)
Causa habeo miles, qui de cau-
sa missus fio debeo. Quoad is
numerus efficio, qui ad numerus
in provincia mitto oportet.
Nullus modus animus (sing.)
audiens (genitive of participle)
incite aut lenio possum, qui
modus a ego non tento (perf.
subj.).
Remark 1. The construction which has just been explained, name-
ly, the having both nouns expressed, appears to have been the style
of legal and public documents, and ought not to be imitated, unless
perspicuity require its use, as in the last example given under the
exercises that immediately precede, and which occurs in Cicero
(Omt., 32).
Remark 2. Some poetic constructions, depending, however, on the
general principle that regulates the use of the relative, deserve to be
mentioned here. Thus, Atque alii quorum est comcediaprisca virorum,
equivalent to Atque alii (viri,) quorum virorum est prisca comcedia.
Again : Quis non malarum, quas amor euros habet, hac inter oblivisci-
tur ? the same as Quis non obliviscitur, inter h&c, malarum (curarum,)
quas euros amor habet. So also Urbem, quam statuo vestra est, equiv-
alent to Urbs, quam urbem statuo, vestra est. Two other instances,
furnished by Terence, are likewise worth noting : thus, Quas credis
esse has non sunt vera nuptia, which is the same as saying Nuptia,
quas nuptias credis has esse, non sunt ver<z nuptia ; and Eunuchum
quern dedisti nobis, quas turbos dcdit ! equivalent to Quas turbos Eu-
nuchus dedit, quern Eunuchum dedisti nobis !
Remark 3. Sometimes the relative is attracted, as in Greek, into
the case of its antecedent ; as, Cum scribas, et aliquid agas eorum
quorum consuesti. (Cic.) Raptim quibus quisque poterat elatis exi-
bant. (Liv.) But this is an irregularity not to be imitated.
GENERAL RULES RESPECTING THE RELATIVE.
RULE I. In the case of numerals, comparatives, and
superlatives, the adjective, though properly belonging
RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
35
to the antecedent, is placed after the relative, and made
to agree with the latter ; as, JVbcte, quam nobiscum ul-
timam egit. " During the last night that he spent with
us.'
RULE II. But if the adjective, in such phrases, be
placed first, the relative is omitted altogether ; as,
Primus fecit, " He was the first that did it ;" not primus
erat qui fecit.
1. Themistocles sent to Xerxes the
most faithful one of his slaves
that he had. Agamemnon, hav-
ing devoted to Diana the most
beautiful thing which had been
born in his kingdom in that year,
sacrificed Iphigenia. Julius
Casar yielded up the only lodg-
ing-place which there was to
Caius Oppius. Publius Volum-
nius placed in the list of pro-
scribed persons L. Julius Cali-
dus, the most elegant poet whom
our age has produced since the
death of Lucretius and Catullus.
The Volscians, being beaten
in a pitched battle, lost Volsca,
the best city which they had.
Hannibal was doubtful whether
he should pursue his march to
Italy, or engage with the first
Roman army that should offer it-
self.
2. Carthage was the first colony
that was founded out of Italy by
the Romans. That part of the
Helvetian state which had inflict-
ed a remarkable calamity on the
Roman people ivas the first that
suffered retribution. The age in
Themistocles de servus suus, qui
habeo fidelis ad Xerxes mitto.
Agamemnon, quum devoveo
(pluperf. sub}.) Diana qui in
suus regnum pulcher nascor
(imperf. subj.) ille annus, immo-
lo Iphigenia. Julius Caesar di-
versorium (ablat.), qui unus
sum, Caius Oppius (dative) ce-
do. Publius Volumnius L. Ju-
lius Calidus, qui post Lucretius
Catullusque mors multo elegans
poeta noster aetas fero, in pro-
scriptus numerus (accus.) refe-
ro. Volsci, acies victus, Vol-
scae, urbs qui habeo bonus,
perdo. Incertus sum Hanni-
bal, utrum cceptus in Italia in-
tendo iter, an cum is qui primus
sui offero (pluperf. subj.) Roma-
nus exercitus manus consero.
Primus extra Italia colonia Car
thago a Romanus condo. Qui
pars civitas Helvetius insignis
calamitas populus Romanus
(dative) infero, is princeps pee-
na (plur.) persolvo. JDtas, qui
RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
which Pericles lived was the first ]
that produced at Athens an al-
most perfect orator.
Pericles vivo primus Athena
(allot.) orator prope perfectus
fero.
Remark. As the relative, therefore, sometimes takes an adjective
after it which properly belongs to the antecedent, we may explain
on this principle the following phrases : Qua tua est virtus expugna-
bis omnia, " Such is thy valour, thou wilt carry everything by storm ;"
the same as Ea virtute, qua tua, est, expugnabis omnia. So Qui tuus
est in me amor, " Such is thy love for me ;" Qua tua est prudentia;
qua est humanitate, &c. So in Tacitus (Hist., 4, 37), Cujus est leni-
tatis Galba, jam forte promisit. " Galba, probably, with his usual len-
ity, has already promised."
RULE III. "When a word in a preceding clause is ex-
plained by a substantive with esse, or a verb of naming,
&c., the connecting pronouns, whether demonstrative
or relative, most commonly take the gender and num-
ber of the following noun j as, Minimal hoc providum, sa-
gax, acutum, quern vocamus hominem. Thebes, quod B&o-
tm caput est.
OBS. This is the usual practice of Cicero; other authors, howev-
er, give the relative the gender of the preceding noun. Cicerc
adopts the same practice, when the word explained is a foreign
one ; as, Cohibere motus animi, quos Greed Trudrj vacant. Still,
however, the same writer has the following : " Consensus quam
Greed vocant."
Thrasybulus, when he had fled to
Phyle, which is a very strongly
fortified fortress of Attica, had
not more than thirty of his men
with him. Pausanias was un-
willing to return to Sparta, and
betook himself to Colona, which
is a place in the Troad. Mago
enticed the Suffetes, which is the
chief magistracy among the Car-
thaginians, to a conference, and,
having lacerated them with scour-
ges, ordered them to be crucified.
Thrasybulus, quum Phyle (accus.)
confugio (subj.), qui sum castel-
lum in Attica munitus, non plus
habeo suicum quam triginta de
suus. Pausanias Sparta (ac-
cus.) redeo nolo, et Colonse, qui
locus in ager Troas sum, sui
confero. Mago ad colloquium
Suffetes, qui summus Poenus
(dative) magistratus sum, elicio,
laceratusque (accus. plur.) ver-
ber crux (dative) affigo jubeo.
KELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
37
The winds carried me from
Sicily to Lcucopetra, which is a
promontory of the Rhegian terri-
tory. Mankind have fenced with
walls their united dwelling-pla-
ces, which we call cities. There
is a prison, made by that most
cruel tyrant Dionysius, at Syra-
cuse, which is called the Stone-
quarries. The Carthaginians,
hearing that Attalus and the Ro-
mans had gone from Oreum,
feared lest they should be defeat-
ed within Rhium, that is, the
strait of the Corinthian G-ulf.
Ex Sicilia ego ad Leucopetra,
qui sum promontorium ager
Rheginus, ventus defero.
Homo domicilium suus conjunc-
tus qui urbs dico mcenia sepio.
Career sum, a crudelis tyrannus
Dionysius factus, Syracuse (ab-
lat.), qui Lautumiae voco. Pce-
nus, quum ab Oreum proficis-
cor Attalus Romanusque (ac-
cus. with infin.) audio (pluperf.
subj.), vereor ne intra Rhium
(fauces is sum Corinthius sinus)
opprimo.
RULE IV. Tot, tantus^ tails ; quot, quantus, quodis, an-
swer to each other as the demonstrative and relative ;
as, Non speraverat Hannibal fore ut tot In Iic,ii&, psptdl
ad se deficerent, quot defecerunt post Cannensem cl&dem.
" Hannibal had not hoped that so many communities
in Italy would revolt to him, as many as did (actually)
revolt after the overthrow at Cannae."
OBS. 1. Frequently the relative is placed first, in which case tiu
substantive is usually placed with it ; as, Quanta vi expetuiu.
tanta defendunt.
OBS. 2. If they refer to different nouns, and depend on differed
verbs, they will take the gender, number, and case which those
respectively require ; as, Tanta multitudinis quantam capit urbs
nostra, concursus est ad me factus. Dixi de te qua potui, tanta
contentione, quantum est forum.
OBS. 3. Talis is frequently omitted before qualis, tantus before
quantus, &c. ; as, Crocodilus parit ova, quanta anseres. In hoc
bello, quale bellum nulla barbaria gesserit.
Dost thou think that those who are
said to divine can answer wheth-
er the sun is larger than the
earth, or as large as it seems to
D
Num censeo is qui divino dico,
possum respondeo sol majorne
sum (subj.) quam terra, an tan-
tus quantus videorl (subjunct,)
33
PRONOUNS,
be ? This IwiH very briefly say,
that no one was ever so shameless
as to dare to wish from the im-
mortal gods so many and so
great things as they have bestow-
ed upon Cneus Pompey. What
can be more miserable than this,
that a man who has been consul
elect all his life, cannot be chosen
consul? It is a saying of the
Stoics, that no ball is in every
respect such as another ball is.
Just as many kinds of orators
are found as we have said that
there are of oratory.
Hie breviter dico, nemo un
quam tarn impudens sum (ac-
cus. with in/in.) qui a deus im-
mortalis tot et tantus res audeo
(imperf. subj.) opto, quot et
quantus deus immortalis ad
Cneus Pompeius defero. Quis
hie miser, quam is (accus. with
in/in.) qui tot annus (accus.)
quot habeo (3 sing. pres. indie.),
designatus consul sum (perf.
subj.) facio consul non possum 1
Stoicus dictum sum, nullus
sum pila omnis res (all. plur.)
talis qualis sum (subj.) pila
alius. Quot oratio genus (ac-
cus. with infin.) sum dico, toti-
dem orator reperio.
V. PRONOUNS.
RULE I. As the terminations of the verb discriminate
the persons, the personal pronouns are not expressed
except for emphasis.
In these regions which we inhabit,
the dog-star rises after the sol-
stice ; among the Troglodytes,
as authors write, before the sol-
stice. If those things which thou
dost are shameful, what matters
it that no one else knows it, since
thou knowest it 1 / expelled the
kings; ye are introducing ty-
rants ; I obtained liberty which
did not exist ; ye are not willing
to preserve it when obtained ; I
freed my country at the risk of
my life ; ye care not for being
free without risk. The most ex-
cellent kings of the Persians, as
we think, were Cyrus and Dare-
hie locus qui ego incolo post
solstitium Canicula exorior,
apud Troglodytse, ut scribo (3
sing. pres. ind. pass, as an im-
personal), ante solstitium. Si
turpis sum qui facio, quis (neut.)
refert nemo scio quum tu scio 1
(subj.) Ego rex ejicio, tu ty-
rannus introduco ; ego libertas
qui non sum, pario, tu partus
servo non volo ; ego caput me-
us periculum (ablat.) patrialibe-
ro, tu liber sine periculum sum
non euro. Excellens sum, ut
ego judico, Persa rex, Cyrus et
PRONOUNS.
39
us the son of Hystaspes. I, if I
saw the republic possessed by
dishonest and abandoned citizens,
would not join myself to their
party; not even if their merits
towards me were known to be the
highest. Didst thou exact mon-
ey from the cities under the pre-
tence of a fleet ? Didst thou, for
a sum of money, disband the
rowers ? If wild animals love
their offspring, how indulgent
ought we to be towards our chil-
dren !
Darius Hystaspes filius. Ego,
si ab improbus et perditus civis
respublica teneo (infin.} video
(imperf. subj.), non ad is causa
ego adjungo ; ne si summus
quidem is in ego meritum con-
sto (imperf. subj.). Tu a civit-
as pecunia (plur.) classis nomen
(ablat.) cogo ? tu pretium (ablat.)
remex dimitto 1 Si fera partus
suus diligo, qui (ablat.) ego in
liberi noster indulgentia (ablat.)
sum debeo !
RULE II. Ego forms with quidem the compound term
equidem, " I, indeed," which by writers of the best age
is very rarely used with any other than the first person
singular.
/ do not indeed see why I may not
venture to tell unto you what I
myself think of death. I never,
indeed, sent a letter home without
there being another one for thee.
I grieve, indeed, that I am not
informed of these things by thy
letters. I shall indeed feel grief
that he is angry with me, but
much greater that he should not
be such a man as I had thought
him to be.
Equidem non video cur quis ipse
sentio (subj.) de mors, non au-
deo (subj.) tu dico. Equidem
nunquam domus (accus.) mitto
unus epistola, quin sum (imperf.
subj.) ad tu alter. Equidem do-
leo, non ego de hie res tuus lit-
erae certior no. Accipio equi-
dem dolor ego (dative) ille iras-
cor, sed multo major, non sum
(pres. infin.) is talis qualis puto
(subj.).
USAGE OF Nostrum AND Nostri, Vestrum AND Vestri, THE
DOUBLE FORMS OF THE GENITIVE PLURAL OF EgO AND Tu.
RULE III. Nostri and vestri are used when the geni-
tive denotes the object ; as, amor nostri, " the love of
us ;" cum vestri, " care for you," &c. ; but nostrum and
vestrum when it denotes the subject ; as, uterque nostrum,
" each of us j" majores vestrum, " your ancestors," &c.
40
PRONOUNS.
OBS. Hence nostrum and vestrum are used with partitives, numer
als, comparatives, and superlatives, whereas in all other con
nexions the forms nostri and vestri are proper.
1. Since the life which we enjoy is
short, we ought to make the re-
membrance of ourselves as last-
ing as possible. What the mind
is, that ruler and lord of us, no
one will explain to thee any more
than where it is. Why did God,
when he was making all things
for our sake, scatter so many
deadly things by sea and land 1
' Go (thou) with favourable
omen, and engrave on my sepul-
chre a complaint commemorative
of me. No one of us is the same
in old age as he was (when) a
youth.
2. Thy native country, which is the
common parent of us all, hates and
fears thee, and judges that thou
art meditating her destruction.
They relate that a voice was sent
back from the depth of the cave,
"He shall have the supreme pow-
er at Rome who first of you, oh
youths, shall have given a kiss to
his mother." The soreness of
my eyes is more troublesome to me
than it was before ; yet I chose
rather to dictate this epistle than
to give Gallus Fabius, who has
a great affection for both of us, no
letter to you.
Quoniam vita ipse, qui (ablat.}
fruor, brevis sum, memoria ego
quam maxime longus efficio de
beo. Quis sum (subj.) animus,
ille rector dominusque ego, non
magis tu quisquam expedio,
quam ubi sum (sub).). Cur
Deus, omnis ego causa quum
facio (subj.), tantus vis res mor-
tifer terra mareque dispergol
Eo, secundus omen, et ego
memor sepulcrum scalpo quer-
ela. Nemo ego idem sum in
senectus qui sum juvenis.
Patria qui communis sum omnis
ego parens, odi tu ac metuo, et
judico tu de parricidium suus
(ablat.) cogito. Ex infimus spe-
cus vox redditus sum dico, " Im-
perium summus Roma (gen.)
habeo, qui tu primus osculum
mater do" (perf. sulj.). Ego
molestus sum lippitudo etiam
quam antea sum (pluperf.), die-
to tamen hie epistola malo,
quam Gallus Fabius, amantissi-
mus uterque (genitive) ego, ni-
hil ad tu literee (genitive) do.
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.
1. Sui, sibi, is a reflexive pronoun, that is, it denotes
an agent, who is the subject of the proposition, and
PRONOUNS.
41
whose act reverts upon himself. This pronoun, there-
fore, exists only in the oblique cases.
II. Suus is the adjective pronoun of sui, and is used
of things which belong to the agent, when spoken of
as the object of some act or feeling on his part.
III. The agent may be in the nominative case, as in
direct propositions, or in the accusative before the in-
finitive.
1. Atticus did not recommend him-
self to men in their prosperity,
but always aided them in their
calamity. Agesilaus turned
himself against Phrygia, and
ravaged it before Tissaphernes
moved himself in any direction.
Eumenes imposed upon the pre-
fects of Antigonus, and extrica-
ted himself and all his men.
Hannibal perceived that he was
aimed at, and that life ought not
any longer to be retained by him.
I hesitate not to say that every
nature is prone to the preserva-
tion of itself.
2. My brother Quintus justifies
himself by letter, and affirms that
nothing unfavourable was ever
said by him concerning you.
The Allobroges, who had villa-
ges and possessions beyond the
Rhone, take refuge with Casar,
and point out (to him) that no-
thing was left to them except the
soil of their territory. Romulus
said to Julius Proculus that he
was a god, and was called Qui-
rinus.
3. Justice is to be respected on her
own account. Dionysius feared
D
Atticus non sui florens (dative of
the participle) vendito, sed afflic-
tus (dative) semper succurro.
Agesilaus in Phrygia sui con-
verto, isque prius depopulor,
quam Tissaphernes usquam se
moveo (imperf. subjunct.). Eu-
menes praefectus (dative) Anti-
gonus impono, suique ac suus
omnis extraho incolumis.
Hannibal sentio sui peto, neque
sui (dative) diutius vita sum re-
tinendus. Non dubito dico,
omnis aetas sum conservatrix
sui (genitive).
Quintus frater purgo sui mul-
turn per literae, et affirmo nihil
a sui de tu secus sum dictus.
Allobroges, qui trans Rhodanus
vicus possessioque habeo, fuga
(ablat.) sui ad Caesar recipio, et
demonstro sui, praeter ager so-
lum, nihil sum reliquus (geni-
tive). Romulus Julius Procu-
lus dico, sui deus sum, et Qui-
rinus voco.
Justitia propter suisui colendus
sum. Dionysius vereor, ne,
2
PRONOUNS.
lest, if he should keep Dion with
him, he might afford him some
opportunity for destroying him.
Each one loves himself, not in
order that he may exact from
himself a recompense for his af-
fection, but because each one of
himself is dear unto himself.
The youth, holding the right hand
of Scipio, invoked all the gods to
make a return of gratitude to him
for him, since he could not do it
suitably to his own feeling, and
his merit towards him.
4. Darius said that he was an en-
emy to the Athenians, because the
lonians by their aid had taken
Sardis. A deserter came into
the camp of Fabricius, and prom-
ised that he would return secret-
ly, as he had come, into the camp
of Pyrrhus, and would poison
him. The Germans do not fa-
vour agriculture, and the great-
er part of their food consists in
milk, and cheese, and flesh.
si Dion suicum habeo, aliquis
occasio do sui opprimendug
(genitive of gerundive). Sui
quisque diligo, non ut aliquis a
sui ipse merces exigo caritas
suus (genit.), sed quod per sui
sui quisque carus sum. Ado
lescens, dextra Scipio teneo,
deus omnis invoco ad gratia ille
pro sui referendus (accus. of ge
rundive), quoniam sui (dative)
non satis facultas (genit.) pro
suus animus atque ille erga sui
meritum sum (imperf. subj.).
Darius dico, sui hostis sum
Atheniensis (genit.), quod is
auxilium Tones Sardes expug-
no. Perfuga venio in castra
Fabricius, isque (dative) sum
pollicitus, sui, ut clam venio
(subj.) ita clam in Pyrrhus cas-
tra redeo (fut. in/in.), et is
venenum neco. Germani ag-
ricultura (dative) non studeo,
majorque pars victus is lac et
caseus et caro (ablatives) con-
sisto.
IV. If a second agent be introduced, the reflexive
pronoun properly belongs to that agent ; but if the sec-
ond proposition expresses the words, wishes, &c., of
the subject of the first, sui and suus are very commonly
used of the first subject, provided the sense make it
evident that they cannot refer to the second.
1. Hannibal ordered the lad to go
round to all the doors of the
building, and bring him word
quickly whether he were blocka-
ded in the same way on all sides.
Pythius, who, as a banker,
Impero Hannibal puer (dative), ut
omnis aedificium fores (accus.)
circueo (imperf. subj.), ac pro-
pere sui (dative) renuncio nmn
idem modus undique obsideo.
Pythius qui, ut argentarius,
PRONOUNS.
43
was in favour with all ranks,
called the fishermen to him, and
requested of them that they would
fish, on the following day, before
his gardens. Pompey said that
the Roman republic might most
justly return thanks to the town
of Arpinum, because from it its
two saviours had arisen.
2. Most of the soldiers of Casar,
when taken prisoners, refused life
offered to them under condition of
serving against him. Themis-
tocles discloses to the 'master of
the ship who he is, making him
great promises if he would save
him. Nothing is less acceptable
to God himself, than that the way
to propitiate and worship him
should not be open to all.
apud omnis ordo gratiosus sum,
piscator ad sui convoco, et ab
hie peto, ut ante suus hortulus
postridie piscor. Pompeius di-
co, respublica Romanus Justus
Arpinum municipium gratiae de-
beo (pres. infin.), quod ex is duo
conservator is exsisto (subj.).
Plerique miles Caesar captus con-
cessus sui sub conditio vita, si
milito adversus is volo (imperf.
subj.), recuso. Themistocles
dominus navis qui sum (subj.)
aperio, multus pollicitus si sui
servo (pluperf. subjunct). Ipse
Deus nihil minus gratus sum
quam non omnis pateo ad sui
placo et colo (gerundives) via.
V. The pronoun ipse is not reflexive, but serves em
phatically to distinguish that to which it is applied from
all others. Hence, in cases where ambiguity is likely
to arise, especially from the similarity of both num-
bers of su^ it may be avoided by using ipse of the
leading or subordinate person. It is more commonly,
however, used of the leading person. Thus, Jugurtha
legates misit qui ipsi liberisque vitam peterent. " Jugur-
tha sent ambassadors to seek peace for himself and his
children."
VI. Ipse is joined with the pronouns of the three
persons, and may either be put in the same case with
them, as mei^ tui, sui ipsius, mihi ipsi, me ipsum, &c., or
may remain as the subject in the nominative. Both
constructions are used by the best writers ; the latter,
however, is more common ; as, Virtus est per se ipsa
laudabilis. Se ipsos omnes natura diligunt.
44
PRONOUNS.
VII. When nouns are opposed to each other, their
contrast is most forcibly shown by putting ipse in the
same case as the word to which it is opposed j as, Ra-
tionem dicendi per te ipsum, usum autem per nos percipere
voluisti.
VIII. Ipse, joined to numbers, denotes that they are
to be taken strictly and without diminution ; as, Decem
ipsi dies, " Ten whole days."
1. When fame reported Numa
Pompilius to be distinguished
for virtue and wisdom, passing
over their own citizens, the peo-
ple adopted for themselves an
alien as king. Wilt thou, though
God has given thee a mind than
which nothing is more excellent
or divine, so debase thyself as to
think that there is no difference
tween thee and some quadruped ?
2. Thucydides, a very satisfac-
tory authority, has written, that
no one ever pleaded a capital
cause better than Antipho of
Rhamnus, when he defended him-
self in his hearing. The labour
of those was the greatest who
were carrying burdens on their
shoulders ; for, as they could not
guide themselves, they were car-
ried away with their incommo-
dious burden into the rapid cur-
rent.
3. We have this primary desire
from nature, the preservation of
oursehes. The swiftness and
strength of quadrupeds confer
strength and swiftness on our-
sehes ; we employ for our bene-
fit the very acute perceptions of
Quum praestans sum Numa Pom-
pilius fama ferro (imperf. sub}.)
prsetermissus suus civis (ablat.
absol.) rex alienigena sui ipse
populus adscisco. Tu, quum
tu Deus do (subj.) animus, qui
(ablat.) nihil sum praestans ne-
que divinus, sic tu ipse projicio,
ut nihil inter tu et quadrupes
aliquis puto (pres. subj.) inter-
sum"?
Antiphon (ablat.) Rhamnusius ne-
mo unquam bene oro caput
(genit.) causa, quum sui ipse
defendo (imperf. subj.), sui au-
diens (ablat. absol), locuples
auctor scribo Thucydides.
Praecipuus sum labor is, qui hu-
merus onus porto ; quippe quum
suimetipse rego non possum
(imperf. subj.), in rapidus gur-
ges incommodus onus aufero.
Primus ex natura hie habeo appe-
titio, ut conserve (pres. subj.)
egomet ipse. Celeritas atque
vis quadrupes ego ipse affero
vis et celeritas; ego elephan-
tus acutus sensus ; ego saga-
PRONOUNS. 45
elephants and the sagacity of
dogs. Thou didst refuse to go
into a province : I cannot blame
that in thee which I approved in
myself, both (when) praetor and
consul. Exactly on the Nones
of August, the day of my arrival
was the same, the birthday the
same of my most beloved daugh-
ter. He died exactly eighty-three
years before I was consul. Thir-
ty whole days have gone.
citas (ablat.) canis ad utilitas
noster utor. Tu in proviri-
cia eo nolo : non possum is in
tu reprehendo, qui in ego ipse
et praetor et consul probo. Ip-
se Nonae (ablat.) Sextilis, idem
dies adventus meus sum, nata-
lis idem carus filia. Annus
(ablat.) octoginta tres ipse ante
ego consul morior. Triginta
dies ipse decedo.
USAGE OF Hie, Hie, Iste, AND Is.
I. The pronouns hie, ille, and iste, differ in this way :
hie refers to that which is near, or helongs to, the per-
son speaking ; iste to the person addressed ; ille to
some remoter person or object. Thus, hie liber, " this
book near or belonging to me," or " this book which I
am holding j" iste liber, " that book belonging to you,
or near you, or which you are holding ;" ille liber, " the
book near or belonging to some third person, either at
some distance, or else entirely away from the conver-
sation."
II. Hence in letters, hie and its derivatives are used
of the writer ; iste and its derivatives of the person ad-
dressed. Thus, Eo animo te velim esse, quasi mei nego-
tii causa in ista loca missus esses. (Cic., Ep. ad Jltt., I,
10.) " I wish thee, therefore, to be of the same way
of thinking, as if thou hadst been sent, on account of
my own affairs, to the quarter where thou now art."
So, again, Clamores tanti fuerunt, ut eos usque istinc ex-
auditos putem. " The cries were so loud, that I am in-
clined to think they were distinctly heard as far as
where thou art."
III. When Cicero spoke of his antagonist, he often
46 PRONOUNS.
used iste according to the distinction just laid down ;
and as he generally used it contumeliously, it acquired
a reproachful meaning ; as, Tu, istis faucibus, istis late-
ribus, ista gladiatoria totius corporis firmitate, &c. (Czc.,
PhiL, 2, 25.) But this is by no means universally the
case. Thus, Quis enim meum in istius gloriosissimi fac-
ti conscientia nomen audivitl (Id. ib., 11.)
IV. Another usage of hie, ille, and iste deserves men-
tion here. When these three pronouns are employed,
hie refers to the nearest person or thing, iste to the mid-
dle one, and ille to the most remote. Thus, Tullium,
Jltticum, et Trebatium vehementer diligo, hunc quidem (Tre-
batium) ob mores festivos ; istum (Atticum) ob ingenii li-
ber alitatem ; ilium (Tullium) propter incredibile dicendi
flumen.
V. When hie and ille are opposed to each other, ille
("that") denotes the one which is more remote, or
" the former 5" hie (" this") the nearer, or " the latter."
Thus, Ille bello, hie pace, civitatem auxerunt. " They
enlarged the state, the former by war, the latter by
peace." This distinction, however, though subservient
to perspicuity, and though it deserves to be uniformly
attended to in Latin composition, is not uniformly ob-
served by the classic writers.
VI. Ille denotes that which is of general notoriety,
and most commonly of reputation ; as, Pittacus ille,
11 The well-known Pittacus ;" Medea ilia, " The far-
famed Medea ;" Ille Myronis discobolus, " The discus-
thrower of Myron," &c.
VII. The pronoun is holds a middle place between
ille and hie, not meaning emphatically either this or that,
but referring to something previously mentioned, or
just about to be specified. Hence it denotes u the
man," when the character, and not the precise individ-
ual, is meant ; as, Non is est Jlntonius, " Antonius is
not the man," or " such a man."
PRONOUNS.
47
1. Wfy sittest thou in that place 1
Why cannot that happiness
(which thou meanest) suit yonder
sun or this our world 1 Yonder
sea, which now appears purple,
will appear the same to this our
sage. What is this ? What ef-
frontery is this of thine ? I give
thee as a husband to her (who is
now thine). Very many excel-
lent men have come, on account
>>f health, to this quarter. If I
thall have extricated myself, I
will come to the quarter where
thou art. Now, however, I wish
that thy merit may shine forth
from those parts of the East
(where thou art).
2. They punished the Roman de-
serters with more severity than
the Latin. The former he cru-
cified as runagates from their
country, the latter he beheaded as
perfidious allies. Casar and
Pompey contended long together ;
the former because he could not
endure any superior, the latter
because he could not bear any
equal. Cicero wrote very fre-
quently to Atticus, and the latter
did not omit to send letters in
turn. Cory don and Thy r sis
were leading flocks : the latter
sheep, the former she-goats . Let
us hear Cicero, that eminent ora-
tor. What one of us does not the
celebrated Epaminondas, when
dying at Mantinea, strongly
move ? Publius Sylla was late-
ly such a man in the state that
no one could prefer himself to
him in what was honourable.
Cur tu in iste locus sedeo ? Iste
beatitas cur aut in sol ille (ac-
cus.) aut in hie noster mundus
(accus.) cado non possum?
Mare ille, qui nunc purpureus
videor, idem hie noster sapiens
videor. Quis sum hie? quis
iste impudentia 1 Tu iste vir
do. Permultus bonus vir in hie
locus (plur.) venio, valetudo
causa. Si ego expedio, in iste
locus venio. Nunc autem opto,
ut ab iste Oriens pars virtus
tuus eluceo.
Graviter in Romanus, quam in
Latinus transfuga (accus.) ani-
madverto. Ille tanquam patria
(genit.) fugitivus crux (dot.
plur.) affigo, hie uti socius per-
fidus securis (ablat.) percutio.
Caesar et Pompeius diu inter
sui contendo, ille quia nemo
superior, kic quia nemo par fe-
ro possum. Cicero ad Atticus
saepe scribo, nee hie vicissim
litterae mitto intermitto. Cory-
don et Thyrsis duco grex : hie
ovis, ille capella. Cicero, ille
magnus orator, audio. Quis
ego ille morior apud Mantinea
Epaminondas non valde com-
moveo? Publius Sylla nuper is
homo sum in civitas, ut nemo is
sui honor (ablat.) antefero.
48 PRONOUNS.
For neither art thou such a one
as not to know who thou art.
Neque enim tu is sum, qui, qui
sum (subj.) nescio (subj.).
USAGE OF Quisquam AND Ullus.
I. Quisquam and ullus are used only in propositions
which involve a universal negative, or an interrogation
which has a negative force ; a condition (usually with
si or quasi) ; after comparatives, after the adverb vix,
and the preposition sine ; as, Quamdiu quisquam erit qui
te defenders audeat, vives. " As long as there shall be
any one who shall dare to defend thee, thou shalt live."
Fieri nullo modo potest, ut quisquam plus alterum dili-
gat quam se. " It can in no way happen that any one
shall love another more than himself." Solis candor
illustrior est quam ullus ignis. " The light of the sun is
brighter than any fire." Omnes sine ulla varietate dix-
ere. " All without any diversity of opinion said."
II. Ullus is properly an adjective, but may be used,
like any other adjective, without a substantive, if one
be understood from the context. Quisquam is most
commonly used without a substantive, except it be a
word denoting a person ; as, cuiquam civi. (Cic., Verr.,
5, 54.) Nemo is often used in the same way for nullus,
though properly a substantive ; as, Neminem cognovi po-
etam qui sibi non optimus videretur. (Cic.) So nemo
pictor, nemo adolescens, and even homo nemo in the same
author. (Ep. ad Fam., 13, 55.)
The gods being duly propitiated,
the consuls performed the levy
more severely and exactly than
any
one remembered it to have
been performed in former years.
The senate willingly produced
its wealth for the public stock,
nor did they leave themselves any
gold,, except what was in the bul-
Deus rite placatus (ablat. absol.\
delectus consul habeo, acriter
intenteque quam prior annus
quisquam memini (pluperf.) ha-
beo (perf. inf. pass.). Opis su-
us libens senatus in medius
(accus. sing, masc.) profero, HCC
praeter qui in bulla singulusque
annulus sum, quisqnam sui au-
PRONOUNS.
49
te, and a ring apiece. See how
much more odious a tyrant Ver-
res was to the Sicilians than any
one of those who preceded ; since
they ornamented the temples of
the gods, he even took away their
monuments and decorations.
Do you think that the decrees of
the towns about the health of
Pompey were anything in com-
parison with these congratula-
tions on Casar's victories ?
Caius Gracchus deserves to be
read by youth, if any other (de-
serves it), for he is capable not
only of sharpening, but of nour-
ishing the understanding.
I. In the golden age no one had
either a disposition or a motive
to injury. Virtue has nothing
grand in it if it has anything
venal. Can any one divine what
fault there will be in the auspices,
but he who has determined to ob-
serve the appearances of the sky ?
Alexander halted at Babylon
longer than anywhere; nor did
any place more injure military
discipline. There is not any one,
of any nation, who may not ar-
rive at virtue, having obtained
nature as his guide.
3. Do not think, judges, that
the impudence of swindlers is not
one and the same in all places ;
he did the same as our debtors
are wont (to do) ; he denied that
he had taken up any money on
interest at Rome. Would any
city endure the proposer of a law
of this kind, that a son or grand-
Tina, relinquo. Video quanto
teter tyrannus Syracusanua
Verres sum (perf. subj.) quam
quisquam superior ; quum ilia
orno (perf. subj.) templum deu3
immortalis, hie etiam deus
monumentum atque ornamen-
tum tollo. Quisquam tu ille
puto sum de valetudo Pompe-
ius decretum municipium, prae
hie (ablat.) de victoria Caesar
gratulatio. Legendus sum
Caius Gracchus, si quisquam
alius, juventus (dative) ; non
enim solum acuo, sed etiam
alo ingenium possum.
Aureus saeculum non sum quis-
quam (dative) attt animus in in-
juria aut causa. Virtus nihil
in sui habeo magnificus si quis-
quam habeo venalis. Quis-
quamne divino possum quis vi-
tium (genii.) in auspicium futu-
rus sum (subj.) nisi qui de cce-
lum servo constitutf? Diu
Babylon (ablat.) quam usquam
consisto Alexander ; net ullus
locus disciplina militaria ^-da-
tive) plus noceo. Non su**i
quisquam gens ullus qui, du*
natura nanciscor, ad virtus per
venio non possum.
Molo existimo, Judex, non unua
et idem omnis in locus sum
fraudator impudentia : facio
idem (plur.) qui noster debitor
soleo ; nego sui omnino versu-
ra ullus facio Roma (genit.).
Ferone ullus civitas lator iste
modus lex, ut condemno filius
E
50
PRONOUNS.
aut nepos si pater aut avus de-
linquo (subj.). Quum emenda-
tus mos amicus sum, turn sum
(pres. subj.) inter is omnis res,
consilium, voluntas, sine ullus
exceptio, communitas. Nego
sum quisquam a testis dictus,
qui quisquam orator eloquentia
quaere. Civis sum nemo, extra
contamijiatus ille Publius Clo-
dius manus, qui res ullus de me -
5on should be condemned if his
father or grandfather had done
wrong? When the morals of
friends are correct, there should
then be between them, without
any exception, a community of all
things, plans (and) wishes. I
deny that anything has been said
ly the witnesses, that would re-
quire the eloquence of any orator.
There is no citizen, apart from
that contaminated band of Pub-
lius Clodius, who has touched
any article of my property.
USAGE OF Jiliquis AND Quispiam.
I. Jlliqui* and quispiam, unlike quisquam and ullus ,
are particular, and answer to the English " some one,"
" some one or other j" quispiam increasing the uncer-
tainty implied in aliquis.
II. They may be used interrogatively, negatively, or
conditionally, provided it be with reference to some
particular case, actual or supposed 5 as, Patiamurne, an
narremus cuipiam ? " Shall we bear it, or shall we tell
it to some one or other V Quas jucundissima fuisset, si
aliquem cui narraret habuisset. " Which would have
been most pleasing, if he had had some one to whom
to mention it."
III. Jlliquis is both a substantive and an adjective
pronoun. The substantive form of the neuter is ali-
quid, the adjective form aliquod. Some grammarians,
however, deny that aliquid is any more of a substantive
than hoc, Hind, or id.
IV. In the earliest writers, aliquid and aliquod are
used indifferently. Thus, in Plautus (Men<zchm., 5, 2,
34), we have " JV*m occupo aliquid mihi consilium ;" and
again (76., 5, 2, 15), " Credo cum viro litigium natum esse
iliquod."
PRONOUNS.
51
V. In later writers, however (and their example is
to be preferred), aliquid is joined with a genitive case,
whereas aliquod agrees with the noun as an adjective.
Thus, we have aliquid vini, but aliquod vinum. It is
also more elegant to say aliquid utile than aliquod utile,
the latter being rarely joined with an adjective.
1. It is among the instances of
Sylla's cruelty, that he excluded
the children of the proscribed
from political offices : for no-
thing can be more unjust, than
that any one should be made
the heir of his father's odium.
These arts, if indeed they avail
to any purpose, avail to sharpen,
and, as it were, stimulate the
understandings of boys, that they
may more easily be able to learn
greater things. Even a mod-
erate orator fixes the attention,
provided only there be something
in him ; nor has anything more
power over the minds of men than
arrangement and ornament of
2. WJwm wilt thou show me that
sets some value on time ? that es-
timates the worth of a day ? that
understands that he is dying ev-
ery day 1 The gods neglect triv-
ial things, nor descend to the
petty fields and vines of individ-
uals; nor, if blight or hail has
done injury in some way or oth-
er, does this require the notice of
Jupiter. If fortune has taken
(his) money from some one, or if
some one's injustice has snatched
it away, yet, while the reputation
is untouched, virtue easily con-
Inter Syllanus crudelitas exem-
plum sum, quod a respublica
(all. sing.) liberi proscriptus
submoveo ; nihil enim iniquus
sum possum, quam aliquis pa-
ternus odium, haeres fio. Hie
quidem ars, si modo aliquis (ac-
cus. neut.) valeo ut acuo et tan-
quam irrito ingenium puer, quo
facile possum magnus disco.
Teneo auris (plur.) vel medio
cris orator, sum modo aliquis in
is ; nee ullus res plus apud ani-
mus homo quam ordo et orna-
tus oratio valeo.
Quis ego do qui aliquis pretium
tempus (dative) pono? (subj.)
qui dies aestimo? qui intelligo
sui quotidie morior'? Parvus
deus negligo, neque agellus sin-
guli nee viticula persequor : nee
si uredo aut grando quispiam
(accus. neut.) noceo, is Jupiter
(dative) animadverto (part, in
dus) sum. Pecunia si quispiam
(dative) fortuna adimo, aut si ali-
quis eripio injuria, tamen dum
existimatio sum integer facile
52
PRONOUNS.
soles poverty. Can anything
more severe be said against any
one whatever, than that he had
been influenced by a bribe to con-
demn a man whom he had never
seen or heard? Scipio thought
that some severity was necessary
for establishing military disci-
pline.
consoler honestas egestas. .
Utrum gravis aliquis in quis-
piam dico possum, quam ad ho-
mo condemno (gerundive), qui
nunquam video (subj.) nee audio
(subj.) adductuspretiumsum'? -
Aliquis severitas, ad firmo (ge-
rundive) militaris disciplina, ne-
cessarius sum Scipio existimo.
INDEFINITE USE OF Quis.
I. Quis is sometimes used, like the Greek TL<;, indefi-
nitely j as, Omnia semper, quce ab nostrum quo dicentur,
adversis auribus accipietis ? " Will ye always receive
with unfriendly ears what shall be uttered by any one
ofusV
II. Quis is generally so used, instead of aliquis, after
si, ne, nisi, num, quo, quanto, and sometimes quum. It
then usually forms its feminine singular and neuter
plural in a ; as, si qua, ne qua, &c.
III. Siquis appears to be often used for the relative,
as in Greek d TI$ for ocmf .
This is the dictate of nature,
that we turn our countenance to
the auditors, if ice wish to inform
them of anything. Spiders spin
(their) net, that if anything has
been entangled they may destroy
it. Is any one enraged with
boys whose age does not yet know
the differences of things 1 It is
a dishonourable excuse, and by
no means to be received, if any
one confesses that he has acted
against the republic for the sake
of a friend. In proportion as
any one is more full of expedient
and subtle, the more is he hated
Hie sum natura (ablat.) datus, ut
vultus dirigo ad auditor, si quis
res doceo is (double accus.) volo
(subj.). Aranea rete texo, ut si
quis inhaereo (subj.) conficio.
Num quis irascor puer (dative),
qui setas nondum nosco res
discrimen. Tuipis excusatio
sum, et minime accipio (part,
in dus), si quis contra respublica
sui amicus causa lacio fateor
(subj.). Quo quis versutus et
callidus sum, hoc invisus et
PRONOUNS.
53
and suspected, if men have no
opinion of his probity.
2. Demosthenes used to say that he
was grieved if at any time he
was outdone by the early industry
of artisans. We must use our
endeavours that there may be no
dissensions among friends. A
feast followed the funeral, which
the relatives celebrated crowned ;
at which the praises of the dead
were spoken, if there was any
truth; for it was deemed crimi-
nal to speak untruly. Augustus
performed his journeys in a litter,
and generally in the night, and
that slowly, so that he went to
Tibur or Praneste in two days ;
and if he could get to any place
ly sea, he preferred to sail. I
never saw anything so gentle as
my brother towards thy sister, so
that if any offence had been taken
it did not appear.
suspectus, detractus opinio pro-
bitas (ablat. absol.).
Doleo sui aio (imperf.) Demosthe-
nes, si quando opifex anteluca-
nus vinco (pluperf. subj.) indus-
tria. Do (part, in dus) sum ope-
ra, nequis amicus (genitive) dis-
sidium fio. Sequor (imperf.)
funus epulae, qui (accus.) ineo
(imperf.) propinquus coronatus ;
apud qui de mortuus laus (ab-
lat. sing.), quum quis verus
sum, praedico (perf. indie, pass,
taken impersonally) ; nam men-
tior nefas habeo. Augustus
iter lectica et nox (plur.) fere,
isque lentus facio (imperf.) ; ut
Praeneste vel Tibur biduum pro-
cedo (imperf. subj.) ; ac si quo
pervenio mare possum (subj.),
potius navigo (imperf. indie.).
Nihil video tarn mitis quam me-
us frater in soror tuus ; ut et-
iam si quis sum sumtus oflensio
non appareo (subj.).
USAGE OF Quidam.
I. Quidam differs from aliquis by implying that the
object designated is definitely known, though indefi-
nitely described. And this indefinite description is
sometimes resorted to for the purpose of oblique satire j
as, Neque pugnas narrat, neque cicatrices ostendit, quod
quidam facit. (TV.) " He neither tells of battles nor
displays scars, as a certain person does."
II. It is also joined with epithets, whether augment-
ing or diminishing an object, in the same sense as the
English certain.
III. It is likewise used, but more rarely, for some, as
opposed to the whole, or to others. Hence it is some-
E2
54
PRONOUNS.
times employed as a limitation ; as, quiddam mali, " a
certain degree of evil ;" and also to qualify an expres-
sion not meant to be strictly taken ; as, Milvo est quod-
dam bellum naturale cum corvo. " There is a sort of
warfare between the kite and the raven."
I was born at a certain time; I
shall die some time or other.
He exhorted a certain one of (his)
friends to mount his steed and
save himself by flight. There is
a certain person (somebody whom
I know) that says he knows where
she is. / heard this from one
Octavius. / perceive that there
is a greater kind of fear in the
city. Minutius, whom thou didst
extol to the sky in certain letters,
says that this is a somewhat
greater affair than men imagine.
A (suitable) term fails me when
I call this power regal ; it is un-
doubtedly, however, a higher kind
(than ordinary). / confess that
in that very power there is some-
thing of evil.
Quidam tempus (ablat.) nascor ,
aliquis (ablat.) morior. Qui-
dam ex amicus hortor, ut in
equus suus ascendo (impcrf.
subj.), et fuga sui recipio. Sum
quidam, qui aio sui scio ubi ille
sum (subj.). Hie a quidam Oc-
tavius audio. Sentio magnus
quidam timor in urbs sum.
Minutius, qui tu quidam litterae
ad ccelum effero, dico magnus
hie quidam sum, quam homo
opinor. Verbum ego (dative)
desum, cum ego hie potestas
regius appello, sed profecto sum
magnus quidam. Fateor in
iste ipse potestas insum quidam
malum.
USE OF Quid AND Quod, ETC.
I. The interrogative pronoun has two forms for the
masculine and neuter respectively ; namely, quis and
qui for the former, and quid and quod for the latter.
II. The comic writers use both quid and quod with
or without substantives 5 prose writers, however, of the
best age make the same distinction between quid and
quod as between aliquid and aliquod. In other words,
they use quod as an adjective agreeing with a noun,
and quid as a noun governing another noun in the gen-
itive. Thus, they say, Quod f acinus commisit? "What
crime did he commit V but quid facinoris 1
PRONOUNS.
55
III. The same distinction is observed between the
two neuter forms of the compound pronouns 5 thus,
quidvis, quidlibet, &c., are commonly used with the
genitive ; quodvis, &c., as adjectives.
We must take care lest it be said
that there was in us any conspic-
uous fault. The senate decreed
that the consul should see that
the republic received no injury.
In Numa Pompilius, in Servius
Tullius, in the other kings, of
whom there are many excellent
(institutions) for regulating the
state, does any trace of eloquence
appear? / saluted Rufius, en-
gaged in some business on the
exchange of the people of Puteo-
li, and afterward bade him fare-
well, when he had asked me if I
had any commands.
Caveo (gerund) sum ut ne quis in
ego insignis vitium sum (perf.)
dico. Decerno senatus ut con-
sul video, ne quis respublica
detrimentum capio. In Numa
Pompilius, in Servius Tullius,
in caeteri rex, qui multus sum
eximius (neut.) ad constituo
(gerundive) respublica, numquis
eloquentia vestigium appareol
Rufius ago (pres. part. ) aliquis,
in emporium (ablat.) Puteolani,
saluto ; et postea jubeo valeo
(pres. in/in.), quum ego num-
quis volo (imperf. subj.) rogo
(subj.).
USAGE OF Quisque.
I. Quisque signifies " every one," " each one," and
is generally used as a substantive ; as, Quod cuique
obtigit id quisque teneat. " Let each one hold to that
which has fallen unto each."
II. It is frequently joined to adjectives in the com-
parative degree with quo; as, Bonus liber melior est
quisque, quo major. " Every good book is better, the
larger it is."
III. Used with the superlative with ut, it precedes ;
as, Ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime esse olios im-
probos suspicatur. "The more virtuous each one is,
with so much the more difficulty does he suspect that
others are vicious." Without ut it follows the adjec-
tive ; as, Optimum quidque rarissimum est.
IV. Subjoined to numeral adjectives it denotes the
56
PRONOUNS.
interval ; as, Jllejcandrini tertio quoque vocabulo excitaban-
tur. " The Alexandrians were aroused at every third
word."
V. With primus it denotes the first possible, or the
very first ; as, Primo quoque tempore. " On the very
first opportunity."
VI. It is also subjoined to the pronouns sui and su-
us ; as, Verum est, fabrum esse SUCK quemque fortunes.
" It is a true (saying) that every one is the architect of
his own fortune."
1. When Metellus Celer had begun
to plead, he addressed me at ev-
ery third word of his speech.
The whole of Sicily undergoes
the census every fifth year.
Thirty-three Attic talents are
paid to Pompcy every thirty days.
There is scarcely one man in
ten in the Forum who knows him-
self. The deepest streams flow
with the least sound. The fresh-
est eggs are best for hatching.
/ think it very foolish not to pro-
pose the best things for imitation.
2. Easiness of trusting is an error
rather than a fault, and creeps
most readily into the minds of the
best men. It pleases the Stoics
to call everything by its own
name. Augustus had determin-
ed to reduce the civil law to a fix-
ed limit, and out of the immense
and diffuse copiousness of the
laws to collect all the best into
very few books. There are as
many voices as human beings in
the world, and each has his own.
Quum ago ccepi (subj.) Metellus
Celer, tertius quisque verbum
oratio suus ego appello (im-
perf.). Quintus quisque annus
(ablat.) totus Sicilia ceiiseo (pas-
sive). Tricesimus quisque dies
(ablat.) talentum Atticus xxxiii
Pompeius solvo. Vix decimus
quisque sum in forum, qui sui-
sui nosco (perf. subj.). Altus
quisque flnmen parvus sonus la-
bor. Aptus sum ad excludo
(gerund) recens quisque ovum.
Stultus credo ad imitor (ge-
rund) non bonus quisque pro-
pono.
Credulitas error sum magis quam
culpa, et quidem in bonus quis-
que mens facile irrepo. Pla-
ceo Stoicus (dative} suus quis-
que res nomen appello. Des-
tino Augustus jus civilis ad cer-
tus modus redigo, atque ex im-
mensus diffususque lex copia,
bonus quisque et necessarius
(neut. plurals) in paucus con-
fero liber. Totidem sum vox
quot in orbis homo, et suus
PRONOUNS.
57
- -All things came to the mind of
Antonius, and that, too, each in
its own place, where they could
be of most avail. The Siculi, as
soon as ever they saw diseases
spreading from the unhealthiness
of the place, dropped off, each to
their neighbouring cities. The
multitude of Grecian painters is
so great, and the merit of each in
his own department is so great,
that, while we admire the best, we
approve even of the inferior.
quisque (dative). Omnis venio
(imperf.) Antonius (dative} in
mens (accus.), isque (plur.) su-
ns quisque locus, ubi plurimum
valeo possum (imperf. subj.).
Siculus, ut primum video ex
gravitas locus vulgo morbus
(accus. with infin.), in suus quis-
que propinquus urbs dilabor.
Pictor Graecus tantus sum mul-
titudo, tantus in suus quisque
genus laus, ut quum summus
(neut. plur.) miror (subj.), infe-
rior (neut. plur.) etiam probo
Remark 1. Quivis and quilibet (" any one you please") are univer-
sal. A negative joined with them denies only the universality which
they imply ; as, Non cuivis homini contingit adire Corinthum. " To
visit Corinth does not fall to the lot of every man without distinc-
tion/' Cuiquam would have made the negation universal : " does
not fall to the lot of any man whatsoever."
Remark 2. Quisquis and quicunque cannot alone form the subject
of a proposition, but must be united with a verb in order to become
part of some other proposition ; as, Male vivit quisquis nescit bene
mori. " He lives ill whoever knows not how to die well."
Remark 3. In a few expressions quicunque appears without any
verb, equivalent to omnis or quivis, in which case some part of sum
or possum is to be supplied ; as, Quacunque ratione eum sanabo. " I
will heal him by all possible means ;" more literally, "by whatever
means (I shall be able) :" supply passim.
Remark 4. The plural cases of quisquis are not common, though
quiqui and quibusquibus occur in Cicero and Livy.
Remark 5. Alius is used with one of its own cases, or with an ad-
verb derived from it, to express what in English requires two sep-
arate propositions with one another ; as, Aliud alii optimum videtur.
" One thing seems best to one, another to another." Aliter cum
aliis loquitur. " He speaks in one way to one, in another to another."
Remark 6. When only two are referred to, alter is used, but no
adverb is derived from it ; as, Alter in alterum causam conferunt.
" Each lays the blame on the other."
58
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
GOVERNMENT.
CASES.
I. ACCUSATIVE CASE.
RULE I. All transitive verbs, whether active or de-
ponent, take an accusative of the object on which the
action of the verb is exerted j as, Pater amat filium.
" A father loves a son." Spes sola hominem in miseria
consolatur. "Hope alone consoles man in wretched-
ness."
1. Nothing escapes the knowledge
of the Deity. It is the duty of
the senate to aid the state with
(its) advice. Chabrias set out
for Egypt to aid Nectanebis.
Care follows increasing wealth.
The star of Venus is called
Hesperus when it follows after
the sun. Rivalry nourishes tal-
ents ; and sometimes envy, some-
times admiration, excites imita-
tion. Pompey restored the tribu-
nitian power, of which Sylla had
left the image without the reality.
The soldiers whom the Per-
sians called Immortals had gold-
en collars, garments embroidered
with gold, and sleeved tunics,
adorned also with gems.
2. The Euphrates makes Mesopo-
tamia fertile. In returning a
kindness we ought to imitate the
fertile fields, which yield much
more than they have received.
Deus notitia nullus res effugio.
Senatus officium sum consilium
civitas juvo. Chabrias in
^Egyptus Nectanebis adjuvo
(supine) proficiscor. Crescens
sequor cura pecunia. Stella
Venus Hesperus dico, quum
subsequor sol. Alo semulatio
ingenium, et nunc invidia nunc
admiratio imitatio accendo.
Pompeius tribunitius potestas
restituo, qui Sylla imago sine
res relinquo. Miles qui Persa
Immortalis voco, aureus tor-
quis, vestis aurum distinguo
habeo, manicatusque tunica,
gemma etiam adorno.
Mesopotamia fertilis efficio Eu-
phrates, In refero (gerundive)
gratia debeo imitor ager fertilis,
qui plus multo affero, quam acci-
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
59
No artisan can, by imitating, at-
tain to the skilfulness of nature.
Some living creatures have a
rational principle, some only a
vital principle. The Egyptians
consecrated almost every species
of brute animals; the Syrians
venerate a fish. Phidias, when
he was making the statue of Ju-
piter or Minerva, did not contem-
plate any individual, that from
him he might take a likeness.
When Timanthes saw that he
could not imitate with his pencil
the grief of Agamemnon, he
covered up his head.
pio. Naturasollertia nemo opi-
fex consequor possum imitor
(ablat. of gerund). Animans
quidam (neut. pi.) animus habeo,
quidam tantum anima. Omms
fere genus bestia JSgyptius con-
secro ; piscis Syrus veneror.
Nee vero Phidias, quum facio
(imperf. subj.) Jupiter statua aut
Minerva, contemplor (imperf.)
aliquis e qui similitude duco.
Timanthes, quum video (imperf.
subj.) sui Agamemnon luctus
penicillum imitor non possum,
caput is obvolvo.
Remark 1. The accusative of an active verb becomes the nomina-
tive to it in the passive, so that there are* two modes, in reality, of
expressing the same idea. Thus, we may either say Pater amat
filium, or Filius amatur a patre.
Remark 2. If, however, a verb does not govern an accusative in
the active voice, it can have no passive except impersonally. Thus,
we say, Rcsisto tibi, " I resist thee ;" but in the passive, tibi resistitur,
not tu resisteris. So, again, Noces mihi, " thou hurtest me ;" but in
the passive, nocetur mihi, " I am hurt ;" not ego noceor.
Remark 3. For the same reason, we cannot say Ego possum noceri,
" I can be hurt," but mihi noceri potest; that is, id potest noceri mihi.
For the verb being used impersonally in the passive voice, the per-
son cannot be admitted as a nominative, either to the verb itself or
to its governing verb.
Remark 4. The rule just laid down, that the accusative with the
active verb becomes the nominative with the passive, is so general
in Latin, that it has been extended to cases in which the accusative
is not the immediate object, and in which, therefore, according to
the rule laid down, it ought not to admit the passive construction.
In such phrases as Dormio totam hiemem, " I sleep the whole winter ;"
Tertiam cetatem vivit, " He is living during a third generation," &c.,
the accusative expresses the duration of tune ; yet the poets say
Tota mihi dormitur hiems, " The whole winter is slept away by me ;"
Jam tertia vivitur atas, " A third generation is now lived in by me,"
&c. So jubeo and veto, which govern a dative case, and only take
an accusative after them in consequence of the infinitive (as, Jubco
te reaire), receive a nominative in the passive ; as, Vetamur hoc facere.
" We are forbidden to do this." Consules jubentur exercitum scribere.
;< The consuls are ordered to enrol an army."
RULE II. Although an intransitive or neuter verb can
60
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
properly take no accusative, still there are many m-
transitives denoting motion, which being compounded
with prepositions governing an accusative case, obtain
a transitive meaning, and accordingly take the accusa-
tive ; such as ingredi, invadere, percurrere, &c. j together
with many compounds of ire / as, adirej mire, coire,
obire, praterire, transire, &c.
OBS. 1. Some verbs, compounded with prepositions that govern
an ablative case, take, notwithstanding, an accusative ; as, Can--
venire aliquem, "To have an interview with any one;" Coire
societatem, " To engage in an alliance ;" Egredi urbem, " To de-
part from the city."
OBS. 2. The preposition is frequently repeated; as, Invadere in
fortunas cdiorum. In spem libertatis ingredi, &c.
1. Alexander determined to go to
the temple of Jupiter Ammon.
Pythagoras both traversed Egypt
and visited the Persian Magi.
Timotheus joined to him, as al-
lies, the Epirots, and all those
nations which are adjacent to
that sea. Thirty tyrants stood
around Socrates, and could not
break his spirit. Marcellus in-
vested Syracuse for three years.
Casar, having obtained pos-
session of the camp, commands
the soldiers to surround the hill
with a work. The river Eurotas
flowed round Sparta, which hard-
ens childhood, to the endurance
of future military service. Atti-
cus determined to die, and quitted
life on the fifth day after he had
adopted this design.
2. The river Marsyas flowed,
through the middle of the city of
Celana, celebrated in the falu-
Alexander adeo Jupiter Ammon
templum statuo. Pythagoras
et JEgyptus lustro et Persae
Magus adeo. Timotheus soci-
us adjungo Epirota omnisque is
gens qui mare ille adjaceo.
Triginta tyrannus Socrates cir-
cumsto, nee possum animus is
infringo. Marcellus tres annus
(accus.) circumsedeo Syracusae.
Caesar, castra (allot.} potior,
miles mons opus circumvenio
jubeo. Sparta Eurotas amnis
circumfluo, qui pueritia induro
ad futuras militia patientia.
Atticus morior decerno, et dies
quintus, postquam is consilp-
ineo, decedo.
Urbs Celaenae medius interfluo (im-
perf.) Marsyas amnis, fabulosus
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
61
Ions poems of the Greeks. Py-
thagoras went over many barba-
rous regions on foot. Mount
Taurus passes Cilicia, and joins
the mountains of Armenia. /
am earnestly desirous of having
an interview, not only with those
whom I myself have known, but
those, too, of whom I have heard
and read. If I shall have an in-
terview with Clodius, I will write
thee more particulars from his
conversation. The wife of Dari-
us had taken into her bosom her
son, not yet more than six years
old, born to the hope of as great
fortune as his father had recently
lost.
Graecus carmen inclytus. Py-
thagoras multus regio barbarus
pes (ablat. plur.) obeo. Taurus
Mons Cilicia praetereo, Armeni-
aque mons jungo. Equidem
non is solum convenio aveo,
qui ipse cognosce, sed ille eti-
am de qui audio et lego. Si
Clodius convenio (complete fu-
ture) plus (neut. plur.) ad tu ex
ille sermo scribo. Accipio in
sinus Darius uxor films, non-
dum sextus aetas egressus an-
nus, in spes tantus fortuna
quantus paulo ante pater is
amitto genitus.
RULE III. The verbs which denote to smell or taste
of anything, such as o/ere, redolere, sapere, resipere, are
joined with an accusative like transitive verbs $ as,
Olet unguenta. " He smells of perfumes." Piscis ip-
sum mare sapit. " The fish savours of the sea itself."
OBS. 1. These verbs retain their accusative, when used also in a
metaphorical sense, " to indicate," " to give tokens of," " to un-
derstand," &c.
OBS. 2. In the same way we find sitire, "to thirst after ;" ardere,
"to burn for," "to be inflamed with the love of;" and cavere,
" to be on one's guard against," construed with an accusative.
1. The sweet Muses generally Vinum (plur.) fere dulcis oleo ma-
smelt of wine in the morning.
He will praise a perfume much
more which has the odour of wax
than of saffron. Nothing in thy
friend's way of talking indicates
the foreigner. Both his lan-
guage and accent indicate afos-
ne Camena. Unguentum mul-
to magis laudo, qui cera, quam
qui crocus oleo. Nihil in ami-
cus tuus sermo peregrinus oleo.
Et verbum et vox hie alum-
62
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
ter-child of this city, so that his
manner of speaking appears to be
clearly Roman, not (merely) gift-
ed with the right of citizenship.
All cannot smell of foreign
perfumes, as thou dost. Those
medicaments are redolent of thy
tables, Phineus. The wine-
vault is to be fumigated with
pleasant perfumes, lest it retain
the scent of any disagreeable
odour. In Spain, amid the
broom-grounds, the honey tastes
of that plant. A certain person
saw an ape hanging at a butch-
er's (stall), and asked how it
tasted. Stop, Callipho, I under-
stand my own business well
enough. The faults are mine.
They who are unacquainted
with a path for themselves, point
out a way unto another.
2. I neither thirst after honours,
nor have I any longing for glo-
ry. Let them, with imbittered
feelings, thirst for each other's
blood. This spear even yet
thirsts for the blood that is its
due. The shepherd burns for
the beautiful maiden, the maiden
hates the shepherd. As long as
thou didst not burn more for an-
other, and Lydia was not (rank-
ed) after Chloe.The soldiers
mount the walls; but, being
warned by the Brundisians to
beware of the false rampart and
ditches, they desist. He ordered
these words to be written on the
gate : " Take care of the dog."
mis urbs oleo, ut oratio plane
Romanus videor, non civitas
donatus. Non omnis possum
oleo unguentum exoticus ut tu
oleo. Ille tuus redoleo, Phin-
eus, medicamen mensa. Cella
vinarius bonus odor suffio (ge-
rundive) sum, ne quis redoleo
fcetor. In Hispania, mel (plur.)
in spartarium (plur.) is herba
sapio. Pendeo (pres. in/in.) ad
lanius quidam video simius, et
quaero, quisnam (accus. neut.)
sapio (imperf. subj.). Desisto,
recte ego res meus sapio, Cal-
lipho. Peccatum meus sum.
Qui sui semita non sapio, al-
ter monstro via.
Nee sitio honor, nee desidero glo-
ria. Suus infensus invicem si-
tio (subj.) cruor. Sitio meritus
etiamnunc hie hasta cruor
(plur.). Ardeo formosus pas-
tor puella, pastor puella odi.
Donee non alius (fern.) magis
ardeo, nee sum Lydia post
Chloe. Miles murus ascendo ;
sed a Brundisinus monitus ut
vallum caecus fossaque caveo,
subsisto. In janua hie verbum
inscribe jubeo : " Caveo canis."
Remark 1. Other verbs obtain a transitive force, because an
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
63
tion exerted upon another object is implied, though not described in
them ; as, Horrco tenebras. " I shudder at the darkness." Doleo
casum tuum. " I grieve at thy lot." Maneo hostium adventum. " I
await the approach of the enemy." Respondere jura. " To answer
questions in the law," &c. The poets allow themselves great lati-
tude in this respect.
Remark 2. In other instances, the accusative is added to the verb
in a looser way, like an adverb, especially if the noun be of the same
root; as, vivere vitam, "to live a life;" currere cursum, "to run a
race ;" somniare somnium, " to dream a dream," &c.
RULE IV. Five impersonal verbs, expressive of cer-
tain feelings, namely, pcsnitet, piget, pudet, t&det, miseret,
take an accusative of the person affected, together with
a genitive of the thing that affects ; as, P&nitet me pec-
cati. " I repent of my sin" (literally, " it repents me
of my sin"). T&det me vitcs. " I am weary of life."
Miseret me tui. " I pity thee."
1. God never repents of his first
design. They who have lived
otherwise than was becoming are
most sorry for their sins when
they see death approach. I am
not only grieved, but ashamed of
my folly. We pity more those
who do not claim our compassion
than those who demand it. lam
quite weary of life; everything
is so full of misery. You wish-
ed for decemvirs, the senate al-
lowed them to be created ; you
were weary of the decemvirs, the
senate compelled them to quit the
magistracy. There are men who
are neither ashamed nor tired of
their licentiousness and igno-
miny, who seem to rush, as it
were, on purpose into popular
odium.
3. When the sons of Brutus stood
tied to the stake, men pitied their
Nunquam primus consilium Deus
pcenitet. Qui secus quam de-
cet (perfect) vivo, peccatum su-
us turn maxime pcenitet, quum
insto (in/in.) mors video (subj.).
Ego non solum piget stultitia
meus, verum etiam pudet. Is
ego magis miseret, qui noster
misericordia non require, quam
qui ille efflagito. Prorsus ego
vita taedet ; ita sum omnis mis-
eria (gen. plur.) plenus. De-
cemvir desidero ; creo patior
senatus ; decemvir tu pertsedet
(passive) ; cogo senatus abeo
magistratus (ablat.). Sum ho-
mo, qui libido infamiaque suus
neque pudet (subj.) neque taedet
(subj.), qui quasi de industria
in odium populus irruo video
(subj.).
Quum sto (imperf. subj.), deliga-
tus ad palus, filius Brutus, mis-
64
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
punishment not more than the
crime by which they had merited
punishment. Neither myself
nor others shall repent of my in-
dustry. Indeed, I am not asha-
med of thee, whose memory I
have always admired, but of
Chrysippus. J am grieved, in-
deed, for the very walls and
buildings. You would now, in
truth, be friends with me again
if you knew how much I am
ashamed of your infamy, of
which you yourselves are not'
ashamed.
eret non poena magis homo,
quam scelus, qui pcena mereor
(subj.). Neque ego (plur.\ ne-
que alius industria noster pce-
nitet. Ego pudet non tu qui-
dem, qui memoria semper ad-
miror, sed Chrysippus. Ego
quidem miseret paries ipse at-
que tectum. Nae tu jam ego-
cum in gratia (accus.) redeo, si
scio quam ego pudet (subj.) ne-
quitia tuus, qui tu ipse non pu-
det.
Remark 1. The object may also be expressed by the infinitive, or
by a proposition with quod, or with an interrogative particle ; as,
Non pudet me hoc fecisse. Pcenitet me quod te offendi. Non panitet
me quantum profecerim.
Remark 2. Misereor and miseresco, when used personally, " to take
pity upon," are also joined with the genitive ; as, Miseremini socio-
rum. " Take pity on your allies." Misertus tanti viri. " Having
taken pity on so great a man." Generis miseresce tui. " Take pity
on thy race." On the other hand, miser -ari and commiserari govern
the accusative.
RULE V. The following impersonals, decet, dedecet,
oportet, juvat, delectat, fallit, fugit, prceterit, are also used
with an accusative of the person, but not with a geni-
tive of the thing. Some of them, along with the accu-
sative, take also an infinitive mode. Thus, Hoc me de-
cet. " This becomes me." Non me decet irasci. " It
does not become me to be angry," &c.
What becomes boys is often un-
becoming to men. Modesty be-
comes a young man; loquacity
is unbecoming. To utter false-
hoods becomes no one. It be-
comes a wise man to live as he
speaks. It becomes a judge to
have refraining eyes. It is not
Qui puer decet, vir ssepe dedecet.
Modestia juvenis decet, gar-
rulitas dedecet. Falsus (neut.)
dico nemo decet. Sapiens de-
cet ita vivo ut loquor. Judex
decet oculus abstinens habeo.
Orator simulo non dedecet
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
65
unbecoming for an orator to
feign. It behooves boys to be
obedient. If we wish to be loved,
it behooves us to be good. It be-
hooves us to know what we owe
to God, what to each fellow-crea-
ture. It behooves a physician to
relieve a sick person, a friend an
afflicted one.
2. It pleases me very much that
thou art of a cheerful mind. /
write unto thee with the greater
brevity, because the present con-
dition of the state does not delight
me. It does not escape thy ob-
servation that there is a clause of
this kind in no law. I had for-
gotten to write to thee concerning
Casar. It does not, however,
escape thy notice, how difficult a
thing it is to please all men.
Puer obedio oportet. Si amo
volo, bonus ego sum oportet.
Scio ego oportet, quis Deus, quis
quisque homo debeo (subj.).
Medicus segrotus (dative), ami-
cus afflictus, succurro oportet.
Valde ego juvat tu sum hilaris
animus (ablat.). Adtu breviter
scribo, quia ego de status (ab-
lat.) hie respublica non delectat.
In lex nullus sum is modus
caput, tu non fallit. De Caesar
fugit ego ad te scribo. Sed tu
non praetereo quam sum (subj.)
difficilis, omnis (dative) placeo.
Remark 1. Some instances are found, but not in the best authors,
of decet with a dative instead of an accusative.
Remark 2. Latet is used with both a dative and accusative, latet
me, or latet mihi. The whole construction, however, of this verb
impersonally is not supported by the best authorities.
Remark 3. Instead of the infinitive, oportet is often construed with
ut and the subjunctive, and in these cases the conjunction ut is, by
an elegant ellipsis, frequently suppressed ; as, C&cus sit oportet, qui
benignitatem ct providentiam Dei non videt. Si beatus esse vis t honeste
vivas oportet.
RULE VI. Verbs of teaching, admonishing, and conceal-
ing have two accusatives of the object, one of the
thing, another of the person ; as, Fortuna victos quoque
belli artem docet. "Fortune teaches the vanquished
also the art of war." Hoc te unum moneo. " I warn
thee of this one thing." Jlntigonus iter omnes celabat.
" Antigonus concealed his march from all."
1. Philosophy has taught us both I Philosophia ego quum ceteri res
all other things, and, what is \ ornnis, turn, qui sum difficilis,
F2
66
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
most difficult, to know ourselves.
They are ridiculous who teach
others what they themselves have
not tried. The Agrigentincs
sent ambassadors to Verres to
instruct him in the laws, and
point out to him the immemorial
custom. Saturn was the first
that taught the people of Italy the
culture of the earth. I have ac-
customed, (my} son not to conceal
from me those things which other
young men do without their fa-
thers' 1 knowledge. Thou couldst
easily discern my opinion, even
from the time that thou earnest to
my Cumaan estate to meet me ;
for I did not conceal from thee
the conversation of Ampins.
2. He admonished- me of that, ac-
cording to thy directions. Cati-
line in many ways instructed the
youths, whom he had enticed, in
evil deeds. Fortunately, it hap-
pened that I had written to Cas-
sius, four days before, the very
thing of which thou remindest
me. Thy lieutenant waited up-
on me at Brundisium, and, by
thy command, suggested to me
those things which had already
come into my mind. Although
nature declares by so many indi-
cations what she wishes, seeks,
and wants, we somehow or other
turn a deaf ear, and do not hear
her admonitions.
lit egomet ipse nosco (imperf.
subj.). Ridiculus sum qui qui
ipse non experior is doceo cete-
ri. Agrigentinus ad Verres le-
gatus mitto, qui is lex doceo
(subj.), consuetudoque omnis
annus demonstro (subj.). Ita-
lus primus ager cultura doceo
Saturnus. Consuefacio filius
is ne ego celo, qui alius adoles-
cens clam pater (accus.) facio.
Sententia meus tu facile
perspicio possum, jam ab ille
tempus quum in Cumanum ego
(dative) obviam venio ; non
enim tu celo sermo Ampius.
Is ego tuus mandatum moneo.
Catilina juventus, qui illi-
cio, multus modus malus faci-
nus edoceo. Commode evenio
quod is ipse qui ego moneo
quatriduo ante ad Cassius scri-
bo. Legatus tuus Brundisium
(genit.) ego (dative) praesto sum,
isque ego ex tuus mandatum
moneo qui ego (dative) jam ve-
nio in mens. Quum tot signum
natura declaro (subj.) quis volo,
anquiro, et desidero (subj.), ob-
surdesco tamen, nescio quomo-
do, nee is qui ab is moneo au-
dio.
Remark 1. Moneo and its compounds are rarely found with any
other accusative of the thing than the neuter of a pronoun. We
have an instance the other way in Sallust : Earn rem locus admonuit ;
and another in Cicero : Qua commonefaceret istius turpem calamito-
samque praturam. (Ver., 4, 64.)
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
67
Remark 2. Verbs of teaching, &c., are also used both in the active
and passive voices with the preposition de, especially doceo, when it
signifies " to give information ;" as, Equidem soleo dare operam, ut de
sua quisque re me ipse doceat. (Cic.) De itinere hostium senatum
edocet. (Sail.) The dative is found in Cornelius Nepos (Vit. Alcib.,
5), but it is very uncommon.
RULE VII. Verbs of asking, demanding, entreating, in-
quiring, &c., also take a double accusative, the one of
the person, the other of the thing ; as, Poscimus te pa-
cem. " We ask peace of thee." Me frumentum fiagita-
bant. " They importuned me for corn."
OBS. 1. This construction, however, is sometimes varied, and
verbs of demanding and entreating take also an ablative of the
person with ab and de, and those of inquiring an ablative of the
thing with de ; as, Petimus hoc a te. Interrogamus te de hoc re.
OBS. 2. Peto, in the sense of entreating, has always an ablative
of the person with ab.
i. Verres demanded a price from
parents for the interment of their
children. He first asks thee thy
opinion. If I shall ask thee any-
thing, wilt thou not answer ?
Ask nothing of God except what
thou canst ask openly. Socrates
asks a certain little boy certain
geometrical (questions'). The
ambassadors of Enna received
this commission from their fel-
low-citizens, to go to Verres and
demand back from him the image
of Ceres and Victory. / implore
this of thee, lastly, that, as good
poets and industrious orators are
wont, thou wouldst be most care-
ful in the concluding part of thy
office. Lucius Tarquinius doub-
led the original number of the
senators, and called the ancient
senators (those} of the elder fam-
Verres parens pretium pro sepul-
tura liberi posco (imperf.).
Primum tu sententia tuus rogo.
Si tu rogo (complete future)
aliquis, nonne respondeo 1 Ni-
hil Deus rogo (subj.) nisi qui
palam rogo possum (subj.).
Pusio quidam interrogo Socra-
tes geometricus quidam (ncut.
plur.). Legatus Ennensis hie
a civis suus mandatum habeo,
ut ad Verres adeo (imperf.
subj.), et is simulacrum Ceres
et Victoria reposco. Ille tu ad
extremus (neut.) et oro et hor-
tor, ut, tanquam poeta bonus et
actor industrius soleo, sic tu in
conclusio munus tuus diligens
sum (pres. subj.). L. Tarquin-
ius duplico pristinus pater nu-
merus, et antiquus pater ma^or
68
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
Hies, whom he asked first for
their opinion.
2. The Athenians entreated aid
from the Lacedaemonians. Dost
thou wish that I interrogate thee
about the same things in Latin ?
I wish that thou demand and
exvect all things from me. Py-
thius accused him of extortion.
He entreats this of the king in
many words. I beg this of thee
in such a manner that I cannot
(beg) with greater earnestness.
Thou wilt see what he demands
of thee.
gens appello, qui prior senten-
tia rogo.
Atheniensis auxilium a Lacedae-
monius peto. Volone, ut tu
idem de res Latine interrogo.
Omnis volo a ego postulo et
expecto (pres. subj.). Pythius
is de repetundae postulo. Peto
hie a rex multus verbum. Ita
peto hie a tu, ut non possum
magnus studium. Quis a tu
flagito (subj.) tu video.
RULE VIII. Transitive verbs, compounded of trans,
take a double accusative ; as, Exercitum Rhodanum
transduxit. " He led an army across the Rhone."
OBS. The second accusative depends, in fact, on the preposition
trans in composition with the verb ; so that the example just
quoted is equivalent, in reality, to Duxit exercitum trans Rhoda-
num. The preposition, however, is often inserted ; as, Multitu-
dinem hominum trans Rhenum in Galliam transducer e. (C<zs.,
B. G., 1, 35.)
C&sar plunders and burns the
town, gives the booty to the sol-
diery, leads his army across the
Loire, and reaches the territory
of the Bituriges. Agesilaus
transported his troops over the
Hellespont, and used such de-
spatch that he completed his
march in thirty days. Hannibal
led ninety thousand infantry,
twelve thousand cavalry, across
the Ebro. Alexander, having
ordered Hephastion to lead his
forces across the river, comes to
the city, and remains there twen-
ty days.
Caesar oppidum diripio atque in-
cendo, praeda miles dono, exer-
citus Ligeris transduce, atque
in Bituriges finis pervenio.
Agesilaus Hellespontus copiae
trajicio, tantusque utor celeri-
tas (ablat.), ut triginta dies iter
suus conficio (perf. subj.).
Nonaginta mille pedes, duode-
cim mille eques, Hannibal Ibe-
rus traduco. Alexander, quum
Hephaestion (dative), ut fluvius
copiae trajicio, mandatum do
(pluperf. subj.), ad urbs vemo,
ibique viginti dies permaneo.
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
69
Remark 1. Transjicere and transmitters, are used intransitively, the
personal pronouns me, te, se, being understood ; as, Scapha trajicere.
" To cross over in a small boat." Grues maria transmittunt. "The
cranes cross the seas."
Remark 2. The participles transjectus and transmissus may be used
of that which crosses or that which is crossed ; as, Marius in Afri-
cam trajectus. " Marius having crossed into Africa." Amnis trajec-
tus est. " The river was crossed."
Remark 3. In the same way, adverto is used with a double accusa-
tive ; as, Postquam id animum advertit Casar. " After Caesar per-
ceived it ;" literally, "After Caesar turned his min
:d (or attention) to
In like manner induce; as, Aliquid animum inducere. (Cic.)
RULE IX. Verbs that take two accusatives in the ac-
tive voice, retain in the passive the accusative of the
thing ; as, Rogor sententiam. " I am asked my opinion."
Prcetervehor insulam. " I am carried by the island."
OBS. In verbs compounded with a preposition that governs the ac-
cusative, the accusative accompanying the passive voice de-
pends, in fact, on this preposition.
The Latin legions were taught the
Roman discipline by a long alli-
ance. The young man had been
instructed under Scipio, during
so many years, in all the arts of
war. The Roman maiden de-
lights to be taught the Ionian
dances. Lucius Cotta was the
first that was asked his opinion.
Nor was the rich earth asked
for crops alone. The young men
of Tarentum were asked the rea-
son of their conduct. I was kept
from the knowledge of that. If
thou hast not known that Metel-
lus entertains these views con-
cerning me, thou oughtest to be
of opinion that thy brother has
concealed from thee very impor-
tant matters.
Latinus legio, longus societas, mi-
litia Romanus edoceo. Sub
Scipio, per tot annus, omnis
militia ars edoceo juvenis.
Virgo Romanus motus gaudeo
doceo lonicus. Lucius Cotta
primus sententia rogo. Nee
tantum seges dives posco hu-
mus. Juvenis Tarentinus ra-
tio factum reposco. Is celo.
Hie si tu Metellus cogito de ego
nescio, debeo existimo, tu mag-
nus de res a frater celo (perf.
inf. pass, taken impersonally).
Remark 1. Allied to this is the Greek accusative, as it is called,
which is added to passive verbs, in order to define more exactly the
70
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
part to which the meaning of the verb relates. Hence it is styled
by some the accusative of nearer definition ; as, Fractus membra la-
bore. " Enfeebled as to his limbs with toil." Redimitus tempora lau
ro. " Encircled as to his temples with laurel."
Remark 2. Such expressions as those just cited under the previous
remark, may be compared with edoctus artes, rogatus sententiam, &c.,
which fall under the general rule. If, in the active voice, an accusa-
tive of either the person or the specific part can be used, as redimio
te, or redimio tempora, the accusative of the part can remain in the
passive voice, when the other has become the nominative. When
this accusative is found with active verbs, as, Tremit anus, "He
trembles in his limbs ;" and with adjectives, as, Os humerosque deo
similis, " In visage and in shoulders like a god," this may be ex-
plained from the imitation of the Greek idiom, in which an ellipsis of
Kara (in Latin, sccundum or quod ad) is commonly supposed ; though
the more correct mode, certainly, would be to regard it merely as an
accusative of nearer or more particular definition.
RULE X. Verbs of entitling, naming, calling, and those
denoting- estimation, judgment, &c., which take two nom-
inatives in the passive voice, have two accusatives in
the active, one of the object, the other of what is de-
clared or affirmed of it ; as, Romulus urbem quam condi-
dit Romam vocavit. "Romulus called the city which
he founded Rome."
OBS. This rule has been partly anticipated under the head of ap-
position. Its natural place, however, is in this part of the
syntax.
Socrates thought himself an inhab-
itant and citizen of the whole
world. The order of the Persian
march was this : the fire which
they call eternal and sacred was
carried before on silver altars;
the Magi next (in order) sang
the customary song. Augustus
for more than forty years lodged
in the same chamber, in summer
and winter, though he found by
experience that the city was not
favourable to his health. If thou
thinkest any one thy friend whom
Socrates totus mundus sui incola
et civis arbitror. Ordo agmen
Persa sum talis : 'ignis qui ipse
sacer et aeternus voco, argen-
teus altare praefero; Magus,
proximus, patrius carmen cano.
Augustus per annus amplius
quadraginta, idem cubiculum,
hiems et aestas maneo, quamvis
parum salubris valetudo suus
urbs experior (impcrf. subj.).
Si quisquam amicus existimo,
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
71
thou dost not trust as muck as
thyself, thou art greatly in the
wrong. Antony called his flight
victory, because he had escaped
alive. Wisdom offers herself to
us (as) the surest guide to pleas-
ure. / admonish thee to show
thyself placable to the errors of
those about thee. Marcus Cato,
the Wise, called Sicily the gran-
ary of the republic, the nurse of
the populace of Rome.
qui (dative) non tantumdem cre-
do quam tu, vehementer erro.
Antonius fuga suus, quia vivus
exeo, victoria voco. Sapientia
certus sui ego dux praebeo ad
voluptas. Moneo ut tu error
tuus (genit. plur.) placabilis
prsssto. Marcus Cato, Sapi-
ens, cella penarius respublica,
nutrix plebs Romanus Sicilia
voco.
RULE XL Extent of space is put in the accusative j
as, Campus Marathon ab Jlthenis decem millia pasuum
abest. " The plain Marathon is ten miles (ten thousand
paces) distant from Athens."
The soldiers constructed a mound
three hundred feet broad, eighty
feet high. The town of Sagun-
tum was by far the most opulent
of the Spanish towns, situated
nearly a mile from the sea.
Persia is enclosed by a continued
chain of hills on one side, which
extends in length sixteen hundred
stadia, in breadth one hundred
and seventy. Zama is distant
five days 1 journey from Carthage.
Babylon has a citadel inclu-
ding twenty stadia in its circuit ;
the foundations of the towers are
sunk thirty feet into the earth :
walls twenty feet wide support
the hanging gardens. The Ara-
bians have slender swords, each
four cubits long. The temple of
the Ephesian Diana is said to
have been four hundred feet long,
Miles agger latus pes trecenti, al-
tus pes octoginta exstruo.
Urbs Saguntum longe opulen-
tus urbs Hispania sum, situs
passus mille ferme a mare.
Persis perpetuus mons jugum
ab alter latus claudo, qui in
longitudo (accus.) mille sexcenti
stadium, in latitude centum
et septuaginta procurro. Za-
ma quinque dies iter ab Car-
thago absum. Babylon arx ha-
beo ambitus viginti stadium
complexus ; triginta pes in ter-
ra turris fundamentum demit-
to ; viginti pes latus paries hor-
tus pensilis sustineo. Arabs
gladius habeo tenuis, longus
quaterni cubitum. Ephesius
Diana templum quadringenti
pes longus, et ducenti latus
DATIVE CASE.
and two hundred broad. Tunis
is distant nearly fifteen miles
from Carthage.
sum dico. Tunes ab Carthago
quindecim mille ferme passus
absum.
Remark 1. The ablative is rarely used in speaking of distance, ex-
cept by later writers. Thus, Gens Menisminorum abest ab oceano
dierum itinere viginti (Plin., H. N., 7, 2) ; instead of which other wri-
ters say abest iter quinque dierum, or biduum, or triduum, or else bi-
dui, tridui, with spatium understood. Where it is expressed, the ab-
lative spatio is sometimes used.
Remark 2. If, however, not the distance is to be expressed, but
only a place is to be designated by the circumstance of its distance,
the ablative is used ; as, Eodem die castra promovit, et millibus pas-
suum sex a C&saris castris sub monte consedit. " On the same day
he moved forward his camp, and sat down six miles from Caesar's
encampment, at the foot of a mountain."
Remark 3. From the construction referred to in the previous para-
graph arises a singular position of ab, as if the ablative depended
upon it. Thus, A millibus passuum duobus castra posuerunt. (C&s.)
"They pitched their camp two miles off." (Compare Matthia, Gr.
Gr., 573, p. 994, ed. 5.)
CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
Seepage 140.
CONSTRUCTION OF THE NAMES OF PLACES.
Seepage 148.
CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS.
See Latin Lessons, part first, p. 247, seqq.
CONSTRUCTION OF INTERJECTIONS.
See page 295.
II. DATIVE CASE.
I. The dative serves to denote the remoter object to
which the action of the subject refers.
II. In the case of the accusative, the action of the
subject is immediate and direct ; the dative, on the
contrary, indicates some object to which the action is
directed ; for which, to the benefit or loss of which,
something is done. Thus, Prater mihi librum dedit.
DATIVE CASE.
73
"My brother gave a book to me." JVb volris mellifica-
tis apes. " Ye do not, O bees, make honey for your-
selves."
III. Hence all adjectives and adve-rbs which have
such a relation as that just mentioned take the dative.
IV. All verbs, likewise, whose signification admits a
reference to a remoter object, for which, or to whose
benefit or injury anything takes place, may have a dative.
V. If these verbs are transitive, they take an accusa-
tive of the immediate, and a dative of the remoter ob-
ject 5 as, Mitto tibi librum. " I send a book to thee."
If they are intransitive, they take the dative only ; as,
Faveo tibi. " I favour thee." Irascor tibi. " I am an-
gry with thee."
VI. Hence result the following rules for the govern-
ment of the dative case.
RULE I. Adjectives and adverbs which express the
idea of advantage or disadvantage, likeness or unlikeness,
equality or inequality, suitableness or unsuitableness, ease
or difficulty, &c., and also such as indicate affinity, pro-
pinquity, &c., govern the dative j as, Hoc est utile rei-
publicce. " This is useful for the state." Lupus cani
similis est. " A wolf is like a dog."
1. Men can be very useful to men. Homo possum sum maxime utilis
I think that a knowledge of
future events is not useful to us.
The very handling of literary
topics proved salutary unto me.
Miltiades was more friendly
to the freedom of all than to his
own (individual) sway. The
Lacedemonians considered rath-
er what was advantageous to
their own rule than to the whole
of Greece. / do not see why the
son might not have been like the
homo. Haud utilis arbitror
sum ego futurus res scientia.
Ipse ego tractatio litterae salu-
taris sum. Miltiades amicus
omnis libertas, quam suus domi-
natio sum. Lacedsemonius' is
potius intueor (imperf.), quis ip-
se dominatio, quam quis uni-
versus Grsecia utilis sum (sub).).
Non video cur films non pater
74
DATIVE CASE.
father. Thou hast lost that unto
which there was nothing like on
earth.
2. The degrees of honour are equal
to the highest and the lowest men ;
(those) of glory unequal. Anto-
ny is equal to Catiline in wick-
edness. Nothing is more adapt-
ed to the nature of man than be-
neficence and liberality. The
system of the Cynics is unfriend-
ly to modesty, without which
there can be nothing right, no-
thing virtuous. His death was
correspondent to a life spent in
the most virtuous and honourable
manner. Quintus Catulus said
that Pompey was indeed an illus-
trious man, but already too great
for a free state. Many punish-
ments are not less disgraceful
to a prince than many funerals
to a physician.
3. The Jugurthine war was carried
on by Quintus Metellus, inferior
to no man of his age. It is easy
for an innocent man to find
words ; it is difficult for a mis-
erable man to observe due bounds
in his words. The change of an
inveterate habit is disagreeable to
elderly men. Most persons say
that their own dangers are near-
er to them than those of others.
Reason is the peculiar good of
man: all other things are com-
mon to him with animals. Jus-
tice is necessary to those who
sell, buy, contract, or let by con
tract for carrying on this busi
ness. Whatever is becoming i,.
adapted to both time and person
similis sum possum (pluperf.
subj.). Is amitto, qui similis in
terra (plur.) nihil sum.
lonor (plur.) gradus summus ho-
mo et infimus sum par ; gloria
dispar. Antonius scelus par
sum Catilina. Beneficentia ac
liberalitas (ablatives) nihil sum
natura homo accommodatus.
Cynicus ratio sum inimicus ve-
recundia, sine qui nihil rectus
sum possum, nihil honestus.
Is mors consentaneus vita sum,
sancte honesteque actus.
Quintus Catulus dico, sum qui-
dem praeclarus vir Cneius Pom-
peius, sed nimius jam liber res-
publica. Non minus princeps
turpis sum multus supplicium,
quam medicus multus funus.
Bellum Jugurthinus gero per
Quintus Metellus, nullus secun-
dus saeculum suus. Verbum
innocens reperio facilis sum;
modus verbum miser teneo dif-
ficilis. Gravis senior invetera-
tus mos sum mutatio. Pleri-
que suus sui propior periculum
quam alius sum dico. Ratio
proprius homo bonum sum ;
caeteri ille cum animal commu-
nis sum. Is qui vendo, emo,
conduco, loco, justitia ad hie
res gero (gerundive) necessa-
rius sum. Qui decet, is aptus
sumettempus et persona.
DATIVE CASE.
75
I. Similis and dissimilis generally take a dative,
when they refer to external resemblance, but a genitive
when the reference is to resemblance in nature, char-
acter, or internal constitution. Thus, Similis Romulo.
" Like Romulus" (in appearance) ; but Similis Romuli,
" Like Romulus" (in character), &c.
II. The instances already given of the government
of these two adjectives have been confined to the dative.
We will now give some examples where the genitive
is to be used.
Wouldst thou wish to be like one of
those who abound in marble roofs,
shining with ivory and gold, who
(abound) in statues, who (abound)
in paintings, who (abound) in
embossed gold and silver, or (like)
Caius Fabricius, who had none
of them IIt is right, first of all,
to be one's self a good man, then
to seek another like one's self.
In every disputation we should
inquire what is most like truth.
Nor, indeed, do I understand
why Epicurus rather chose to
pronounce the gods like men than
men like the gods. Why dost
thou always defend men unlike
thyself? Why dost thou not fa-
vour those whom thou commend-
est, whom thou wishest thy son
to be like ?
Utrum tu (accus. with infin.) hie
aliquis qui marmoreus tectum,
ebur et aurum fulgens, qui sig-
num, qui tabula, qui caelatus
aurum et argentum, abundo, an
Caius Fabricius, qui nihil is ha-
beo, similis sum malo? Par
sum primum, ipse sum vir bo-
nus, turn alter similis sui quae-
ro. In omnis disputatio, quis
sum (imperf. subj.) similis ve-
rum quaero. Nee vero intelli-
go cur malo (perf. subj.) Epicu-
rus deus homo similis dico,
quam homo deus. Cur semper
tu dissimilis defendo 1 Cur
non is (dative) faveo, qui laudo,
qui similis filius tuus sum volo 1
Remark. To express one like, i. e., equal, to me, him, &c., the
genitive is always used ; as, mei, tui, sui, nostri, vestri, similis.
RULE II. Verbals in bilis and dus govern the dative ;
as, Pax bonis omnibus optabilis est. "Peace is to be
wished for by all good men." Jlmandus est omnibus
" He is to be loved by all."
76
DATIVE CASE.
He is more to be wandered at by
thee than thou by him. Chre-
mes remains, who is to be en-
treated by me. The poor man
bears many things not to be en-
dured by the rich. He has fall-
en, to be lamented by no one more
than by thee. I think that no-
thing is to be acquired by me, ei-
ther to (my) honour or glory.
The baseness of them all is to be
blamed by thee. Nothing is
more pleasing unto me than thy
kindness. / think that this
ought to be principally provided
and guarded against by the ora-
tor. Although these things were
not to be wished for by me in un-
dergoing them, yet they will be
pleasing in reading them.
Hie tu sum potius, quam tu mira-
bilis ille. Resto Chremes, qui
ego exoro (part, in dus) sum.
Multus fero pauper, dives non
patior (part, in dus.) Mors
( dative ) ille occumbo, nul-
lus flebilis quam tu. Ego nihil
neque ad honor neque ad gloria
acquiro (part, in dus) puto.
Is omnis accusabilis sum tu tur-
pitudo. Ego nihil amabilis offi-
cium tuus (ablat.). Hie ego or-
ator maxime caveo et provideo
(part, in dus) puto. Res is, etsi
ego (plur.) optabilis in experior
(allot, of gerund) non sum, in
lego (gerund) tamen sum jucun-
dus.
Remark 1. Verbals in bilis and dus govern a dative, because with
passive verbs the dative of words, which with an active verb denote
the source of the action, is sometimes used alone, instead of ab, witn
an ablative ; as, Cui non sunt auditce Demosthenis vigilice ? " By
whom have not the vigils of Demosthenes been heard 1"
Remark 2. Where verbals in lilis have entirely lost their verbal
force, the dative which follows them is to be explained by Rule I. :
as, Habilis usui. " Convenient for use."
Remark 3. Verbals in dus are sometimes found united to an abla-
tive governed by the preposition a or ab instead of the dative ; as,
Admonendum potius te a me quam rogandum puto. (Cic.)
Remark 4. The dative is sometimes found, particularly among the
poets, with the perfect participle passive ; as, Non mihi quamfratri,
f rater, amate minus. (Ovid.) The more usual construction, how-
ever, in such cases, is the ablative with the preposition.
RULE III. The dative is employed where an action
cannot be performed without a receiving, taking, or lo-
sing object 5 and its use, on such occasions, is to indi-
cate such object. Hence,
Verbs of giving, adding, intrusting, sending, promising,
&c., with their opposites, such as verbs of depriving,
taking away, &c., govern a dative of the person or thing
DATIVE CASE.
77
to whom anything is given, added, intrusted, &c., or
from whom or which anything is taken away ; and, if
transitive, they govern also the accusative of the person
or thing given, added, taken away, &c.
I. Thy Nicanor gives me singular
assistance. / impart a share of
my trouble to no one, of my glo-
ry to all good men. Pcetus has
bestowed upon me all the books
which his brother left. In no-
thing do men come nearer to the
gods than in giving safety to
their fellow-men. What shall I
do about my children 1 Shall I
intrust them to a small vessel in
the rough season of the year 1
Thy slave delivered to me letters
from thee, and the memoir of my
consulship, written in Greek. /
have sent thee a copy of Casar's
letter. I have sent thee the eulo-
gy on Porcia in a corrected state.
2. Mithradates promised the king
that he would kill Datames, if
the king would allow him to do
what he pleased. The high-
priest committed. to writing the
events of every year. Clisthenes
intrusted the dowries of his
daughters to the Samian Juno.
Dionysius the tyrant took off from
the Olympian Jupiter (his) cloak
of gold, and put upon him a wool-
len robe. What is Sicily, if thou
take from it the culture of the
soil ? He took away credit and
influence from the merit, the birth,
and the achievements of these.
Nicanor tuus opera ego do egre-
gius. Onus meus pars nemo
impertio, gloria bonus omnis.
Omnis liber, qui frater relinquo,
ego Paetus dono. Homo ad de-
us nullus res prope accedo,
quam salus homo do (ablative
of the gerund). De puer quid
ago 1 parvus ne navigium durus
tempus (ablat.) annus commit-
to 1 Puer tuus ego litterae abs
tu, et commentarius consulatus
meus Greece scriptus, reddo.
Caesar litterae exemplum tu mit-
to. Laudatio Porcia tu mitto
correctus.
Mithradates polliceor rex sui Da-
tames interficio (fut. infin.) si
is (dative) rex permitto ut qui-
cunque volo (imperf. subj.) licet
(imperf. subj.) facio. Pontifex
maximus res omnis singuli an-
nus mando litterae. Clisthenes
Juno Samius filia dos credo.
Dionysius tyrannus aureus Ju-
piter Olympius detraho amicu-
lum, isque laneus pallium inji-
cio. Quis sum Sicilia, si is
ager cultio tollol (pcrf. subj.).
Hie virtus, genus, res gestus
fides et auctoritas derogo.
RULE IV. Verbs which imply an injury or benefit pro-
G2
78
DATIVE CASE.
duced, including those of obedience and disobedience, com-
manding, &c., take a dative of the person or thing ben
efited or injured, &c.
1. He will not resist anger to whom
nothing has ever been denied.
The Carthaginians alleged this
in public, not being by any means
ignorant themselves how much
strength had been lost to them by
the loss of Carthage. It is es-
tablished by nature, that a man
be not allowed to injure another
for the sake of his own conve-
nience. As long as thou didst
lay plots against me, (being) con-
sul elect, I defended myself by
my own care, not by a public
guard. It behooves thee to be the
servant of philosophy.
2. The defeat of the Athenians hap-
pened, not by the valour of their
adversaries, but by their own in-
subordination; because, not be-
ing obedient to their commanders,
they wandered through the fields.
Like cattle, which nature has
formed obedient to appetite.
The moderate and wise man will
obey the old precept, and never
either rejoice or grieve immoder-
ately. CcBsar demanded ten hos-
tages from the enemy. Thou
ploughest for thyself, thou har-
rowcst for thyself, thou sowest
for thyself, thou wilt also reap
for thyself. When the angry
man returns unto himself, he is
then angry at himself. Time is
wont to prove of healing influence,
even unto fools. Venus married
Non resisto ira, qui nihil unquam
nego. Hie in vulgus (accus.)
jacto Carthaginiensis, haud
quaquam ipse ignarus, quantus
(neut.) sui vis (gen. plur.) Car-
thago amissus (ablat. absol.) de-
cedo (subj.) Natura constitao
(perf. taken impersonally), ut non
licet (subj.) suus commodum
causa noceo alter. Quamdiu
ego, consul designatus, insidi-
or, non publicus ego presidium
sed privatus diligentia defendo
Philosophia (ut) servio opor
tet.
Glades Atheniensis non hostis
virtus sed ipse immodestia ac-
cido, quod non obedio impera-
tor suus dispalor in ager. Ve-
luti pecus, qui natura venter
obediens fingo. Vir moderatus
et sapiens pareo praeceptum ille
vetus, neque laetor unquam ne-
que mcereo nimis. Caesar de-
cem obses hostis impero. Tu
aro, tu occo, tu sero, tu isdem
meto. Iratus quum ad sui re-
deo, sui turn irascor. Dies
stultus quoque medeor soleo.
DATIVE CASE.
79
('. e., veiled herself for) Vulcan.
T%e good man has never rail-
ed at fortune. Death spares no
man. Caesar was aware that all
men favoured (i. e., wished well
to) freedom.
Venus nubo Vulcanus. Vir bo-
nus nunquam fortuna maledico.
Mors nullus homo parco.
Intelligo Csesar, omnis homo
libertas faveo.
RULE V. Verbs which do not necessarily imply in-
jury or benefit may have a dative, if their operation is
represented as producing injury or benefit.
Nature has not been so hostile and
unfriendly to the human race as
to have devised so many salutary
things for the body, none for the
mind. I was not born for a sin-
gle corner; this world is my
native country. We wish to be
rich, not for ourselves alone, but
for (our) children, relatives,
friends, and, most of all, for the
republic. Many, when they ac-
quire wealth, know not for whom
they acquire, or for whose sake
they labour. Let the boy hear
truth; let him occasionally fear ;
let him always respect ; let him
rise up to his elders. Excessive
liberty terminates in excessive
servitude both for nations and in-
dividuals. He who wishes his
virtue to be made public, labours
not for virtue, but for glory.
Non tarn sum homo genus infen-
sus atque inimicus natura, ut
corpus (plur.) tot res salutaris,
animus (plur.) nullus invenio
(perf. subj.). Non unus angu-
lus nascor ; patria meus totus
sum hie mundus. Non solum
ego dives sum volo, sed liberi,
propinquus, amicus, maxime-
que respublica. Multus, quum
opes paro, qui paro (subj.) nes-
cio, nee qui causa laboro (subj.).
Audio puer verus ; timeo in-
terim; vereor semper; majo-
res assurgo. Nimius libertas
et populus et privatus in nimius
servitus (accus.) cado. Qui
virtus suus publico volo, non
virtus laboro sed gloria.
Remark. Several verbs have different meanings, according as they
govern the accusative or the dative. Thus,
1. Caveo tibi, " I provide for," or " am concerned for thy safety ;"
but caveo te, or a te, " I avoid thee," " I am on my guard against
thee."
2. Metuo (or timeo) tibi, " I am alarmed on thy account," " I
fear for thee ;" but metuo te, " I fear thee."
3. Cupio (or volo) bene tibi, " I am well disposed towards thee,"
" I wish well for thee ;" but cupio (or volo) te, " I desire thee,"
" I wish thee."
80
DATIVE CASE.
4. Consulo tibi, " I consult for thee," " I provide for thy interests ;*
but consulo te, " I consult thee," " I ask thy advice."
5. Tempera (or moderor) rcmpublicam, " I regulate (or arrange) the
state ;" but tempera (or moderor) reipublicce, " I set bounds to the
state." The verb temperare is also used, without a dative of the
person himself, for " to refrain," " to forbear," either with a da-
tive of the object, or an ablative with ab. Thus, temperare sociis
is equivalent to parcere. And again, Helvetios Casar nan tempe-
ratures ab injuria et malefaio existimabat.
RULE VI. The impersonal verbs libet, licet, liquet, con
venif, expeditj contingit, accidit, and others of similar sig-
nification, take a dative case after them.
1. It pleases me not to deplore ex-
istence, what many, and those,
(too), learned men, have done.
If that shall please thee less, I
will not urge. Or, what is most
agreeable to me, I will betake my-
self again to our (former) objects
of pursuit. It is lawful for no
man to sin. If any wise man
had Gygcs' ring, he would not
think it was allowed him to be
wicked, any more than if he had
it not. May it be allowed me
with a tranquil spirit to enjoy the
sight of that city, which I saved.
It is lawful for no one to lead
an army against his country.
It is neither lawful for every one
to do what he can, nor because
anything is not opposed is it
therefore also permitted.
2 That which is not evident to
Panatius, seems clearer than the
light of the sun to the rest of the
same school. I am not yet quite
clear whether I have done this
correctly or erroneously. It is
for the interest of all good citi-
zens that the republic be safe.
Non libet ego deploro vita, qui
multus, et is doctus, facio. Si
tu is minus libet, non urgeo.
Vel, qui ego maxime libet, ad
noster studium ego refero.
Licet nemo pecco. Gyges an-
nulus si habeo (pres. subjunct.)
sapiens, nihilum ( ablat. ) plus
sui licet (pres. infin.) puto (pres.
subjunct.) pecco, quam si non
habeo. Ego licet is urbs, qui
conserve, conspectus (ablative),
tranquillus animus et quietus
fruor. Licet nemo contra pa-
tria exercitus duco. Neque
enim qui quisque possum, is
(neut.) is licet ; nee si non obsto
(passive impersonal), propterea
etiam permitto.
Is de qui Panaetius non liquet, re-
liquus idem disciplina sol lux
(ablat.) video clarus. Hoc rec-
tene an perperam facio (sub-
junct.), nondum ego plane li-
quet. Omnis bonus civis ex-
pedit, salvus sum respublica.
DATIVE CASE.
81
The same course is expedient for
both buyer and, seller. It was
neither agreeable to myself, nor
my brother, nor any one of our
friends so to act, that our indis-
cretion might prove injurious not
only to ourselves, but also to the
state. It happened to me and my
brother, (being) emperor's candi-
dates, to be destined for praetors.
Idem expedit et emptor et ven-
ditor. Nee ego, nee frater me-
us, nee quisquam amicus placet
committo, ut temeritas noster
non solum ego, sed etiam res-
publica noceo. Ego fraterque
meus, Caesar candidatus, con-
tingit, praetor (dat.) destino.
RULE VII. Most verbs compounded with prepositions
take a dative to denote the remote object, either as
tran-sitives with an accusative, or as intransitives with-
out it.
OBS. The principle on which this rule is based has already been
explained, and the rule itself has in a great measure been anti-
cipated. As a rule, however, it is so convenient for practice to
the young student, that it has been here formally introduced.
1. A poet does wrong when he at-
tributes a virtuous speech to a
worthless man ; or to a fool (the
speech) of a wise man. Who
can prefer unknown persons to
known, impious to religious 1
It does not suit the good man to
envy any one an honourable name.
He is liberal who takes from
himself what he bestows on an-
other. C&sar wrested his tetrar-
chy from Deiotarus, and gave it
to some man of Pergamus, a fol-
lower of his. Those precepts
sink more deeply which are im-
pressed upon tender years. It
is the characteristic of an angry
man to desire to inflict as much
pain as possible on him by whom
he thinks himself injured. The
Pecco poeta, quum probus oratio
affingo improbus, stultusve sa-
piens. Quis possum ignotus
notus, impius religiosus antefe-
ro. Non convenit vir bonus,
fama bonus aliquis invideo.
Liberalis sum qui qui alter dono
sui detraho. Caesar Deiotarus
tetrarchia eripio, et assecla suus
Pergamenus nescio-quis do.
Alte praeceptum descendo qui
tener imprimo aetas (plur.).
Proprius sum iratus (genit.) cu-
pio, a qui laesus video (subjunc.
pass.) is quam magnus dolor
DATIVE CASE.
nose is so placed, that it seems to
be interposed as a wall between
the eyes.
2. Faults creep upon us under the
name of virtues. Alexander, as
he was riding towards the walls,
was struck with an arrow; he
took the town, however, and, all
the inhabitants being put to the
sword, he vented his fury even on
the houses. Manlius ranked af-
fection for his son after the pub-
lic good. Agesilaus preferred
good reputation to the most weal-
thy kingdom. Vulcan is said to
have presided over a manufactory
at Lemnos. We often put ducks' 1
eggs under hens, the young birds
born from which are at first fed
by them as by their mothers.
Marcellus, returning from Agri-
gentum, came upon the enemy
( who were ) fortifying ( them-
selves).
inuro. Nasus ita loco, ut quasi
murus oculus interjicio video
(subj.).
Vitium ego sub virtus nomen (ab-
lat.) obrepo. Alexander, dum
obequito mcenia, sagitta ico ; ca-
pio tamen oppidum, et omnis in-
cola is trucido (ablat. absol), eti-
am in tectum saevio (perf. pass,
used impersonally). Manlius
posthabeo filius caritas publi-
cus utilitas. Agesilaus opulen-
tus regnum praepono bonus ex-
istimatio. Vulcanus Lemnus
(genit.) fabrica praesum trado.
Anas ovum gallina saepe suppo-
no, e qui pullus ortus primum
alo ab is, ut a mater. Munio
(pres. part.) super venio hostis
Marcellus, ab Agrigentum re-
deo.
RULE VIII. Several, however, of the intransitive
verbs, compounded with prepositions, assume a transi-
tive meaning, and take an accusative exclusively ; such
as, adorior, aggredior, alluo, invado, &c.
The town's people kill the centuri-
ons and tribunes, in the midst of
the feasts, and afterward attack
the soldiers wandering about un-
armed. Conon, having attacked
the barbarians at Cnidus, routs
them in a great battle, takes many
ships, and sinks several. The
Romans did not doubt that they
should make their way, at some
point, into the city of Syracuse,
Oppidanus centurio tribunusquo
militaris inter epulae obtrunco ;
postea miles palor, inermis, ag-
gredior. Conon, barbarus apud
Cnidus adorior, magnus praeli-
um fugo, multus navis capio,
complures deprimo. Non diffi-
do Romanus, vastus disjectus-
que spatium (ablat.) urbs Syra-
DATIVE CASE.
83
which was vast and, straggling.
The River Liris, dividing it-
self equally into two parts, wash-
es the sides of the island. The
pinna enters, as it were, into
partnership with the squilla, for
procuring food. Ajax, such was
the spirit ichich he is said to have
had, would rather have encounter-
ed death a thousand times, than
suffer the indignities which Ulys-
ses endured from slaves and
maid-servants. / do not under-
stand why I am to undergo their
hatred.
cusae pars aliquis (ablat.) sui in-
vado (fut. infin.). Liris fluvius,
divisus aequaliter in duo pars,
latus insula alluo. Pinna cum
squilla quasi societas coeo com-
parandus cibus (genii.). Ajax,
qui animus (ablat.) trado (pass-
ive), millies oppeto mors quam
ille perpetior contumelia malo
(subj.), qui Ulysses a servus an-
cillaque perfero. Cur is odium
subeo non intelligo.
Remark 1. Some verbs, compounded with prepositions, have, with-
out any variation of meaning, sometimes a dative, sometimes an ac-
cusative ; particularly the verbs antecedere, antecellere, anteire ; pra-
currcre, prairc, pragredi, pr&stare ; allatrare, adjacere, illudere, insul-
tare, obtrectare, &c.
Remark 2. The verb pracedere occurs with the accusative only in
prose writers, excellere only with the dative. Despero is used intran-
sitively with the dative, or with the preposition de; as, desperare
sibi ; de republica desperare ; or transitively with the accusative ; as,
rempublicam desperare. Praire has a dative case when it signifies
"to rehearse words which are to be repeated by another;" a's,
"praire militibus sacramentum." Literally, "to go before (i. e., to
take the lead in) their oath for the soldiers."
Remark 3. These verbs, as far as they are joined with an accusa-
tive in the active, may be used with a nominative in the passive ;
as, negotia obcuntur ; pericula adeuntur ; Rhodanus transitur, &c. ;
and in the ablative absolute ; as, periculis aditis ; consilio inito ; cas-
tris circumsessis.
Remark 4. It is necessary to observe, however, whether the com-
pound verb governs an accusative in consequence of having acquired
a transitive force, or in virtue of the preposition with which it is
compounded ; if the latter be the case, the verb cannot be used with
a nominative in the passive. Thus, praterfluere urbem and advolare
rostra are used, but not urbs praterfluitur, nor rostra advolantur.
RULE IX. Verbs compounded with ad, con, de, in, fre-
quently repeat the preposition, or an equivalent one
(in after ad, pro after ante, &c.), with its proper case,
instead of being followed by a dative ; as, Conferte hanc
pacem cum illo bello. " Compare this peace with that
84
DATIVE CASE.
war." In hac vita nihil inest nisi miseria. " There is
nothing in this life but misery."
Timotheus added the glory of learn-
ing to military renown. The
Macedonians in a short time add-
ed Asia to the dominion of Greece.
Compare our longest life with
eternity ; we shall be found to be
of nearly as short duration as
the little animals which live bu,t
one day. There are many cir-
cumstances in which good men
make great sacrifices of their own
convenience. Snatch us from
our miseries ; snatch us from the
iaws of those whose cruelty can-
not be sated by our blood. The
knowledge of philosophy is inclu-
ded in a perfect orator ; eloquence
is not, as a matter of course, in-
cluded in the knowledge of phi-
losophy. In India a woman is
placed along with her husband on
the funeral pile.
Timotheus ad bellicus laus doc-
trina gloria adjicio. Macedo
ad imperium Graecia, brevis
tempus (ablat.\ adjungo Asia.
Confero noster longus vita
cum aeternitas, prope in is bre-
vitas (ablat.) reperio, qui (ablat.)
bestiola qui unus tantum dies
(accus.) vivo. Multus res sum,
in qui vir bonus multum de su-
us commodum detraho. Eri-
pio ego ex miseria ; eripio ego
ex fauces is qui crudelitas nos-
ter sanguis non possum expleo.
In orator perfectus insum
philosophia scientia; in philo-
sophia cognitio non continuo
insum philosophia. Mulier in
India, una cum vir in rogus im
pono.
RULE X. Adjectives and adverbs derived from verbs
compounded with prepositions govern a dative, like the
words from which they are derived; as, Congruenter
nature vivere. "To live conformably to nature."-
Mens sibi conscia recti. " A mind conscious to itself of
what is right."
Vespasian was a surviver unto (his)
wife and daughter. Thy letters
were a beginning of suspicion
unto me, with which letters others
of many persons were in accord-
ance. Still, however, it was fit
for a library, and consonant with
our studies. The minds of all
Vespasianus uxor et filia super-
stes sum. Initium suspicio
ego sum literae tuus qui literae
congruens sum alius multus.
Sed tamen aptus (neut.) sum
bibliotheca, studiumque noster
congruens. Omnis mens im-
/)ATIVE CASE.
wicked men are most hostile to
me individually. / have sent
Tiro to meet Dolabella : he will
return to me on the Ides. Thou,
meanwhile, at Rome, wast ready,
it is true, for thy friends. Small
gowns were provided for the lie-
tors at the gate. / do not ask
what he says, but what he can
say agreeably to reason and his
own opinion.
probus ego unus maxime sura
adversus. Ego mitto Tiro Do-
labella obviam ; is ad ego Idus
(ablat.) revertor. Tu interea
Roma (genit.) scilicet amicus
praesto sum. Togula lictor ad
porta praesto sum. Non quae
ro quis dico, sed quis conveni-
enter ratio possum et sententia
suus dico.
EULE XI. The verb sum frequently occurs in place
of habeo, with the signification of " to have," and then
the nominative case in English becomes a dative in
Latin, and the objective in English a nominative in
Latin ; as, Sunt mihi libri, " I have books ;" equivalent
to habeo libros.
OBS. 1. Desum has the same construction, taking a dative either
of that in which or towards which a deficiency exists.
OBS. 2. Est mihi nomen, therefore, is equivalent to " I am called,"
and the name itself may stand either in the nominative ; as,
Syracusis fons est, cui nomen Arethusa est, " There is a fountain
at Syracuse which is called Arethusa ;" or in the dative, by at-
traction to the dative of the person or thing ; as, Leges decem-
virales, quibus tabulis duodecim est nomen. "The decemviral
laws, which are called the twelve tables."
Kings have long hands. As long Manus longus sum rex. Dum
as the sick man has life there
is hope. Many animals have
quicker senses than man. Man
has a certain resemblance with
God. The soul has a struggle
with this heavy flesh. Croco-
diles have the upper part of the
body hard and impenetrable ; the
under (part) soft and tender.
Pleasure can have no union with
virtue. Of all connexions, there
segrotus anima sum, spes sum.
Sensus agilis sum multus an-
imal quam homo. Homo cum
Deus similitude sum. Animus
cum hie caro gravis certamen
sum. Crocodilus superior pars
corpus durus et impenetrabilis
sum, inferior mollis ac tener.
Nullus possum sum voluptas
cum honest as conjuncta. Om-
H
86
DATIVE CASE.
is none more important than that
which each of us has with the re-
public. Even if I have not want-
ed, as thou thinkest, talent for
this undertaking, I have certainly
wanted learning and leisure.
There was nothing in which Da-
rius was less deficient than mul-
titude of men.
nis societas nullus sum gravis,
quam is qui cum respublica sum
unusquisque ego. Etiamsi ego,
ut tu puto, ad hie opus ingeni-
um non desum, doctrina certe et
otium desum. Non quisquam
minus Darius quam multitudo
miles desum.
RULE XII. The dative, as denoting acquisition, is
sometimes used where the genitive or a possessive
pronoun might also have been employed ; as, Casari se
ad pedes projecere. " They threw themselves at Caesar's
feet." Literally, " They threw themselves at his feet
for Caesar."
The cause of the poverty of Abdo-
lonymus was (his) honesty. The
knees of the boldest soldier have
trembled a little when the signal
of battle was given, and the heart
of the greatest commander has
palpitated. The whole hope of
the people of Utica was in the
Carthaginians ; of the Cartha-
ginians in Hasdrubal. The
credit of these miracles was nev-
er exposed by Scipio himself;
nay, rather increased, by a cer-
tain artifice, of neither denying
anything of this kind, nor openly
affirming.
RULE XIII. With the verbs esse, proficisci, dare, and
venire, verto, fio, with others of the same meaning, be-
sides the dative of the person, another is used to ex-
press the purpose, effect, and destination ; as, Jlmpla
domus s&pe domino dedecori est. " A spacious mansion
is often a disgrace to its master." Platceenses Jltheni-
Causa Abdolonymus paupertas
sum probitas. Signum pugna
datus (ablat. absol.), ferox miles
paululum genu tremo, et mag-
nus imperator cor exsilio.
Uticensis in Carthaginiensis
populus, Carthaginiensis in
Hasdrubal spes omnis sum.
Hie miraculum nunquam a
Scipio ipse eludo fides ; quin
potius augeo, ars quidam nee
abnuo (gerund) talis quisquam
nee adfirmo (gerund).
DATIVE CASE.
87
ensibus auxilio venerunt. " The Platseans came as aid
to the Athenians."
OBS. Dare belongs to this class, not only in the simple sense of
giving, like mitto, sumo, relinquo, but also in that of imputing;
as, Hoc miki vitio dedere. " They imputed this as a fault to me."
Ducere, habere, tribuere, vertere, have a similar meaning.
1. Letters are a remedy for forget-
fulvtess. Covetousness is a
great mischief to men. His own
gratification is a care to every
one. Cruelty is an object of ha-
tred to all, and clemency and pi-
ety of love (to all). There is no-
thing that can be a greater ad-
vantage and a greater glory to
thee, than to deserve well of as
many as possible. Go on, young
men, as you are now doing, that
you may be enabled to become an
honour to yourselves, a benefit to
your friends, and an advantage
to the republic.
2. Alexander, seeing that a long
siege would be a great hinderance
to him, sent heralds to the Tyri-
ans. It is to me a subject of no
less anxiety, what the republic
will be after my death than what
it is now. It was attributed as
cowardice to Quintus Hortensius
that he had never been personally
engaged in a civil war. Caius
Ctzsar, the proprator, marched
to the assistance of the province
of Gaul with his army, and main-
tained the safety and dignity of
the Roman people, at a very dif-
ficult crisis of the republic. Me-
dea persuaded the matrons of
Corinth not to impute it to her as
Litterae subsidium oblivio sum.
Magnus malum homo sum ava-
ritia. Cura sum suus quisque
voluptas. Omnis sum odium
crudelitas, et amor dementia et
pietas. Nihil sum, qui tu mag-
nus fructus, et magnus gloria
sum possum, quam bene mere-
or de quam plurimus. Pergo,
ut facio, adolescens, ut tu ho-
nor, et amicus utilitas, et res-
publica emolumentum sum pos-
sum.
Alexander, quum longus obsidio
magnus sui impedimentum vi-
deo fore, caduceator ad Tyrius
mitto. Ego non minor cura
sum, qualis respublica post
mors meus futurus sum (subj.)
quam qualis hodie sum (subj.).
Quintus Hortensius tribuo
ignavia quod nunquam bellum
civilis (dative) intersum (subj.).
Caius Caesar, propraetor (ab-
lat.), Gallia provincia cum ex-
ercitus subsidium proficiscor, et
difficilis respublica tempus, sa-
lus dignitasque populus Roma-
nus subvenio. Medea matrona
Corinthius persuadeo (dative)
ne sui vitium verto (imperf.
88
GENITIVE CASE.
a fault that she was absent from
her country.
3. It was imputed as a crime to the
LacedcBmonians that they had
seized upon the citadel. Attains
bestowed his kingdom as a gift
upon the Romans. He appears
to regard it as a matter of sport
unto himself. Since thou re-
gardest me as an object of con-
tempt unto thyself. Now thou
reprovest those things which thou
wast formerly wont to regard as
a source of glory unto me. This
is not only to be reckoned, not as
a commendation, but even as a
fault, unto us.
subj.) quod absum (imperf. sub
junct.) a patria.
Lacedaemonius crimen do quod
arx occupo (subj.~). Attalus
regnum suus Romanus donum
do. Sui ludibrium habeo video.
Quoniam tu ego tu despica-
tus habeo. Nunc is reprehen-
do qui antea gloria ego duco
(imperf.). Hie non modo non
laus, verum etiam vitium ego
do (part, in dus) sum.
CONSTRUCTION OF INTERJECTIONS.
Seepage 295.
III. GENITIVE CASE.
I. When two substantives are to be united, so as to
form the expression of one idea, one of them is put in
the genitive.
II. This genitive, in Latin, is of two kinds : the gen-
itive of the subject, and the genitive of the object.
III. The genitive is subjective when it denotes that
which does something, or to which something belongs ;
as, hominum facta, " the deeds of men j" liber pueri,
" the boy's book."
IV. The genitive is objective when it denotes that
which is the object of the action or feeling spoken of j as,
amor virtutis, "love of virtue ;" desiderium otii, "longing
for repose ;" remedium doloris, " remedy for pain."
V. From the examples just given, and from others
that might be cited, it will be seen that in English the
GENITIVE CASE.
89
objective genitive is often rendered by some other
word than of.
OBS. 1. The genitive of the personal pronouns is, in prose, object-
ive; as, Vestri curam gero. "I entertain a care for you."
Rationem sui habere. " To have a regard for one's self."
OBS. 2. The pronouns possessive properly express the subject-gen-
itive. Hence, liber meus, " my book ;" not liber mei, which
would mean " a book relating to me."
OBS. 3. Frequently, however, these pronouns assume an objective
sense ; as, Invidid tud. " Through ill-will towards you." Es-
pecially with injuria ; as, Injuries mea. " Injuries done to me,"
Injuries, tua. " Injuries done to thee," &c.
KULE I. The relation indicated by of in English, is
frequently expressed in Latin by an adjective ; as,
Laus aliena. " The praise of others ;" i. e., bestowed
on other men. Causa regia. " The cause of the
king." Timor externus. " The fear of foreign ene-
mies."
RULE II. In the same way, summus, medius, intimus,
extremus, and other adjectives of the same kind are
used, agreeing, namely, with the substantive, in order
to express the English summit o/, middle o/, &c. ; as,
Summa domus. " The top of the house." Media cestate.
" In the middle of summer," &c.
1. Happy is he whom others 1 dan-
gers render cautious. The care
of others' 1 affairs is difficult. He
is in debt. (Literally, he holds
the money of another.) Mene-
laus grieves, having been injured
by (Helen's) love for a stranger.
In general, the inclination of
kings, as (they are) vehement, so
(are they) fluctuating ; often self-
contradictory. The lot of a cer-
H
Felix sum qui facio alienus peri-
culum cautus. Difficilis sum
cura res alienus. ^Es alienus
habeo. Doleo Melenaus, ex-
ternus laesus amor. Plerum-
que regius voluntas, uti vehe-
mens, sic mobilis, saepe ipse
(nom. plur) sui ad versus. Re-
90
GENITIVE CASE.
tain rower equals by its strange-
ness the deaths of (these) kings.
In a few days the son will
move into the mansion of his fa-
ther. A slave ready in (his) ser-
vices at his master's nod. What
kind of year will that be which
the mountain of Evander now
offers with Roman auguries ?
2. Clodius said that Appius wished
to be in the foremost part of the
province, that he might depart as
soon as possible. The nightin-
gales lay in the beginning of the
spring, for the most part, six
eggs each. War was proclaim-
ed against the Tarentines, who
are in the farthest part of Italy.
The Greeks founded Byzan-
tium in the extremity of Europe.
Conon was commander in the
latter part of the Peloponnesian
war. Tantalus touches the sur-
face of the water with his chin.
Hannibal Jills very many am-
phora with lead; he covers over
the tops with gold and silver.
The summit of the mountain was
held by Titus Labienus. Antis-
tius concealed himself in the in-
nermost part of Macedonia.
Mathematicians endeavour to per-
suade us that the earth is situa-
ted in the centre of the universe.
Pompey made preparations for
so great a war, at the close of
winter; entered upon it in the
beginning of spring ; finished it
in the middle of summer. The
bottom of the camel's foot is clo-
ven.
gius interitus, miraculum re-
mex casus aequo. Pauci dies
in domus paternus immigro fil-
ius. Verna ministerium ad
nutus aptus herilis. Qualis
sum annus, qui mons Evandri-
us offero Romanus avis 1
Clodius dico, Appius in primus
provincia volo sum, ut quam
primum decedo. Luscinia pa-
rio ver primus cum plurimum
seni ovum. Tarentinus, qui in
ultimus Italia sum, bellum indi-
co. Byzantium in extremus
Europa pono Graecus. Conon
extremus Peloponnesiacus prae-
tor sum. Mentum summus
aqua attingo Tantalus. Han-
nibal amphora complures com-
pleo plumbum, summus operio
aurum et argentum. Summus
mons a Titus Labienus teneo.
Antistius abdo sui in intimus
Macedonia (accus.). Persua-
deo conor mathematicus, terra
in medius mundus sum situs.
Tantus bellum (accus.) Pom-
peius extremus hiems apparo.
iniens ver suscipio, medius aes-
tas conficio. Camelus bisulcus
sum pes inferus.
GENITIVE CASE. 91
Remark 1. The adjectives summits, mcdius, imus, &c., when thus
used, do not distinguish the substantive with which they are joined
from other things of the same kind, but a part of itself from another
part. Thus, summus mons is "the mountain where it is highest ;"
not " the highest of a number of mountains."
Remark 2. Summus, medius, &c., generally stand before the sub-
stantive ; not always, however. Thus, we have in Horace, " Sapi-
entia prima" (Epist., 1, 1, 41), and in Cicero, " In hoc insuld extremd
estfons aqua dulcis" (Verr., 4, 118).
VI. The genitive is also used to express that one
thing is the property or quality of another.
VII. This, however, can only be done when the sub-
stantive in the genitive is joined with an adjective.
Thus, we cannot say Vir ingenii, " a man of ability,"
but Vir magni ingenii, " a man of great ability."
VIII. It must be farther remarked, that in general
the genitive denotes a permanent quality, whereas the
ablative (which is also used in the construction now
referred to) is more commonly employed where some
temporary state is meant.
IX. Hence results the following rule :
KTJLE III. A substantive having an adjective agree-
ing with it, and describing a former substantive, stands
in the genitive or ablative ; as, Vir excellentis ingenii.
"A man of distinguished ability." Vir summo rerum
veierum studio. " A man of the greatest zeal in anti-
quarian pursuits."
OBS. 1. Many exceptions will, of course, be found to the distinc-
tion here laid down between the genitive and ablative in such
constructions. In the main, however, it is correct, and yet in
Cicero the ablative is more usual with esse.
OBS. 2. The genitive only can be used of numbers ; as, Murus
sexaginta pedum. " A wall of sixty feet." Hence the genitive
is even used with an adjective of dimension ; as, Fossam sexa-
ginta pedum latam. (Cess., B. G., 7, 72.)
GENITIVE CASE.
1. Construction with the Genitive.
1. Seneca was a man of remarka-
ble ability and learning. Py-
thagoras was a man of no mirth.
The little ant, (a creature') of
great industry, draws with its
mouth, and adds to its heap what-
ever it can. It is evident that
there is some deity of a most sur-
passing wisdom, by whom all
things are governed. The Athe-
nians chose two leaders of the
war : Pericles, a man of tried
merit, and Sophocles, a writer of
tragedies. Datamcs conducted
to the king, on the following day,
Thyus, a man of very large stat-
ure. The Persians, after a do-
minion of so many years, pa-
tiently received the yoke of sla-
very. If thy neighbour have a
garment of greater value than
thou hast, wilt thou prefer thine
or his 1 The Caspian Sea,
(which is) sweeter than all oth-
ers, breeds serpents of vast mag-
nitude, and fishes of very differ-
ent colour from others.
2. We sometimes see clouds of a
fiery colour ; we see a certain
part of the heavens grow red at
sunrise. Ccesar forbade that the
camp should be fortified with a
rampart, but ordered a trench of
fifteen feet to be made in front
against the enemy. A good man
is characterized by the greatest
piety towards the gods. Casar
adapted the year to the course of
the sun, so that it should consist
of three, hundred and sixty-five
Seneca sum vir excellens ingeni-
um et doctrina. Pythagoras
sum vir millus hilaritas. Par-
vulus magnus formica labor os
traho quicunque possum, at-
que addo acervus. Perspicuus
sum, sum numen aliquis prae-
stans mens, qui omnis rego.
Atheniensis bellum duo dux
deligo ; Pericles, spectatus vir-
tus vir, et Sophocles, scriptor
tragcedia. Datames Thyus,
homo magnus corpus, posterus
dies, ad rex duco. Patienter
Persa, post tot annus imperium,
jugum servitus accipio. Si vi-
cinus tuus vestis pretium mag-
nus habeo quam tu habeo, tu-
usne an ille malo? (pres. subj.)
Mare Caspius, dulcis caeteri
(ablat.), ingens magnitude ser-
pens alo, piscisque longe diver-
sus ab alius color.
Video nubes aliquando igneus co-
lor; video ortus sol pars qui-
dam coelum rubeo. Caesar cas-
tra vallum munio veto, sed a
frons contra hostis pes quinde-
cim fossa fio jubeo. Vir bonus
summus sum erga deus pietas.
Annus ad cursus sol Caesar
accommodo, ut trecenti sexa-
GENITIVE CASE.
93
days. Virtue is not endowed
with such strength as to be able
to defend itself, being exposed to
many and uncertain accidents.
Marathus, afreedman of Augus-
tus, mites that his stature was
Jive feet and three fourths.
There was in the Roman army
Lucius Marcius, a youth of spirit
and talent considerably greater
than was proportioned to the rank
in which he was born.
ginta quinque dies sum. Non
sum tantus vires virtus, ut sub-
jectus sub varius incertusque
casus sui ipse tueor (subj.').-
Marathus, Augustus libertus,
statura is quinque pes et do-
drans sum scribo. Sum in ex-
ercitus Romanus Lucius Mar-
cius, juvenis, animus et inge-
nium aliquanto quam pro fortu-
na in qui nascor (pluperf.), mag-
2. Construction with the Ablative.
1. The mob is of an inconstant
humour. Themistocles was (a
man) of so great a memory, that
he knew the names of all the cit-
izens ; but Cato of a much bet-
ter memory. They that prefer
themselves before all are of intol-
erable arrogance. We may see
this, that they who were before of
obliging manners are changed
by prosperity. Of how great in-
nocence ought commanders to be ;
of how great moderation ; of how
great skill ; of how great ability !
Among the Romans, scribes
were deemed mercenaries; but
among the Greeks, no one was
admitted to this office except of
respectable birth, and of known
industry and fidelity.
2. Cat o was in all things of singu-
lar sagacity and industry. Au-
gustus was informed of what
age, stature, and complexion ev-
ery one was who visited his
daughter Julia. Casar sent to
Ariovistus Valerius, a young-
man of the highest valour, and of
Vulgus sum ingenium mobilis.
Themistocles sum tantus me-
moria, ut omnis civis nomen
percipio(stt5/.); Cato vero mul-
to bonus memoria. Qui sui
omnis antepono, intolerabilis
arrogantia sum. Hie video li-
cet, is, qui antea commodus
mos sum, prosperus res immu-
to. Quantus innocentia debeo
sum imperator ; quantus tem-
perantia ; quantus peritia ; quari-
tus ingenium ! Apud Rorna-
nus mercenarius scriba existi-
mo, at apud Graecus, nemo ad
is officium admitto, nisi hones-
tus locus, et indu stria ac fides
cognitus.
In omnis res Cato singularis sum
prudentia et industria. Certior
fio Augustus, qui aetas, qui sta-
tura, sum (subj.) quicunque filia
is Julia adeo (subj.). Caesar ad
Ariovistus Valerius mitto,sum-
mus virtus et humanitas ado-
94
GENITIVE CASE.
amiable manners Casar is
said to have been of tali stature,
fair complexion, dark eyes, and
sound health. Good health is
pleasanter to those who have re-
covered from a severe disease,
than to those who have never been
of a sickly body. Curio was so
devoid of memory, that often when
he had laid down three heads in
his discourse, he added a fourth.
lescens. Sum trado Caesar ex-
celsus statura, color Candidas,
niger oculus, valetudo prospe-
rus. Bonus valetudo jucundua
sum is, qui e gravis morbus re-
creo (pass.), quam qui nunquam
seger corpus sum. Memoria
ita sum nullus Curio, ut aliquo-
ties, quum tres caput propono
(subj.) in dico (gerund) quartus
addo (subj.).
X. The genitive is also used to express the whole,
of which anything is a part.
XL This is done with
1. Substantives ; as, pars.
2. Comparatives, if two persons or classes are spo-
ken of ; as, Doctior duorum juvenum. " The more
learned of the two young men." Doctiores juve-
num. " The more learned of the young men."
3. Superlatives, if more than two are spoken of 5 as,
Doctissimus Romanorum. " The most learned of
the Romans."
4. All words that express a number, whether numer-
als, adjectives, or pronouns ; as, solus, nullus, ne-
mo, nihil, multi, pauci, qms ? quotusquisque, unus-
quisque, aliquis, quidam, aliquot, nonnulli, uter, al-
ter, neuter, alter uter, utervis.
XII. The genitive, which is used with the superlative
of adjectives, is used also with those of adverbs ; as,
optimus omnium, or optime omnium vixit.
1 . The bravest of all the Gauls were
the Belga. Alexander sent back
to their native country the elder
of the soldiers. The greatest of
benefits are (those) which we re-
ceive from (our) parents. There
is no one of beasts more saga-
Gallus omnis fortis sum Belgae.
Alexander senex miles in pa-
tria remitto. Beneficium mag-
nus sum, qui a parens accipio.
Elephantus (ablative) bellua
GENITIVE CASE.
95
cious than the elephant. The
tribunes promulgated, a law, that
one of the two consuls should be
created from the commons. It is
uncertain how long the life of
each one of us is going to be.
Certain insects carry two wings
each, as flies ; certain four each,
as bees. In the time of Phocion
there were two factions at Athens,
one of which espoused the cause
of the populace, the other that of
the higher classes.
2. Of all things from which any-
thing is acquired, no one is bet-
ter than agriculture. On the
right and left, about two hun-
dred, the noblest of his kinsmen,
accompanied Darius. Of all the
Greek arts, medicine alone is not
practised by Roman dignity.
Of animals, some are defended
by hides, some covered with shag-
gy fleeces, some bristled with
spines ; we see some covered
with plumage, others with scales.
Of all unions, none is more ex-
cellent, none more firm, than when
good men of similar character
are united in intimate friend-
ship.
3. There are two approaches from
Syria into Cilicia, each of which,
on account of its narrowness, can
be blocked up by a small body of
troops. The Roman power was
so strong, that it was a match in
war for any one of the neigh-
bouring states. The city of
Syracuse is the largest and most
beautiful of all the Grecian cities.
The most excellent kings of the
nullus sum prudens. Tribunus
lex promulgo, lit consul alter
ex plebs creo. Incertus sum,
quam longus ego quisque vita
futurus sum (subj.). Insectum
quidam bini gero penna, ut
musca; quidam quaterni, ut
apis. Sum Phocion tempus
Athenae (ablat.) duo factio, qui
unus populus causa ago (im-
perf.), alter optimates.
Omnis res, ex quis aliquis acquire,
nullus sum agricultura bonus.
Dexter, laevusque (ablative of
manus understood) Darius du-
centi ferme nobilis propinquus
comitor. Solus medicina ars
Graecus a Romanus gravitas
non exerceo. Animans alius
(/era.) corium tego, alius villus
vestio, alius spina hirsutus ;
pluma alius, alius squama video
obductus. Omnis societas nul-
lus praestans sum, nullus firmus,
quam quum vir bonus mos sim-
ilis sum familiaritas conjunc-
tus.
Duo sum aditus in Cilicia ex
Syria, qui uterque parvus prae-
sidium (plur.) propter angustiae
praecludo possum. Res Roma-
nus adeo sum validus ut quili-
bet finitimus civitas bellum par
sum (subj.). Urbs Syracusae
magnus sum pulcherque omnis
Graecus urbs. ExeeUens Per-
96 GENITIVE CASE.
Persians were Cyrus, and Da-
rius, son of Hystaspes ; the for-
mer of these fell in battle among
the Massagetce.
sae rex sum Cyrus et Darius
Hystaspes filius ; prior hie apud
Massagetse in praelium cado.
Remark 1. Poets extend the construction with the genitive to
other adjectives in the positive degree ; prose writers rarely. In
Livy we find the expressions delecti equitum, expediti militum, fre-
quently. In Sallust (Cat., 53) we have effoeta parentum; and in
Velleius Paterculus (2, 80), veteres Romanorum ducum.
Remark 2. The prepositions e, ex, and inter, or sometimes de, with
their respective cases (but never ab), serve as a circumlocution of
the genitive ; as, alter e consulibus ; primus inter omnes ; nemo de Us
qui peritissimi sunt anteponitur.
Remark 3. If the relative plural (qui, qua, qua), or a plural demon-
strative (hi, ha, hac), is followed by pauci, nulli, multi, plures, plu-
rimi, &c., or a numeral, and denote, not a part of these, but the
whole, they must be put in the same case with these adjectives.
The particle of, which in such cases is used in English, might lead
to the employment of the genitive. Thus, De vera et perfecta ami-
citia loquor, qualis eorum qui pauci nominantur fuit. And again, Si
quibus saluti fuisti, quos habes plurimos, tibi certe satisfacient.
Remark 4. So quot must be followed by a nominative if it relate
to the whole number ; by a genitive if to part ; as, Quot ipsi estis ?
Quot vestrnm interfecti sunt? On the same principle we say,
Trecenti jurammus. " Three hundred of us have conspired."
Remark 5. Quotusquisque has the sense of " how few." Literally,
it implies which place in the series the person to whom it is applied
holds (quotus), i. e., how many besides the series comprehends, with
the implied meaning that they are few in number. Thus, Quotus-
quisque disertus est ! "How few are eloquent!" Quotusquisque
philosophorum invenitur, qui sit ita moratus, ut ratio postulat ! " How
few philosophers are found who are regulated in their moral deport-
ment in the way that reason demands !"
Remark 6. In the phrase aqui, bonifacere, " to take a thing in good
part," "to be satisfied with it," the genitive is probably partitive,
facere signifying " to account" or " esteem." Consulere is used in
the same sense. So lucri facere, " to turn to account."
XII. The nominatives and accusatives neuter of pro-
nouns, and of some adjectives which are used as pro-
nouns, take a genitive, either because they are virtually
become substantives, or because they denote a part.
XIV. Such neuters are tantum, quantum, aliquantum,
multum, plus, plurimum, minus, minimum, aliud, quid,
with its compounds aliquid, quidquid, quidpiam, and
quidquam ; hoc, id, illud, istud, idem, quod.
GENITIVE CASE.
97
XV. The following examples will serve to illustrate
these remarks :
Quantum incrementi Nilus capit, tanlum spei in annum est. " As
much increase as the Nile receives, so much hope is there for
the year."
Procella quanta plus habent virium, tanto minus temporis. " The
more violence tempests have, the less duration (have they.")
Quidquid temporis transiit, periit. " Whatever of time is gone by,
has perished."
OBS. 1. Nihil does not fall under this rule, since it is always a
substantive, and governs the genitive as a matter of course.
OBS. 2. The genitive is often not a substantive, but the neuter of
an adjective, which has come to be used substantively ; as,
Quiddam nom. " Something new." Aliquid mail. " Anything
evil."
OBS. 3. It must be borne in mind, however, that only adjectives in
um can be thus used in the genitive ; and, though aliquid mail
may be said, aliquid memorabilis cannot, but only aliquid memo-
rabile ; except in conjunction with an adjective in um ; as, Ali-
quid nom et memorabilis tibi narrabo. Even in this case, how-
ever, it would be better to say, "Aliquid novum et memorabile."
OBS. 4. If an adjective has a case dependant on it, it is not used
in the genitive ; as, Quid expectatione vestra dignum dicam 1
Here digni would be incorrect.
1. How many persons does a single
stomach keep employed ! Cre-
dulity produces a very great deal
of evil. / give the same advice
unto thee, that (I give) unto my
own self. Who is ignorant, that
the first law of history is, not to
dare to say anything false ?
What of gold, what of silver,
what of ornaments, there was in
my shrines, Verres has carried
that off. When Pythagoras had
discovered something new in ge-
ometry, he is said to have sacri-
ficed an ox to the Muses. The
Quantus homo unus venter exer-
ceo ! Plurimus malus creduli-
tas facio. Tu idem consilium
do, qui egomet ipse. Quis
nescio primus sum historia lex,
ne quis falsus dico audeo (3.
sing. pres. subj.)! Qui aurum,
qui argentum, qui ornamentum
sum, in meus delubrum, is Ver-
res aufero. Quum Pythagoras
in geometria quidam novus in-
venio (subj.), Musa bos immolo
dico. Colonus aliquantus vas-
98
GENITIVE CASE.
colonists found a considerable
quantity of vases, of ancient
workmanship. The valley (be-
ing) narrow, as was before said,
did not contain all the forces :
about two thirds of the infantry,
all the cavalry, descended to bat-
tle ; what (was} left of the infan-
try took post on the slope of the
hill.
. Augustus had clear and brilliant
eyes, in which he wished it to be
thought that there was a certain
something of divine vigour.
Through the hope of an inherit-
ance, what hardship in servitude
is not endured? Our domestic
dramas have something of sever-
ity, and are of a middle kind be-
tween drama and comedy. Can
anything be more absurd than,
the less there remains of a jour-
ney, the more provision to seek
for it 1 Crassus, along with the
greatest courtesy, had also much
severity. As (we approve of) a
young man in whom there is
something of an old man, so do
we approve of an old man in
whom there is something of the
youth.
Gulum, antiquus opus, reperio.
Angustus, sicut ante dico,
vallis, non capio (imperf.) om-
nis copiae; duo ferme pedes
pars, omnis equitatus, in acies
descendo : qui reliquus pedes
sum, obliquus consisto (pluper-
fect) collis (ablative).
Oculus habeo Augustus clarus ac
nitidus, qui etiam existimo volo
(imperf.) insum quidam divinus
vigor. Haereditas spes, quis in-
iquitas in servio (gerund) non
suscipio 1 Habeo togatus nos-
ter (fabula) aliquis severitas, et
sum inter comcedia et tragcedia
medius. An possum quisquam
sum absurdus, quam quo minus
via resto, eo plus viaticum quae-
ro 1 Crassus, in summus co-
mitas, habeo (imperf.) etiam
multus severitas. Ut adoles-
cens in qui senilis aliquis, sic
senex in qui sum adolescens
aliquis probo.
Remark 1. Latin poets, and the later prose writers who imitated
them, frequently, instead of making the adjective agree with the
substantive, put it in the neuter singular or plural, and make the
substantive depend upon it in the genitive. Thus, Livy has exiguum
campi ante castra erat, for campus exiguus, &c. So, also, in immen-
sum altitudinis dejecit, for in altitudinem immensam. Ultimum ino-
pi(E, for ultima inopia. And again, medium or extremum anni, cestatis,
&c., instead of which Cicero commonly says media astas.
Remark 2. The neuter plural of adjectives, in particular, is very
frequently used in this way, not only in the superlative ; as, extrema
agminis, infima clivi, in ultima Celtiberice penetrare ; but also in the
positive ; as, sava ventorum, for s<zvi venti ; tacita suspicionum, for
tacitcc suspiciones ; opportuna locorum, for opportuni loci. Examples
GENITIVE CASE.
99
are found in Livy, but still more abundantly in Tacitus. (Consult
Vechner, Hcllenolex, 1, 2, 9.Drakenborch ad Liv., 37, 58.)
XVI. Some adverbs of time, place, and quantity, take
a genitive case ; as, Postea loci. " Afterward." Tune
temporis. " Then," " at that time." Ubi terrarum (or
gentium) sumus ? " Where on earth are we 1" Jlbunde
severitatis. "Abundance of severity."
OBS. Many of these adverbs take a genitive, because, though
strictly adverbs, they are used with the force of substantives.
1. Meanwhile I became acquainted
with thee. The consul afterward
came to the town Cirta. After
this he created mortal hearts. I
will do as I have hitherto done.
The state awaited Hannibal,
at that time a chief magistrate,
in the forum. The nation of the
Persians was at that time an ob-
scure one. The day after that
day Ariovistus led his forces by
Caesar's camp. The day before
that day he had sent ambassadors
to CcRsar. This happened the
day before the Calends of Au-
gust. The day before the plot
he conversed much with Antoni-
us Natalis.
2. Where in the world are we ?
Wherever on earth, and among
the nations the right of citizens
has been violated, this pertains
to the common cause of freedom.
He who shall have made virtue
his own will be loved by us, to
whatever nation he shall belong.
We must migrate to Rhodes,
or to some other quarter of the
world. Upon my word, I do not
Tu interea locus cognosce.
Postea locus consul in oppidum
Cirta pervenio. Inde locus
mortalis cor creo. Facio, ut
adhuc locus facio. Civitas
Hannibal, turn tempus consul,
in forum expecto. Persae gens
tune tempus obscurus sum.
Postridie is dies Ariovistus
praeter castra Caesar copiae suus
transduce. Pridie is dies lega-
tus ad Caesar mitto. Hie pri-
die Calendae Augustus accido.
Pridie insidiae cum Antonius
Natalis multus colloquor.
Ubinam gens (plur.) sum"! Ubi-
cunque terra et gens jus civis
violo, is pertineo ad communis
causa libertas. Qui virtus adi-
piscor, ubicunque sum gens, a
ego diligo. Rhodus aut aliquo
terra migro (ger.) sum. Non,
100
GENITIVE CASE.
know whither in the world I shall
now flee. The ambassadors of
the Gauls said that they had it
in mind to depart in silence to
whatever quarter of earth they
could. The poet seeks for what
is nowhere upon earth.
3. He who does well always has
enough of favourers. Cimon
had eloquence enough. Casar
said that he had obtained abun-
dance of power and glory. Cy-
rus left abundance of wine and
of those things which are neces-
sary for a banquet. There is an
abundance of persons who have
no employment. In many places
truth has little stability and little
strength. Is it (only) little mis-
ery for Roscius, that he has cul-
tivated his estates for others, not
for himself? Catiline possessed
fluency of speech enough, little
wisdom. You refused (us)
peace, because there was little dig-
nity in (our) embassy.
Hercle, quo nunc gens aufugio,
scio. Gallus legatus dico, sui-
sui tacitus abeo, quo terra pos-
sum, in animus habeo. Poeta
quaero qui nusquam sum gens.
Sat habeo fautor semper, qui rec-
te facio. Cimon habeo satis
eloquentia. Caesar dico, se po-
tentia gloriaque abunde adipis-
cor. Cyrus vinum affatim et
is, qui epulae sum necessarius,
relinquo. Affatim sum homo,
qui nihil negotium sum. Mul-
tus in locus parum firmament-
urn, et parum vis (plur.) veri-
tas habeo. Parumne miseria
sum Roscius quod praedium su-
us alius, non sui, colo 1 Cati-
lina sum satis loquentia, sapi-
entia parum. Quia parum dig-
nitas in legatio sum, nego pax
Remark 1. The adverbs of place merely have their meanings
strengthened by the genitives gentium, terrarum, &c. Minime gen-
tium also occurs, which is only, however, a stronger negation, " not
in the least."
Remark 2. Terence has hie and hue vicinia for " here in the neigh-
bourhood," &c. The adverbs hue, eo, quo, take a genitive in the
sense of degree ; as, Hue arrogantice venerat. " He had come to that
degree of arrogance." Eo insolenti<z furorisque processit. "He pro-
ceeded to that pitch of insolence and madness."
Remark 3. In the expressions postea loci, tune temporis, &c., the
genitive seems to be pleonastically added. In the phrase quantum,
or quoad ejus fieri potest, the term ejus refers to the preceding propo-
sition : " so much of it," or " so far as is possible."
Remark 4. Id temporis and id or hoc atatis are used adverbially,
and without being governed, for eo tempore and ea estate. Thus, Ve-
nit ad me, et quidem id temporis. Homo id cetatis. " A man of that
age."
Remark 5. Pridie is used with the accusative as well as the geni-
tive. Thus, we have pridie eum diem as well as pridie ejus diei ; pri*
GENITIVE CASE,
101
die Calendas as well as pridie Calendarum. The accusative is said,
by writers on ellipsis, to depend upon a preposition understood. It
is more probably idiomatic.
XVII. Many adjectives require, in order to complete
the sense, the addition of a noun or pronoun, which is
then put in the genitive case.
XVIII. These are called relative adjectives, and give
rise to the two following rules :
RULE IV. Adjectives which express partaking, desi-
ring, experiencing, knowing, remembering, being full, and
their contraries, govern the genitive case ; as, Studio-
sus sapiential. "Desirous of wisdom." Peritissimus
belli. " Very experienced in war."
RULE V. To this same class also belong many parti-
ciples, which, by being joined with a genitive, show
that they have lost their participial force and verbal
government, and become adjectives ; as, Patiens laboris.
"Patient of toil." Jlppetens gloria. "Desirous of
glory."
OBS. 1. If these participles, however, thus become verbal adjec-
tives, are at any time used as real participles, i. e., if they ever
denote a particular action, not a permanent quality, they take
an accusative case.
OBS. 2. The two rules just given may be reduced to one, and more
concisely expressed, as follows : A noun limiting the meaning
of an adjective is put in the genitive, to denote the relation ex-
pressed in English by of, or in respect of, &c.
Be ihou always mindful of hu-
man frailty. A mind, conscious
of crime cannot lie tranquil.
Among the ancient commanders
C&sar was most experienced in
the military art. Anger, like
madness, is unable to control it-
Semper fragilitas humanus sum
(pres. sulj.) memor. Mens cri-
men conscius tranquillus sum
non possum. Inter vetus bel-
lum dux Caesar res militaris
peritus sum. Ira, ut insania,
12
102
GENITIVE CASE.
self. Man alone, of so many
classes of animals, is a partaker
of reason and speech. Beasts
are devoid of reason and speech.
Man is by nature desirous of
seeing and hearing new things.
We are not always fond
enough of truth. Germany is
very productive in grains and
wine. All hate one unmindful
of a kindness. Themistocles
made the Athenians well versed
in naval warfare. A mind so-
licitous about the future is mis-
erable.
2. Time, that consumes (all) things,
will teach us this. Be thou just
and firm in thy resolve. Virtue
is a reward to itself; in nothing
wanting praise, in nothing desi-
rous of external aid. We are by
nature most tenacious of those
things which we learn in our in-
experienced years. The island
of Pharos is not capable of con-
taining a large city. Cicero
grieved because he had lost by
death Hortensius, the partner of
his glorious labour. Gaul was
so fertile of produce and men,
that the abundant multitude seem-
ed scarcely capable of being con-
trolled. Our age is not so bar-
ren of virtue as not to have pro-
duced good examples also.
3. Epaminondas was so much a
lover of truth, that he did not ut-
ter a falsehood even in jest.
Darius, unable to bear the truth,
ordered a guest and a suppliant
to be dragged away to capital
punishment. Maroboduus al-
impotens sui sum. Solus ho-
mo ex tot animans genus ratio
et oratio sum particeps. Bes-
tia ratio et oratio sum expers.
Homo natura sum cupidus no-
vus video et audio (gerunds).
Non semper veritas satis amans
sum. Germania fruges et vi-
num fertilis sum. Omnis im-
memor beneficium odi. The-
mistocles peritus helium nava-
lis facio Atheniensis. Animus
futurus anxius calamitosus
sum.
Hie ego doceo tempus res edax.
Sum (pres. subj.) Justus et
tenax propositum. Ipse sui
virtus pretium sum, nil indigus
laus, nil opis. externus cupidus.
Natura tenax sum is, qui ru-
dis annus percipio. Pharos in-
sula magnus urbs haud capax
sum. Cicero doleo quod Hor-
tensius, consors gloriosus la-
bor, mors amitto. Gallia adeo
fruges homoque fertilis sum, ut
abundans multitudo vix rego
possum video (subj.). Non
adeo virtus sterilis saeculum
noster ut non et bonus exem-
plumprodo (perf. subj.).
Adeo sum Epaminondas veritas
diligens, ut ne jocus quidem
mentior (subj.). Darius, ver-
itas impatiens, hospes ac sup-
plex, abstraho jubeo ad capi-
talis supplicium. Maroboduus
GENITIVE CASE.
103
lowed not Italy to be indifferent
to his aggrandizement. The
Romans, that they might more
quickly become possessed of vic-
tory, considered what was the
method of transporting the god-
dess of Pessinus to Rome.
Pompey was almost free from
faults, were it not reckoned
among the greatest to disdain to
behold any equal in dignity in a
free state. Thales, the wisest
man among the seven, said that
it behooved men to think that all
things which were seen were full
of Deity.
non securus incrementum su-
us patior (imperf.) sum Italia.
Quo mature victoria compos
fio, Romanus is cogito, qui ra-
tio transporto (gerundive) Ro-
ma (accus.) Dea Pessinuntius
sum. Pompeius paene omnis
vitium expers sum, nisi nume-
ro (imperf. sub}.) inter mag-
nus, in civitas liber indignor
quisquam sequalis in dignitas
conspicio. Thales, qui sapiens
in septem sum, homo existimo
dico oportet, omnis qui cerno
(sulj.) plenus sum Deus.
XIX. The genitive is also employed in the case of
remembering, reminding, and forgetting. Hence re-
sults the following rule :
RULE VI. Verbs of remembering, reminding, and for-
getting, take the genitive of the person or thing, of
which any one reminds himself or another, or which
he forgets ; sometimes also they take the thing in the
accusative. Thus,
Animus meminit prateritorum. " The mind remembers past
events."
Res adversce admonent religionum. " Adverse affairs remind us of
bur religious duties."
Vir bonus facile obliviscitur injuriarum. " A good man easily for-
gets injuries."
Est opera pretium virtutes majorum recordari. " It is worth while
to bear in mind the virtues of our forefathers."
1. Genitive.
1. The wicked man will at some
time or other remember with sor-
row his flagitious deeds. It is
a pleasant thing to remember la-
Improbus vir cum dolor flagitium
suus aliquando recorder. Dul-
cis sum memini labor actus.
104
GENITIVE CASE.
lours past. God himself com-
mands thee to remember death.
A man who is merciful in the
case of an unfortunate person, is
mindful of himself . The leader
of the Helvetii exhorted Casar to
remember both the former discom-
fiture of the Roman people, and
the ancient valour of the Helvetii.
I remember the living; nor yet
is it permitted (me) to forget
Epicurus.
2. CcBsar exhorted the M&ui to
forget their controversies and
dissensions. Thou biddest me
reflect on what is good, forget
what is bad. Neither have I
forgotten the letter which thou
didst send unto me. Dost thou
think that I have forgotten thy
advice, thy language, thy polite-
ness ? It is the property of folly
to discern the faults of others, to
forget one's own. If thou attach-
est no credit to Gabinius' de-
fence, dost thou forget even thine
own accusation 1 This ring re-
minds me of Piso. He remind-
ed one of his poverty, another of
his ruling propensity. He re-
minded the soldiers of his kind-
ness (toioards them}. He then
reminded them, drawn together
into the Principia, and ordered
to receive his words with silence,
of the crisis, and the necessity
(of the case).
Ipse jubeo mors tu memini
Dens. Homo, qui in homo
(ablat.) calamitosus sum miser-
icors, memini sui. Helvetius
dux Caesar hortor, ut reminis-
cor (imperf. subj.) et vetus in-
commodum populus Romanus,
et pristinus virtus Helvetius.
Vivus memini, nee tamen Epi-
curus licet obliviscor.
Cohortor Caesar ^Eduus, ut con-
troversia ac dissensio oblivis-
cor (imperf. subj.). Jubeo ego
bonus (plur.) cogito, obliviscor
malus (plur.). Nee obliviscor
literae tuus, qui ad ego mitto.
Obliviscor ego puto consilium,
sermo, humanitas tuus 1 Pro-
prius sum stultitia alius vitium
cerno, obliviscor suus. Si de-
fensio Gabinius fides non ha-
beo, obliviscorne etiam accusa-
tio tuus 1 Piso ego hie annu-
lus commoneo. Admoneo (im-
perf.) alius egestas, alius cupidi-
tas suus. Miles beneficium su-
us commonefacio. Tune con-
tractus in Principia, jussusque
dictum cum silentium accipio,
tempus ac necessitas moneo.
2. Accusative.
Always remember this, that the
wise man who cannot benefit him-
Ille semper memini ; qui ipse sm
sapiens prosum nequeo nequio-
GENITIVE CASE.
105
self, is wise to no purpose. All
men cannot be Scipios or Fabii,
so as to call to mind the captures
of cities, engagements by land
and sea, and triumphs. Curio
suddenly forgot his whole cause,
and said that it had happened
through the magic arts and en-
chantments of Titinia. He
ought to remember kindnesses
on whom they have been bestow-
ed : he who has bestowed (ought)
not to recount (them). Casar is
wont to forget nothing but inju-
ries. We prolonged the conver-
sation to a late hour, while the
old man spoke of nothing but of
Africanus, and recounted not
only all his actions, but even his
sayings.
quam sapio. Non omuls pos-
sum sum Scipio aut Fabius, ut
urbs expugnatio, ut pedestris
navalisque pugna, ut triumphus
recorder (pres. subj.). Curio
subito totus causa obliviscor,
isque veneficium et cantio Ti-
tinia factus sum dico. Benefi-
cium memini debeo is, in qui
confero, non commemoro, qui
confero. Caesar nil nisi rnju-
ria obliviscor soleo. Sermo in
multus nox produce, cum se-
nex nihil nisi de Africanus lo-
quor (imperf. subj.), omnisque is
non factum solum sed etiam
dictum memini (subj.).
Remark 1. Memini has a genitive, or an ablative with de, when it
signifies to make mention of; and recordor an accusative. Memini
has seldom an accusative when its object is a person, except in the
sense of remembering as a contemporary.
Remark 2. The phrase mihi in mentem venit is commonly used,
from its resemblance in sense to memini, with a genitive case ; as,
Venit mihi Platonis in mentem. Non dubito, quin in metu, tuorum tibi
scelerum veniat in mentem. (Cic.) A nominative, however, may be
used ; as, Si quid in mentem veniet. Multa mihi in mentem veniunt.
(Cic.)
XX. The genitive is also employed in cases of gen-
eral or indeterminate valuation, &c. Hence results
the following rule :
ives
RULE VII. Verbs of valuing, esteeming, and their pass-
verbs of buying, selling, lending, or hiring (and,
as passives in sense, stare, prostare, " to be exposed for
sale," and venire), take a genitive of the cost or value,
when generally expressed by an adjective. When ex-
pressed by a substantive, the ablative is used. Thus,
106
GENITIVE CASE.
Si prata et hortulos tanti astimamus, guanti est astimanda virtus 1
" If we esteem meads and gardens so much, how much is virtue
to be esteemed V
Nulla pestis huma.no generi pluris stetit quant ira. " No pest has
cost the human race more than anger."
OBS. 1. The genitives referred to by this are the following:
Magni, permagni, pluris, plurimi, maximi, parvi, minoris, minimi,
tanti, guanti, tantidem, guantivis, guantilibet, guanticungue, &c.
OBS. 2. Along with the genitives just mentioned may be classed,
assis, flocci, nauci, pili, pensi ; as, assis facio, fiocci cestimo, &c.
Hujus is used by the comic writers ; as, Hujus non facio. " I
do not care that for it."
OBS. 3. Tanti, when it is not defined by what goes before or what
follows, answers to the English "worth while;" as, Est mihi
tanti. " It is worth my while." Multi and majoris are never
used in this way, but magni and pluris. Nihili is used, or pro ni-
hilo habere, ducere.
1. Alexander prized Hephastion
very highly. Virtue is to be es-
teemed of the highest importance.
Many are wont to esteem their
own (possessions) of little value,
to covet those of others. Riches
are regarded by me of very lit-
tle importance. Those things
please more which are bought at
a dearer rate. To act consider-
ately is of more value than to
think wisely. That which is ne-
cessary is well bought at how
much soever. Nothing shall
cost a father less than his son.
They never consider how dear
(their) pleasures cost them. A
wise man values pleasure at the
lowest rate.
2, The Romans did not allow the
Transalpine nations to plant the
olive and the vine, that the olive-
grounds and vineyards of Italy
Hephaestion Alexander plurimus
facio. Virtus maximus aestimo
(gerundive) sum. Multus suus
(neut.) parvus pendo, alienus
cupio soleo. Divitise a ego mi-
nimus puto. Magis ille juvo,
qui plus emo. Considerate ago
plus sum, quam cogito pruden-
ter. Quantus quantus bene
emo qui necesse sum. Res
nullus minus consto pater (da-
tive) quam films. Non unquam
reputo quantus sui gaudium
consto. Sapiens voluptas mi-
nimus facio.
Romanus Transalpinus gens olea
et vitis sero non sino, quo plus
GENITIVE CASE.
107
might be of more value. Cato
leaving Africa, brought with him
the poet Ennius, which I reckon
as highly as any Sardinian tri
umph whatever. When Theo-
phrastus asked an old woman for
how much she sold something
and she answered him, and add-
ed, " Stranger, I cannot (do it
for less:" he was offended that
he had not escaped the appearanc
of a stranger, though he spent
his life at Athens, and spoke very
well.
3. It has been well said, that the
value of an army depends on that
of the general. Canius, eager
and rich, bought the gardens for
as much as Pythias wished, and
on the following day invites his
friends. It is most disgraceful
to think what seems useful of
more value than what is virtuous.
Now that I know the value of
the farm, I will rather bring for-
ward a bidder, than that it should
be sold for too little. / know
what a storm of popular odium
impends over me, if this man
takes the resolution to go into ex-
ile; but it is worth my while,
provided the calamity be confined
to me. Epicurus reckons pain
of no importance ; for he says
that if he were burned he should
say, " How pleasant this is /"
If any one now pay only the
same house-rent as the augur
JEmilius Lepidus one hundred
and fifty years ago, he is scarce-
ly acknowledged as a, senator.
sum Italia olivetum vineaque.
Ex Africa discedo Cato, En-
nius poeta deduce suicum, qui
non minor sestimo quam quili-
bet Sardiniensis triumphus.
Quum percunctor (subj.) Theo-
phrastus ex anicula quid am
quantus aliquis vendo (subj.),
et respondeo (pluperf. subj.)
ille, atque addo (pluperf. subj.),
" Hospes non possum minor,"
moleste fero (perf. indie, act.),
sui non effugio hospes species,
quum aetas ago (subj.) Athenae
beneque loquor (subj.).
Tantus sum exercitus quantus
imperator vere prodo. Emo
Canius, homo cupidus ac locu-
ples, tantus hortus quantus Py-
thias volo, invitoque postridie
amicus suus. Plus puto qui
utilis videor (subj.) quam qui
honestus, turpis sum. Nunc
quum pretium prsedium nosco,
licitator potius appono, quam
ille minor veneo (pres. subj.).
Video si eo in exilium animus
induco (perf. subj.), quantus
tempestas invidia ego impendeo
(subj.) : sed sum ego tantus dum-
modo iste privatus sum calami-
tas. Epicurus dolor nihilum
facio ; aio enim sui, si uro (pres.
subj.), " Quam suavis hie !" di-
co (fut. infin.). Nunc si quis
tantus habito quantus abhinc
annus (accusative) CL Lepidus
^Emilius augur, vix ut senator
108
GENITIVE CASE*
I don't value at all what thou ,
sayest. / don't care a sing
farthing for thee.
agnosco. Ego, qui tu loquor,
floccus non facio. Non sestimo
tu unus as.
Remark 1. Writers on ellipsis consider these genitives elliptical in
their nature, making the adjective agree with a noun understood
((Kris, or something equivalent), which noun is itself governed, ac-
cording to them, by pretio or some other ablative. Thus, they make
magni (Estimare the same as magni ceris pretio (sstimare, &c. This,
however, is not correct. The true principle is, that whenever the
estimate of value is made in general terms, such as magni, parvi,
pluris, nihili, &c., the genitive is employed. But whenever a definite
idea of value is introduced, the ablative is to be used.
Remark 2. The ablatives magno, permagno, parvo, minima, &c.,
are not unfrequently used with verbs of prizing, buying, selling, &c.,
but then there is always something more or less emphatic intended
to be expressed. (Compare Reisig, Vorlesungen, 361, p. 653.)
XXI. The genitive is also used to indicate the crime
or offence with which any one is charged, or for which
he is condemned, or of which he is acquitted. Hence
we have the following rule :
KULE VIII. Verbs of accusing, condemning, and acquit-
ting, govern the accusative of the person, with the gen-
itive of the crime or offence, and in the passive these
verbs still retain the latter case. Thus,
Accuse te furti. " I accuse thee of theft."
Damno te inertia. " I condemn thee for indolence."
Absolve te peccati. " I acquit thee of fault."
Miltiades proditionis accusatus est. " Miltiades was accused of
treason."
1. Fannius accused Verres of cov-
etousness and audacity. Dost
thou not perceive what kind of
men, (who are now) dead, thou
chargest with a very great crime ?
Thrasybulus proposed a law
that no one should be accused of
things previously done. Some
persons, if they have spoken rath-
Fannius Verres insimulo avaritia
et audacia. Nonne intelligo
qualis vir mortuus scelus sum-
mus arguo 1 ? (subj.) Thrasybu-
lus lex fero, ne quis anteactus
res accuse. Quidam, si in luc-
tus hilariter (comparative) lo-
GENITIVE CASE.
109
er cheerfully in affliction, charg*
themselves with a crime, because
they have intermitted grieving.
We justly condemn soothsayers
either of folly or falsehood. The
judges were so provoked with the
answer of Socrates, that they con-
demned a most excellent man of
impiety.
2. Ccelius, the judge, acquitted of
injury him who had libelled the
poet Lucilius, by name, upon the
stage. Thou hast brought thy-
self to such a situation, that be-
fore thou convictest me of a change
of judgment, thou confessest thy-
self to be convicted, by thy own
judgment, of the greatest negli-
gence. The informer accused of
treason Apuleia Varilia, grand-
daughter of the sister of Augus-
tus. C&sar accused of extortion
Cornelius DolabeUa, a man of
consular dignity, and who had
enjoyed a triumph. These two
things convict most persons of in-
constancy or weakness : if they
despise a friend in prosperity, or
desert (him) in adversity. They
who were accused of theft and
bribery, have not only returned
to the senate, but have been ac-
quitted, by judicial decisions, of
those very crimes.
quor, peccatum sui insimulo,
quod doleo (in/in.) intermitto
(perf. subj.). Recte condemno
haruspex aut stultitia aut vani-
tas. Socrates responsum sic
judex exardeo (perf. indie, act.),
ut impietas bonus vir condem-
no (subj.).
Caelius judex absolve injuria (plu-
ral) is, qui Lucilius poeta in
scena nominatim laedo. In is
locus tu deduco, ut antequam
ego commutatus judicium coar-
guo (perf. subj.), tu summus
negligentia, tuus judicium, con-
victus sum fateor (subj.). Apu-
leia Varilia, soror Augustus
neptis, majestas delator arces-
so. Caesar Cornelius Dolabel-
la, consularis et triumphalis vir,
repetundae postulo. Hie duo
levitas et infirmitas plerique
convinco, aut si in bonus res
contemno amicus, aut in malus
desero. Qui furtum et pecunia
(plur.) captus accuso, is non
modo in senatus redeo, sed eti-
am ille ipse res judicium absol-
ve.
Remark 1. The adjectives reus, compertus, noxius, innoxius, mani-
festus, &c., have the same construction with the verbs enumerated
under the rule. Crimine, nomine, judicio, &c., are frequently insert-
ed, and may always be understood to fill up the ellipsis. The abla-
tive, with the preposition de, is also very frequently used for the gen-
itive ; as, Non committam posthac, ut me accusare de epistolarum negli-
gentia pos sis. (Cic., Ep. ad Att., 1, 6.)
Remark 2. The punishment is usually put in the ablative ; some-
times in the accusative, with ad or in ; sometimes also in the geni-
K
110
GENITIVE CASE.
tive, especially with capitis and voti. Thus, we say capitis or capife
damnari, " to be capitally condemned ;" but capite plecti, puniri. We
also meet with damnari voti, " to be adjudged to the payment of a
vow," and hence, "to be put in possession of the object of the vow."
(Liv., 27, 45 damnare votis. Virg., Eclog., 5, 80.)
XXII. The genitive is also used with esse,facio, and
fieri in the sense of belonging to, being the business, of'
fice, or lot of any one j as,
Est judicis. " It is the business of a judge."
Non est mcarum virium. " It is not an undertaking for my
strength."
Asia Romanorum facta est. " Asia came under the dominion of
the Romans."
Est sui juris. " He is his own master."
XXIII. Instead, however, of the genitives of the per-
sonal pronouns, namely, mei, tui, sui, nostri, and vestri,
the neuters meum, tuum, suum, nostrum, and vestrum,
are used in this sense ; as, Tuum est, M. Cato, videre
quid agatur. " It is thy business, Marcus Cato, to see
what may be doing."
OBS. 1. This rule appears to be based upon an ellipsis of a noun,
some such term as qfficium, munus, negotium, &c., being under-
stood, and in some instances actually expressed. This will
serve to explain also the usage in the case of meum, tuum, su-
um, &c., these possessives agreeing, in fact, with the neuter
noun understood. For it must be remembered that the genitive
of the personal pronoun is in prose objective ; and therefore mu-
nus, or qfficium, mei, would not denote " my business" or " my
duty," which can only be done by the possessive.
OBS. 2. As it is the rule to use the possessive pronouns instead of
the genitive, so in other cases, instead of the genitive of a sub-
stantive, an adjective derived from the noun may be used ; as,
humanum est, imperatorium est, regium est, &c. Thus, Liv., 2,
12, " Romanum est et agere et pati fortia."
1. It belongs to a great citizen, and
almost divine man, to foresee im-
pending dangers in public affairs.
Impendeo in res publicus com
mutatio prospicio, magnus ci-
vis et divinus paene sum vir.
GENITIVE CASE.
Ill
Hamilcar said that it did not
suit with his valour to deliver up
to his adversaries the arms which
he had received for the annoyance
of the enemy. What thou canst
not do, that either promise good-
humouredly, or refuse ingenu-
ously ; one of which is the busi-
ness of an honest man, the other
of a good canvasser. It seems
to belong peculiarly to a wise
man to determine who is a wise
man. The inexpensiveness of
Augustus 1 furniture appears,
even now, in his couches and ta-
bles still existing, most of which
are hardly consistent with private
elegance.
2. Tyre, founded by Agenor, brought
under its dominion not only the
neighbouring sea, but every one
which its fleets visited. It would
be tedious, and not suitable to the
work undertaken (by me), to dis-
cuss what Roman first received
a crown. Anger on account of
another's fault is characteristic
of a narrow mind ; nor will vir-
tue ever be guilty of imitating
faults, while she represses them.
Tiberius wrote back to the pre-
fects, who recommended that the
provinces should be loaded with
tribute, " It is the duty of a good
shepherd to shear his sheep, not
to flay them." All those things
which were the woman's become
the man's under the name of
dowry.
Non suus sum virtus, dico Ha-
milcar, arma, a patria acceptus
adversus hostis, adversarius
trado. Qui facio non possum
(sub}.), is aut jucunde promitto
(subj.) aut ingenue nego (subj.),
qui alter sum bonus vir, alter
bonus petitor. Statuo qui sum
(subj.) sapiens vel maxime vi-
deor sum sapiens. Augustus
supellex parsimonia appareo,
etiam nunc residuus lectus at-
que mensa (ablatives), qui ple-
rique (neut.) vix privatus ele-
gantia sum.
Conditus ab Agenor Tyrus, mare
non vicinus modo, sed quicun-
que classis is adeo, ditio suus fa-
cio. Longus sum, nee institu-
tus opus, dissero, quisnam Ro-
manus primus corona accipio
(perf. subj.). Ira ob alienus
peccatum angustus pectus sum ;
nee unquam committo virtus
ut vitium dum compesco imitor
(pres. subj.). Praeses, oneran-
dus tributum provincia suadeo,
rescribo Tiberius, " Bonus pas-
tor sum tondeo ovis non deglu-
bo." Omnis qui mulier sum
vir fio dos nomen.
XXIV. The impersonal verbs refert and interest are
joined with a genitive of the person whose interest is
112 GENITIVE CASE.
concerned ; as, Refert patns. " It concerns my father."
Interest omnium. " It is the interest of all."
XXV. Instead, however, of the genitive of the per-
sonal pronoun, namely, mei, tui, sui, nostri^ and vestri,
the forms mea, tua^ sua, nostra, and vestra are employed
(whether these latter be accusatives plural neuter, ac-
cording to the general opinion, or ablatives singular
feminine, as some modern scholars have maintained).
Thus, Non mea refert. " It does not concern me."
Interest tua. " It is thy interest."
XXVI. The thing in which any one's interest is in-
volved is not expressed by a substantive, but by an ac-
cusative with an infinitive, or by ut with a subjunctive
and the interrogative particles ; as,
Semper Milo quantum interesset P. Clodii se perire cogitabat.
" Milo always thought how much it would be for the interest of
Publius Clodius that he should perish."
CcBsar dicere solebat, non tarn sua quam reipublicce interesse, uti sal-
vus esset. " Caesar used to say that it did not concern himself
so much as the state that he should be safe."
Quid refert, utrum voluerim fieri, an factum gaudeam ? " What dif-
ference does it make, whether I wish it to be done, or rejoice
that it has been donel"
OBS. 1. For some remarks on the question relative to the case of
mea, tua, sua, &c., consult the author's Latin Prosody, p. 41,
note.
OBS. 2. The degree of importance is expressed by adverbs, or by
the neuters of adjectives, or by their genitives ; as, magis, mag-
nopere, vehementer, parum, minime, tam, tantopere, multum, plus,
plurimum, permultum, infinitum, mirum, immane, quantum, mi-
nus, nihil, aliquid, quiddam, tantum, quantum; tanti, quanti,
magni, permagni, parvi. The verbs are followed by ad, to de-
note the object to be promoted ; as, Refert ad honorem meum.
" It is important for my honour."
i. It is the concern of citizens to
obey the laws. It very much
concerns the state that all should
consult for peace and concord.
Civis refert lex obtempero. Ve-
hementer interest respublica, ut
omnis consulo pax et concordia.
GENITIVE CASE.
113
It much concerns the common
good that youth be well educated
It is of very great importance
to our affairs that thou be at
Rome. It is of great conse-
quence to thy private affairs tha
thou come as soon as possible.
/ desire to make an excursion
into Greece : it is of great im-
portance to Cicero for me to be
present at his studies. When
King Lysimachus threatened the
cross to Theodorus, "It is all
one to Theodorus," replied (the
latter), "whether he rot on the
ground or on high."
2. It is more for the interest of the
republic that a fortress of the Li-
gurians be taken, than that the
cause of Marcus Curius be well
defended. / will show how much
it concerns the common safety
that there be two consuls in the
state. We inform our absent
friends by letters if there be any-
thing which it concerns either us
or themselves to know. This
very much concerns you, judg-
es, that the causes of honest men
should not be estimated by the
enmity or falsehood of witnesses.
It makes a great difference
whom any one hears constantly
at home; hoio fathers, peda-
gogues, and even mothers speak.
Whether a pilot upsets a ship
laden with gold or chaff makes
some little difference in the thing
itself, none in the ignorance of
the pilot. Alexander, having
long struggled in vain with the
knots, said, " It matters nothing
Multum interest utilitas com-
munis, juventus probe instituo.
Permagnus noster interest,
tu sum Roma. Multum inter-
est res familiaris tuus, tu quam
primum venio. Cupio excurro
in Graecia; magnus interest
Cicero ego intervenio discens
(dative singular). Quum Rex
Lysimachus Theodorus crux
minor (subj.), " Theodorus qui-
dem nihil interest, inquam, hu-
musne (genit.) an sublime pu-
tresco" (subj.).
Plus interest respublica castellum
capio Ligus, quam bene defen-
do causa M. Curius. Ostendo
quantum salus communis inter-
sum (subj.), duo consul in res-
publica sum. Epistola certior
facio absens, si quis sum qui
scio aut noster aut ipse inter-
sum (subj.). Vester, judex, hie
maxime interest, non ex simul-
tas aut levitas testis causa ho-
nestus homo pondero. Mag-
nus interest qui quisque audio
(subj.) quotidie domus (genit.),
quemadmodum pater, paedago-
gus, mater etiam loquor (sub}'.).
Aurum (genit.) navis everto
(subj.) gubernator, an palea
(genit.) in res aliquantulum, in
gubernator inscientia nihil in-
terest. Alexander nequaquam
diu luctor cum nodus, " Nihil"
inquam, "interest, quo modo
K2
114
GENITIVE CASE.
how it is untied," and cut the
thongs with his sword.
solvo" (subj.), gladiusque rum-
po lorum.
Remark 1. Refert is very rarely used with the genitive of the per-
son, but very commonly with the adjective pronouns mea, tua, sua,
&c., or else absolutely ; as, quid refert 1 magni refert, &c.
Remark 2. The pronouns mea, tua, &c., may have a genitive in
apposition with them, on the principle explained in a previous part
of this volume (p. 25, 26). Thus, Interest mea oratoris ( Cic.), i. e., Mei
qui sum orator, which construction is also in use. Thus we have
the following in Terence : " Me.a minime id refert, qui sum natu max-
imus."
Remark 3. Instar (properly denoting a model or image), causa, gra-
tia, ergo (epyw), are sometimes reckoned as adverbs governing a gen-
itive, but in reality take this case as substantives. Instar is used in
the best writers only of equality in magnitude, real or figurative, and
only when a nominative or accusative is to be explained. Causa
and gratia mean " for the sake of;" ergo, " on account of;" the last
three are placed after the genitive. Cicero uses ergo only in legal
phrases. Thus, Plato est mihi instar omnium. " Plato alone, in my
opinion, is equal to them all." Navis erat urbis instar. " The ship
was like a city." Honoris causa cum nominavi. "I have named
him for compliment' sake." Virtutis ergo corona aurea donetur.
" Let a golden crown be bestowed (on him) on account of his merit."
1. Certain animals were worship-
ped by the Egyptians after the
manner of gods. Certain dogs
are procured for the sake of hunt-
ing. Those were called Sophists
who philosophized for the sake of
ostentation or gain. It is not
lawful to injure another for the
sake of one's own advantage.
God made animals for the sake
of men ; as the horse, for the sake
of carrying ; the ox (far the sake)
of ploughing ; the dog (for the
sake) of hunting and guarding.
Animals were created, not on
their own, but on our account.
2. Demosthenes was gifted with a
golden crown, on account of his
merit and good-will towards the
Athenian people. " The citi-
zens are not here on my account,"
tays the good prince, " but I (am
Ab JSgyptius quid am animal deus
instar colo (impcrf.). Quidam
canis venor (gerund) gratia
comparo. Sophista appello is,
qui ostentatio aut quaestus cau-
sa philosopher (imperf.). Non
licet suus commodum causa
noceo alter. Deus animans
homo causa facio; ut equus
veho (gerund) causa ; aro bos ;
venor et custodio canis. Ani-
mal non suus, sed noster causa
facio.
Demosthenes corona aureus dono
virtus ergo benevolentiaque er-
ga populus Atheniensis. " Non
meus causa," inquam bonus
princeps, "adsum civis, sed ego
ABLATIVE CASE.
115
here) for the sake of the citizens."
Do the same things for the
sake of friends which thou art
accustomed to do for thine own
sake. That one day on which
he returned to his native land,
was unto Cicero an image of im-
mortality. Pausanias, after the
Plataan victory, consecrated at
Delphi a golden tripod out of the
spoils, with the inscription writ-
ten (thereon): "Pausanias de-
stroyed the barbarians at Plat&a,
and bestowed a gift on Apollo on
account of that victory."
civis causa." Facio idem ami-
cus causa, qui tuus causa facio
soleo. Unus ille dies Cicero
immortalitas instar sum, qui
(ablat.) in patria redeo. Pausa-
nias, post victoria Plataeensis,
ex praeda tripus aureus, Delphi
(ablat.) pono, epigramma scrip-
tus ; " Pausanias, barbarus apud
Plataeae deleo isque victoria er-
go Apollo donum do."
CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE.
Seepage 148.
IV. ABLATIVE CASE.
I. The ablative, unaccompanied by a preposition, is
used with active transitive and deponent verbs, to de-
note the instrument or means by which the subject of
the verb operates ; as,
Occidit hominem gladio. " He killed a man with a sword."
Vicit fraude. " He conquered through treachery."
Quisque suo metu pericula metitur. " Each one estimates dangers
by his own fear."
The sun illumines all things with
his light. The wolf attacks with
his fang, the bull with his horns.
The wise man is accustomed
to estimate the use of money, not
by its magnitude, but by its ra-
tional employment. The Roman
king, the enemy being conquered,
tore in pieces, by means of swift
horses, Mettius Fufetius, the
Sol lux suus omnis collustro.
Dens lupus, cornu taurus, peto.
Sapiens soleo usus pecunia
non magnitude sed ratio metior.
Hostis victus (ablat. absol),
rex Romanus, ruptor fcedus,
Mettius Fuffetius pernix equus
116
ABLATIVE CASE.
breaker of the treaty. It is to be
feared lest they expiate the impi-
ety which they have committed,
not only with their own blood, but
even by public calamity. The
lighthouse guides the course of
ships by nightly fires from its
tower. Timanthes, wishing to
express the size of the sleeping
Cyclops, painted satyrs near
(him), measuring his thumb with
a thyrsus. The greatest things
fall to decay through disunion.
distraho. Timendus sum ne,
qui piaculum committo, non su-
us solum sanguis, sed etiam
publicus clades luo. Pharos
e turris nocturmis ignis cursus
navis rego. Timanthes, quum
Cyclops dormio magnitude ex-
primo cupio (subj.) pingo juxta
satyrus, thyrsus pollex is meti-
or. Discordia res magnus di-
labor.
II. In the passive voice, the subject of the active
verb, if a living being, must be put in the ablative with
a or ab, as the source of the action, the instrument re-
gaining in the ablative without a preposition ; as,
Dente a lupo, cornibus a tauro petimur. " We are assailed by the
wolf with its fang, by the bull with its horns."
III. Nouns which do not denote living beings are used
without a or ab in the passive j as,
Cometce radiis solis obscurantur. " Comets are dimmed by the rays
of the sun."
Boni nullo emolumento ad fraudem impelluntur. " The good are
impelled to dishonesty by no prospect of advantage."
IV. If, however, considered, by personification, as
the active cause, such nouns take a or ab ; as,
Hie error a philosophia pellitur. " This error is dispelled by phi-
losophy."
V. The construction of neuter and neuter-passive
verbs is the same as that of passives. Thus,
Concordia res parvce, crescunt. " Small things increase through
union."
Testis interrogate est an a reo vapulasset. "The witness was
asked whether he had been beaten by the accused."
ABLATIVE CASE.
117
1. The Roman people was register
cd by Servius Tullius, arrange
into classes, and distributed in
wards and colleges, and the wholt
state was ordered by the very
great diligence of the king. Au-
gustus removed Pylades from the
city, and from Italy, because he
had pointed out with his finger
and made conspicuous a specta-
tor by whom he was hissed.
Alexander was carried off by dis-
ease at Babylon; Philip was
killed near the theatre by Pausa-
nias, when he was going to see
the games. The King of the
Parthians, terrified by the re-
nown of Nero, sent his children
as hostages to C&sar.
2. No tree can be planted of such
long duration by the culture of a
husbandman as by the verse of a
poet. A public slave was sent
with a sword to kill Marius, who
had been taken by that command-
er in the Cimbrian war. Keep
wine from warm dispositions,
lest, as Plato says, fire be exci-
ted by fire. Athenagoras was \
beaten with rods, who had dared \
to export corn in a famine.
The expectation of a gladiatorial
shoio had increased by means of
rumour, and by the talk of the j
competitors. Fabricius, being
asked why he voted for Rufinus
as consul, a bad man, but an
able general, when war was im-
pending, replied, " That he had
rather be plundered by a felloic-
citizen than be sold by an ene-
my."
Populus Romanus a Servius Tul-
lius refero in census (accus.),
digero in classis, curia atque
collegium distribuo, summus-
que rex diligentia ordino res-
publica. Augustus Pylades
urbs atque Italia submoveo,
quod spectator, a qui exsibilo,
demonstro digitus, conspicuus-
que facio. Alexander Babylon
(abl.) morbus consume : Philip-
pus a Pausanias, quum specto
(supine) eo (subj.) ludus, juxta
theatrum occido. Rex Par-
thus, Nero fama terreo, liberi
suus ad Caesar mitto obses.
Nullus agricola cultus stirps tarn
diuturnus, quam poeta versus
semino possum. Ad interficio
(gerund) Marius gladius mitto
servus publicus, qui ab is impe-
rator bellum Cimbricus capio.
Caleus ingenium subtraho
(subj.) vinum, ne ignis, ut aio
Plato, ignis incito. Caedo vir-
ga Athenagoras, qui in famis
frumentum exporto audeo.
Expectatio munus et rumor et
sermo competitor cresco. In-
terrogo Fabricius, cur Rufinus,
mains civis sed utilis dux, im-
minens bellum (ablative absol.),
consul suffragium suus facio
(subj.), " A civis sui spolio ma-
lo" ( prcs. infin. ), respondco,
" quam ab hostis veneo."
118
ABLATIVE CASE.
Remark I. The English term by is expressed in Latin by the prep-
osition per, when subordinate agency is denoted, or, in other words,
when the reference is to the medium of some action, which action
emanates from some superior, or has its source in a remoter cause.
Thus, Litteras per servum misit. " He sent a letter by a slave."
Passively, Littera ab eo per servum misses sunt.
Remark 2. As, however, the agent may be considered as the me-
dium, as well as the source, of his own action, per is sometimes
used where a or ab might have been employed ; as, Non putaram
Metellum fratrem per te oppugnatum iri ; to which Cicero replies,
Metellum a me oppugnari. (Sanct. Minerv., 3, 4, p. 549, ed. Bauer.)
Remark 3. The instrument is sometimes described by per ; rather,
however, where the manner, or the concurring circumstances, are to
be expressed, than the direct means of bringing about the effect.
Thus, Vi oppidum cepit, " he took the town by force ;" but Per
vim ei bona eripuit, " he violently deprived him of his effects."
II. Adjectives which express a passive state take an
ablative, without a preposition, of the cause and instru-
ment by which it has been produced.
A saying of Casals is preserved,
to the pilot, alarmed by the great-
ness of the danger, " What dost
thou fear 1 Thou hast Casar
on board /" The Macedonian
army was ready to halt and to
follow ; not overloaded with bag-
gage ; attentive not only to the
signal, but even to the nod of the
general. Alexander came next
to Sidon, a town famous for its
antiquity, and the renown of its
founders. Men suffering by a
severe disease, when they are
made restless by heat and fever,
seem at first to be relieved by
drinking cold water. Every one
ought to be content with that time
which is given him to live. Ep-
icurus affirms that the gods are
furnished with human limbs.
Exsto ad trepidus tantus discri-
men gubernator vox Caesar,
" Quis timeo 1 Caesar veho !"
Agmen Macedo et sto para-
tus et sequor, non sarcina prae-
gravis, intentus ad dux non
signum modo sed etiam nutus.
Inde Sidon (accus.) Alexan-
der venio, urbs vetustas fama-
que conditor inclytus. Homo
seger morbus gravis, quum aes-
tus febrisque jacto, si aqua ge-
lidus bibo (perf. subj.), primo
relevo video. Qui quisque tern-
pus ad vivo (gerund) do, is con-
tentus sum debeo. Epicurus
confirmo Deus membrum hu-
manus sum praeditus.
III. The ablative (if consisting of a substantive and
ABLATIVE CASE.
119
adjective) is joined with verbs and adjectives to express
the manner in which an effect is produced ; as, Epami-.
nondas a judicio capitis maxima discessit gloria. " Epam-
inondas came forth from a capital trial with very great
glory."
Marcius (being) dead, Lucius Tar-
quinius was created king with
all the votes of the people. A
camp-servant was once found
near the bedchamber of Augus-
tus, girt with a hunting-knife.
Betis, looking at Alexander
with not only an undaunted, but
even contumacious countenance,
uttered no word in answer to his
threats. Dionysius sent a ship
adorned with garlands to meet
Plato ; and himself, in a chariot
of four white horses, received
him on the shore when he land-
ed. The fountain of the River
Marsyas, running from the sum-
mit of the mountain, falls on a
rock below with a great noise of
(its) waters, and, diffusing itself
thence, irrigates the surrounding
plains. The wife of a barbarian
king, by a memorable example,
escaped from custody, and car-
ried back to her husband the
head of the centurion torn off.
IV. In this same relation, however, the preposition
cum is frequently joined with the ablative.
Mortuus Marcius (ablative absol.)
cunctus populus suffragium rex
creo L. Tarquinius. Lixa
quondam juxta cubiculum Au-
gustus deprehendo, culter ve-
nator ciiago. Betis non inter-
ritus modo, sed contumax quo-
que vultus, intueor Alexander,
nullus ad minae is reddo vox.
Plato Dionysius vittatus navis
mitto obviam, ipse quadriga al-
bus egredior in littus excipio.
Fons Marsyas flumen, ex
summus mons cacumen excur-
ro, in subjectus rupes magnus
strepitus aqua cado ; inde dif-
fundo (perf. part, pass.) cir-
cumjectus rigo campus. Rex
barbarus uxor, memorabilis ex-
emplum, custodia evado, re-
vulsusque centurio caput ad
maritus suus refero.
The Roman commander walked in
the gymnasium, in a cloak and
slippers, and gave his attention
to the palastra. The adiles di-
vided, to the people, with the
Cum pallium crepidaque inambu-
lo Romanus imperator in gym-
nasium, palaestraque opera do.
Frumentum vis ingens, qui
ex Africa P. Scipio mitto, aedi-
120
ABLATIVE CASE.
greatest fidelity and popularity,
a large quantity of corn, which
Publius Scipio had sent from
Africa. The Romans borrowed
their armour and weapons of
war from the Samnites ; most
of the insignia of their magis-
trates from the Tuscans; and
followed up, with the greatest
zeal, at home, what appeared
useful among allies or enemies.
lis, cum summus fides et gratia
divide. Arma atque telum
militaris Romanus ab Samnis,
insigne magistratus a Tuscua
plerique sumo ; quique apud so
cius aut hostis idoneus videor,
cum summus studium, domus
(genitive) exsequor.
V. When substantives alone, without adjective or
pronoun, are used to denote the manner, the preposi-
tion cum is generally used.
Is ocrates, when he perceived that
orators were heard with severe
judgment, but poets with pleas-
ure, is said to have cultivated a
rhythm, which we might use even
in prose. The Romans sent am-
bassadors to the consuls, to an-
nounce to them that they should
collect with care the relics of the
two armies. We are so formed
by nature, that those things which
we have written with labour we
think are also heard with la-
bour. Thy letters are written
with fidelity and diligence.
Who would say that it is better
to do anything basely with pleas-
ure, than honestly with pain 1
Nothing can be well done with
anger. Those things that are
done with excitement, can neither
be done well, nor approved of by
those that are present.
Isocrates, quum video (subj.) ora-
tor cum severitas audio, poeta
autem cum voluptas, numerus
(plur.) dico sequor, qui (ablat.)
etiam in oratio utor. Roma-
nus legatus ad consul mitto,
qui nuntio (imperf. subj.), ut re-
liquiae duo exercitus cum cura
colligo. Ita natura comparo
(perf. pass, taken impersonally),
ut is qui scribo cum labor, cum
labor etiam audio puto (subj.).
Tuus litterae cum fides dili-
gentiaque scribo. Quis dico
bene sum turpiter aliquis facio
cum voluptas, quam honeste
cum dolor. Cum ira nihil rec-
te no possum. Qui cum per-
turbatio fio, is neque recte fio
possum, nee ab hie qui adsum
approbo.
Remark 1. Mere accompaniment and combination require, as a
general rule, the preposition cum ; yet Caesar and Livy frequently
ABLATIVE CASE. 121
omit cum in some military expressions, or use the ablative alone,
even where cum denotes, not the manner, but combination ; Dictator
ingenti exercitu ab urbeprofectus (Liv., 7, 9) ; and again, Exercitu haud
minore, quam quod prius habucrat, ire ad hostcs per git (Id., 30, 11).
Remark 2. Navibus (or nave) and pedibus are used without a prep-
osition in the sense of " by sea," " by land." Thus, Massilienses
erant hi, navibus a Phoc&a profecti (Liv.) ; and again, Iter Hispaniense
pedibus fere confici solet (Cic.). Many other ablatives, denoting the
manner, are also used without cum ; as, via et rations disputare ; ra-
tione et ordine; pralio victi; consules vitio creaii. The instrument
and the manner are in many cases so closely allied, that the same
construction is extended to both.
VI. The ablative is added to both substantives and
adjectives, and also to verbs and participles, to express
a circumstance by which they are more exactly fixed
and defined, where in English the words in, as to, &c.,
would be used. Thus,
Agesilaus claudus erat altero pede. " Agesilaus was lame in one
of his feet."
Crine ruber, niger ore, brevis pede, lumine ICESUS. " He was red as
to his hair, dark of complexion, short of a foot, blind of an eye."
Sunt quidam homines non re sed nomine. " There are certain per-
sons men not in reality, but hi name."
OBS. 1. Hence the use of many limiting and defining words in the
ablative case ; as, natione Syrus, mea sententia, mea opinione,
meo judicio, magna parte, &c.
OBS. 2. With laborare, " to suffer pain," ex is joined, to denote the
part affected ; as, laborare ex pedibus, ex manibus, &c.
OBS. 3. It has already been remarked (page 70) that the Latin po-
ets put these limiting expressions in the accusative, especially
when they refer to a part ; following the idiom of the Greek, in
which the ablative case does not exist. In this they are imita-
ted by Tacitus ; as, " Femina Germanorum, nudes brachia et la-
certos ;" clari genus for gensre clari, &c.
VII. Grandis, grarfdior ; magnus, major, maximus ;
minor, minimus, are joined with the ablative natu, to
denote age ; as, Grandis natu. " Advanced in years."
Grandior (or major) natu. " Older," &c.
L,
122
ABLATIVE CASE.
1. Caius Gracchus was grand in
diction, wise in sentiment, digni-
fied in his whole style. The wild
bees are rough in their appear-
ance, much more passionate, but
( excellent in labour. Pamphilus
was a Macedonian by nation, and
was the first painter who was
skilled in all scientific attain-
ments, especially arithmetic and
geometry, without which he said
that the art could not be perfect-
ed. When Augustus was sup-
ping with One of his veterans at
Bononia, he asked him whether
it were true that the man who had
first violated the statue of Ana'i-
tis had died blind and paralytic.
He answered, that Augustus was
supping at that very moment off
a leg of the statue.
2. The Roman state passed its in-
fancy under seven kings, as va-
rious in their disposition as the
well-being of the state demanded.
The lieutenant of Metellus was
Caius Marius, born of equestri-
an rank, pure in his life, excel-
lent in war, most pernicious in
peace. The Lacedemonian Ag-
esilaus was king in name, not in
power, like the rest of the Spar-
tans. Socrates, according to the
testimony of all learned men, and
the judgment of all Greece, was
the prince of philosophers. We
ought not to judge of benevolence
according to the manner of young
men, by a certain fervour of love,
but rather by steadiness and con-
stancy. We dissent widely from
those who, like brute animals, re-
C. Gracchus grandis sum verbuin,
sapiens sententia, genus totus
gravis. Apis sylvestris horri-
dus sum aspectus, multo ira-
cundus, sed labor praestans.
Pamphilus erat Macedo natio,
et primus in pictura omnis lit-
terae eruditus, praecipue arith-
metice et geometrice, sine qui
nego ars perficio possum. Au-
gustus, quurn apud unus vete-
ranus Bononia (genit.) coeno
(subj.), interrogo is, sumne ve-
rus, is qui primus Ana'itis sta-
tua violo (subj.), oculus mem-
brumque captus exspiro 1 Re-
spondeo, turn maxime Augus-
tus de crus is coeno.
Infantia suus sub rex septem ha-
beo res Romanus, tarn varius
ingenium ut respublica utili-
tas postulo. Metellus legatus
sum C. Marius, natus equestris
locus (ablative), vita sanctus,
bellum bonus, pax malus.
Lacedaemonius Agesilaus no-
men, non potestas, sum rex,
sicuti caeteri Spartanus. Soc-
rates, omnis eruditus testimo-
nium, totusque judicium Grae-
cia, philosophus omnis sum
princeps. Benevolentia non
adolescens mos, ardor quidam
amor, sed stabilitas potius et
constantia judico debeo. Ab is
qui pecus ritus ad voluptas on>
ABLATIVE CASE.
123
fer everything to pleasure. No-
thing- is more scandalous than a
man advanced in age, who has
no other argument by which to
prove that he has lived long than
his age. Ennius was older than
Plautus and Nonius.
iris refero, longe dissentio.
Nihil turpis sum quam grandis
natu senex, qui nullus alius ha-
beo argumentum qui sui probo
diu vivo, praeter aetas. Ennius
sum magnus natu quam Plau-
tus et Naevius.
Remark. Magno natu and maxima natu are also found. (Liv., 3,
71. Corn. Nep., Vit. Timoth., 3. Id., Vit. Dat., 7.) The ambiguity,
however, of the phrase maximo natu, which, according to the analo-
gy ofmagno natu, should signify " very old," but is meant for " eld-
est," makes it not deserving of imitation.
VIIL The ablative is used with verbs, participles,
and adjectives which denote plenty or want, filling or
emptying, enriching or impoverishing, and others of sim-
ilar meaning. Thus,
Germania fiuminibus abundat. " Germany abounds in rivers."
Miserum est carer e consuetudine amicorum. " It is a sad thing to
want the converse of friends."
Insula Delos erat referta divitiis. " The island Delos was crowded
with riches."
OBS. 1. Verbs of filling, enriching, depriving, &c., take also an ac-
cusative of the object, according to the general principle already
laid down with regard to the accusative combined with the da-
tive. (Consult page 72, II.)
OBS. 2. Many of the cases classed under this rule might with
equal propriety have been referred to 1, as ablatives of the in-
strument. Indeed, it is on the principle of the ablative's deno-
ting the instrument, manner, &c., that the whole rule is based.
, The kingdoms of Asia have al-
ways abounded with gold. Bias,
being asked what thing in life
wanted fear, replied, " A good
conscience." Almost all Spain
abounds in mines of lead, iron,
copper, silver, and gold. No
man was ever so powerful as to
Abundo semper aurum regnum
Asia. Bias, interrogo, quis-
nam res in vita metus careo
(subj.), "Bonus conscientia"
respondeo. Metallum plum-
bum, ferrum, ass, argentum, et
aurum, totus ferme Hispania
scateo. Nemo unquam tarn
potens sum ut nullus auxilium
124
ABLATIVE CASE.
need, the aid of no one. To be
free from fault is a great conso-
lation. Money does not satiate,
hut (only) provokes, avarice: man
always wants money.
2. God has filed the world with all
good things. Old age is not
wanting in pleasures. Democ-
ritus is said to have deprived
himself of his eyes. Nothing is
more exalted for a man than to
free his country from dangers.
Pericles bloomed with every
kind of merit. Romulus chose
a place for his city both abound-
ing in springs and healthy, in a
pestilential district. He placed
it on the bank of a river dischar-
ging itself into the sea, that it
might receive (that) from the
sea which it needed, and give
(that) of which it had a super-
fluity.
3. Mute animals are destitute of
the affections of men, but they
have certain impulses resembling
them. What will that man who
fears only a witness and a judge
do when he has got in his power,
in a desert place, (one) whom he
can strip of a large sum of gold 1
Apelles painted a picture of
King Antigonus, wanting one
eye, and made it oblique, that the
deficiency of the body might seem
rather a deficiency in the picture.
The people of Minturna put
Marius on shipboard, furnished
with travelling expenses and gar-
ments raised by contribution.
4. Pleminius put the tribunes
to death, and, not glutted with
egeo (imperf. subj.). Vaco cul-
pa magnus sum solatium. Pe-
cunia non satio avaritia, sed ir-
rito ; homo semper indigeo pe-
cunia.
Deus bonus omnis expleo mun-
dus. Senectus non careo vo-
luptas. Democritus dico ocu-
lus sui privo. Nihil sum praes-
tabilis vir, quam periculum pa-
tria libero. Pericles floreo om-
nis genus virtus. Romulus lo-
cus urbs suus deligo, et fons
abundans, et in regio pestilens
salubris. Pono is amnis in mare
influens in ripa, quo possum et
accipio ex mare qui egeo (subj.),
et reddo qui redundo (subj.).
Mutus animal humanus afFectus
careo, habeo autem similis ille
quidam impulsus. Quis facio
is homo, qui nihil timeo nisi
testis et judex, in desertus lo-
cus, nanciscor (perf. part.) qui
multus aurum spolio possum]
(subj.) Pingo Apelles Antigo-
nus rex imago alter oculus or-
bus, obliquusque facio, ut qui
corpus desum pictura potius de-
sum videor. Minturnensis Ma-
rius, instructus viaticum, con-
latusque vestis, in navis impo-
no.
Pleminius tribunus interficio, nee
satiatus vivus poena insepultus
ABLATIVE CASE.
125
their punishment while living,
cast them forth unburied. No
part of life can be exempt from
duty. The mind can never be
free from activity and movement.
Cato, exempt from all human
faults, always had fortune in his
own power. Souls are free from
death, and verses are free from
death.
projicio. Nullus vita pars vaco
officium possum. Nunquam
animus cogitatio et motus careo
possum. Omnis humanus vi-
tiuin immunis Cato, semper for-
tuna in suus potestas habeo.
Mors careo anima, et carmen
mors careo.
Remark. A genitive is sometimes used with egeo, and frequently
with indigeo ; and, after the analogy of plenus, not only poets, but
also Livy, joins implere with the same case ; as, Hastes fuga et for-
midinis implere. Adolescentem sua temeritatis implet.
IX. The ablative being the case of the instrument
or means, is employed to denote the price or cost of a
thing, when that price or cost is a definite sum. Hence
results the following rule :
EULE. With verbs of buying, selling, of estimation, and
of value, the price or cost is put in the ablative, when
expressed by a definite sum ; as,
Darius mille talentis percussorem Alexandri emere voluit. " Darius
was willing to purchase a slayer of Alexander with a thousand
talents."
Denis in diem assibus anima et corpus militum (Rstimantur. " The
life and body of the soldiers are estimated at ten ases a day."
Multo sanguine ea victoria Poenis stetit. "That victory cost the
Carthaginians much blood."
OBS. 1. If the price or value be expressed indefinitely, the genitive
is employed. (Consult page 105.)
OBS. 2. When pretium, or some equivalent term, either with or
without an adjective, is expressed, this is considered sufficiently
definite to require the ablative.
1. Serus, during a dearth of corn,
Serus, in annona caritas, as mo-
gave the people a, modius for an
as. Chrysogonus bought a ves-
L 2
dius populus do. Chrysogo-
126
ABLATIVE CASE,
sel of Corinthian brass for so
great a price, that those who
heard the price reckoned thought
a farm was selling. / know
that a white nightingale (which
is a thing almost unheard of)
was sold for six thousand ses-
terces. I will not buy hope with
a price. Virtue is valued at a
great price everywhere. Very
many a post of honour is sold for
gold.
2. Nothing costs more dearly than
what is bought with prayers.
Despise pleasures : pleasure in-
jures when purchased with pain.
Plato says excellently, that
those things are too much which
men buy with life. Eriphyle sold
the life of her husband for gold.
Lycurgus ordered all things
to be purchased, not with gold,
but by an exchange of commod-
ities. A victory costs in general
much blood.
3. On the part of Alexander, five
hundred and four were wound-
ed ; only thirty-two of the infan-
try were missing; one hundred
and fifty of the cavalry were kill-
ed: so little loss did so great a
victory cost. They valued the
Tusculan villa at five hundred
thousand sesterces, the Formian
(estate) at two hundred and fifty
thousand. Isocrates sold a sin-
gle oration for twenty talents.
So great was the terror of the
Gallic name, that many kings,
of their own accord, purchased
peace for a vast sum of money.
mis vas aliquis Corinthius tan-
tus pretium mercor, ut qui pre-
tium enumero (infin.) audio,
fundus veneo arbitror (subj.).
Scio sestertium sex, luscinia
Candidas (qui sum prope inusi-
tatus), veneo. Spes pretium
non emo. Magnus ubique pre-
tium virtus aestimo. Multus
aurum veneo hbnos.
Nullus res care consto quam qui
preces emo. Sperno voluptas .
noceo emo dolor voluptas.
Egregie Plato dico, nimius sum
qui homo emo vita. Eriphyle
aurum vir vita vendo. Lycur-
gus emo omnis non pecunia,
sed compensatio merx jubeo.
Multus plerumque sanguis con-
sto victoria.
Ex pars Alexander quatuor et
quingenti saucius sum ; triginta
omnino et duo ex pedes desi-
dero ; eques centum quinqua-
ginta interficio ; tantulus im-
pendium ingens victoria sto.
Tusculanus villa quingenti mille
(sestertius) ; Formianus (fun-
dus) sestertius ducenti quinqua-
ginta mille, aestimo. Viginti
talentum unus oratio Isocrates
vendo. Tantus terror Gallicus
nomen sum, ut multus rex ul-
tro pax ingens pecunia mercor
(subj.).
ABLATIVE CASE.
127
X. Opus estj " there is need," is either used imper-
sonally, in which case it has, like the verbs of wanting,
an ablative ; as, Multis mihi libris opus est^ " I have need
of many books j" or else it is used personally, in which
case the thing wanted is in the nominative ; as, Multi
mihi libri opus sunt. " Many books are wanted by
me." This latter construction is most common with
the neuters of pronouns and adjectives.
OBS. The use of the genitive with opus is rare, and not to be rec-
ommended for imitation. (Plane., ap. Cic., Ep. ad Fam., 10, 8.
Liv., 22, 51. Id., 23, 21.) The choice between the nomina-
tive and ablative must be determined by regard to perspicuity.
1. Man has need of food. There
is need of magistrates, without
whose prudence and diligence the
state cannot exist. Hmo much
silver is needed by theel Ver-
res said that many things were
needed by himself, many by his
hounds. Let him grant pardon
easily who has need of pardon.
There is no need of an angry
chastiser for the restraining of
those that err and of the bad.
2. Where testimonies of facts are
at hand, what need is there of
words 1 The body needs much
food, much drink, much oil, last-
ly, long labour ; virtue will be
thy portion, without preparation,
without expense. Wliat dost
thou need in order to be good ?
To will. Atticus gave all things
from his own property which his
friends needed. The Athenians
sent Philippides, the courier, to
Lacedamon, to announce of what
speedy aid there was need.
Homo cibus opus sum. Magis-
tratus opus sum, sine qui pru-
dentia ac diligentia sum civitas
non possum. Quantus argen-
tum opus sum tul Verres mul-
tus sui opus sum aio, multus
canis suus. Do ille venia fa-
cile, qui venia sum opus. Ad
correctio errans sceleratusque
iratus castigator non sum opus.
Ubi res testimonium adsum, quis
opus sum verbum 1 Corpus,
multus cibus, multus potio opus
sum, multus oleum, longus de-
nique opera ; contingo tu virtus
sine apparatus, sine impensa.
Quis tu opus sum ut sum bo-
nus 1 Volo. Qui amicus suus
opus sum Atticus omnis ex su-
us res familiaris do. Atheni-
ensis Philippides, cursor, Lace-
deemon (accus.) mitto, ut nun-
cio, quam celer opus sum (subj.)
128 ABLATIVE CASE.
Whatsoever things I shall per-
ceive are needed, these I will af-
ford to thee.
auxilium. Quicunque res opus
sum intelligo, hie tu praesto.
Remark 1. When the thing wanted cannot be expressed by a sub-
stantive, either the accusative with the infinitive is used, or the ac-
cusative only, the subject being left to be supplied from the context ;
as, Si quid erit, quod te scire opus sit, scribam ; or, Quid opus est tarn
valde affirmare ? Supply te.
Remark 2. Otherwise, the ablative of the perfect passive is used,
with or without a noun ; as, Tacito quum opus est, clamas. Scd opus
fuit Hirtio convento. (Cic.} With this ablative the relative is join-
ed in the nominative or accusative ; as, Imperat quod apud quemque
facto opus est. (Liv., 10, 35.) Quod par ato opus est par a. ( Ter., And.,
3, 2, 42.) The ablative of the supine in u is less common ; as, Ita
dictu opus est, si me vis salvum esse et filium.
Remark 3. Usus est, " there is need," is used impersonally ; but
it generally occurs, in the best prose writers, without any case de-
pending upon it ; as, De cateris studiis alio loco dicemus, si usus fue-
rit. (Cic.) Livy uses it with the dative or ablative of the relative
pronoun ; as, Naves quibus consult usus non esset. (Liv., 30, 41.)
Quintilian with a genitive; as, Procemii non semper usus est
(Quint., 4, 1, 72) ; and so also Livy, Si quo opera eorum usus esset.
(Liv., 26, 9.) The comic writers use it with all the constructions of
opus.
XI. The following nine Deponent Verbs take an abla-
tive, namely, fungor, fruor, utor, potior, dignor, Icetor,
glorior, nitor ; with their compounds, abutor, perfruor,
defungor, perfungor. Thus,
Hannibal, quum victoria posset uti, frui maluit. " Hannibal, when
he might have made use of victory, preferred to enjoy it."
Qui adipisci veram gloriam volet, justitia fungatur ojftciis. " Let
him, who shall wish to attain to true glory, discharge the re-
quirements of justice."
Haud equidem tali me dignor honore. " I do not, I confess, deem
myself worthy of such an honour."
1. All are rich, say the Stoics, who
are able to enjoy heaven and earth.
We cannot use the mind right-
ly when filled with much food and
drink. It is the business of the
mind to exercise reason. Many
Omnis sum dives, dico Stoicus,
qui ccelum et terra fruor pos
sum. Mens recte utor non pos-
sum, multus cibus et potio com-
pletus. Munus animus sum ra-
tio utor. Multus abutor et oti-
ABLATIVE CASE.
129
abuse both leisure and letters.
Augustus soon made himself
master of Alexandrea, whither
Antony had fled with Cleopatra.
The Numidians lived for the
most part on milk and the flesh
of wild animals.
2. The safety of men depends not
only on truth, but also on gen-
eral opinion. Most persons use
too much indulgence towards
their children. The young man
delights in horses and dogs.
It is a savage cruelty to delight
in blood and wounds. Jason
made himself master of the gold-
en fleece. It becomes thee to re-
ly on merit rather than on blood.
3. Hannibal, having possessed him-
self of the ring of Marcellus
along with his body, sent letters
to Salapia drawn up in his name.
There is a certain race of men,
which is called Helots, of whom
a great multitude tills the fields
of the Lacedcemonians , and dis-
charges the duty of slaves. Na-
ture impels (us) to favour those
who are entering upon the same
dangers which we have gone
through. Nature gave either
strength orfleetncss to those an-
imals whose food it was to live
on other animals. We see that
the blessings which we possess,
the light which we enjoy, and the
breath which we draw, are given
and imparted to us by God.
urn et litterae. Augustus Alex-
andrea quo Antonius cum Cleo-
patra confugio, brevis (tempus)
(ablat.) potior. Numida ple-
rumque lac et ferinus caro ves-
Salus homo non veritas solum
sed etiam fama nitor. Ple-
rique nimius indulgentia in li-
beri suus utor. Juvenis gau-
deo equus canisque. Ferinus
rabies sum sanguis gaudeo et
vulnus. Jason aureus vellus
potior. Tu virtus decet po-
tius quam sanguis nitor.
Annulus Marcellus simul cum
corpus Hannibal potior Salapia
litterae mitto is nomen com-
positus. Sum genus quidam
homo, qui Helos voco, qui in-
gens multitudo ager Lacedse-
monius colo, servusque munus
fungor. Natura fero, ut is fa-
veo, qui idem periculum qui
ego perfungor ingredior. Qui
bestia is sum cibus ut alius ge-
nus bestia vescor, aut vis na-
tura do, aut celeritas. Com-
modum qui utor, luxque qui fru-
or, spiritusque qui duco, a De-
us ego do atque impertio video.
Remark 1. Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, and vescor, are occasionally
found in prose writers with an accusative. This is the reason of the
construction with the participle in dus passive ; as, utendum est tern-
130
ABLATIVE CASE.
pus, where otherwise the gerund only would be allowed. (Consult
remarks on the Syntax of the Gerund, 2.)
Remark 2. Dignor, as a passive, " I am thought worthy," takes
also an ablative ; as, Honore dignantur. " They are deemed worthy
of honour."
Remark 3. Potior governs, in good writers, a genitive also, espe-
cially in the phrase rerum potiri, " to obtain supreme dominion."
Cicero, when he employs this verb to express the acquisition of sov-
ereignty or political power, uniformly joins it with a genitive ; as,
potiri regni, potiri civitatis, &c. ( Crombie, Gymnasium, vol. 2, p.
226.)
Remark 4. Glorior is also joined with the preposition de, when it
signifies "to boast," and with in when it signifies "to place one's
glory in anything." Thus, Propter virtutem recte laudamur, et in vir-
tute jure gloriamur. " We are deservedly praised on account of vir-
tue, and we justly place our glory in virtue."
Remark 5. Utor takes an ablative case, in apposition with the
name of the thing or person used, to denote the character or purpose
in or for which they are employed ; as, Tu me consiliario fideli usus
es. " Thou hast made use of me as a faithful adviser." SoJUo La-
cedamonio Hannibal usus est doctore. " Hannibal made use of Sofi-
lus, the Lacedaemonian, as an instructer."
XII. The adjectives dignus, indignus, and fretus take
an ablative case j as, Dignus honore. " Worthy of hon-
our." Indignus luce. "Unworthy of the light."
Fretus deis. " Relying on the gods."
XIII. The adjectives alienus, praditus, and contentus
are commonly reckoned along with these ; but alienus
belongs to Section VII., and pr&ditus and contentus to
Section VI.
, Chabrias performed many ex-
ploits worthy of remembrance.
Relying on your intelligence, I
discourse more briefly than the
subject requires. Bear a mind
worthy of praise. They are men
in name, not in reality, who do
things unbecoming a man.
Who would call him a gentle-
man who is unworthy of his fam-
ily ? I rely upon the advice of
this person.
Chabrias multus res memoria
dignus gero. Fretus intelli-
gentia vester, dissero breviter,
quam causa desidero. Gero
animus laus dignus. Sum ho-
mo nomen tantum, non res, qui
homo indignus facio. Quis
generosus dico hie, qui indig-
nus genus sum 1 Hie consil-
ium fretus sum.
ABLATIVE CASE.
131
2. It is unworthy of God to do
anything in vain and without a
motive. The virtue of excel-
lent men if worthy of imitation,
not of envy. I think the man
who has no sense of shame wor-
thy not only of blame, but even
of punishment. Most persons,
trusting to their talent, think
and speak at once ; but certainly
they would speak considerably
better if they took one time for
thinking, another for speaking.
He appears not only ungrate-
ful, but unworthy of all divine
and human aid.
Frustra ac sine causa quis fa-
cio, Deus indignus sum. Ex-
cellens homo virtus imitatio
non invidia dignus sum. Qui
non pudet hie ego non repre-
hensio solum, sed etiam pcena
dignus puto. Plerique, ingeni-
um fretus, simul et cogito et
dico : sed certe idem ille bene
aliquantum (ablat.) dico, si ali-
us sui tempus ad cogito, alius
ad dico sumo. Non solum in-
gratus verum etiam omnis opis
divinus humanusque indignus
videor.
Remark 1. Alienus is even more frequently joined with ab than
with the ablative alone. If used in the sense of " disinclined," " hos-
tile," the preposition is rarely wanting ; as, Animum habere alienum
ab aliquo. Homo alienus a literis. In the sense of " unsuitable to,"
the ablative, either alone or with ab, may be used.
Remark 2. In the sense of " disinclined," " hostile," the dative is
also sometimes used with alienus ; as, Id dicit, quod illi causa, cst
maxime alienum. (Cic.) In the sense of " unsuitable to," we find it
also joined with a genitive ; as, Quis alienum putet ejus esse dignita-
tis. (Cic., de Fin., 1, 4.)
Remark 3. Dignus has in the poets, but not in good prose writers,
a genitive, like the Greek a&of . Fretus with the dative is doubtful
(Consult the commentators on Livy, 6, 13.)
XIV. With verbs of removing, keeping at a distance,
delivering, and others that imply a separation, generally
compounded with a (ab, abs), de, e (ex), the ablative is
used either alone or with one of these prepositions.
1. Marius, in his seventieth year,
being dragged from a bed of
reeds in which he had hidden
himself, was led to the prison of
MinturncR by order of the duum-
vir. Publius L&nas hurled Lu-
cilius from the Tarpeian rock.
The children of the proscri-
Marius, annus septuagesimus, ex-
traho arundinetum, in qui (ac-
cus.) sui abdo, in career Mintur-
nensis jussus duumvir perduco.
P. Laenas Lucilius saxum
Tarpeius dejicio. Proscriptus
132
ABLATIVE CASE.
bed, excluded from their paternal
property, were also prohibited
from the right of suing for hon-
ours. The agents of Sylla be-
ing in search of Ccesar to put
him to death, he changed his gar-
ments, and stole by night from
the city.
2. The ibises avert pestilence from
Egypt, by killing and consuming
the winged serpents. The Lace-
demonians desisted from their
long contention, and spontane-
ously . yielded to Athens the su-
premacy of the sea. By my own
grief, Romans, I warded of
from you and your children de-
vastation, conflagration, rapine.
The P or dan law removed the
rod from the bodies of all Roman
citizens.
liberi, exclude paternus opiw
(plur.), etiam peto (gerundive,
honor jus prohibeo. Conquirt,
minister (ablat. absol.) Sulla Cae-
sar ad nex, mutatus vestis (al-
lat. absol.), nox urbs elabor.
Ibis averto pestis ab
quum volucris anguis i
atque consume (indie.}. Lace-
daemonius de diutinus conten-
tio desisto, et suus sponte Athe-
niensis imperium maritimus
principatus concede. Caedes
a tu liberique vester, Quiris,
vastitas, incendium (plur.), ra-
pina (plur.), meus dolor luctus-
que depello. Porcius lex virga
(plur.) ab omnis civis Romanus
corpus removeo.
XV. With exsolvere, exonerare, and levare, the ablative
alone is to be preferred.
Manlius repeatedly said that the
treasures of Gallic gold were
hidden by the senators ; and that,
if that matter were exposed, the
people might be released from
their debt. Depart as a friend;
relieve the city of a perhaps
groundless fear. These expia-
tions, performed according to the
Sibylline books, in great meas-
ure freed the minds of the Ro-
mans from superstitious fear.
Manlius thesaurus Gallicus au-
rum occulto a Pater jacio, isque
res si palam no exsolvo plebs
aes alienus possum. Amicus
abeo ; exonero civitas vanus
forsitan metus. Hie (plur.
neut.) procuratus ex liber Sibyl-
linus magnus ex pars levo reli-
gio animus Romanus.
XVI. The verbs which denote a difference, such as
differ, discrepare, distare, abhorrere, with alienare and
abalienare, are rarely found without a preposition.
ABLATIVE CASE.
133
XVII. When a separation from persons is spoken of,
the preposition ab must always be used.
1. Poets have raised a question,
what that might be in which
they themselves differed from or-
ators. Thy plans will not differ
at all from mine. Cato, when
he gave his opinion in the sen-
ate, was accustomed to discuss
grave topics of philosophy, re-
mote from forensic use. Malev-
olent persons, ignorant of my
steadiness, endeavoured to alien-
ate my affections from thee.
2. There is great danger lest the
knights, if they should obtain
nothing, would be entirely alien-
ated from the senate. The life
of man is very widely removed
from the life of brutes. Artifi-
ces must be taken away, and
that mischievous cunning, which
wishes that itself appear to be
prudence, but is very widely re-
moved from it. His rashness is
so great that it does not differ
much from insanity.
Poeta quaestio affero, quisnara
sum ille in qui ipse differo
(subj.) ab orator. A meus ra-
tio non abhorreo tuus. Cato,
quum in senatus sententia dico
(subj.), locus gravis ex philo-
sophia tracto soleo, abhorrens
ab hie usus forensis. Malevo-
lus homo, ignarus meus con-
stantia, conor alieno a tu vo-
luntas meus.
2. Surnmus sum periculum ne
eques, si nihil impetro (perf.
subj.), plane alieno (pres. subj.),
a senatus. Homo vita longe
disto a victus bestia. Astutia
tollendus sum, isque malitia,
qui volo sui video sum pruden-
tia, sed disto ab is plurimum.
Temeritas is tantus sum ut non
multum abhorreo ab insania.
Remark 1. To the general head which we have just been consid-
ering, under sections XIV.-XVII., may be referred the words which
denote origin ; namely, nascor and its participle natus, ortus, progna-
tus, oriundus ; and the poetical satus, cretus, editus, all of which
sometimes take a substantive without a preposition in the ablative,
sometimes with a, ex, or de.
Remark 2. Defendere signifies properly, like prohibere, " to keep
apart ;" so that either that which is protected, or that against which
it is defended, may be put in the accusative ; as, defendere nimios
ardores solis ab aliquo, or defendere aliquem a nimiis ardoribus solis.
We may also say, poetically, defendere nimios ardores solis alicui,
using the dative, by a species of Hellenism, for the ablative. Pro-
hibere is less frequently used with the same construction ; as, a quo
periculo prohibete rempublicam. (Cic., Leg. Man., 7.)
Remark 3. Abdico is used either with a pronoun and the ablative ;
as, abdicare se magistratu ; or with the accusative ; as, abdicare pr<z-
turam.
M
134
ABLATIVE CASE.
Remark 4. Poets, in imitation of the Greek, use the genitive in-
stead of the ablative with verbs of separation, &c. ; as, levare labo-
rum (Plant.); desine querelarum (Horat.) ; and with adjectives of
similar signification ; as, operum vacuus ; liber laborum, &c.
XVIII. The ablative is used with esse, or with a sub-
stantive without essej to express a quality, provided the
substantive have an adjective, or adjective pronoun,
joined with it j as, Jlgesilaus statura fuit humili.
"Agesilaus was of low stature." Vir summo ingenio.
"A man of the highest talent."
XIX. This subject has already been treated of in the
construction of the genitive case (Sections VI.-IX.,page
91).
XX. The ablative is used with adjectives, &c., in the
comparative degree, instead of quam with the nomina-
tive, or in the construction of the accusative with the
infinitive, instead of quam with the accusative of the
subject. Thus,
Cicerone nemo Romanorum fuit eloquentior. "No one of the Ro-
mans was more eloquent than Cicero."
Neminem Romanorum Cicerone eloquentior em fuisse, veteres judica-
runt. " The ancients judged that no one of the Romans was
more eloquent than Cicero."
1. Nothing is more lovely than vir-
tue. What is better, or what
more exalted, than goodness and
beneficence 1 Silver is less val-
uable than gold, gold than vir-
tues. What can be greater than
the sun 1 Tullus Hostilius was
not only unlike the last king, but
was even fiercer than Romulus.
Light is swifter than sound.
2. Who can speak of the institu-
tions of our forefathers letter
than thou, Scipio, since thou art
thyself of most illustrious ances-
try? No man with more taste
Nihil sum amabilis virtus. Quis
sum bonus, aut quis praestans,
bonitas et beneficentia 1 Vilis
argentum aurum, virtus aurum.
Quis possum sum sol mag-
nus 1 Tullus Hostilius non so
lum proximus rex dissimilis,
sed ferox etiam Romulus sum.
Lux sonitus velox sum.
Quis tu potius Scipio de majores
institutum Aico (perf. subjunct.)
quum sum (subj.) clarus ipse
majores 1 Nemo eleganter
ABLATIVE CASE.
135
than Scipio, diversified the inter-
vals of business with leisure.
Long labour would be superflu-
ous in our studies, if it were im-
possible to find out anything let-
ter than what has gone before.
We are seeking justice, a thing
much more precious than any
gold. Nothing is more com-
mendable, nothing more worthy
of a great and illustrious man,
than mildness and clemency.
3. The things which I have said
are clearer than the sun itself.
A shameful flight from death is
worse than any death. What is
more disgraceful than inconstan-
cy, levity, fickleness ? .ZVb place
ought to be more pleasing to thee
than thy country. Nothing is
more inconstant than the common
people, nothing more uncertain
than the inclinations of man-
kind.
Scipio intervallum negotium oti-
um dispungo. Supervacuus fo-
rem in studium longus (compar.)
labor, si nihil licet bonus inve-
nio praeteritus. Justitia qusero,
res multo omnis aurum carus.
Nihil laudabilis, nihil magnus
et praeclarus vir dignus placa-
bilitas ac dementia.
Is qui dico sol ipse clarus sum.
Turpis fuga mors (genit.) om-
nis sum mors malus. Quis
sum inconstantia, mobilitas,
levitas turpis 1 Nee locus tu
ullus dulcis sum debeo patria.
Nihil sum incertus vulgus,
nihil obscurus voluntas (sing.)
homo.
XXI. If the thing surpassed, &c., be in any other
case than that of the subject, quam must be used ; as,
Maluit servire gloria SU<B quam opibus. " He wished rather to be
subservient to his own glory than to riches."
Facilius ediscimus versus quam pros am orationem. "We get verses
by heart more easily than prose."
Pluris quam decem millibus emerunt. " They bought it for more
than ten thousand."
XXII. As a general rule, quam should be used wher-
ever any ambiguity can arise from the use of the abla-
tive.
1 . The Roman people saw nothing
with more pleasure than the ele-
phants with their towers, which,
Nihil libenter populus Romanus
aspicio, quam elephantus cum
turris suus, qui, non sine sensus
136
ABLATIVE CASE.
not without a consciousness of
captivity, followed the victorious
horses with humbled necks.
The multitude, at other times vi-
olent in its passions, fierce and
fickle, when seized with a ground-
less superstition are more obe-
dient to their prophets than their
generals. The multitude of
(Persian) soldiers, almost effemi-
nately adorned, was more conspic-
uous for luxury than appropri-
ate armour.
2. Xerxes was defeated by the
counsel of Themistocles more
than by the arms of Greece.
The hypocrisy of those who do
many things that they may seem
beneficent, is more allied to false-
hood than to liberality. If thy
neighbour has a better horse
than thine is. In order that
thou mayest be able to boast that
a much braver man than thou
art has been slain by thee.
captivitas, submissus cervix,
victor equus sequor. Multitu-
de alioqui impotens, saevus,
mutabilis, ubi vanus religio
captus sum, bene vates quam
dux suus pareo. Turba miles,
muliebriter propemodum colo,
luxus magis decorus arma con-
spicuus sum.
Vinco Xerxes Themistocles ma-
gis consilium, quam arma Grae-
cia. Simulatio is qui ut benefi
cus video multus facio, vanitas
sum conjunctus quam liberali-
tas. Si vicinus tuus bonus
equus habeo quam tuus sum.
Ut glorior possum multo fortis,
quam ipse sum, vir abs tu occi-
do.
Remark 1. Quam, with the nominative or accusative, is often
found where the ablative might have been used ; as, Melior est certa
pax quam sperata victoria; or, Melior em esse certam pacem putabat quam
speratam victoriam.
Remark 2. The construction of alius with an ablative, instead of
ac or quam, is poetical ; as, Si accusator alius Sejano fuit. (Phczdr.).
Remark 3. It is given as a rule by Scheller and other gramma-
rians, that after a comparative, the latter of the two subjects com-
pared should, if quam be employed, be put in the same case with the
former subject of comparison. This rule, however, though general-
ly, is not universally correct. It is true in those cases only in which
the predicate is applicable to both subjects ; and in these instances
both nouns are dependant on the same verb expressed or under-
stood. For example, we cannot say Utor Cicerone, doctiore quam
Sallustio, " I am intimate with Cicero, a more learned man than
Sallust ;" but quam est Sallustius. The reason is, Cicero and Sal-
lust are not the subjects of one and the same predicate, the person
speaking not being intimate with Sallust, though he is with Cicero.
In like manner, if we say "I gave the book to Titus, a wiser man
than Sempronius," we cannot render it Tito sapientiori quam Sem-
ABLATIVE CASE. 137
prpnio librum dedi ; but quam Sempronius est, the book being given to
Titus only. (Crombie, Gymnasium, vol. 2, p. 20.)
Remark 4. In accordance, therefore, with the principle laid down
in the preceding remark, we are to explain such a construction as
the following : Ego hominem callidiorem vidi neminem quam Phormio-
nem (Ter.\ not by a kind of attraction, as Zumpt and others do, but
on the ground of the same thing's being predicated of each, and the
substantives, therefore, depending on one and the same word,
namely, vidi, expressed in the first clause, and understood in the
second.
Remark 5. Quam is often omitted after minus, plus, and amplius,
except when joined with a dative ; as, In eo fradio ceciderant minus
duo millia civium ; plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi, &C.
Remark 6. Yet and still, with comparatives, are expressed in the
best writers by etiam ; in later authors by adhuc. Thus, Punctum
est quod vivimus, et adhuc puncto minus. (Seneca.)
XXIII. When the degree of different qualities pos-
sessed by the same subject is expressed by adjectives,'
in other words, when the comparison is between the
predicates, both are put in the positive with magis
quam, or else in the comparative with quam. Thus, we
can say, Magis eloquens quam sapiens, or eloquentior
quam sapientior.
XXIV. If the compared predicates be verbal, quam
only can be used ; as, Pompeius plura bella fecit quam
cceteri legerunt. " Pompey has waged more wars than
the rest (of men) have read of."
1. A pestilence, more threatening
than destructive, turned away
the thoughts of men from public
contests. Alexander pursued the
enemy more prudently than ea-
gerly. The Romans waged cer-
tain wars more valiantly than
successfully. It did not escape
the observation of Hannibal, that
the enemy were likely to prose-
cute the affair with more heat
than prudence.
2. The besieged engaged in battle
more fiercely than steadily : for
Pestilentia minax quam pernicio-
sus cogitatio homo a certamen
publicus averto. Alexander
hostis prudenter quam avide
persequor. Romanus bellum
quidam fortiter quam feliciter
gero. Hannibal (accus.) non
fallo, ferociter quam consultd
res hostis gesturus sum.
Obsessus acriter quam constanter
praelium ineo : quippe ut Ma-
M2
138
ABLATIVE CASE.
when they see the standards of
the Macedonians wheeled around,
they suddenly halt. The design
of Mazaces was not more saga-
cious in its plan than fortunate
in its issue ; all, to a man, were
slain with their general. The
battle was more fierce in assault
and courage than regular in ar-
rangement. Marseilles, more
faithful than prudent, delayed for
a time the haste of Casar.
cedo signum circumago video
(indie.}, repente sisto gradus.
Consilium Mazaces non ratio
(ablat.) prudens, quam eventus
( ablat. ) felix sum : ad unus
omnis cum ipse dux interficio.
Acer impetus atque animus
(plur.) quam compositus ullus
ordo, pugna sum. Festinatio
Caesar aliquamdiu moror Mas-
silia, fides (ablat.) bonus quam
consilium (ablat.) prudens.
XXV. The excess or deficiency of one thing, com-
pared to another, is expressed in the ablative. Paulo,
multo, quo eo, quanta, tanto, altero tanto (" twice as
much"), aliquanto, multis partibus, hoc, nihilo, are to be
considered as ablatives of this kind. Thus,
Hibernia dimidio minor est quam Britannia. " Ireland is less than
Britain by a half."
Homines, quo plura habent, eo cupiunt ampliora. " The more men
have, the more do they desire."
1. The sun is many times larger
than the earth. A true friend
loves himself nothing more than
he does his friend. The more
difficult anything is, the more
honourable (is it). They seem
to give good advice who admon-
ish us, that the more exalted we
are, the more humbly we bear
ourselves. The Stoics appear
to me to have carried forward
the limits of duty a little farther
than nature could wish.
2. The air is denser the nearer it
is to the earth. The higher the
sun, the less is the rainbow.
By how much the happier every
Sol sum multus pars magnus
quam terra. Verus amicus ni-
hilum plus sui ipse quam ami-
cus diligo. Qui quis sum prae-
clarus, hie difficilis. Recte
praecipio video, qui moneo, ut
quantus superior sum (subj.),
tantus ego gero (subj.) submis-
se. Stoicus ego video finis of-
ficium paullum longe, quam
natura volo, profero.
Is crassus aer sum, qui terra
(plur.) prope. Is parvus sum
arcus, qui altus sum sol. Tan-
tus brevis omnis tempus, quan-
VOCATIVE CASE.
139
period is, by so much the briefer is
it. The towers on the walls of
Babylon are higher by ten feet
than the wall. Augustus bore
the deaths of his family a good
deal more patiently than their
disgrace.
3. The Sicilians sometimes make
their month longer by a single
day, or by two days. How much
more widely the rule of duty ex-
tends than (that) of law ! The
road by which all travelled was
as long again, but it abounded
with everything. I affirm this
to thee, that thou art in no great-
er danger than any one of us.
How small does the sun appear
to us, which, astronomers affirm
to be more than eighteen times
greater than the earth !
tus felix sum. Tunis in murus
Babylon deni pes quam murus
altus sum. Aliquantum pati
enter mors quam dedecus (plu
ral) suus fero Augustus.
Siculus nonnunquam unus dies
longus mensis facio, aut bidu-
um. Quantus late officium pa-
teo quam jus regula ! Via qui
omnis commeo alter tantus
longus sum, sed omnis res
abundans (sum). Hie tu con-
firmo, nihilum tu nunc magnus
in discrimen sum quam quivis
ego. Sol, qui mathematicus
amplius duodeviginti pars con-
firmo magnus sum quam terra,
quantulus ego video !
V. VOCATIVE CASE.
I. The Vocative stands in no close connexion with
either nouns or verbs, but is inserted (usually after a
clause, unless for the sake of strong emphasis) to ex-
press the object to which our words are addressed.
II. It is often joined with interjections, but not ne-
cessarily, and with ! only in passages of strong emo-
tion.
DBS. 1. The nominative is used in apposition with the vocative ,
as, Nate, mea vires, mea magna potentia solus (Virg.); i. e., qui
solus es. Salve primus omnium parens patriot appellate. (Plin.)
OBS. 2. The Latin writers, after the example of the Greeks, some-
times use the nominative for the vocative ; as, Audi tu, populus
Romanus. (Liv., 1, 24.)
OBS. 3. On the other hand, the vocative is sometimes, but very
rarely, and in poetry, put in apposition with the nominative of
140
CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
the second person singular; as, Sfc venias hodierne. (Tibull.,
1, 7.) Stemmate quod Thusco ramum millesime duds. (Pers., 3,
28.)
Goddess, be propitious, and
lighten our toil. Hear, Jupiter ;
hear, Pater Patratus of the Al-
ban people ; hear, thou Allan
people. What shall I teach
thee, my Rufus 1 . Good heav-
ens I what is there long in the
life of man? Ah my labour's
undertaken in vain ! Ah fal-
lacious hopes ! Ah my vain
thoughts !
Dea, sum (subj.) felix, noster-
que levo labor. Audio, Jupi-
ter; audio, pater patratus popu-
lus Albanus ; audio, tu populus
Albanus. Quis tu doceo, meus
Rufus 1 deus bonus ! quis
sum in homo vita dm? frus-
tra susceptus meus labor! O
spes fallax ! cogitatio inanis
meus !
Remark 1. The phrases macte virtute esto, macti virtute este, are
ranked by some grammarians under the construction alluded to in
Obs. 3.
Remark 2. Sometimes, when the reference is to more than one
person, a single individual only is mentioned, as the more prominent
personage. Thus, Quid est, Cotta, quid tacetis 1 " What is the
matter, Cotta, why art thou and thy friend silent 1 ?"
Remark 3. In like manner, the plural verb occasionally appears
with aliquis ; as, Aperite aliquis actutum ostium. (Terent., Ad., 4,
4, 24.)
CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE.
Seepage 148.
CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS.
See Latin Lessons, Part I., p. 247, seq.
CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
I. Continuance of Time (or " Time how long 1") is
put in the accusative ; the point of Time (or " Time
when]") is expressed by the ablative. Thus,
Mansit paucos dies. " He stayed a few days."
Venit eadem node. " He came the same night."
CONSTRUCTION OP TIME.
141
1. Continuance of Time.
1. A field, when it has rested for
many years, is wont to yield
more abundant produce* The
covetous man is tormented for
nights and days. There is no
one so old who does not think
that he may live a year. No
man has it clearly ascertained
that his riches are going to re-
main to him a single day.
Pythagoras lived twenty years
at Crotona. They who have
been many years bound with
chains, step the more slowly.
2. Dionysius was tyrant of Syra-
cuse thirty-eight years. A city
was once besieged by the whole
of Greece for ten years. Cer-
tain little creatures live (only) a
single day. Socrates passed
thirty days in prison, and in ex-
pectation of death. The name of
the Pythagoreans flourished so
much, for many ages, that no
others were thought learned.
Augustus did not sleep, at the
most, more than seven hours, and
those not uninterrupted, but wa-
king three or four times in that
interval.
Ager, quum multus annus quies-
co, uber fruges affero soleo.
Avarus dies noxque crucior.
Nemo sum tarn senex, qui
sui annus non puto possum vi-
vo. Nemo exploratus habeo,
divitiae suus sui permansurus
sum unus dies. Pythagoras
annus viginti Crotona (genit.)
vivo. Tarde ingredior is, qui
ferrum (sing.) vincio multus an-
nus.
Duodequadraginta annus tyran-
nus Syracusae sum Dionysius.
Decem quondam annus urbs
obsideo ab universus Graecia.
Quidam bestiola unus dies vi-
vo. Socrates triginta dies in
career, et in exspectatio mors
exigo. Multus saeculum sic
vigeo Pythagoreus nomen ut
nullus alius doctus video. Au-
gustus non amplius quum plu-
rimus (neut. accus.) quam sep-
tem hora dormio, ac ne is qui-
dem continuus, sed ut in ille
tempus spatium ter aut quater
expergisco (imperf. subj.).
II. When a term not yet expired is spoken of, an or-
dinal may be used, in which case the Latin present an-
swers to the English perfect, and the imperfect to the
pluperfect.
Mithradates., who in one day killed I Mithradates, qui unus dies tot ci-
sn many Roman citizens, Jia.s vis Romanus trucido, ab ille
142
CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
reigned from that time thrce-and-
twenty years. King Archelaus
had been in possession of Cap-
padocia fifty years. Nestor had
lived to the third generation.
Italy had been laid waste in the
Punic war for twelve years.
tempus annus jam tertius et vi-
cesimus regno. Rex Archela-
us quinquagesimus annus Cap-
padocia potior. Nestor tertius
aetas homo vivo. Punicus bel-
lum duodecimos annus Italia
uro.
III. Old, applied to the years of human life, is ren-
dered in Latin by natus, with an accusative of time ;
as, Puer tres annos natus. " A boy three years old."
Alexander died thirty-three years
and one month old. Dionysius
usurped dominion at the age of
twenty-five. Cato the elder died
at the age of eighty-five years.
Hamilcar led Hannibal with him
into Spain, aged nine years.
Arganthonius came to the throne
at the age of forty years, reigned
eighty, and lived one hundred
and twenty years.
Decedo Alexander, mensis unus,
annus tres et triginta nascor.
Dionysius, quinque et viginti
annus nascor, dominatus occu-
po. Cato major, annus quin-
que et octoginta nascor, excedo
e vita. Hamilcar suicum in
Hispania duco Hannibal annus
novem nascor. Arganthonius
ad imperium quadraginta annus
nascor accedo, octoginta annus
regno, et centum et viginti vivo.
Remark 1. The ablative is rarely used of the duration of time ; as,
Scriptum est a Posidonio triginta annis vixisse Panatium, posteaquam
libros de officiis edidisset (Cic., Off., 3, 2) ; and again, Vixit annis un-
dctriginta. (Sueton., Calig., 59.)
Remark 2. The prepositions per, ad, in, intra, inter, are frequently
joined with the accusative of time, to make the expression more em-
phatic ; as, Quern per annos decem aluimus. (Cic.) Si ad centesi-
mum annum vixisset. (Id.) Inter decem annos. (Id.)
Remark 3. In place of natus with the accusative, the genitive alone
is sometimes employed ; as, Cato primum stipendium meruit annorum
decem septemque. (Nep.) Valerius Corvinus annorum trium et viginti
consul est factus. (Eutrop.) In such cases as these, some writers
suppose homo, vir, adolescens, or puer, to be understood.
2. The Point of Time.
1. Who is there that can believe that
Apollo answered Pyrrhus in Lat-
in ? Besides, Apollo had already
ceased to make verses in Pyr-
Quis sum qui credo, Apollo Lati-
ne Pyrrhus respondeo? Prae-
terea, Pyrrhus tempus jam
CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
143
rhus 1 time. The Arabs, Phry-
gians, and Cilicians, because
they chiefly practise the pastu-
rage of cattle, traverse the plains
and mountains in summer and,
winter. The troops assembled,
according to command, in the be-
ginning of spring. The male
deer have horns, and alone of an-
imals lose them every year, at a
stated time in the spring. The
catching of thunnies is from the
rising of the Pleiades to the set-
ting of Arcturus ; in the rest of
the season they lie in the bottom
of the deep waters.
2. Augustus died on the fourteenth
day before the Calends of Sep-
tember, at the ninth hour of the
day, in the seventy-sixth year of
his age. Alexander the Mace-
donian died in his thirty-third
year. The temple of the Ephe-
sian Diana was burned the same
night on which Alexander was
born. Let the ground rest on a
holyday, let the ploughman rest.
Death hangs over us every
hour.
Apollo versus facio desino.
Arabs, et Phryx, et Cilix, quod
pastus pecus maxime utor,
campus et mons hiems et aestas
peragro. Ver primus, ad edic-
tum, copia convenio. Cervus
mas cornu habeo, solusque an-
imal, omnis annus, status ver
tempus amitto. Thynnus eap-
tura sum a Vergiliae exortus
ad Arcturus occasus ; reliquus
tempus lateo in gurges imus.
Obeo Augustus decimus quartus
(ante) Calendae Septembris, bo-
ra dies nonus, septuagesimus et
sextus setas annus. Alexander
Macedo tertius et tricesimus
annus mors obeo. Qui nox
nascor Alexander, idem Diana
Ephesius templum deflagro.
Lux sacer requiesco humus, re-
quiesco arator. Mors ego om-
nis hora impendeo.
Remark 1. It must be observed, however, that the point of time
must be contemporary with the tense of the verb with which it is
connected, otherwise the rule does not hold good ; and it is the more
necessary to attend to this, as the young scholar is apt to be misled
by the idiom of our language. Thus, " He invited me to dine with
him next day in the gardens." Secum in hortis die postero ut pran-
derem invitavit. Here die postero and pranderem are contemporary
circumstances. But if we turn the verb pranderem into a noun, the
state of the words expressive both of time and place must be changed.
Thus, Ad prandium me in hortos invitavit in posterum diem, where in
hortos and in posterum diem are connected with invitavit ; as, " He
invited me to dinner into the gardens for or against the next day."
Postero die would imply that the invitation itself took place the next
day. (Crombie, Gymnasium, vol. 2, p. 10.)
Remark 2. " By day," " by night," are expressed by interdiu, noe-
144 CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
tu ; but the ablatives die, nocte, are not uncommon. The two phra-
ses may be combined, die ac node ; die noctuque ; nocte et interdiu.
" In the evening" is vesperi or vespere, from the old word vesper, ves-
peris.
Remark 3. In tempore, or tempore alone, is used for " in good time."
Ludis is used without a preposition, as denoting a point of time,
for tempore ludorum ; Latinis for tempore Latinarum feriarum ; gladi-
atoribus for tempore ludorum gladiatorum ; comitiis is less frequent.
(Drakenb. ad Liv., 2, 36.)
Remark 4. Bella was said, as well as in bello, especially if joined
with an adjective or genitive ; as, bello Latino, or bello Latinorum ;
jugna Cannensi, or in pugna Cannensi. The preposition cum fixes
the time more precisely. Thus, solis occasu, " at sunset ;" but cum
solis occasu, " as soon as ever the sun was set."
IV. The time before and time after may be expressed
by the ablative, followed by ante and post, or by the
same prepositions governing an accusative of the time.
Thus, we may say post tres annos, or tres post annos, de-
cessit ; or tribus annis post, or tribus post annis.
V. The ordinal numerals may be used, in the case
just referred to, as well as the cardinal. Thus, we may
say, post tertium annum, or tertium post annum, and ter-
tio anno post, which by no means imply that three com-
plete years have passed.
VI. Jlnte and post, when thus placed after the noun,
may govern an accusative of the event from which the
time is reckoned. Thus,
L. Sextius primus de plebe consul factus est, annis post Romam con-
ditam trecentis duodenonaginta. " Lucius Sextius was the first
that was made consul from the plebeians, in the three hundred
and eighty-eighth year from the founding of Rome."
OBS. Ante and post, when governing the accusative, are frequently
placed between the noun of time and the adjective ; as, patesos
ante menses ; aliquot post menses ; tertium ante diem. They are
even found in the ablative ; as, ante annis octo ; and post is
sometimes placed before such ablatives as have obtained an ad-
verbial signification ; as, post aliquanto ; post non multo ; post
paulo ; though more commonly in the contrary order.
3. Numa Pompilius was very many I Numa Pompilius annus permul-
years before Pythagoras. Ho- \ tus ante sum quam Pythago
CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
145
mer was many years before
Romulus. Thcmistocles did the
same (thing) which Coriolanus
had done twenty years before.
Carthage was founded eighty-
two years before Rome. The
body of Alexander was transfer-
red to Memphis, and thence a
few years after to Alexandrea.
Have regard also to those judges
who, many ages after, will judge
concerning thee.
. Lalius had, a conversation con-
cerning friendship a few days
after the death of Africanus.
The first Olympiad was estab-
lished one hundred and eight
years after the laws of Lycur-
gus. Titus Lartius was ap-
pointed dictator about ten years
after the first consuls. By reck-
oning the years of the kings, it
may be discovered that Pythago-
ras first reached Italy nearly one
hundred and forty years after
the death of Numa. Socrates,
on the last day of his life, dis-
coursed at large upon the immor-
tality of the soul; and a few
days before, when he might ea-
sily have been delivered from
prison, refused.
ras. Homerus annus multus
sum ante Romulus. Themis-
tocles facio idem, qui viginti
annus ante facio Coriolanus.
Condo Carthago octoginta duo
annus ante quam Roma. Cor-
pus Alexander Memphis (ac-
cus.\ et inde pauci post annus
Alexandrea transfero. Servio
is judex, qui multus post saecu-
lum de tu judico.
Laelius sermo de amicitia habeo
pauci dies post mors Africa-
nus. Centum et octo annus
post Lycurgus lex primus pono
Olympias. Dictator instituo
decem fere annus post primus
consul Titus Lartius. Regius
annus dinumeratus (ablat. ab-
sol.) intelligo possum, annus
fere centesimus et quadragesi-
mus post mors Numa primum
Italia Pythagoras attingo.
Socrates supremus vita dies de
immortalitas animus multus
(accus. plur. neut.) dissero, et
pauci ante dies, quum facile
possum (subj.) educo e custo-
dia, nolo.
VII. When quam with a verb is added to post an
ante, we may either say tribus annis postquam venerat,
or post tres annos quam venerat, or tertio anno postquam
venerat, or post annum tertium quam venerat, or else, with
the ablative alone, omitting post ; as, tertio anno quam
venerat ; all in the same sense, " three years after he
came.
N
146 CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
VIII. Instead of quam, we may use ex quo and quum
without post, or else the relative may be employed,
agreeing with the preceding ablative ; as, Ipse octo die-
bus, quibus has litteras dabam, cum Lepidi copiis me con-
jungam. " I will join the forces of Lepidus in eight
days from the date of this letter."
The consul in person so urged the
work, that, on the forty-fifth day
after the timber had been felled,
the ships, equipped and tackled,
were launched into the water.
Aristides was recalled to his
country five years after he had
been expelled. Tyre was taken
in the seventh month after it had
begun to be besieged. Casar
defeated Pharnaces, son of Mith-
radates, in a single battle, in four
hours after he came in sight.
Gymnasia were invented many
centuries before philosophers be-
gan to prate in them. The death
of S. Roscius is announced to
Chrysogonus on the fourth day
after he was slain. A sudden
disaster occurred two days after
these things were done.
Consul ipse ita insisto opus (dat.)
ut dies quadragesimus quintus
quam ex sylva detraho (subj.)
materia, navis, instructus et
armatus, in aqua deduco (subj.).
Post annus quintus quam ex-
pello Aristides, in patria revo-
co. Tyrus, septimus mensis
quam oppugno coeptus sum, ca-
pio. Pharnaces, Mithradates
filius, Caesar quatuor qui in con-
spectus venio hora unus profli-
go acies. Saeculum multus an-
te gymnasium invenio, quam in
hie philosophus garrio ccepi.
Mors S. Roscius, quatriduum
qui is occido, Chrysogonus nun-
cio. Accido repentinus incom-
modum biduum qui hie gero.
IX. The length of time before the present moment is
expressed by abhinc, with the accusative or ablative,
according as duration or a point of time is intended ;
as, abhinc annos tres, or abhinc triginta diebus.
X. Faucis his diebus signifies "a few days ago ;" but
paucis illis diebus, " a few days before the time spoken
of."
Demosthenes, who lived nearly three
hundred years ago, said that the
Pythia, took Philip's part. Car-
Demosthenes, qui abhinc annus
prope trecenti sum, Pythia cum
Philippus facio dice. Carthago
CONSTRUCTION OF TIME.
147
thage was destroyed when it had
stood six hundred and sixty-sev-
en years, one hundred and sev-
enty-seven years ago. As to
what Flavius says, that I gave
security more than twenty-Jive
years ago for Cornijicius, I wish
thou wouldst take pains to ascer-
tain whether it be so. If Cneius
Pompey had lived five hundred
years ago, death would have ex-
tinguished envy, and his exploits
would rest on the glory of an im-
mortal name.
diruo, quum sto (subj.) annus
sexcenti sexaginta septem, ab-
hinc annus CLXXVII. Qui
pro Cornificius ego abhinc am-
plius annus XXV. spondeo dico
Flavius, volo (subj.) do (subj.)
opera ut investigo sumne ita.
Si Cneius Pompeius abhinc an-
nus quingenti sum (subjunct.),
mors extinguo invidia, resque
is gestus sempiternus nomen
gloria nitor.
XI. The ablative expresses the length of time in
which, the accusative wiihintra the limit within which,
an action or event was accomplished. The ordinal
numbers are often used for the cardinal.
The planet Saturn completes its
revolution in about thirty years ;
the planet Jupiter completes the
same revolution in twelve years.
The tide happens twice in the
space of twelve hours. The
children of Orestes, expelled by
the Heraclida, after fifteen years
took possession of the island of
Lesbos as their abode. The ar-
my of Alexander, in the space of
seventeen days, surmounted Cau-
casus, which divides Asia with a
continued chain. Pompey in
forty-nine days added Cilicia to
the Roman empire. Many have
abdicated the dictatorship within
twenty days.
Saturnus stella XXX. fere annus
cursus suus conficio ; Jupiter
stella idem signum orbis annus
XII. conficio. ^Estus mare bis
accido hora duodecim spatium.
Exclude ab Heraclidae Ores-
tes liberi, quintus decimus an-
nus sedes capio Lesbus insula.
Exercitus Alexander XVII.
dies spatium Caucasus supero,
qui Asia perpetuus jugum divi-
do. Pompeius undequinqua-
gesimus dies ad imperium Pop-
ulus Romanus Cilicia adjungo.
Multus intra vicesimus dies
dictatura sui abdico.
XII The accusative with in expresses the point or
148
CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE.
duration of time for or against which j ad the time at
which anything is done.
^ythius invited Canius to supper
for the next day. The eclipses
of the sun arc predicted for many
years. He wishes me to be
ready at the appointed hour. /
will pay the money at the Greek
Calends. The auction was fixed
for the month of January. We
wish the consulship for thee for
the ensuing year.
Pythius ad ccena Canius invito
in posterus dies. Sol defectio
praedico in multus annus. V fl-
ic me prsesto sura ad hora des-
tinatus. Pecunia solvo ad
Grsecus Calendae. Auctio con-
stituo in mensis Januarius.
Opto tu in proximus annus
consulatus.
CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE.
I. Names of cities denoting the place where, and be-
ing, at the same time, of the singular number, and first
or second declension, are put in the genitive ; as, Cicero
Romce consul erat. " Cicero was consul at Rome."
II. If, however, the names of cities denoting the
place where be of the third declension, or plural num-
ber, they are put, not in the genitive, but the ablative ;
as, Carthagine Suffetes, sive judices, Jlthenis Jlrchontes,
quotannis creabantur. "At Carthage, SufFetes or judges
at Athens Archons, were created annually."
III. The construction of the names of countries and
islands will be given after that of names of cities.
1. The largest libraries were for-
merly at Alexandrea and Perga-
mus. Alexander died at Baby-
lon. There was a certain Ar-
ganthonius at Gades, who reign-
ed eighty years. The most cele-
brated oracle of all Greece was
at Delphi. Dionysins the ty-
rant, being expelled from Syra-
cuse, taught boys at Corinth.
Artemisia, the wife of Mausd-
Alexandrea et Pergamus magnus
olim bibliotheca sum. Babylon
Alexander morior. Sum Ar-
ganthonius quidam Gades, qui
LXXX. regno annus. Delphi
sum clarus totus Graecia orac-
ulum. Dionysius tyrannus,
Syracusae expello, Corinthus
puer doceo. Artemisia, Mau
solus, Caria rex, uxor, nobilia
CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE.
149
lus, king of Caria, made that no-
ble sepulchre at Halicarnassus.
2. Some of the Greeks affirm that
painting was invented at Sicyon ;
others, at Corinth. There are
often such varieties in the weath-
er that it is different at Rome
and at Tusculum. Lysander
was accustomed to say that the
most honourable abode of old age
was at Lacedcemon. Timoleon
destroyed, from the foundation,
the citadel which Dionysius had
built at Syracuse. Alcibiades
was born at Athens, a most
splendid city.
ille Halicarnassus facio sepul-
crum.
Grsecus, alius Sicyon, alms Corm-
thus reperio affirmo pictura.
Tempestas tantus dissimilitude
saepe sum, ut alius Roma, alius
Tusculum, sum. Lysander di-
co soleo, Lacedaemon sum ho-
nestus domicilium senectus.
Timoleon arx Syracusae, qul
munio Dionysius, a fundament-
urn disjicio. Alcibiades nascor
Athenae, splendidus civitas.
Remark 1. We have given the preceding rule respecting tne
names of places in conformity with the usual language of gramma-
rians. The truth is, however, that what we here call the genitive
and ablative are merely one and the same case, namely, the old lo-
cative, or case that indicates place. In Zend and Sanscrit we dis-
cover in several instances a species of alliance between the geni-
tive and locative, and the one appearing for the other. The same
remark holds good with reference to the Latin ; and as, in this lan-
guage, the genitive of the first and second declension only appears
with a locative meaning, not that of the third declension nor of the
plural number, the opinion has been advanced that the Latin geni-
tive of the first two declensions is derived from an ancient locative.
Remark 2. It would seem, therefore, from what has just been
stated, that when the first declension lost its old genitive in d-s, the
dative (in origin a locative) was compelled also to supply the place
of a genitive. In the second declension, the form in o-i, which be-
longs properly to the locative (corresponding to the Greek w and 01),
and of which examples still remain, as populoi Romanoi, underwent a
twofold change. It lost, in the one instance, the vowel that marked
the ending ; as, domino ; while, in the other, it dropped the stem-
vowel, and retained the ending ; as, domini : the former of these
settled down into a dative, the latter into a genitive.
Remark 3. The view just taken of the Latin cases frees that lan-
guage from a gross absurdity of syntax invented by the gramma-
rians. According to them (and we have been compelled, by custom,
to adopt their language in the present work), the name of a town is
put in the genitive where the question is " where ?" provided that
name be of the first or second declension and of the singular num-
ber ; but "if it be of the third declension or plural number, the
name is put in the ablative !" The truth is, what the grammarians
mistake for a genitive in the one case, and for an ablative in the
N2
150
CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE.
other, is in both instances virtually the same, namely, a locative, and
the error has arisen from confounding similar forms. (Bopp, Ver-
gleick. Gramm., p. 229.)
Remark 4. It may be as well to remark, before concluding, that
the locative refers not only to place, as its name imports, but also to
the point of time conceived as space, and to the state, condition, or
circumstances made up of time and place.
IV. The names of places are put in the accusative
when motion unto or towards is indicated ; as, Venit
Romam. " He came to Rome." Profectus est Jlthenas.
" He set out for Athens."
1. JEsop was sent by Croesus to
Delphi, unto the oracle of Apollo.
The consul Laevinus led his le-
gions to Agrigentum, ivhich was
occupied by a strong garrison
of the Carthaginians. Curius
Dentatus brought four elephants
to Rome. Dion besought Dio-
nysius to send for Plato to Syr-
acuse. The Achceans, being
driven by the Heradida from
Laconia, took possession of the
abodes which they now occupy ;
the Pelasgi migrated to Athens.
2. Darius, not ignorant with how
valiant an enemy he had to do,
commands all the auxiliaries of
distant nations to be brought to-
gether unto Babylon. The
Egyptians seek Apis with their
heads shaved ; when found, he is
conducted to Memphis. The
senators, who thought they should
never be free from plots while
Hannibal lived, sent ambassa-
dors to Prusa, unto King Pru-
sias. Phtzbidas the Lacedemo-
nian, when he was leading an
army to Olynthus, marched
through Thebes.
^Esopus, a CHESUS, Delphi, ad
Apollo oraculum mitto. Lae-
vinus consul Agrigentum, qui
teneo a Carthageniensis vali-
dus presidium, legio duco.
Curius Dentatus quatuor ele-
phantus Roma duco. Dion ob-
secro Dionysius ut Plato Syra-
cusae arcesso. Achaei ab He-
raclidae ex Laconia pello, is oc-
cupo sedes qui nunc obtineo :
Pelasgi Athenae commigro.
Darius, haud ignarus quam cum
strenuus hostis res sum (im-
perf. subj.), omnis longinquus
gens auxilium Babylon contra-
ho jubeo. JSgyptius, derasus
caput, Apis qusero ; invenio
Memphis duco. Pater con-
scriptus, qui, Hannibal vivus
(ablat. absol.), nunquam sui sine
insidiae sum existimo, legatus
Prusa, ad rex Prusias mitto.
Phffibidas Lacedsemonius,
quum exercitus Olynthus duco
(subj.), iter per Thebse facio.
CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE.
151
Remark. The preposition ad is sometimes used to denote " to the
vicinity of," or " as far as ;" thus, C<zsar in Galliam contend.it et ad
Genevam pervenit, "as far as." Ad Soram traducta legioncs, " to be
fore Sora."
V. The place whence is put in the ablative without a
preposition ; as, Fugit Corintho. " He fled from Cor-
inth." Migravit Jlthenis. " He migrated from Athens."
Casar departed from Tarraco, and
came by land to Narbo, and
thence to Massilia. Timoleon,
when he saw that, on account of
the length of the war, not only
the country, but the cities were
depopulated, sent for colonists
from Corinth. The Etesian
(winds) are most adverse to those
who sail from Alexandrea.
Cimon set out from Athens for
LacedfEmon. Mummius return-
ed from Corinth to Rome, loaded
with many treasures. Pompey
sets out from Luceriafor Canu-
sium, and thence for Brundisi-
um.
Caesar Tarraco discedo, pes (ab-
lat. plur.) Narbo, atque inde
Massilia pervenio. Timoleon,
quum propter diuturnitas bel-
lum non solum regio, sed etiam
urbs desertus video, Corinthus
colonus arcesso. Etesia is,
qui Alexandrea navigo, adver-
sus sum. Cimon Athenae La-
cedsemon proficiscor. Mum-
mius Roma, multus opes one-
ro, Corinthus redeo. Pompe-
ius Luceria proficiscor Canusi-
um, atque inde Brundisium.
VI. With names of countries the preposition in or ad
is required, when motion towards is indicated. The
poets, however, and, in imitation of them, Tacitus, use
the names of nations in the accusative, without a prep-
osition ; as, JVbs hinc ibimus Afros. (Virg.) Ipse prce-
ceps IberoSj ad p atrium regnum pervadit. (T#c.)
VII. It is a deviation from rule when names of coun-
tries, like those of cities, are used without prepositions,
or names of cities with in, ab, ex. The preposition ab
is most commonly used by Cicero in this way ; as, Jib
Epidauro Pirceum advectus. Jib Epheso in Syriam pro-
fectus.
VIII. The names of the smaller islands are in gen-
152
CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE.
eral construed like the names of cities; and this re-
mark applies not only to those which have cities of the
same name, as Delos, Rhodes, hut to others also.
IX. The larger islands, Sardinia, Creta, Sicilia, Bri-
tannia, &c., are subject to the same rule as names of
countries. Cicero, however, has Inde Sardiniam cum
classe venit. (Or. pro Leg. Manil.)
1. Darius, king of the Persians, con-
veyed an army across from Asia
into Europe, and made war on
the Scythians. Most persons
have written that Themistocles,
during the reign of Xerxes,
crossed over into Asia. Cato
brought the poet Ennius from
Sardinia. When he was setting
out for Italy, he sent Servius
Galba into Gaul. He collected a
large fleet from Asia, the Cycla-
des, Corcyra, Athens, Pontus,
Bithynia, Syria, Cilicia, Phoeni-
cia, and Egypt.
2. Besides these, he expected two
other legions with Scipio from
Syria, archers from Crete, La-
cedcemon, Pontus, and Syria.
Conon lived most (of his time} at
Cyprus, Iphicrates in Thrace,
Timotheus at Lesbos. Mschi-
nes retired from Athens, and be-
took himself to Rhodes. Lycur-
gus departed for Crete, and there
passed a perpetual exile. It has
been handed down to remem-
brance that Latona, after a long
wandering, fled to Delos, and
there brought forth Apollo and
Diana. The Athenians, in the
Persian war, transported all their
effects partly to Salamis, partly
to Troezen.
Persa rex Darius, ex Asia in Eu-
ropa exercitus trajicio, bellum-
que Scytha infero. Plerique
scribo, Themistocles regnans
Xerxes (ablat. absol), in Asia
transeo. Cato ex Sardinia En-
nius poeta deduce. Quum in
Italia proficiscor, Servius Gal-
ba in Gallia mitto. Magnus ex
Asia, Cycladesque insula, Cor-
cyra, Athenae, Pontus, Bithy-
nia, Syria, Cilicia, Phoenice et
^Egyptus classis cogo.
Praeter hie exspecto cum Scipio
duo alius legio ex Syria ; Sagit-
tarius ex Creta, Lacedasmon,
Pontus et Syria. Conon pluri-
mus (neut.) Cyprus vivo, Iphic-
rates in Thracia, Timotheus
Lesbus. ^Eschines Athenae
cedo, et sui Rhodus confero.
Lycurgus Creta proficiscor, ibi-
que perpetuus exilium ago.-
Prodo memoria, Latona ex
longus error confugio Delus, at-
que ibi Apollo Dianaque pario.
Atheniensis, bellum Persi-
cus, suus omnis (neut.) partim
Salamis, partim Troezen aspor-
to.
CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE. 153
General Remarks on the Construction of Place.
Remark 1. The English prepositions at or in are not always the
signs of the question when ? or of motion or rest in the place ; and
hence the idiom of the English and that of the Latin language do not
in this respect precisely agree. Thus, we say, " Phaethon fell into
the Po in Italy." The Latins more correctly said, " Phaethon fell
into Italy, into the Po." Phaethon in Padum in Italian, cecidit. And
again, Domitii films transiit Formias, currens ad matrem Neapolim.
(Cic., Ep. ad Att., 9, 3.) " To his mother at (to) Naples."
Remark 2. A similar difference of phraseology obtains when mo-
tion from a place is signified. Thus, " He removed from his farm at
Capua into the island of Sardinia." Capua ex agello in Sardiniam
migravit. " He removed from Capua." The expression in Eng-
lish would lead the junior scholar to render it Capua or ad Capu-
am, which latter phraseology could only be admitted when the cir-
cumstance is expressed by a distinct clause ; as, Quern ad Capuam
habcbat.
Remark 3. The preposition is used if the name of a city has an
adjective ; as, Proficisci ad doctas Athenas.
Remark 4. The words urbs, oppidum, locus, when in apposition with
names of towns, as the place where anything occurs, may be in the
ablative without in, though the name of the place be in the genitive ;
as, Archias Antiochice natus est, celebri quondam urbe et copiosa. " Ar-
chias was born at Antioch, a once celebrated and populous city."
Remark 5. If oppidum or urbs come before the proper name, they
take in, and the name of the place is also in the ablative ; as, in urbe
Roma. When the place to or from which is spoken of, the proper
name follows the case of the appellative noun ; as, ad urbem Ancy-
ram ; ex ur'be Roma. The English construction " city of Rome" is
very uncommon in prose. We have an instance, however, in Ci-
cero (Ep. ad Att., 5, 18) : Cassius in oppido Antiochice cum omni exer-
citu, &c.
X. Domus and rus are construed like the names of
towns ; as,
Manet domi. " He remains at home."
Domum abiit. " He has gone home."
Vivit ruri. " He lives in the country."
Abiit rus. " He has gone to the country."
OBS. 1. Rure, according to the best usage, is " from the country ;"
ruri, " in the country."
OBS. 2. Domi also takes the genitives mea, tua, sua, nostras, ves-
tra, and aliena. Domus, the other form of the genitive singular,
means " of a house."
XI. Humus, bellum, and militia are construed in 'a
154
CONSTRUCTION OF PLACE.
similar way in the genitive, with verbs of both motion
and rest j as, humi jacere ; projicere humi. Humi means
" on the ground." Belli and militia are used only in
connexion with domi ; as, Vel belli ml domi. "Either
in the field or at home." Domi militiczque. " At home
and in the field."
1. Manlius spent his youth in the
country. Quinctius was a man
of patrician family, who, being
lame from a wound, had deter-
mined to pass his life in the coun-
try. Tullus Hostilius thought
that the bodies of the youths
would be more healthy in service
than at home. Why did Marius,
in his seventh consulship, die, an
old man, in his own house ?
Why did Cinna, of all men the
most cruel, enjoy absolute power
so long 1
2. In the field, Ladius looked up to
Scipio as a god ; at home, Scipio
honoured L&lius as a parent.
The saying of Plato is too sub-
lime for us, lying on the earth,
to raise our eyes to it. The
mother of Darius, when the news
of Alexander's death was brought
her, put on mourning, and, tear-
ing her hair, threw her body on
the ground. When Tullius shall
have returned from the country,
I will send him to thee. He who
comes from home knows not
whether he is going to return
home. We nowhere live more
conveniently than at home.
Manlius rus juventa ago. Quinc-
tius patricius vir gens sum qui,
quum ex vulnus claudus sum,
rus ago vita constituo. Credo
Tullus Hostilius salubris mili-
tia quam domus juvenis corpus
fore. Cur Marius, septimus
consul, domus suus senex mo-
rior 1 Cur omnis crudelis Cin-
na tamdiu regno 1
Militia Scipio ut deus colo Laeli-
us ; domus Laelius observe in
parens locus Scipio. Plato vox
altus sum quam ut is ego, hu-
mus stratus, suspicio possum.
Darius mater, perlatus fama
(ablat. absol.) de Alexander
mors, vestis lugubris sumo, la-
ceratusque crinis (ablat. absol.)
humus corpus abjicio. Quum
Tullius rus redeo mitto is ad
tu. Qui domus venio, nescio
an domus redeo. Nusquam
commode vivo (pass, impers.)
quam domus.
Remark 1. If any other adjective than meus, tuus, &c., is joined
to domus, it is better to use a preposition ; as, in domo pudica.
Remark 2. Domum and domo also take, though not uniformly, the
CONSTRUCTION OF PASSIVE VOICE.
155
pronouns meus, tuus, &c., without the addition of a preposition ; as,
domum meam venit ; domo sua egrcssus cst. Nor is it uncommon for
domum to be used with a genitive, without the preposition ad or in ;
as, Venisti domum Roscii. (Cic., Rose. Com., 9,) Pomponii domum
venisse dicitur. (Id., Off., 3, 31.)
VERBS.
PASSIVE VOICE.
I. If a verb does not govern an accusative in the
active voice, it can have no passive but impersonally.
Thus we can say, Resisto tibi, " I resist thee j" but in
the passive, Tibi resistitur, " thou art resisted ;" not tu
resisteris. So, again, Noces mihi, " thou hurtest me ;"
but in the passive, Nocetur mihi, " I am hurt ;" not ego
noceor.
1. Casar more readily promised
the soldiers of Antony life and
pardon than they were persuaded
to implore them. Young men
ought to fix their thoughts on
great objects, and strive for them
with undiverted zeal, which they
will do with so much firmer a
mind, because that age is not
only not envied, but even favour-
ed. Men chiefly envy their
equals or inferiors ; but even su-
periors are sometimes envied.
2. / was never less pleased with
myself than yesterday; for, in
complying with the wishes of
young men, I forgot that I was
an old man. I was pleased with
my edict, he with his. It was a
great kindness that thou didst
not kill me at Brundisium, I
confess it ; though there was no
one of those that were with thee
who did not think that I ought
to be spared. The enemy were
Cito vita veniaque miles Anton i-
anus Caesar promitto, quam ille
ut is precor persuadeo. Juve-
nis magnus specto, et ad is
rectus studium debeo conten-
do ; qui is firmus animus facio,
quia non modo non invideo ille
aetas, verum etiam faveo.
Invideo homo maxime par aut
inferior ; sed etiam superior ali-
quando invideo.
Ego ego nunquam minus quam
hesternus dies placeo ; qui, dum
obsequor adolescens, ego senex
sum obliviscor. Meus ego pla-
ceo edictum, ille suus. Mag-
nus beneficium, quod non ego
Brundisium interficio, fateor ;
quadquam nemo sum is qui
turn tucum sum, qui ego non
censeo (subj.) parco oportet.
Hostis tantum in ager vasto
156
CONSTRUCTION OF PASSIVE VOICE-
injured only by desolating their
fields and making conflagrations.
(gerundive) et incendium facio
(gerundive) noceo.
II. The passive verb has frequently a reflective sense,
corresponding with the middle voice of the Greeks ;
as, dehctor, "I delight myself j" fallor, "I deceive
myself ;" feror, " I throw myself ;" pascor, " I feed
myself;" versor, "I turn myself," or "I find myself,"
or " I am ;" crucior, " I torment myself."
1. Alexander orders the prefect of
the Thessalian cavalry to join
himself to Parmenio, and exe-
cute with alacrity whatever he
commanded. Sisygambis threw
herself at the feet of Alexander ;
apologizing for her ignorance of
the king, whom she had never
seen before. Everything which
is tender fastens itself upon the
nearest (objects), and grows up
in their likeness: hence boys
have often exhibited the manners
of their nurses and pedagogues.
Casar, when he was kept
prisoner by the pirates, never
ungirded himself, or took off his
shoes by night or by day.
2. Hedgehogs prepare food against
winter, and, rolling themselves
upon the apples lying on the
ground, carry them off, fixed to
their spines, to their nests.
The blood diffuses itself through
the veins into the whole body.
It is a question whether the
world goes round while the earth
stands still, or the earth turns
while the world stands still.
About to die, he throws himself
into the midst of the foe.
Praefectus eques Thessalus Par-
menio conjungo jubeo Alexan-
der, et qui is impero (pluperf.
subj.) impigre exsequor. Sisy-
gambis Alexander pes advolvo,
ignoratio minquam antea visus
rex excuso. Proximus applico
omnis qui tener sum, et in is
similitude (accus. ) cresco : inde
saepe nutrix et paedagogus puer
refero mos. Caesar, quum a
pirata retineo, nunquam, aut
nox aut dies, aut excalceo aut
discingo.
Praeparo hiems herinaceus cibus
(plur.), ac voluto super jaceo
pomum, affigo spina porto in
cavea arboreus. Sanguis per
vena in omnis corpus diffundo.
Quaero utrum mundus, terra
sto (ablat. absol.), circumeo, an,
mundus sto, terra versor.
Morior fero in medius hostis.
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
157
Remark. The passive was originally a reflexive voice, an agent
either acting upon himself or being acted upon by some external ob-
ject, but still the agent himself denoting in both cases the limit or
extent of the action. As, however, a subject is more frequently
acted upon from without than acts upon itself, the voice in question
gradually assumed the name of passive, and its reflexive meaning
began to be regarded as a peculiarity in syntax. The Latin depo-
nents afford clear proof of the correctness of this doctrine, some of
them retaining their old reflexive meaning under an active significa-
tion, others having both an active and passive meaning. ( Weissen
born, Lat. Gramm., p. 160.)
USE AND CONNEXION OF TENSES.
1. Present.
I. The present tense denotes that an action is going
on, or, in other words, it is used to indicate the con-
tinuance of an act ; as, c&dificat, " he builds ;" domus
cedificatur, " the house is building."
1. Pompey unshed me to come to
Capua and aid the levy, in which
the colonists of Campania are by
no means freely answering (to
his call). We are wandering
about destitute, with our wives
and children ; we repose our
hopes upon the life of a single
man, yearly afflicted with a dan-
gerous disease.
2. I will say no more of those
things, for I am aggravating
my grief by recurring to it.
The difference there is between a
husbandman reaping and sow-
ing, exists also between him who
has acquired a friend and is ac-
quiring one. Ye are bringing
unto me a distinguished cause.
Ego Pompeius Capua venio volo,
et adjuvo delectus, in qui pa-
rum prolixe respondeo Campa-
nus colonus. Vagor egeo cum
conjux et liberi ; in unus homo,
quotannis periculose aegrotus,
anima positus omnis noster
spes habeo.
Hie omitto; augeo enim dolor
retracto (gerund.). Qui inter-
sum inter meto agricola et se-
ro, hie inter is qui paro amicus
et qui paro. Praeclarus causa
ad ego defero.
II. Anything that is wont to take place, and general
custom, if still existing, may be expressed in this
tense j as, Jlpud Parthos signum datur tympano, et non
O
158
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
tuba. "Among the Parthians the signal is given by the
drum, and not by the trumpet."
III. Those truths which are at all times true, are
generally expressed in this same tense j as, Jld pani-
tendum properat, cito qui judicat. " He hastens to repent
who decides hastily."
IV. It follows, from what has been said, therefore,
that the present is employed to denote not only the
continuance, but also the repetition of an act.
1. Not even those things which ap-
pear confused, and uncertain hap-
pen without a plan, however sud-
den they may be. In the same
way as so many rivers do not
change the taste of the sea, so the
assault of adversity does not al-
ter a brave man's mind.
2. As no injury is done to the gods
by those who pull down temples
or melt down statues, so every-
thing is tried in vain which is
done petulantly or proudly against
a wise man. When the suprem-
acy in all things is in the power
of one man, we call him a king ;
and the state of that common-
wealth a monarchy.
Ne ille quidem qui video confusus
et incertus, sine ratio, quamvis
subitus sum, accido. Quem-
admodum tot aoinis non muto
sapor mare, ita adversus impe-
tus res vir fortis non muto ani-
mus.
Ut ab hie qui templum diruo, aut
simulacrum conflo, nihil deus
noceo, ita quisquis fio in sapi-
ens petulanter, superbeve, frus-
tra tento. Quum penes unus
sum omnis summa res, rex ille
unus voco, et regnum is respub-
lica status.
IV. What has just been said respecting the mean
ings of the present tense, as regards the continuance
and the repetition of an act, applies as well to the pass*
ive as the active voice.
Since the Upper Sea is in a
state of blockade, I shall sail by
the Lower, and make for Croto-
na or Thurii. These crimes are
partly preparing, and even now
under consideration. All other
Quoniam mare superus obsideo,
inferus navigo, et Croto peto
aut Thurii. Hie scelus partim
paro et jam cogito. Caeteri ad
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
159
things shall be referred to the
senate, which you see is in the
act of being summoned.
2. They were so thunderstruck,
and kept looking by stealth at one
another in such a manner, that
they seemed not to be undergoing
exposure by others, but to be ex-
posing themselves. / think the
republic undone, both by its own
wounds, and by the medicines
which are in preparation. When
the senate was terrified by the
groans of so many thousand dy-
ing, Sylla replied, "Let us at-
tend to our business, senators ;
a few seditious persons are suf-
fering death by my order."
senatus refero, qui jam voco
video.
Sic obstupeo, sic furtim nonnun-
quam inter sui adspicio, ut non
jam ab alius indico, sed indico
sui ipse video. Ego amissus
respublica puto, cum vulnus
suus, turn medicamentum is qui
paro. Quum senatus tot mille
moriens gemitus exterreo (plu-
perf. subj.}, Sylla, " Hie (accus.
neut.) ago," inquam, "pater
conscriptus, pauculus seditio-
sus meus jussus occido.
Remark 1. Historians and poets sometimes describe past actions
in this tense, in order to give animation to the discourse, by bringing
them, as it were, under immediate observation. Thus Livy: Ad
equites dictator advolat, obtestans ut ex equis descendant. Dicto paru-
ere, desiliunt ex equis, provolant in primum, et pro antesignanis par-
mas objiciunt. " The dictator flies to the cavalry, beseeching them
to dismount from their horses. They obeyed ; they dismount, fly
forward to the front," &c.
Remark 2. The Latin present, joined with an adverb or other ex-
pression of past time, including the past and the present, has the
force of a perfect ; as, Jampridem cupio Alexandreamvisere. " I have
long had a desire to visit Alexandrea." The imperfect obtains in
the same way the force of the pluperfect ; as, Dudum a te literas cx-
spectabam. " I had expected not long since a letter from thee."
2. Imperfect.
I. The Latin imperfect indicative is used like the
English compound tense formed by the auxiliary and
participle (/ was speaking), to express an action or state
continuing and not completed, at some given point of
time.
1. The soldiers were more fit for I Miles iter quam praelium aptus
march than battle, and were has- \ sum, raptimque arma capio ;
160
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
tily arming themselves ; others
had climbed to the summit of the
mountain, to look thence on the
army of the enemy ; the majority
were bridling their horses. The
cohort, which was keeping watch
before the tent of the king, had
begun to arm, fearing lest it
might be the beginning of a
greater tumult.
2. In the beginning of history, the
command of tribes and nations
was in the power of kings.
Would it have been beneficial to
Marcus Crassus to know, when
he was flourishing in the great-
est wealth, that he must perish
ignominiously beyond the Eu-
phrates 1 Miltiades said that
the enemy's courage would be
damped if they perceived that
they dared fight against them
with so small forces. When an
island was rising in the JEgcan
Sea, the sea foamed, and a smoke
arose from the depth.
alius in jugum mons evado, ut
hostis agmen inde prospicio;
equus plerique fraeno. Cohors
qui excubo ad tabernaculum
rex, veritus ne magnus motus
principium sum, anno sui ccepi.
Principium res, gens natioque im-
perium penes rex sum. Mar-
cusne Crassus utilis sum, tune
quum magnus opes fortunaque
(plur.) floreo, scio sui trans
Euphrates cum ignominia sum
pereo 1 (gerund.) Miltiades
hostis fore tardus dico, si ani-
madverto audeo adversus sui
tarn exiguus copia dimico.
Quum insula in JEgaeus mare
surgo, spumo mare et fumus
ex altus fero.
II. Hence the imperfect is often used of actions fre-
quently repeated, of manners, customs, and institu-
tions formerly existing ; as, Socrates dicebat. " Socra-
tes used to say." Jlnseres Roma publice alebantur in
Capitolio. " Geese were publicly nurtured at Rome in
the Capitol."
1. Clodius used to say that men
were mad ivho said that we must
be careful of (our) dignity, that
we must consult the welfare of
the republic. Domitius, the
tribune of the commons, propc-
Clodius is qui dico dignitas sum
servio (gerund), respublica con-
sulo (gerund) insanio dico.
Domitius, tribunus plebs, lex
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
161
sed a law, that the people should
create the priests, whose vacan-
cies their colleagues previously
used to Jill up.
2. Pythagoras used to tranquillize
the agitations of his mind with
the lyre. Gather up and pre-
serve the time, which heretofore
used to be stolen away or to slip
through thy hands. Julius Ca-
sar was very skilful in arms and
horsemanship, patient of labour
to an incredible degree ; on the
march he used to go before, some-
times on horseback, but more fre-
quently on foot.
fero, at sacerdos, qui antea col-
lega sufficio, populus creo.
Pythagoras perturbatio animus
lyra compono. Tempus qui
adhuc aut surripio aut excido,
colligo et servo. Arma et
equito (gerund) peritus Caesar,
labor ultra fides patiens sum ;
in agmen nonnunquam equus,
saepius pes (plur.) anteo.
Remark 1. It is often optional whether we will describe the dura-
tion of an action by the imperfect, or simply declare its past exist-
ence by the aorist : we may say, Socrates solitus est dicere, as well
as solebat ; the former expression declares a fact, the latter repre-
sents the continuance and repetition of the act.
Remark 2. The perfect may be used of a continued action, if its
continuance is not the circumstance which it is meant to bring em-
phatically into view. But the imperfect can never be employed, un-
less the action be really continued or repeated. This tense, how-
ever, does not necessarily imply that the action remained imperfect.
Its completion may be inferred from the connexion.
Remark 3. In writing letters, the Romans used the imperfect
tense to denote what was going on at the time when they wrote,
putting themselves, as it were, in the place of the person who re-
ceived the letter, and using the tense which would be proper when
it came to his hands ; as, Novi nihil erat apud nos, siquidem certa tibi
affcrri vis. Qua ad eum diem quum hac scribebam audiveramus,
inanis rumor videbatur. Dicebant tamen, &c. The perfect was
used of an event not extending beyond a single point of time ; as,
Eo factum est (it happens), ut epistola tuae. rescriberem aliquid (that
I am writing). Some modern writers imitate this practice of the
ancients, others do not : the ancients themselves did not invariably
observe it.
3. Aorist Sense of the Perfect.
The perfect indicative, both active and passive, has
in Latin, besides its signification of an action comple-
ted in present time, that of an aorist : in other words,
it is used to relate events simply as happening in past
02
162
CONNEXION C"F TENSES.
time, without reference to their having been comple-
ted or not completed in respect to each other. Thus,
Itaque Casar armis gerere rem constituit, exercitum finibus Italia
admovit, Rubiconem transiit, Romam et cerarium occupavit, Pom-
peium cedentem devicit, fugientem persecutus est, &c.
This is expressed in English by the use of the past
tense, " Caesar determined, marched," &c.
1. Phcebidas, the Lacedemonian,
seized the citadel which is called
the Cadmea, as he was leading
his army to Olynthus, and march-
ing through Thebes. Pyrrhus
perished, being struck by a stone,
as he was besieging Argos, a
town in the Peloponnesus. Ju-
lius Ccesar accused of extortion
Cornelius Dolabella, a man of
consular rank, and who had en-
joyed a triumph, and on his ac-
quittal determined to retire to
Rhodes.
2. CcBsar became, at last, rather
slow to Jight battles, thinking
that he should not acquire so
much by victory as he might lose
by misfortune. Nero command-
ed his name to be enrolled with-
out delay in the list of harpers
offering their services ; and, hav-
ing cast his lot into the urn with
the rest, came on in his turn.
Hannibal always came off supe-
rior, as often as he engaged with
the Romans in Italy.
Phoebidas Lacedsemonius, quum
exercitus Olynthus duco, iterque
per Thebae facio, arx oppidum,
qui Cadmea nomino, occupo.
Pyrrhus, quum Argos oppidum
oppugno in Peloponnesus, lapis
ico intereo. J. Caesar Corne-
lius Dolabella, consularis et
triumphalis vir repetundae pos-
tulo, absolutusque (ablat. absol.)
Rhodus secedo statuo.
Tern pus extremus ad dimico (ge-
rund) cunctans fio Caesar, ni-
hil sui tantus acquire victoria
opinor, quantus aufero calami-
tas possum. Nero, sine mora,
nomen suus in album profiteer
citharoedus jubeo adscribo, sor-
ticulaque in urna cum caeteri
demitto (ablat. absol.), intro or-
do suus. Hannibal, quoties-
cunque cum Romanus congre-
dior in Italia, semper discedo
superior.
Remark. It is laid down as a rule by some grammarians, that
when the leading verb is in the perfect, and ut follows with the sub-
junctive, the present of the subjunctive must be used ; but that,
when the leading verb is in the aorist, the imperfect subjunctive is
to be employed. Thus, Misit legatos ut petant pacem, " He has sent
ambassadors to sue for peace ;" but Misit legatos peterent pacem,
CONNEXION OF TENSES. 163
" He sent ambassadors," &c. That this, however, is not a safe rule
to follow, will appear from the remarks relative to similar tenses
(page 171, seqq.).
4>. Future Tenses.
I. In the use of the Futures, the Latin language is
more accurate than our own. When a future action is
spoken of, either in the future, or in the imperative, or
in the subjunctive used imperatively, and another is
joined with it which has not yet come to pass, the lat-
ter is also put in the future, if the actions are supposed
to continue together ; in the future perfect, if the one
must be completed before the other can begin. In
English, this verb is often put in the present tense ; as,
Faciam si potero. " I will do it if I can." Facito hoc
ubi voles. " Do this when thou pleasest."
II. The following examples will serve to explain
what has just been said :
Adolescentes, quum dare se jucunditati volent, caveant intemperan-
tiam. "Let the young, when they feel inclined to yield to
pleasure, beware of excess."
Ut sementem feceris ita metes. " As thou shalt have made thy
sowing, so wilt thou reap."
De Carthagine vereri non ante desinam quam illam excisam esse
cognovero. " I will not cease to be filled with dread of Carthage
until I shall have learned that it is destroyed."
Simple Future.
Let him who wishes to obtain true
glory discharge the requirements
of justice. We must take care
that we do not appear too great-
ly to extol the praise and glory
of those whom we wish to be
loved for their good deeds.
In every discussion we should
adopt this rule, that it be ex-
plained what is meant by the
name about which the inquiry is.
Qui adipiscor verus gloria volo
justitia fungor officium. Video
(gerund) sum ne qui ob bene-
factum diligo volo, is laus atque
gloria nimis effero video. Om-
nis in res (plur.} disserendus,
hie lex utor (gerund} sum, lit
explico quis declaro is nomen
de qui quaero. Qui respublica
164
CONNEXION OF TENSES
They icho govern the state are
bound to take measures that there
may be an abundance of those
things that are necessary
guberno, consulo debeo, ut is
res copia sum qui sum neces-
sarius.
Future
1. Some say that a wise man will
never undertake any public office,
unless some necessity shall have
compelled him. When I shall
have come to Rome, I will write
to thee what I shall have ascer-
tained, and especially respecting
the dictatorship. / will comply
with thy request, and will explain
what thou wishest, as I shall be
able ; not, however, like a Pythi-
an Apollo, so that those things
which I shall have uttered shall
be certain and fixed.
2. I will write many other things
to thee as soon as ever I shall
have got some leisure. It will
grieve me, not thee, if I shall
have done anything foolishly.
If any business shall have brought
me where thou art, I will endeav-
our, if I can in any way, that no
one but thou shall perceive my
grief. / approve of no one of
the three forms of government by
itself, and prefer to them singly
that one which shall have been
combined out of them all.
Perfect.
Nego aliquis sapiens suscipio ui-
lus respublica pars, extra quam
si is necessitas cogo. Roma
quum venio, qui perspicio seri-
bo ad tu, et maxime de dicta-
tura. Gero tu mos (dat. and
accus.), et is qui volo ut possum
explico ; nee tamen quasi Py-
thius Apollo, certus ut sum et
fixus qui dico.
Multus alius ad tu scribo, quum
primum aliquis otium nancis-
cor. Ego doleo, non tu, si quis
ego stulte facio. Si qui res ego
isto adduce, enitor, si qui mo-
dus possum, ut praeter tu nemo
dolor meus sentio. E tres res-
publica forma nullus ipse per
sui probo, anteponoque singuli
ille qui conflo ex ornnis.
Remark 1. Fuero is sometimes used, with the past participle, for
ero ; as, laudatus fuero for laudatus ero. This, however, is only an
attempt to express again, by the auxiliary, the completeness of the
action, which is already expressed by the participle of the perfect
passive. The same remark applies to laudatus fui for laudatus sum,
and laudatus fueram for laudatus eram.The use of fui, however,
with the participle instead of sum, is very uncommon. (Crombie,
Gymnasium, vol. 1, p. 338.)
CONNEXION OP TENSES.
165
Remark 2. The future perfect is sometimes used for the simple
future to express haste, the future being thus represented as already
past ; as, Mox videro. " I'll see to it immediately."
III. As in English, according to what has already
been remarked, the present tense is often used to ex-
press the Latin future, so the pluperfect subjunctive
is often used in Latin where the English uses the im-
perfect ; as, Promisit se scripturum quum primum nun-
cium accepisset. " He promised he would write as soon
as he should receive intelligence."
1. Darius marched to the Euphra-
tes, thinking that only would, be
his which he should, be able to
seize beforehand, by his rapidity.
Amyntas determined to make
for Egypt, since he thought that
every one would keep, as if pos-
sessed by clear right, what he
had seized on in that state of af-
fairs.
2. Cyrus was warned in a dream
that he should take, as a partner
to his projects, the first person
whom he met on the following
day. Hannibal promised the
Gauls that he would not draw
his sword before he came into
Italy. / wish that death were
an honourable termination to my
misfortunes, and that I might not
appear to live despised if I gave
way to injustice.
Darius ad Euphrates contendo is
demum credo fore ipse, qui
celeritas praeripio possum.
Amyntas, quum in ille status
res is quisque qui occupo ha-
beo arbitror, velut certus jus
possideo, 2Egyptus peto decer-
no.
Praemoneo somnium Cyrus, ut
qui primus posterus dies obvius
habeo, socius cceptum assume.
Promitto Hannibal Gallus,
sui non stringo ante gladius
quam in Italia venio. Utinam
emorior (infin. as noun) fortuna
meus honestus exitus sum, nee
vivo contemno video, si injuria
concede.
Periphrastic Future.
IV. The Periphrastic Future is formed from the par-
ticiple of the future active, with the auxiliary verb
sum.
V. This tense is employed to denote that some one
166
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
is about to perform an action, or meditates its perform-
ance.
VI. The tense of the substantive verb which is join-
ed with the participle (and this participle may befutu-
rus, or that of some other verb) fixes the time at
which an action is meditated, or is about to take place.
Thus,
Scripturus sum. " I am about to write," or " I meditate writing."
Scripturus tram. " I was about to write."
Scripturus fueram. " I had been about to write."
Scripturus essem. " I should be about to write."
Scripturus fuissem. "I should have been about to write," &c.
VII. In this formation, sum, fui, eram, fueram, retain
their own force as tenses, and cannot be exchanged for
each other, as in the formation of the passive voice.
(Remark 1, p. 164.)
1. Many persons do not live, but
are about to live, they so pro-
crastinate everything. If the
mind is to perish along with the
body, preserve the remembrance
of us affectionately and sacredly.
When Deiotarus had turned
back from some intended jour-
ney, the apartment in which he
was going to have lodged, if he
had pursued his journey, fell in
the next night.
2. Vedius Pollio used to throw his
slaves to be devoured by the lam-
preys which he was going to
eat. The Romans were going
to punish with the severest tor-
tures the Carthaginians who be-
sieged Saguntum. Alexander
had been about to make an expe-
dition with a strong force to de-
stroy Athens. Let the king not
Multus non vivo, sed sum vivo ;
ita differo omnis. Si una sum
intereo animus cum corpus, tu
memoria noster pie inviola-
teque servo. Deiotarus quum
ex iter quidam propositus re-
verto, conclave ille ubi sum
maneo, si eo pergo, proximus
nox corruo.
Vedius Pollio devorandus servus
objicio muraena qui edo sum.
Romanus Poenus, qui Sagunt-
um oppugno, ultimus cruciatus
afficio sum. Alexander excur-
ro cum validus manus sum ad
Athenae delendus. Ne quis
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
167
allow to pass through his king-
dom any army which shall be
going to carry on war with the
Roman people or their allies.
Sulpicius declared that the next
night, from the second hour to
the fourth, the moon was going
to be eclipsed.
exercitus, qui cum populus Ro-
manus sociusve bellum gero
sum, rex per finis regnum suus
transeo sino (imperative}. Sul-
picius pronuntio, nox proximus
ab hora secundus usque ad
quartus hora, luna deficio sum.
VIII. The future in rus with fuisse denotes what
would have been the consequence of some supposed
circumstances ; corresponding to the pluperfect sub-
junctive ; as, Jludio eum dicturum fuisse. "I hear that
he would have said." Not eum dixisse.
Dost thou think that any old woman
would have been so mad as to
trust to dreams, if they did not
sometimes accidentally come true 1
Varro says that the Muses, if
they wished to speak Latin, would
have spoken in the language of
Plautus. Dost thou think that
I should have undertaken such
labours if I had been going to ter-
minate my glory within the same
limits as my life ? Asinius
Pollio thinks that Casar would,
have written over again, and
corrected his Commentaries.
An tu censeo ullus anus tarn de-
lirus sum sum, ut somnium
credo, nisi iste casus nonnun-
quam concurro? Varro dico,
Musa Plautinus sermo loquor
sum, si Latine loquor volo.
An censeo, ego tantus labor
suscipio sum, si idem finis glo-
ria meus qui vita sum termino 1
Pollio Asinius Caesar existi-
mo suus rescribo et corrigo
commentarius sum.
IX. The future infinitive in the passive voice must
not be expressed by the participle in dus (which is not
properly a future, but denotes merely what ought to be
done), but by the supine in um, with iri.
X. The future infinitive active, formed, as has already
been remarked, by the participle in rus, with the verb
sww, varies according to the number and gender of the
object referred to ; the future infinitive passive, on the
168
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
other hand, is unchangeable, and the accusative con-
nected with it is under the government of the supine.
XI. In the future infinitive passive, therefore (ama-
tum iri ; doctum iri), iri is really the infinitive of the
passive impersonal itur, " things tend." Hence audio
eum doctum iri is literally " I hear that things tend to
teaching him," i. e., " that he is about to be taught."
The supine, therefore, remains unchanged, whatever be
the gender or number of the substantive ; as, Jludio
earn doctum iri ; eas doctum iri ; eos doctum iri, &c.
Dost thou think that Cneius Pom-
pey would have rejoiced in his
three consulships if he had known
that he was to be killed in an
Egyptian desert 1 Balbus wrote
to me about Antony ; I wish thee,
however, to know that I am not
disturbed by that news, and shall
not be now disturbed ly any.
Of Pompey I know nothing, and
I think that he will be caught if
he have not betaken himself on
shipboard. I am in great hope
that no time will be added to my
command.
An Cneius Pompeius censeo tres
suus consulatus laetor sum, si
scio sui in solitudo ^Egyptius
(gen. plur.) trucido? De An-
tonius Balbus ad me scribo ; tu
tamen scio volo, ego neque iste
mincius (sing.) perturbo, neque
jam ullus perturbo. De Pom-
peius scio nihil, isque nisi in
navis sui confero, excipio puto.
Magnus in spes sum ego (da-
tive) nihil tempus prorogo.
Remark 1. Neither the active nor the passive voice has a subjunc-
tive of the future. When the expression of futurity is already con-
tained in another part of the proposition, the other subjunctive ten-
ses supply the place of the subjunctive of the future ; as, Ilia de re
promisit se scripturum, quum primum nuncium accepisset. Here acce-
pisset serves instead of a subjunctive of the future perfect ; for in the
indicative it would be, Cum primum nuncium accepero, scribam tibi.
So in the passive, Hoc tibi ajfirmo, si illud beneficium mihi tribuatur,
me magnopere gavisurum ; where tribuatur, the subjunctive of the
present, stands for the future. And again, Gaudebo si mihi tributum
fuerit ; where fuerit (from fuerim, not from fuero) is in like manner
used for the subjunctive of the future. The choice of one or other
of these subjunctive tenses depends upon the tense of the leading
verb in the sentence, and the complete or incomplete state of the ac-
tion.
Remark 2. If no future has gone before, and the construction of
the proposition demands the subjunctive, the participle of the future
CONNEXION OF TENSES. 169
active is employed for this purpose, along with the proper tense of
the verb sum ; as, Non dubito quin rediturus sit orfuerit. " I do not
doubt but that he will return." Non dubitabam quin rediturus esset
orfuisset.
Remark 3. The preceding remarks refer to the mode of supplying
the subjunctive future in the active. We now come to the passive
XII. In the passive voice, as the participle (accord-
ing to what has already been said) is not properly a
future, the place of a subjunctive future may be sup-
plied by a circumlocution of futurum sit or esset with
ut, and in the infinitive by fore or futurum esse with ut,
the subjunctive following in both cases. Thus,
Non dubito quin futurum sit ut laudetur. " I do not doubt but that
he will be praised ;" literally, " I do not doubt but that it will
come to pass that he be praised."
Non dubitabam quin futurum esset ut vinceretur. "I did not doubt
but that he would be conquered."
Spero fore (or futurum esse) ut mncatur. " I hope he will be con.
quered."
Speravi farz (or futurum esse) ut vinceretur. " I hoped he would
be conquered."
XIII. This is the only way of expressing the future
passive, if the verb has no supine ; as, Spero fore ut
convalescat. " I hope he will recover ;" literally, " I
hope it will come to pass that he recover." And
again, Speravi fore ut vellet. " I hoped he would be
willing ;" literally, "I hoped it would come to pass
that he would be willing."
One of the ambassadors of the Vei- E legatus Veientes unus senatus
entes said to the senate that it
was written in an oracular book
belonging to the people of Veii,
" that Rome would be shortly ta-
ken by the Gauls" Otho had
hoped that he would be adopted
by Galba, and was expecting it
from day to day. I assure thee
dico, in fata Veientes scribo,
" fore ut brevis a Gallus Roma
capio." Otho spero fore ut
adopto a Galba isque in dies ex-
pecto. Ille tu affirmo, si res
170
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
of this, that if thou execute the
affair as thou dost purpose, thou
wilt be praised by all men. In
the midst of my violent grief,
this hope chiefly consoles me,
that it will come to pass that the
iniquity of men will be repressed,
both by the counsels of thy friends
and the lapse of time itself. I
hope it will happen. I do not
doubt but that it will be bright.
ex sententia gero, fore ut ab
omnis collaudo. Ego in sum-
mus dolor maxime consolor
spes, fore ut infringe homo im-
probitas, et consilium tuus am-
icus et ipse dies (/em.). Spero
fore ut contingo. Non dubito
quin sum ut fulgeo.
XIV. The perfect of the subjunctive has not the same
latitude of meaning as the perfect of the indicative,
but is confined to a completed action, and to the pres-
ent time ; as,
Multi fuerunt, qui a negotiis publicis se removerint, ad otiumque per-
fugerint. " There have been many who have withdrawn them-
selves from public affairs, and have taken refuge in retire-
ment."
XV. The imperfect subjunctive has the force which
belongs to the perfect of the indicative, when the lat-
ter tense has an aorist meaning, namely, that of rela-
ting an event which has occurred in some past time,
without reference to its being complete or incomplete ;
so that, in a narrative, the imperfect of the subjunctive
follows the perfect of the indicative when used in an
aorist sense. Thus,
Mulier tarn vehementer lapidem de tecto dejecit, ut regis Pyrrhi capui
et galeam perfringeret. " A woman hurled a stone with so much
violence from a house-top that she shattered the head and hel-
met of King Pyrrhus.
OBS. 1. It will be readily perceived, that when we say, Puer de
tecto decidit, ut crus fregerit, " The boy has fallen from the roof
so that he has broken his leg," we do not relate an event as hap-
pening in past time, but speak of an event as completed at the
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
171
present time, and of a state now existing, the consequence of
that event. When, on the other hand, we say, Puer de tecto de-
cidit, ut crus fr anger et, " The boy fell from the roof so that he
broke his leg," using the perfect in its narrative or aorist sense,
we join the imperfect with it.
OBS. 2. The general usage of the Latin language is constant in
observing the distinction which has just been laid down, and it
may safely be made the rule in Latin style, although the perfect
subjunctive is occasionally used instead of the imperfect, in a
narrative of a past event, especially in Livy and Cornelius Ne-
pos.
OF SIMILAR TENSES.
I. SIMILAR TENSES are those which relate to the
same time, and these only can be made dependant on
each other by means of particles ; as, ut, ne, quo, quin,
quominus, cum, quasi, &c. j or by the relative and in-
terrogative pronouns and adjectives, qui, quis, qualis,
quantus, &c.
II. The present, the perfect, the future, and the peri-
phrastic future (formed by the present and perfect of
sum) are in this sense similar tenses.
Present with Present ; as, Nemo tarn sine mente vivit, ut quid
sit sementis ac messis omnino nesciat.
Present with Perfect ; as, Quis est tarn miser, ut Dei munifi-
centiam non senserit 1
Present with Periphrastic Future ; as, Quotusquisque tarn pati-
ens est ut velit discere quod in usu non sit habiturus ?
Perfect with Present ; as, Atticus fecit, ut vere dictum videatur,
sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam.
Perfect with Perfect ; as, Nulla unquam fu.it, liberis amissis,
tarn imbecillo mulier animo, qua. non aliquando lugendi finem
fecerit.
Perfect with Periphrastic Future ; as, Defectiones solis praedic-
tae sunt, qua, quanta, quando futurae sint.
172 CONNEXION OF TENSES.
'Future with Present; as, Persuasum est, fore aliquando ut hie
mundus deflagret.
Future with Perfect ; as, Nemo reperietur, qui sit studio nihil
consecutus.
Future Perfect with Periphrastic Future ; as, Si scieris aspidem
latere uspiam, et velle aliguem super earn assidere, cujus mors
tibi emolumento futura sit, improbe feceris, nisi monueris ne
assideat.
III. So the perfect in the aorist sense, the imperfect,
the pluperfect, and the periphrastic future (formed by
the past tenses of sum) are similar, and may be con-
nected by the same particles as above. Thus,
/Perfect (aorist) with Imperfect; as, Ante senectutem curavi ut
bene viverem.
] Perfect (aorist) with Pluperfect ; as, Sol Phaethonti Jilio factu-
\ rum se esse dixit quicquid optasset.
/Imperfect with Imperfect ; as, Unum illud extimescebam, ne
quid turpiter facerem vel jam effecissem.
] Imperfect with Periphrastic Future ; as, Non verebar ne meet.
\ vita modestia parum valitura esset contra falsos rumor ~es.
f Pluperfect with Imperfect ; as, Pavor ceperat milites, ne Scipi-
onis vulnus mortiferum esset.
I Periphrastic Future with Imperfect ; as, Romani legates missuri
v. erant, qui Hannibalem bello abstinere juberent.
OBS. 1. When an historian uses the present for the perfect aorist,
to transport his reader back to the time of which he is speaking,
he often joins an imperfect with this present ; as, Dat hospiti ne-
gotium, ut aliquem reperiret. Legates mittunt, ut pacem impe-
trarent.
OBS. 2. It must be observed that, from the frequent connexion of
the perfect with the imperfect of the subjunctive, it became an
idiom of the Latin language to use the imperfect, even where a
present action was spoken of, even if it were possible to con-
ceive of it as progressive, and therefore as in one part past, even
while another continued. Such sentences as Diu dubitavi num.
melius sit ; S&pe mccum cogitavi quidnam causa sit, are less in
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
173
accordance with the Latin idiom than Num melius esset ; Quid-
nam causes esset, even though the verb be used here as a perfect,
and not as an aorist. So with the infinitive mood : Tantum pro-
fecisse videmur, ut a Greeds ne verborum quidem copia vincera-
mur. (Cic., N. D., 1, 4.)
1. Present with, its Similar Tenses.
I. In the epistles of Cicero to Atti-
cus, all things relating to the
changes of the republic are so de-
scribed that (there is) nothing
(which) does not appear in them.
There is not a province, I
think, with the exception only of
Africa and Sardinia, which Au-
gustus did not visit. So great
is the corruption of bad habit,
that the sparks of virtue are ex-
tinguished by it, and vices spring
up and are confirmed.
2. There are some who have rela-
ted that Marius fell engaging
with Telesinus. Sisygambis
said, " king, thou deservest
that we pray for those things for
thee which we prayed for former-
ly for Darius ; and, as I perceive,
thou art worthy of having sur-
passed so great a king, not in
good fortune only, but in equity."
In Cicero ad Atticus epistola sic
omnis de mutatio respublica
perscribo, ut nihil in is non ap-
pareo. Non sum provincia, ut
opinor, exceptus duntaxat Af-
rica et Sardinia (ablative ab-
soL), qui Augustus non adeo.
Tantus sum corruptela malus
consuetudo, ut ab is tanquam
igniculus virtus extinguo; ex-
oriorque et confirmo vitium.
Sum qui Marius concurro cum
Telesinus occumbo prodo.
Sisygambis, "Rex," inquam,
"mereor ut is precor tu, qui
Darius noster quondam precor ;
et, ut video, dignus sum qui
tantus rex non felicitas solum,
sed etiam sequitas supero."
2. Perfect with Similar Tenses.
Nature has lavished so great an
abundance of things, that those
which are produced appear not to
have originated accidentally, but
to have been bestowed intention-
ally. Silius has done well in
having come to terms, for I wish-
ed not to disappoint him, and yet
P2
Tantus res ubertas natura largior,
ut is qui gigno dono consulto
ego, non fortuito nascor, video.
Bene facio Silius, qui transi-
go, neque enim is desum volo,
174
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
feared what I could do. I have
attained this by my exploits, that
lam thought a safe debtor. Few
have been found who have expo-
sed their lives, on behalf of their
country, to the weapons of the
enemy with no reward in view.
et quis possum timeo. Ego res
meus gestus hie assequor, ut
bonus nomen existimo. Pauci
reperio, qui nullus praemium
propositus (plur. ablat. absol.)
vita suus hostis telum objicio
pro patria.
3. Future with
1 shall find many persons whom I
can easily persuade of whatever
I wish. They could not destroy
all witnesses, even if they wish-
ed ; for, as long as the human
race shall exist, there will not
be wanting some one to accuse
them. I think that Ccssar will
take measures to withdraw his
troops ; for he will gain a victory
if he is made consul, and with
less criminality than that with
which he has entered his native
country. If the conversation of
Curio shall produce anything of
such a kind that it requires to
be written to thee, I will subjoin
it to my letter. As long as Pom-
pey was in Italy, I ceased not to
hope ; now, even if I must make
the trial with danger, I will try
at any rate to escape hence.
Similar Tenses.
Reperio multus qui quisquis VOID
facile persuadeo. Testis om-
nis, si cupio, interficio non pos-
sum : nam dum homo genus
sum, qui accuso is non desum.
Ego puto Caesar facio ut prae-
sidium deduce ; vinco enim si
consul facio, et parvus scelus
vinco, quam qui ingredior pa-
tria. Si quis Curio sermo is
modus affero, qui ad tu scribo
(participle in dus) sum, is litte-
ra meus adjungo. Quoad Pom-
peius in Italia sum, spero non
desisto ; nunc, si vel periculum
experior (gerund) sum, experior
certe ut hinc avolo.
4. Perfect (Jlorist)
Some fathers of families provided
by their will that victims should
be led to the Capitol, and vows
discharged for them, because they
had left Augustus alive. The
state was so arranged by the skill
of Servius Tullius, that all the
distinctions of patrimony, digni-
with Similar Tenses.
Nonnullus paterfamilias testa-
mentum caveo ( imperfect ),
ut victima in Capitolum du-
co, votumque pro sui solvo,
quod superstes Augustus relin-
quo. Servius Tullius sollertia
ita ordino respublica, ut omnis
patrimonium, dignitas, aetas,
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
175
ty, age, trades, and offices, were
registered. Hannibal promised
the Gauls that he would not draw
his sword till he came into Italy.
Other dissensions were of such
a kind, Romans, that they
tended not to the destruction, but
to the overthrow of the state.
Augustus brought up his daugh-
ter and granddaughters in such
a way, that he even accustomed
them to spinning, and forbade
them to say or do anything but
what might be inserted in the
daily register.
ars, officiumque discrimen in
tabula (accus. plur.) refero.
Promitto Hannibal Gallus, sui
non stringo ante gladius quam
in Italia venio. Alius dissen-
sio sum is modus, Quirites, qui
non ad deleo sed ad commute
(gerundives) respublica pertin-
eo. Filia et neptis ita instit-
uo Augustus ut etiam lanifici-
um assuefacio, vetoque loquor
aut ago quisquam, nisi qui in
diurnus commentarius refero.
5. Imperfect with, Similar Tenses.
On the other side of the Rhine, Ti-
berius observed such a mode of
life as to take his food sitting on
the bare turf, and often to pass
the night without a tent. / did
not suppose that when a consul
elect was defended by the son of
a Roman knight, his accusers
would speak of the newness of
his family. This affair made it
a very difficult matter to deter-
mine what plan to adopt, lest, if
he led his troops rather early from
their winter-quarters, he should
be in straits for provision.
Trans Rhenus Tiberius ita vita
instituo, ut sedeo in cespes nu-
dus cibus sumo, et saepe sine
tentorium pernocto. Non ar-
bitror, quum consul designo ab
eques Romanus filius defendo,
de genus novitas accusator di-
co. Magnus hie res difficultas
ad consilium capio adfero : ne
si mature ex hiberna copia edu-
co ab res frumentarius laboro.
6. Pluperfect with Similar Tenses.
Neither by their letter, nor by de-
cree of the senate, had the consuls
commanded me what I should do.
If there shall be anything in
my commentary which seems in-
different Greek, I will not say
what Lucullus said, that he had
Consul neque littera neque sena-
tus consultum prsecipio ego quis
facio. Si quis sum in Com-
mentarius meus, qui minus
Graecus video, non dico, qui
Lucullus dico, sui, quo facile
176
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
purposely scattered some barba-
risms in his histories, that he
might more easily prove them to
be the work of a Roman. There
was a strong west wind, and the
soldiers of Alexander had cut
down a great deal of wood, that
they might make a passage
through the rocks: it had been
dried by the heat, and, fire being
set to it, the wind carried the
flame against the faces of the en-
emy.
historia suus probo Romanus
homo sum, idcirco barbarus
(neut.) quidam dispergo. Ve-
hemens Favonius sum, et mul-
tus materies caedo Alexander
miles, ut aditus per saxum fa-
cio : hie vapor inaresco, ignis-
que injectus, flamma in os hos-
tis ventus fero.
IV. Dissimilar tenses may be made dependant on
each other, if the time to which they refer is different.
Hence the imperfect and pluperfect may follow the
present, when they express a contingency dependant
on some condition not actually existing ; in English,
would or would have. Thus, Nemo dubitare debet, quin
multos, si fieri posset, Ccesar ab inferis excitaret, which
in present circumstances was impossible. So the per-
fect aorist may be followed by the present, to express
a present result of a past event ; as, Clamores tanti fue-
runt, ut eos usque istim exauditos putem.
V. As the present infinitive does not of itself express
time, but only the state of the action, as incomplete,
its use is determined by the verb on which it depends,
whose influence extends to verbs following the infini-
tive j as, Jlpelles pictores eos peccare dicebat, qui non
sentirent quid esset satis.
OBS. The doctrine here laid down must be understood, however,
to be subject to the remark contained in Obs. 2, page 172.
Thus, Cicero says, Hoc me profiteer suscepisse onus in quo om-
nes nervos contenderem. (Ver., 1, 12)
VI. The infinitive of the perfect will be followed by
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
177
a tense of present or past time, according as it is used
in the perfect or aorist sense. Thus,
Arbitramur nos ea praestitisse, qua ratio et doctrina praescripserit.
(Cfc.)
Est quod gaudeas te in ista loca venisse, ubi aliquid sapere viderere.
(Cic.)
1. Socrates was accustomed to say,
that all men are sufficiently elo-
quent in that which they under-
stood. Tiberius replied to the
people of Ilium, who were some-
what late in their condolences,
that he also grieved for their mis-
fortune in having lost their il-
lustrious citizen Hector. They
say that Pyrrhus, the greatest
master of gymnastic contests,
used to give as a precept to those
whom he was training, that they
should not be angry.
2. In the mean time I shall delight
myself with the Muses, and it
will never occur to me to envy
Crassus, or regret that I have
not departed from my own course
of conduct. I see thou art col-
lecting everything in respect to
the republic which thou thinkest
can give me any hope of a change
of affairs. I wrote back imme-
diately to Pompey (and despatch-
ed a confidential person of my
own companions), that I was not
seeking where I might be most
safely.
VII. In the same way, the participle of the present
tense will be followed by a verb of past or present time,
according to the tense of the verb on which it depends.
Thus,
| Socrates dico soleo, omnis in is
qui scio satis sum eloquens.
Ilienses populus, paulo sero con-
solor, respondeo Tiberius, sui
quoque vicis is doleo, quod egre-
gius civis Hector amitto. Pyr-
rhus, magnus praeceptor cer-
tamen gymnicus, soleo aio hie
qui exerceo praecipio, ne iras-
cor.
Interea cum Musa ego delecto ;
nee ego unquam venio in mens
Crassus invideo, neque pcenitet
quod a ego ipse non descisco.
De respublica video tu omnis
colligo, qui puto aliquis spes
ego possum adfero mutandus
res. Pompeius statim rescribo
(homo certus mitto de comes
meus), non ego quaero ubi tuto
sum.
178
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
Multum fluxisse sermonem video, scire cupientium quid quaque de
re certi haberemus.
Hoc fit err ore male judicantium, qui major em vim credunt habere ea,
qua non habent artem.
Parmenio reaches Damascus on the
fourth day, the pr&fect already
fearing that no trust had been re-
posed in him. When I doubt
what it is right for me to do, my
affection for Pompey has great
weight with me ; were it not for
this, it would be better to perish
in (one's) native country, than to
ruin it by attempting to preserve
it. It must needs be that the
magnitude of immoderate grief
should render selection of words
impossible.
Parmenio Damascus quartus dies
pervenio, jam metuo praefectus
(ablat. absol.) ne sui fides non
habeo. Dubitans ego quis ego
facio par sum, magnus pondus
affero benevolentia erga Pom-
peius ; qui demtus (ablat. absol.),
bonus sum in patria pereo, quam
patria servo (gerund) everto.
Magnitude dolor, modus exee-
dens, necesse sum delectus
verbum eripio.
Similar Tenses in Conditional Propositions.
I. In conditional propositions, if the clause contain-
ing the condition (called also the protasis) is in the
present subjunctive, that which expresses the conse-
quence (called also the apodosis) will likewise be in the
present.
1. Present in protasis , followed by present in apodosis.
I. The war carried on lefore Muti-
na followed, in which, were I to
call Atticus only prudent, I should
say less than I ought. Even in
causes in which we have to do
only with the judges, and not
with the people, yet if I were de-
serted by the audience, I should
not be able to speak. I neither
could imitate the orations which
Thucydides has introduced into
his history if I would, nor per-
haps would, I if I could.
Sequor bellum gero apud Mutina ;
in qui si tantum Atticus pru-
dens dico, minus quam debeo
praedico. Ego vero, in is etiam
causa, in qui omnis ego res cum
judex sum, non cum populus,
tamen si a corona relinquo,
non queo dico. Oratio qui his-
toria suus interpono Thucydi-
des, imitor neque possum si
volo, nee volo fortasse si pos-
sum.
CONNEXION OF TENSES.
179
2. If wisdom were given me with
this limitation, that I should
keep it shut up, and not give it
utterance, I would reject. I have
lost many opportunities, which if
I were to complain of as passed,
I should produce no other effect
than to aggravate thy own grief,
and show my own folly. I should
make a long and circuitous detail
about a single affair, if I chose
to relate how authors vary about
the death of Marcellus.
Si cum hie exceptio do ego sapi-
entia, ut ille include teneo, nee
enuncio, rejicio. Multus op-
portunitas praetermitto, qui si
queror volo prsetereo, nihil ago
nisi ut augeo dolor tuus, indico
stultitia meus. Multus circa
unus res ambitus facio, si qui
de Marcellus mors vario auctor
exsequor volo.
2. Imperfect in protasis, followed by imperfect in apodosis.
They report that Alexander said,
"If I were not Alexander, I
would willingly be Diogenes."
There are innumerable things of
the same kind which I could not
endure, if I had not my friend
Atticus as a partner of my pur-
suits. These things seem ridic-
ulous to thee, because thou art
not on the spot; which if thou
wert to see, thou couldst not help
weeping. If any one were to dig
round these plane-trees, and wa-
ter them, their branches would
not be knotty, and their trunks
unsightly. If the gods were to
make philosophy a vulgar good,
if we were born wise, wisdom
would lose what is the best part
of it.
Alexander dico fero, " Nisi Alex-
ander sum, sum libenter Dioge-
nes." Sum innumerabilis ge-
nus idem, qui quidem non fero,
nisi habeo socius studium meus
Atticus noster. Hie tu ridicu-
lus video, quia non adsum, qui
si video, lacrima non teneo.
Si quis hie platanus circum fo-
dio, si irrigo, non nodosus sum
ramus et squalidus truncus.
Si deus philosophia bonum vul-
garis facio, si prudens nascor,
sapientia, qui in sui bonus ha
beo, perdo.
180
MOODS.
OF THE MOODS.
1. INDICATIVE.
I. The indicative mood is used in every proposition,
the matter of which is declared absolutely and as a fact ;
as, he walks, thou writest, I believe.
II. No farther rule can be given, the indicative being
the proper mood to be used where none of the others
is required to take its place.
III. The following peculiarities of Latin usage, in re-
spect to this mood, deserve notice :
1. USAGE OF Oportere, Necesse esse, &c.
I. The words oportere, necesse esse, debere ; and conve-
nire, posse ; par, cequum, consentaneum, justum est^ and
others of the same kind, are put in the indicative of past
time, to express that something should have been done
which in fact has not been done ; as, Hoc facer 'e debebas.
" Thou shouldst have done this." Longe utilius fuit an-
gustias aditus occupare. " It would have been much bet-
ter to seize the pass."
II. With the participle of the future in rus and pass-
ive in dus, the indicative of sum in past time is much
more commonly used than the subjunctive ; as, Hose
via tibi ingredienda erat. " This path should have been
taken by thee."
Aut non suscipi lellum oportuit, aut geri pro dignitate populi Roma-
ni. " The war ought either not to have been undertaken, or else
ought to have been carried on consistently with the dignity of
the Roman people."
Tiberius Gracchus vitam, quam gloriosissime degere potuerat, imma-
tura morte finivit. " Tiberius Gracchus ended by a premature
death a life which he might have led most gloriously."
1. Volumnia ought to have been
more assiduous in her attentions
to thee, and even that which she
Volumnia debeo in tu officiosus
sum, et is ipse qui facio possum
MOODS.
181
did she might have done more
carefully. Thou oughtest long
since to have been led to execution
by the command of the consul,
and that destruction which thou
hast been devising against all of
us to be turned against thyself.
2. The seal is the head of thy grand-
father, who loved with peculiar
affection his country and fellow-
citizens, which ought, even with-
out saying a word, to have re-
called thee from such a crime.
Mazaus, who, if he had come
upon them crossing the river,
would certainly have overwhelm-
ed them in disarray, did not
charge them with his cavalry till
they were on the bank. The ar-
my might have been destroyed if
any one had dared to conquer.
3. If men apply reason, given by
the immortal gods with wise in-
tent, to fraud and malice, it would
have been better that it had not
been given than given to the hu-
man race. What condition
would it not have been desirable
to accept rather than abandon
our country? When it would
have become them to stand in the
line of battle and fight, then they
took refuge in the camp; when
it was their duty to have fought
before the rampart, they surren-
dered their camp. Plato thinks
that philosophers should take no
part in political affairs, except
by compulsion : it would, how-
ever, be more reasonable that it
should be done spontaneously.
diligenter facio. Ad mors tu
duco, jussus consul, jampridem
oportet ; et in tu confero pestis
iste qui tu in ego omnis jamdiu
machinor.
Sum signum imago avus tuus, qui
unice amo patria et civis suus,
qui quidem tu a tantus scelus,
etiam mutus, revoco debeo.
Mazseus, qui si, transeo flumen
supervenio, haud dubie opprimo
sum incompositus, in ripa de-
mum adequito coepi. Deleo
possum exercitus si quis audeo
vinco.
Si homo ratio, bonus consilium
a deus immortalis do, in fraus
malitiaque converto, non do ille
quam do humanus genus bonus
sum. Qui conditio non accipio
(part, in dus) sum, potius quam
relinquo (part, in dus) patria 1
Quuin in acies sto et pugno de-
cet, turn in castra refugio ; quum
pro vallum pugno (gerund) sum
castra trado. Plato philoso-
phus ad respublica ne accedo
quidem debeo puto, nisi coac-
tus; aequus autem sum is vo-
luntas facio.
182 MOODS.
Remark 1. The difference between the English and Latin idiom,
as regards the moods, is more apparent than real, ought and should
being really past indicatives of the verb to owe, and another of the
same meaning now obsolete. But as they are also used potentially
in English, it is necessary to consider whether they denote a present,
a past, or a contingent obligation or propriety ; and we express them
accordingly in Latin by an indicative present or past, or a tense of
the potential mood.
Remark 2. With regard to the phrases par, aquum, consentaneum,
melius, utilius, optabilius est, and the participle in dus, there is this
real difference between the Latin and English idiom, that the Latin
speaks of the propriety, advantage, &c., as something actual, in the
indicative mood, though the circumstances which would have real-
ized it never took place : the English in such cases uses a potential.
Thus, Miloni optabilius fuit dare jugulum P. Clodio, quam jugulari a
vobis. " It would have been more desirable for Milo," &c.
Remark 3. An obligation to do something at a given point of time,
past, present, or future, is commonly expressed in Latin by an infin-
itive of the present tense ; as, deles, debebas, debebis hoc facere : in
English the past obligation is expressed by an infinitive of past time :
" thou oughtest to have done." The past infinitive in Latin would im-
ply an obligation to have already performed some action at a past
time. Thus, Uxorem decrerat dare mihi hodie ; nonne oportuit prae-
scisse me ante 1 " He had made up his mind to give me a wife this
day : ought I not to have known it beforehand?'
Remark 4. Analogous to this idiom is that remarked by Ruhnken
(ad Veil. Paterc., 2, 42), that in Latin, longum est, infinitum est (nar-
rare, &c.), is said, instead of esset or foret, to which the English
phrase points, " it would be tedious." Thus, Longa est oratio qua
doceri possit, &c. (Cic., N. D., 2, 10.)
2. Indicative after General and Indefinite Expressions.
I. The Latins commonly use the indicative after
many general and indefinite expressions, some fact he-
ing implied, though its circumstances are not fixed.
Such are quisquis, quicunque, quantuscunque, quantulus-
cunque, quotquot, utut, utcunque, and others of the same
kind ; as, Utcunque sese res habet, tua est culpa. Quicun-
que is est. Quidquid id est.
II. In English such phrases are usually rendered by
" may be" " might be" &c. ; but in Latin, unless there be
some reason, arising out of the connexion, for another
mood, the indicative is more common.
1. Whatever may be the complexion I Quisquis sum (fat.) vita color, sa-
of my life, I mil write satires. | tira scribo. Qui hostis ferio,
MOODS.
183
(He) who shall strike an enemy
will be unto me a Carthaginian,
whoever he may be. Whoever
thou mayest be, whatever name
thou mayest have, I hate thee.
Whosoever he may be, I declare
myself a foe unto him. The
whole of this, however great it
may be, and it certainly is very
great, the whole, I say, is thine.
We first, whoever we might be,
and however trifling might be the
opinion entertained of us, turned
the ears of the state to studies of
this kind.
2. If two laws, or if more, or as
many as there may be, cannot be
kept. That thing, however it
may be, although it is disgrace-
ful, I will endure. In whatever
way he has deserved at my hands,
still he is dear to me. However
that might have been, Tiberius
is sent for by a hasty despatch
on the part of his mother.
Whenever you may be with me,
cheerfully will I, as a mariner,
attempt the raging Bosporus.
ego sum Carthaginiensis ; quis-
quis sum. Quisquis sum, quis-
quis tu nomen sum, odi tu. .
Quicunque is sum, is ego pro-
fiteor inimicus. Totus hie,
quantuscunque sum, qui certe
magnus sum, totus sum, in-
quam, tuus. Auris civitas ego
primus, quicunque sum, et
quantuluscunque (neut. sing.)
dico (imperf. pass.), ad hie ge-
nus studium, converto.
Si duo lex, aut si plus, aut quot-
quot sum, conserve non pos-
sum. Is, utut sum, etsi sum
dedecorus, patior. Utut erga
ego mereo, ego cor (double da-
tive) sum tamen. Utcunque sui
is res habeo, Tiberius properus
mater littera accio. Utcunque
egocum tu sum, libens insanio
Bosporus tento.
3. Propositions with Sive s ive.
In the same way, propositions with sive sive are
more commonly in the indicative in Latin ; as, Sive ta-
cebis, sive loqueris, mihi perinde est. Various causes,
however, to he mentioned hereafter (page 187), may
require the subjunctive.
4. Indicative in the Jlpodosis, and Subjunctive in the
Protasis.
in the consequent member (or apodosis) of a condi-
tional proposition, the past tenses are frequently put in
184
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
the indicative, to give more liveliness to the repre-
sentation, although in the conditional clause (or prota-
sis) the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive has been
used j as, Perieram nisi tu accurrisses. " I had perish-
ed if thou hadst not run up."
The SuUician bridge had almost
afforded a path to the enemy, if
there had not been one man, Hora-
tius Codes, of distinguished val-
our. The populace were for
tearing down the effigies ofPiso,
had they not been protected by
the order of the prince. Who
dost thou think will give thee
this 1 for if it were so, what
need were there for thee to at-
tain to that by degrees ? If it
did not diffuse far and wide a
different odour, it were a bay-
tree.
Pons Sublicius iter paene hostis
do, ni unus vir sum, Horatius
Codes, eximius virtus. Popu-
lus effigies Piso divello (im-
perf.), ni jussus princeps prote-
go. Quis tu hie do puto? si
enim ita sum, quis opus sum tu
gradatim istuc pervenio 1 Si
non alius longe jacto odor, lau-
rus sum.
Remark. The use of erat in this way is very common in Quintil-
ian. Potui is frequently put for poluissem by authors of his age.
Thus, Si eumfatum aliquod in urbem pertraxisset, idem Ccesarem ip-
sum audire potuit. (Auct. Dial, de Caus. c. eloq., 17.) Antoni gla-
dios potuit contemnere, si sic omnia dixisset. (Juv.~) The perfect
infinitive is used of contingent as well as actual possibility, as pos-
sum has no future in rus by which a contingent possibility would
properly be expressed. Thus, Si tenuisset Stesichorus modum, mde-
tur proximus amulari Homerum potuisse. (Quintil.)
2. SUBJUNCTIVE.
I. The subjunctive is used when a proposition is
stated, not as a matter of fact, but as conceived by the
mind in the light of something possible, desirable, con-
tingent, &c.
II. Thus, such a proposition as " I believe" " I guess"
must not be put in the subjunctive, because here a real
fact, namely, my belief, my conjecture, is stated. But
when I say / would believe, I might believe, &c., the sub-
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 185
junctive mood is employed to express that my belief is
not anything actual, but something that does not either
yet exist or may never exist.
III. So in propositions which imply a design, that
which is to be effected or guarded against is put in the
subjunctive, as something not actual, but contemplated
by the mind. Thus, Illudfeci ne putet me sibi inimicum
esse. " I have done that lest he may think that I am
an enemy to him."
IV. The definition here given of the subjunctive
mood is sufficiently comprehensive to remove the ne-
cessity of making a separate potential mood. What is
commonly so called is only the subjunctive mood used
to denote the conceived possibility of an action, instead
of its reality, distinguished in English by may, might,
could, would, should ; and there is no greater reason
for calling this a separate mood than for giving to the
Latin language an optative, because the subjunctive is
used to express a wish.
V. The term subjunctive has been retained by us, aw
being of established use ; but the circumstance to
which it refers, namely, that of the mood being sub
joined to verbs and certain particles, does not suffi
ciently describe its general character.
Present, Perfect, Imperfect, and Pluperfect Subjunctive
I. A difference is to be remarked between these fo7
tenses of the subjunctive, both when standing alone,
and also in conditional propositions with si, nisi, etsi,
tametsi, etiamsi.
II. The present and perfect describe some action or
event as conceived of by the mind, without necessarily
implying that it does not actually exist or may not ex-
ist ; the imperfect and pluperfect, on the other hand, ex-
clude the idea of its actual existence. Thus, Si velit,
Q2
186
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
" if he be willing," does not exclude his actually being
willing; but si vellet, "if he were willing," implies
that, in point of fact, he is not willing. So, without si,
we say facerem, " I would do it" (but do it not) j and,
again, cupiam, "I may desire j" which last is so far
from excluding the actual desire, that it sometimes
serves to express it. Still farther, nolim factum, " I
could wish it not to be done ;" but nollem factum, " I
could wish it had not been done."
III. The remarks here made apply in like manner
to the use of utinam, with the present and imperfect.
Thus, Utinam salvus sis! "I wish thou mayest be in
good health" (in which thou mayest or mayest not ac-
tually be) ; but Utinam salvus esses, " I wish thou wert
in good health" (in which thou art not).
IV. The imperfect and pluperfect of the subjunctive,
therefore, must be used with si.
Imperfect and Pluperfect.
1. The Roman prodigies, Hora-
tius, Mucius, Clalia, if they
were not in the annals, would
seem at this day fables. Soc-
rates said to his slave, " I would
leaf thee were I not angry;"
he deferred the admonition of
his slave to another time, and at
that time admonished himself.
If anger were a good thing, it
would be found in every man
who was most perfect; but the
most passionate persons are in-
fants, old men, and the sick.
2. If ill health had carried off Cne-
ius Pompey at Naples, he would
have died undoubted chief of the
Roman people. Thy plan would
le very agreeable to my wishes,
if it were in my power to spend
Romanus prodigium, Horatius,
Mucius, Claelia, nisi in annalis
forem, hodie fabula video.
Socrates servus aio, " Caedo te
nisi irascor;" admonitio ser-
vus in alius tempus differo, ille
tempus sui admoneo. Si bo-
nus sum ira, perfectus quisque
sequor; at iracundus sum in-
fans, senex et aeger.
Si Cneius Pompeius Neapolis va>-
etudo aufero, indubitatus popu-
lus Romanus princeps excedo.
Consilium tuus ego optatus
forem, si licet omnis tempua
apud tu consumo: odi enim
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
187
all my time at thy house : for I
hate publicity, and shun the
presence of men. If there was
a rumour that any of the cul-
prits was likely to escape, Tibe-
rius suddenly made his appear-
ance, and reminded the judges of
the law and of their sacred obli-
gations. Even though Casar
were not the man he is, yet he
would seem to deserve to be spo-
ken of with compliment.
celebritas, et fugio homo. Si
quis reus elabor (pres. in/in.)
rumor sum, subitus adsum Ti-
berius, judexque lex et religio
admoneo. Etiamsi non is sum
Caesar qui sum, tamen ornan-
dus video.
Present and Perfect Indicative, and Present and Perfect
Subjunctive.
I. With a very slight change of meaning, the present
or perfect indicative may stand instead of the present
or perfect subjunctive.
II. The subjunctive is used in preference, when the
event is intended to be set forth rather as something
conceived of than really existing ; and with si and its
compounds, where they have the force of even if, even
although, admitting that, &c. Thus, etiamsi id non conse-
quare tamen, &c., is said more contingently and doubt-
fully than etiamsi id non consequere or consequere,
which bring it much nearer to reality.
Indicative.
I. If a good reputation is better
than riches, and money is so ea-
gerly desired, how much more
ought glory to be desired !
There is the greatest accuracy
of information in the senses if
they are sound, and all things
are removed which hinder and
obstruct (their operation). "If
thou art a god," said the Scyth-
ian ambassadors to Alexander,
Si bonus existimatio divitiae praes-
to, et pecunia tantopere expeto,
quanto magis gloria sum ex-
peto ! Magnus sum in sensus
veritas, si sanus sum, et omnis
removeo qui obsto et impedio.
Si deus sum, Scytha legatus
Alexander dico, tribuo mortalis
188
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
" thou oughtest to bestow benefits
on mortals, not to take away
theirs." If a pilot is extolled
with distinguished praise who
saves a ship from a storm and a
sea full of rocks, why should not
his prudence be thought of no
ordinary kind who has attained
safety from amid public commo-
tions ?
2. If we grieve for this, that it is
not now in our power to enjoy
the society of our (departed}
friend, this is our misfortune,
which we should bear with mod-
eration, lest we seem to consider
it in reference not to friendship,
but to our personal benefit. If
thou lovest me, if thou knowest
that thou art loved by me, exert
thyself through thy friends, cli-
ents, guests, in short, freed men
and slaves, that no leaf may be
lost of the books which Sergius
Claudius left. Arms are of lit-
tle value abroad, unless there is
prudent management at home.
beneficium debeo, non suus
eripio. Si gubernator praecip-
uus laus fero, qui navis ex hi-
ems mareque scopulosus ser-
vo ; cur non singularis is ex-
istimo prudentia, qui ex procel-
la civilis ad incolumitas perve-
niol
Si is doleo, quod amicus noster
jam fruor ego non licet, noster
sum is malum, qui modice fero,
ne is non ad amicitia, sed ad
domesticus utilitas refero vid-
eo. Si ego amo, si tu a ego
arao scio, enitor per amicus,
cliens, hospes, libertus denique,
et servus tuus, ut scida ne quis
depereo ex is liber, qui Sergius
Claudius relinquo. Parvus
sum foris arma, Eisi sum con-
silium domus.
Subjunctive.
1. If thy neighbour have a gar-
ment of more value than thou
hast, wouldest thou rather have
thine own or his ? If any one
should consider the Roman peo-
ple as a man, how it began, how
it grew up, how it arrived, as it
were, at the flower of youth, and
afterward grew old, he will find
that it had four stages. The
voice runs along a space of con-
cave wall, carrying words utter-
Si vicinus tuus vestis pretium
major habeo, quam tu habeo,
tuusne an ille malo 1 ( pres.
subj.") Si quis populus Roma-
nus quasi homo considero, ut
ccepi (subj.), ut adolesco, ut
quasi ad quidam juventa flos
pervenio, ut postea velut con-
senesco, quatuor gradus is in-
venio. Curro vox concavus
paries spatium (ablat.), quam vis
levis sonus dictus verbum per-
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
189
td in however faint a voice, if no
inequality prevent.
3. He who sees these things from
a, distance, even though he do not
know what is going on, knows,
however, that Roscius is upon
the stage. Those who are form-
ing a perfect wise man not only
instruct him in the knowledge of
heavenly and mortal things, but
conduct him through some things
which, if thou estimate them by
themselves, are, it must be con-
fessed, trivial.
fero, si nullus ineequalitas impe-
dio.
Qui hie procul video, etiamsi quis
ago nescio, in scena sum Ros-
cius intelligo. Qui sapiens for-
mo undique consummatus, non
modo cognitio ccelestis et mor-
talis instituo, sed per quidam
parvus sane, si ipse demum
sestimo duco.
Nisi, Nisi forte, Nisi vero.
With nisi, nisi forte, and nisi vero, the indicative is
commonly used, if they are meant to introduce some
absurd and improbable or inadmissible proposition ; as,
Nemo saltat sobrius, nisi forte insanit. "No one dances
when in sober mood, unless he happens to be out of his
senses.
1. Is there any one who does not
know that when a question is
raised about a man's being kill-
ed, it may be maintained in de-
fence that it was done lawfully 1
unless, indeed, you think that
Publius Africanus was mad,
who, when asked what he thought
of the death of Tiberius Grac-
chus, replied that he thought he
had been lawfully killed. If I
had chosen to be too lenient, I
must have undergone the charge
of the greatest cruelty towards
my country ; unless, indeed, any
one thinks Julius Casar cruel,
when he lately declared that the
An sum quisquam qui hie ignoro
(subj.), quum de homo occisus
quaere (pass, impers.) possum
jus facio defendo 1 nisi vero ex-
istimo demens Publius Africa-
nus sum, qui quum interrogo,
quis de mors Tiberius Gracchus
judico (subj.), respondeo, jus
caedo video. Si remissus sum
volo, summus ego crudelitas in
patria fama subeo (part, in dus)
sum : nisi vero quispiam Julius
Caesar crudelis, quum nuper so-
190
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
husband of his sister ought to be
deprived of life.
2. Criminal homicide is always li-
able to the same penalties; un-
less, forsooth, he will be more a
parricide who has killed a father
of consular dignity than one of
mean rank. Why should we
now, for the first time, resist
CcKsar, rather than when we gave
him an additional five years 1 un-
less, forsooth, we then gave him
arms, that we might now fight
with him well prepared.
ror suus vir vita privo (part, in
dus) sum dico, censeo.
Mors illatus per scelus idem sem-
per poena teneo : nisi forte ma-
gis sum parricida, si quis con-
sularis pater, quam si quis hu-
milis neco. Cur nunc primum
Caesar resisto, potius quam
quum quinquennium prorogo?
nisi forte ego ille turn arma do,
ut nunc cum is bene paratus
pugno.
Remark 1. It must be carefully borne in mind, in what has thus
far been said of the subjunctive mood, that, as we have already re-
marked, the imperfect and pluperfect imply that the fact or event hy-
pothetically expressed by them does not or did not really exist.
Remark 2. Sometimes, however, the present and perfect subjunc-
tive are used, even of what is meant to be represented as not actually
existing, to express in a more lively way that, if it did exist, certain
consequences would follow. Thus, Tu si hie sis aliter sentias. Dies
deficiat si velim enumerare, quibus bonis male evencrit, quibus malis
optime. Quantum ingemiscant patres nostri, si videant nos in media
Italia paventes !
Subjunctive Usage of Dico, Credo, Puto, &c.
I. In conditional propositions, it is not uncommon
for the consequent clause (or apodosis) to contain the
pluperfect subjunctive, or perfect of the infinitive, while
the conditional clause (or protasis) contains the imper-
fect subjunctive, with si or nisi ; as, Quod certe non fe-
cisset, si suum numerum naves haberent.
II. Frequently, too, the imperfect subjunctive is used
instead of the pluperfect, both in the conditional and
the consequent clause, though the event referred to is
completely passed ; as, Cur igitur et Camillus doleret,
si haze post trecentos annos eventura putaret 1
III. The propriety or probability is thus spoken of
generally, without being strictly referred to the time
at which it existed.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
191
IV. So the second person singular of the imperfect
subjunctive of cfo'co, credo, puto, and cerno is used to ex-
press that which would or might have been said or
thought, under certain circumstances. In English, in
such cases, we use the pluperfect. Thus,
M&stique (crederes victos) redeunt in castra. ' ' And, plunged in
sadness (one would have believed them vanquished), they return
to their camp."
1. Thou wouldest have thought that
Sylla had come into Italy, not as
an avenger of war, but an author
of peace ; with so much, tranquil-
lity did he lead his army through
Apulia and Calabria. If any
god had said it, I never would
have thought that I was going to
dispute in the Academy like a
philosopher. Thou wouldest
have believed the signal given
them to collect baggage.
2. Wouldest thou have thought it
could ever happen that I should
be at a loss for words ? and not
only those oratorical words of
yours, but these trifling words of
ours 1 Alexander uttered fre-
quent groans, just as if the death
of his own mother had been an-
nounced : thou wouldest have be-
lieved that he was weeping amid
his own connexions, and not ad-
ministering, but seeking consola-
tion. He would have said,
" What have I done, my fa-
ther ?"
Puto Sylla venio in Italia, non bel-
lum vindex, sed pax auctor;
tantus cum quies exercitus per
Calabria Apuliaque duco. Si
quis deus dico (imperf.) nun-
quam puto ego in Academia
tanquam philosophus dispute.
Signum do credo ut vas col-
ligo.
Putone unquam accido possum ut
ego verbum desum 1 neque so-
lum iste vester oratorius, sed
hie etiam levis noster 1 Alex-
ander haud secus ac si parens
suus mors nuncio, creber edo
gemitus: credo is inter suus
necessitudo fleo, et solatium
non adhibeo sed quaero. Dico,
" Quis facio, meus pater 1 ?"
192
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present and Perfect Subjunctive without a Conditional
Particle.
Without any particle of contingency, the present and
perfect subjunctive are used to denote a case supposed
or supposition granted ; as, Faciat hoc aliquis. " Sup-
pose some one do this." Dixerit Epicurus. "Grant
that Epicurus could have said."
Grant, indeed, that these are good
things, which are so esteemed:
honours, riches, pleasures, (and)
the rest; yet even in the enjoy-
ment of these, immoderate joy is
unseemly. Grant that there is
a difference between the dignity
of the highest men and the lowest,
there is not one degree of crime
in killing illustrious men, anoth-
er the obscure. Grant that a
good man sell his house on ac-
count of some defects, which he
himself may be aware of, (which)
the rest may not know. Sup-
pose thou ask me what I may
consider the nature of the gods
to be; perhaps I will make no
reply.
Sum sane iste bonus qui puto,
honor, divitiae, voluptas, caete-
ri ; tamen in is ipse potior (ge-
rundive), gestiens laetitia turpis
sum. Intersum inter dignitas
summus atque infimus; non
alius facinus clarus homo, alius
obscurus neco. Vendo aedis
vir bonus, propter aliquis viti-
um, qui ipse novi, cseteri igno-
ro. Rogo ego, qualis deus na-
tura sum duco, nihil fortasse
respondeo (pres. subj.).
Use of the ^Present and Perfect Subjunctive to soften an
Assertion or Statement.
The present and perfect of the subjunctive are used
to soften an assertion or statement ; as, Nemo istud tibi
concedat. "No one probably will concede that unto
thee." Hoc sine ulla dubitatione confirmaverim. "I
think I may assert this without any hesitation."
1. lean relate, I think, on sufficient
evidence, that Augustus was sur-
named Thursinus, having got a
Thursinus cognominatus sum Au-
gustus satis certus probatio tra-
do (per/.), nanciscor puerilis
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
193
small brazen image of him in his
youth, inscribed with this name
in iron tetters, now almost oblit-
erated. Brother (with thy good
leave I would say it), this is a
most pernicious sentiment to the
republic. I am inclined to ac-
cede readily to those who relate
that Romulus founded Rome,
aided by the legions of his grand-
father. Thou canst scarcely, I
think, find a man of any nation,
age, or rank, whose felicity thou
mayest compare to the fortune of
Metellus.
2. / am inclined to think that wild
beasts, who have their food from
prey, are better by how much
they are more furious ; but I
confess I admire the patience of
oxen and horses. I am not dis-
posed to deny that my language
appeared to you harsh and atro-
cious. Thou art ignorant, I
think, whether anger be a more
detestable or unsightly vice. I
would not, I confess, reckon him
second or third in a chariot-race,
who has scarcely quitted the bar-
riers when the first has already
received the palm. The third
mode of mining outdoes, in my
opinion, the works of the giants.
Present Subjunctive of Volo, JVo/o, and Malo.
I. VolOj JVb/o, and Malo are frequently used in the
present subjunctive with a softened expression ; as, Tu
velim, ut consuesti, nos absentes diligas et defendas. " I
wish, for my part, thou wouldest love and defend us
when absent, as thou art accustomed to do."
imagunculus is aereus aetas, fer-
reus ac paene jam exolescens
litera, hie nomen inscribe.
Frater (bonus tuus venia dico)
(perf.) iste sententia maxime
obsura respublica. Libenter
hie qui ita prodo accedo (perf.)
Romulus, adjuvo legio avus
suus, Roma condo. Vix ullus
gens, aetas, ordo, homo invenio
(perf.) qui felicitas fortuna Me
tellus comparo.
Fera puto (pres.), qui ex raptus
alimentum (plur.) sum, bonus
quo iratus ; sed patientia laudo
(perf.) bos et equus. Non ne-
go (perf.) tristis atroxque tu vi-
sus oratio meus sum. Nescio
(pres.) utrum magis detestabilis
vitium sum ira, an deformis.
Non in quadrigae is secundus
numero (perf.), aut tertius, qui
vix e career exeo (perf. subj.),
quum palma jam primus accip-
io. Tertius ratio effodio (ge-
rund), metallum opus gigas vin-
co (perf.).
194
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
II. Possim expresses a more general power ; possum,
a power in reference to a particular case. Thus, Vix
credere possis. " Thou canst hardly believe."
I wish thee, I confess, to be persua-
ded that I ask nothing from thee
with more earnestness. I wish,
for my part, that you would con-
sider with Pomponius, whether
you can honourably remain at
Rome at present. It escaped me
to write to thee before about Dio-
nysius ; if it shall be necessary
to send for him (which I confess
I do not ivish), thou wilt take
care that we do not give him
trouble against his will. Assu-
redly I think that I not a little
prefer the mind of Socrates to
the fortunes of all those who sat
in judgment upon him.
Volo tu (dat.) persuadeo (pres.
subj. act.) nihil ego magnus stu-
dium a tu peto. Volo tu cum
Pomponius considero, utrum
honeste tu Roma sum possum.
De Dionysius fugio ego ad tu
antea scribo : tu tamen video, si
sum (qui nolo) arcesso (part, in
dus), ne molestus sum invito.
Nae ego baud paullo Socrates
animus malo, quam is omnis
fortuna qui de is judico.
Remark. Forsitan and forsan (the latter chiefly confined to comic
writers and poets), from their derivation, take a subjunctive mood,
and frequently the perfect tense. Thus, Forsitan aliquis dicat or
dixerit. The indicative is less common in good prose authors.
Present and Perfect Subjunctive with Interrogates.
I. The present and perfect subjunctive are used with
questions which imply a doubt respecting the probability
or propriety of an action ; as, Quis credat ? " Who will
believe it 1" which implies a doubt as to the probabili-
ty of any one's believing it. Quis hoc facer e ausit ?
11 Who will venture to do this 1" implying that, in all
likelihood, no one will. Quid loquamur de. hac re ?
" What shall we say about this matter 1" implying a
doubt as to the proper nature of what is to be said, or
whether anything is to be said at all.
II. When, however, no doubt of this kind is implied,
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
195
the indicative is used ; as, Quid est optabilius sapientia 1
"What is more desirable than wisdom 1" (Nothing,
certainly.) Quid est in hominum vita diu ? " What is
there of long duration in human life 1" (Nothing, un-
doubtedly.)
OBS. We have translated the examples above given by "will,"
the mark of the English future. The literal version, however,
will make the implied doubt more apparent : " Who is to be-
lieve it 1" "Who is to venture to do this?" "What are we
to say about this matter 1"
What wise man will trust to a fra-
gile good ? Who will deny that
all wicked men are slaves ?
Who will doubt but that there
are riches in virtue 1 Who
hereafter will adore the divinity
of Juno 1 If we ourselves, who
are precluded from all gratifica-
tion by our business, are never-
theless attracted by the games,
why art thou to wonder as re-
gards the uneducated multitude 1
What can seem great to him
in human affairs, to whom an
eternity, and the magnitude of
the universe, is known? Why
need I enumerate the multitude
of arts, without which life could
not have at all existed 1 Who
will not with reason wonder that
the plane-tree has been brought
from another hemisphere only for
the sake of its shade ?
Quis sapiens bonum confido fra-
gilis? Quis nego, omnis im
probus sum servus 1 Quis du
bito, quin in virtus divitiae suml
(subj.) Quis posthac numen
Juno adoro 1 Si egomet ipse,
qui ab delectatio omnis negoti
urn (plur.) impedio, ludus ta
men delecto, quid tu admiroi
de multitudo indoctus? Quis
video is magnus in res huma-
nus, qui aeternitas, totusque
mundus notus sum magnitu-
de 1 Quid enumero ars mul-
titudo, sine qui vita omnino nul-
lus sum possum 1 Quis non
jus miror, platanus, umbra gra-
tia tantum, ex alien us peto or-
bisl
Subjunctive as Softened Imperative.
The present and perfect subjunctive are sometimes
used as a softened imperative, to express a wish, a re-
quest, a. precept, or, with ne, a. prohibition. Thus,
196
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Emas quod necesse est. " Buy what is necessary."
Meminerimus etiam adversus infimos justitiam esse scrvandam.
" Let us remember that justice is to be observed even towards
the lowest."
OBS. In translating such instances of the subjunctive as these,
and what are to follow, we ought to suppose such expressions
as " I beg," " I request," &c., understood. Thus "Buy (I en-
treat) what is necessary." " Let us remember (I beg) that jus-
tice," &c. The literal meaning, however, appears to be, " Thou
mayest buy," i. e., if thou choosest. " We may remember,"
i. e., if so inclined.
1. So live with an inferior as thou
wouldest wish a superior to live
with thee. Do not allow it to
happen that, when all things
have been supplied to thee by me,
thou shouldest seem to have been
wanting to thyself. If I have
defended my own safety against
thy brother's most cruel attack
upon me, be satisfied that I do
not complain to thee too of his
injustice.
2. Were I to deny that I am af-
fected with regret for Scipio,
philosophers must see to it with
what propriety I should do so;
but I should certainly speak
falsely. Let the Stoics look to
it, whether it be an evil to be in
pain, who, by trifling arguments,
which do not reach to the convic-
tion of our senses, endeavour to
prove that pain is no evil.
Thou wilt say, " Do not write
at all." How shall I the better
escape those who wish to misrep-
resent ?
Sic cum inferus vivo quemadmo-
dum tu cum superus volo vivo.
Ne committo, ut quum omnis
tu suppedito a ego tute tu de-
sum video. Si rneus salus con-
tra frater tuus impetus in ego
crudelis defend o ; satis habeo
nihil ego tu cum de is injuria
conqueror.
Ego si Scipio desiderium ego mo-
veo nego, quam is recte facio
video (perf.) sapiens; sedcerte
mentior (pres.\ Sumne igitur
malum doleo (infin.), Stoicus
video (perf.), qui conclusiuncu-
la, non ad sensus permanans,
efficio volo non sum malum
dolor. Nihil, inquam, omnino
scribo (perf.). Quis magis ef-
fugio is qui volo fingo ?
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 197
Subjunctive indicating a Purpose, Object, or Result.
I. All propositions in which a purpose, object, or re-
sult is expressed, take the subjunctive.
II. The conjunctions tu ne, quo, quin, quominus, serve
to connect such propositions, and therefore govern a
subjunctive, the tense of which depends upon that of
the leading verb.
1. UT.
III. Ut, signifying that, in order that, (and with ita,
&c.) 50 that, takes a subjunctive after it. Thus,
Soli id contingit sapienti, ut nihil facial invitus. " It happens to a
wise man alone that he does nothing against his own will."
Edimus ut vivamus, non vivimus ut edamus. "We eat in order
that we may live, not live in order that we may eat."
Ita bonus erat ut omnes cum amarent. " He was so good that aD
loved him."
OBS. 1. Ut, when it denotes quality, &c., usually refers to ita, tarn,
tantus, talis, &c., and serves not only to increase, but to lessen
their force. Thus, Vestri imperatorcs ita triumpharunt ut ille
pulsus super atusque regnaret. (Cic.} " Your generals triumph-
ed in such a way that he, though driven back and conquered,
still reigned."
OBS. 2. Ita and tarn are sometimes omitted; as, Epaminondas
fuit disertus, ut nemo ei par esset. " Epaminondas was (so) elo-
quent that no one was equal to him."
OBS. 3. Ut as a particle of time, equivalent to postquam and ubi,
takes an indicative, and commonly a perfect ; as, Ue hac audi-
vit, exarsit ird. " When he heard these things, he became in-
flamed with anger."
OBS. 4. As an adverb, meaning " in the same way as," it is joined
with an indicative or subjunctive, according to the nature of the
sentence in which it stands ; but of itself it governs nothing.
OBS. 5. Sic and ita are followed by ut, with a subjunctive, when
they express a wish ; with the indicative when they express an
assurance. Thus, Sic me Deus adjuvet, ut diu vivas. "May
God help me, as I wish thou mayest live long." Ita sim felix,
R2
198
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
ut nihil prceclarius est virtute. " May I be so happy, as there is
nothing more exalted than virtue."
1. Hannibal so united his troops by
a sort of bond, that no mutiny
ever existed either among them-
selves or against their general.
The harangues of Thucydides
contain so many obscure and in-
volved sentences that they can
scarcely be understood. Among
the evils of maritime cities there
is (also) this great convenience,
that they can carry and send
what their lands may produce
into whatever countries they
please. Atticus so accepted the
offices ofprafect to many consuls,
that he followed no one to the
province.
2. Temperance calms our appetites,
and brings it to pass that these
obey right reason. So great is
the force of probity, that we love
it even in an enemy. Meditate
daily upon this, that thou mayest
be enabled to take leave of life
with a calm spirit. In punish-
ing injuries, the law aims at
these three things : either that it
may reform him whom it punish-
es, or that by his punishment it
may render others better, or that
by the removal of bad men the
others may live secure.
Hannibal vinculum quidam ita
copia copulo, ut nullus nee in-
ter ipse, nee adversus dux se-
ditioexsisto. Thucydides con-
cio ita multus habeo obscurus
abditusque sententia, vix ut in-
telligo. In vitium maritimus
urbs insum ille magnus com-
moditas, ut is qui ager effero
suus quicunque volo (subj.) in
terra asporto possum. Multus
consul praefectura sic accipio
Atticus, ut nemo in provincia
sequor.
Temperantia sedo appetitio, et ef-
ficio ut hie rectus ratio pareo.
Tantus vis probitas sum, ut
is in hostis etiam diligo. Hie
quotidie meditor, ut possum
sequus animus vita relinquo.
In vindico (gerundive) injuria
hie tres lex sequor (perf.), ut
aut is qui punio emendo; aut
pcena is ceteri bonus reddo ;
aut, sublatus malus (ablat. ab-
sol.), securus caeteri vivo.
2. NE.
I. JVe (" in order that not," " lest") expresses a neg-
ative purpose ; in other words, it indicates that some-
thing is to be guarded against ; as, Cura ne denuo in
morbum incidas. " Take care lest thou fall anew into
sickness."
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
199
II. JVe is therefore not equivalent to ut non, when ut
expresses a consequence or an effect j as, Turn forte
cegrotabam, ut ad nuptias tuas venire non possem. " I hap-
pened at that time to be sick, so that I could not come
to thy wedding." Here ne could not have been used.
1. This is the opinion of the whole
Roman people, that a nominal
pretext of religion has been set
up, not so much in order that they
might put an obstacle in thy way,
as that no one might wish to go
to Alexandrea. Hens and other
birds, when they have hatched
their young, so defend them that
they cherish them with their
wings, lest they be injured by
cold.
2. If virtue can produce this effect,
that a man be not miserable, it
will more easily accomplish that
he be most happy : for there re-
mains less difference between a
happy and a most happy man,
than between a happy and a mis-
erable man. The Greeks, though
they had made a drawn battle at
Artemisium, dared not remain in
the same place ; lest, if part of
their adversaries' ships had doub-
led Eubcea, they should be assail-
ed by a twofold danger.
Hie sum opinio populus Romanus,
induco nomen religio, non tarn
ut tu impedio quam ut nequis
Alexandrea volo eo. Gallina
avisque reliquus pullus quum
exclude ita is tueor, ut et pen-
na foveo ne frigus laedo.
Si possum virtus efficio, ne miser
aliquis sum, facile efficio ut be-
atus sum : parvus enim inter-
vallum (genit.) sum a beatus ad
beatus, quam a miser ad beatus.
Etsi Graecus apud Artemisi-
um par praelium (ablat.) discedo,
tamen idem locus non audeo
maneo : ne si pars navis adver-
sarius Eubcea supero, anceps
premo periculum.
3. Usage of NE and UT with Verbs of Fearing.
I. After verbs of fearing, such as metuo, timeo, paveo,
vereor, and the like, ne is used when the following verb
expresses a result contrary to our wish, and ut when it
is agreeable to it.
II. Hence, in such constructions, ne must be render-
200
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
ed by the English that, and ut by that not. Thus, Me-
tuo ne faciat. " I am afraid that he will do it." Timeo
ut faciat. " I am afraid that he will not do it."
OBS. This peculiarity of construction may be explained as follows .
The fear of anything always supposes the love and desire of its
opposite. Thus, we are afraid of death because we are fond of
life ; we are afraid of a particular thing's happening because we
wish the opposite to take place. Now the Latin idiom, after
marking fear by the verb, goes on to express the desire of the
contrary by means of ut (ne being equivalent to ut nori) ; and
hence metuo ne faciat is literally, " I am afraid in order that he
may not do it," implying a wish that he may not do it, but at
the same time expressing a fear that he may. It is the same,
therefore, as saying, " I am afraid that he will do it." On the
other hand, timeo ut faciat is literally, " I am afraid in order that
he may do it," implying a wish that he may do it, but at the
same time expressing a fear that he may not. Hence it is the
same as saying, "I am afraid that he will not do it.
1. I am afraid that, while I am
wishing to diminish (my) toil, I
may be increasing it. Flatter-
ers, if they praise any one, say
that they are afraid they will not
be able to match his deeds with
words. She is afraid that thou
wilt desert her. Thou art afraid
of this, that thou mayest have to
marry her; thou, on the other
hand, that thou wilt not get her.
I fear that thou wilt not be able
to endure all the labours which
I see that thou dost undertake.
2. A bad man will never abstain
from crime because he thinks it
naturally base, but because he is
afraid that it may get abroad.
If Casar intends to give up the
city to be plundered, I am afraid
that Dolabclla himself will not be
of any effectual service to us. ,
Metuo ne, dum minuo volo (subj.)
labor, augeo. Adulator, si quis
laudo, vereor sui dico, ut ille
factum verbum consequor pos-
sum. Timeo ne desero sui.
Is paveo, ne duco tu ille; tu
autem ut duco. Timeo ut om-
nis labor sustineo, qui tu sus-
cipio video.
Vir improbus nunquam a scelus
ob is causa abstineo, quod is
natura turpis judico, sed quod
metuo ne emano. Si Caesar
diripio (part, in dus) urbs do,
vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis
ego prosum possum. Timeo
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
201
The soldiers feared that Scipio's
wound might be mortal. As the
senate had not decreed the treaty,
Hiempsal feared that it might
not stand good.
miles ne Scipio vulnus mortifer
sum. Fcedus quia senatus non
jubeo, vereor Hiempsal ut satis
firmus sum.
Remark. This construction is not confined to verbs that expressly
indicate fearing or dread, but is employed also in the case of other
verbs, and also of nouns, where fearing, risk, &c., are more or less
implied. Thus we have terrere (Horat., Od., 1, 2, 5); horrere (Cic.,
ad Alt., 5, 21. Liv., 34, 4); torqueri (Ovid., Am., 2, 5, 53); restabat
curd ne (Liv., 25, 32) ; periculum est, &c. So also, of course, timor
erat, metus erat, &c. (Compare Reisig, Varies., p. 569, not.)
4. Usage of NE NON with Verbs of Fearing.
JV*e non with verbs of fearing is equivalent to ut,
the two negatives cancelling each other ; as, Timeo ne
non impetrem. " I am afraid that I will not obtain it ;"
the same, in effect, as timeo ut impetrem.
Whether Pompey mean to make a
stand anywhere, or pass the sea,
is unknown; if he remains, I
fear he cannot have an efficient
army. I see the weakness of thy
health, and I fear that thou may-
est not be able to meet thy pres-
ent fortune. There is no danger
that he who can paint a lion or a
bull skilfully, should not be able
to do the same thing with many
other quadrupeds. I fear that I
may possibly not appear to have
consulted other men's benefit, but
my own glory. / perceive by
thy letter that thou art afraid
that thy last has not been deliv-
ered to me.
Utrum Pompeius consisto uspiam
volo, an mare transeo volo, nes-
cio : si maneo, vereor ne exer-
citus satis firmus habeo non
possum. Infirmitas valetudo
tuus video, et vereor ne prae-
sens fortuna tuus sufficio non
possum. Non sum periculum,
ne qui leo aut taurus pingo
egregie, idem in multus alius
quadrupes facio non possum.
Vereor ne forte non alius utili-
tas, sed proprius laus servio
video. Intelligo litterae tuus
tu vereor ne superior ego non
reddo
NEVE or NEU.
I. Neve or neu is compounded of ne and ve, and
means "or that not" "and that not" It must not,
202
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
therefore, be confounded with neque, which last an-
swers to non, but neve to ne.
II. Still, however, neve or neu is used for neque, with
verbs of commanding, prohibiting, &c., especially in
the wording of decrees, treaties, &c.
1. A law was passed in the Co-
mitia Centuriata, that no magis-
trate should kill or beat a Roman
citizen in violation of an appeal.
This, also, was a noble act on
the part of Thrasybulus, that,
when he had the greatest power
in the state, he proposed a law,
" that no one should be accused
of things previously done, nor be
punished. 1 ' / think it right to
give my readers this precept, not
to try foreign manners by the
standard of their own, nor think
those things which are trifling to
themselves to have been so like-
wise among others.
2. Augustus sold the barbarians
who rebelled, under condition
that they should not serve in an
adjacent country, nor be set free
under thirty years. The moth-
ers of families, with extended
hands, implored the Romans that
they would spare them, and not
kill even the women and chil-
dren. It is the part of a good
man to observe these two things
in friendship : first, that there be
nothing false nor hypocritical;
and, secondly, not 'only to repel
charges brought by another, but
not even to be himself suspi-
cious.
Centuriatus Comitia lex fero, ne-
quis magistratus civis Roma-
nus adversus provocatio neco
neve verbero. Praeclarus hie
(neuter) quoque Thrasybulus,
quod quum multus in civitas
possum, lex fero, nequis ante-
actus res accuse neve multo.
Hie praecipio (neut. of part, in
dus) video lector, ne alienus
mos ad suus refero, neve is qui
ipse levis (comparat.) sum, par
modus (ablat.) apud cseteri sum
arbitror.
Rebellans barbarus (genitive) sub
lex venumdo Augustus, ne in
vicinus regio servio, neve intra
tricesimus annus libero. Ma-
terfamilias, passus manus (ab-
lat. absol.), obtestor Romanus,
ut sui parco, neu ne mulier
quidem atque infans abstineo.
Bonus vir sum, hie duo te-
neo. in amicitia ;* primo nequis
fictus sum neve simulatus ; de-
inde non solum ab alius allatus
criminatio repello, sed ne ipse
quidem sum suspiciosus.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
203
5. Usage of Quo.
I. Quo is properly the ablative of the relative pro-
noun, and stands for ut eo, " in order that" " that by this
means.
II. It is commonly joined with the comparative.
It behooves a law to be brief in or-
der that it may be the more easily
retained by the ignorant. Trees
are covered with a rind or bark,
in order that they may be the sa-
fer from the cold. The numer-
ous attendance of men and women
at funerals was abolished, that
lamentation might be diminish-
ed. The Roman soldiers, hav-
ing fixed their javelins in the
ground, that they might climb
the steep places more lightly, as-
cend running.
Lex brevis sum oportet, quo facile
ab imperitus teneo. Obduco
liber aut cortex arbor, quo sum
a frigus et a calor tutus. Tollo
celebritas vir ac mulier in fu-
nus, quo lamentatio minuo.
Miles Romanus, fixus in terra
pilum (ablat. absol.), quo levis
arduus (neuter) evado, cursus
subeo.
6. Usage of NON Quo.
I. Non quo is "not as if" Its use, however, has
been very much disputed, but has been established on
sufficient authority.
II. It is not to be denied, nevertheless, that it is
safer in general to say non quod, non eo quod, non ideo
quod (in later writers non quia), or non quoniam.
III. Instead of non quo, we may also use non qum,
with a negative sense, "not as if not"
IV. In the subsequent part of the sentence is sed
quod, or sed quia, "but because," or else something
equivalent, which, as assigning the real cause, has the
indicative.
1. The republic, at this particular
period, does not, I confess, inter-
est me ; not as if there were any-
Ego sane, hie quidem tempus, non
moveo respublica ; non quo aut
sum ego quisquam carus, aut
204
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
thing dearer to me than the re-
public, or should be; but even
Hippocrates forbids to apply
medicine to those whose case is
desperate. Thy plans seemed to
the senate greater than had been
expected; not as if it had ever
doubted of thy good intention,
but it had it not sufficiently clear
how far thou mightest wish to go.
2. / am thought to be too patient
and tame ; not because I will-
ingly hear myself reviled, but be-
cause I do not willingly leave
my cause, to break out into a
passion, and alienate the judges
from me. They said that it was
not as if an answer might not
have been briefly given, that cho-
sen (persons) of the Fathers had
been sent ; but because they wish-
ed the mention of that thing to
be ended forever.
sum debeo ; sed desperatua
etiam Hippocrates veto adhi-
beo medicina. Senatus mag-
nus video consilium tuus quam
exspecto ; non quod unquam
de tuus voluntas dubito, sed
quod quo progredior volo non
satis exploratus habeo.
Ego, non quod libenter male au-
dio, sed quia ego causa non li-
benter relinquo, ut iracundia
(ablat.) effero (passive), et ju-
dex abalieno, nimium patiens
et lentus existimo. Non quin
breviter reddo responsum pos-
sum, idcirco delectus Pater
mitto dico ; sed quia in per-
petuus mentio is res finio volo.
7. Usage of QUIN.
I. Quin is used after negative propositions, or doubt-
ing questions which carry a negative sense, in two
ways :
II. First. It is used for qui non, quce non, quod non, ut
non, after nemo, nullus, nihil, with the verbs est, reperi-
tur, invenitur, and with vix est, cegre reperitur.
III. Secondly. It is used after non dubito, non est dubi-
um, facer e non possum, fieri non potest, nihil or haud mul-
tum abest, haud procul abest, minimum abest (parum abest
is not sanctioned by any classical authority), nihil prce-
termitto, non recuso, temperare mihi non possum, and other
negative propositions, with which also vix and cegre
may be joined. Thus,
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 205
Quis igitur dubitet quin hoc sit melius 1 " Who, then, will doubt
but that this is preferable 1"
Nikil tarn difficile est quin qucerendo possit investigari. " There is
nothing so difficult that may not be traced out by dint of inves-
tigation."
Concio vix irihiberi potuit, quin protinus saxa in Polemonem conjice-
ret. " The assembly could hardly be restrained from straight-
way hurling stones at Polemo."
1. I deny that there was any jewel
or pearl which Verres did not
search for, examine, (and) carry
off. There is no doubt that he
who is called liberal and kind,
aims at the discharge of duty,
not at profit. Octavianus was
near perishing by the uproar and
indignation of the soldiery, be-
cause he was thought to have put
a common soldier to death by tor-
ture. Since the kingdom of Bi-
thynia is become the public prop-
erty of the Roman people, is
there any reason why the decem-
viri should not be going to sell
all the lands, cities, harbours, in
short, all Bithynia ?
2. The confusion of all things is
such, that every man regrets his
fortune, and there is no one who
does not wish to be anywhere
rather than where he is. Since
I left the city I have allowed no
day to pass without writing to
thee. Caligula was very near
removing the writings and books
of Virgil and Livy from all the
libraries.
Nego ullus gemma aut margari^a
sum, quin conquiro Verres, in
spicio, aufero. Non sum dubi-
us quin is qui liberalis beni-
nusve dico officium non fructus
sequor. Minimus absum Octa-
vianus quin pereo concursus et
indignatio turba militaris, quod
gregarius miles discruciatus ne-
co credo. Quum regnum Bi-
thynius publicus populus Roma-
nus facio, numquis causa sum
quin omnis ager, urbs, portus,
totus denique Bithynia vendo
decemvir 1
Is sum perturbatio omnis res, ut
suus quisque fortuna maxime
pcenitet, nemoque sum quin
ubivis quam ubi sum sum ma-
lo. Ut ab urbs discedo (in-
die.), nullus adhuc intermitto
dies quin ad tu scribo. Virgil-
ius ac Livius imago et scriptum
paulum absum quin Caligula
ex omnis bibliotheca amoveo.
Remark 1. Quin is used with the indicative as a question and ex-
hortation. Thus, Quin conscendimus equos ? " Why do we not
mount our steeds'?" In this sense, also, it is employed with the im-
perative ; as, Quin die statim. " But tell me forthwith ;" or, as an
206
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
exhortation, with the present subjunctive, first person plural : Quin
experiamur ? " Why do we not try 1" i. e., " let us try." It differs
from cur, as it does not express a desire to be informed of the rea-
son, but a remonstrance.
Remark 2. After dulito and non dubito, in the sense of " to scruple,"
" to hesitate," the infinitive properly follows, though in a few passages
of Cicero quin is used with the verb in this sense. But after non du-
bitare, " not to doubt," it is less agreeable to good usage to employ
the infinitive than the subjunctive with quin, although the former
construction is found not only in Nepos, Pliny, and Curtius, but
even in Livy. (Consult Drakenb. ad Liv., 22, 55.)
Remark 3. "I doubt whether" is dubito num; for dubito an, where
only one thing is mentioned, has, like haud scio an, and nescio an, an
affirmative sense ; as, Dubito an hunc primum omnium ponam. " I
am inclined to rank this man first of all." This, however, does not
wholly exclude the use of dubito an in the sense of " I doubt wheth-
er." Thus, Me dubitasse confiteor, an hanc par tern qucestionis tractan-
dam putarem. ( Quintil. )
8. Usage of QUOMINUS.
I. Quvminus is used after verbs which express a hin
derance ; where also ne, and, if a negative precedes,
quin may equally be used.
II. Such verbs are arcere, defenders (" to keep off"),
detenere, impedire, obstare, officere, prohibere, recusare, re-
pugnare, vetare, and many others, which have a similar
meaning.
III. Quominus is commonly rendered, in such cases,
by " from," " so as not," " in order that not," &c.
Parmenio dctenere regem voluit, quominus medicamentum biberet,
quod medicus dare constituerat. " Parmenio wished to deter the
king from drinking the potion which the physician had deter-
mined to give." More literally, " in order that he might not
drink," &c.
Death, which, on account of the
shortness of life, daily impends
over us, will not deter a wise
man from considering the inter-
ests of the republic and his own.
The poet is closely allied to
the orator ; in this respect, in-
deed, almost the same, that he
does not circumscribe his nu-
Non deteneo sapiens mors qui
quotidie immineo, propter bre-
vitas vita, quominus commo-
dum respublica suusque consu-
lo. Sum finitimus orator poe-
ta, in hie quidem prope idem,
nullus ut terminus circumscri-
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
207
thority within any limits, so as
not to be allowed to wander where
he pleases. When we have free
liberty of choice, and nothing
hinders us from doing what we
like best, all pain should be kept
at a distance.
2. When the law was brought for-
ward for Cicero's return, no cit-
izen thought that he had a suffi-
cient excuse for not being pres-
ent. The soldiers of Ccesar
were with difficulty restrained
from bursting into the town,
and were much dissatisfied, be-
cause it seemed to have been ow-
ing to Trebonius that they did
not get possession of the place.
It was no obstacle to Isocra-
tes' being esteemed an excellent
orator, that he was prevented
from speaking in public by the
feebleness of his voice.
bo jus suus, quominus is licet
vagor quo volo. Quum solutus
ego sum eligo optio, quumque
nihil impedio quominus is qui
maxime placeo facio possum,
omnis dolor sum repello (part,
in dus).
Lex de revoco (gerundive) Cice-
ro latus, nemo civis quominus
adsum Justus visus sum excu-
satio. Miles Caesar aegre re-
tineo, quin oppidum irrumpo,
graviterque is res fero, quo sto
(perf. infin.) per Trebonius, quo-
minus oppidum potior video.
Non Isocrates quominus habeo
summus orator officio, quod in-
firmitas vox ne in publicus dico
impedio.
Subjunctive after Particles of Wishing.
I. The subjunctive is used after particles of wishing:
as, JVaTW, si ! &c. The tense is to be regulated by
what has been remarked on a previous occasion (page
186, III). Thus,
Utinam, ut culpam, sic etiam suspicionem vitare potuissem ! " Would
that, as I have avoided an actual fault, so I might also have
been able to avoid suspicion !"
O mihi prateritos referat si Jupiter annos ! " Oh that Jupiter
would restore to me the years that are gone by !"
Would that those poems were ex-
tant which Cato, in his Origines,
says were commonly sung at
feasts, many ages before his own
time, by each of the guests, re-
specting the praises of illustrious
Utinam exsto ille carmen, qui
multus saeculum ante suus aetas
in epulae cantito a singuli con-
viva de clarus vir laus, in Origo,
208
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
men. The language of Varro
gives me hope of Casar, and I
wish Varro himself would apply
to the cause. / wish, Ro-
mans, that you had such an abun-
dance of brave men, that this were
a difficult question for you. /
wish this may be a source of
pleasure to Piso; I see that it
will of glory. I wish thou may-
est covet the retreat of my villa,
that to its numerous excellences
the greatest recommendation may
be added by thy society.
dico Cato. Varro sermo facio
exspectatio Caesar, atque uti-
nam ipse Varro incumbo in
causa. Utinam Quirites, vir
fortis copia tantus habeo, ut hie
tu deliberatio difficilis sum.
Utinam is res Piso voluptas
sum (double dative} ; gloria qui-
dem video fore. Utinam nos-
ter villa secessus concupisco,
ut tot tantusque dos is mag-
nus commendatio ex tuus con-
tubernium accedo.
Usage of the Relative with the Subjunctive.
I. The pronoun qui is uniformly joined to the sub-
junctive mood, when the relative clause does not ex-
press any sentiment of the author's or narrator's, but
refers it to the person or persons of whom he is speak-
ing. Thus,
Dixerunt unum petere ac deprecari, si forte pro sua dementia ac
mansuetudine, quam ipsi ab aliis audirent, statuisset Aduaticos
esse conservandos, ne se armis despoliaret. " They said that
they begged and earnestly entreated one thing, that if, per-
chance, in accordance with his wonted clemency and compas-
sion, of which they had heard from others, he should resolve
that the Aduatici were to be preserved, he would not despoil
them of their arms." Here it is obvious that the relative
clause expresses a sentiment delivered by the speakers, and is
not to be considered as an observation of the author's. For
Caesar does not intend to tell his reader that the Aduatici had
heard of his clemency, but to inform him that they themselves
made this declaration. The expression quam audirent is
equivalent, therefore, to quam ipsi audivisse dixerunt, " of
which they told him that they themselves had heard ;" whereas
ipsi audiebant would imply an observation of Caesar's, equiva-
lent to quam ego (scil. Casar) eos audivisse dico, " of which 1
(Caesar) say that they had heard."
Senatus decernit, Tarquinii indicium falsum videri ; eumque in vin
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
209
culls retinendum, nisi de eo indicaret, cujus consilio tantam rem
mentitus esset. " The senate decrees, that the information of
Tarquinius appeared to be false ; and that he should be kept in
confinement, unless he made a disclosure concerning that indi-
vidual by whose instigation he had uttered so gross a false-
hood." Here mentitus esset implies the senate's affirmation
that Tarquinius had told a falsehood, and not the historian.
Mamilius rogationem ad populum promulgat, uti quareretur in eos,
quorum consilio Jugurtha senati decreta negiexisset. " Mamilius
proposes a bill to the people, that an inquiry should be instituted
into the conduct of those, at whose instigation Jugurtha had
neglected the decrees of the senate." The subjunctive is here
used, to show that this charge of neglect is made by Mamilius,
not by the historian.
1. Casar replied, that he would do
what he had done in the case of
the Nervii. They said that it
was better for them to endure
any kind of lot from the Roman
people, than to be put to death by
torture at the hands of those
among whom they had been ac-
customed to rule. He says that,
if Publius shall have done this,
he will enlarge the authority of
the Lydians among all those by
whose aid, if any wars may haifc
fallen out, they have been accus-
tomed to sustain them.
2. He said that Servius, thus born,
thus created king, was a favour-
er of the lowest class of persons,
whence he himself is sprung.
He says that he will prove it,
with even Marcus himself as the
judge of the matter, unto whom
the greater part of the loss per-
tains. He reminds them that
the contest will be with those
whom they have before sent con-
quered under the yoke.
s
Respondeo Caesar, sui is, qui in
Nervius facio, facio. Sui praes-
to dico, quivis fortuna a popu-
lus Romanus patior, quam ab
hie per cruciatus interficio, in-
ter qui dominor consuesco.
Hie si facio Publius, Lydus
auctoritas apud omnis is am-
plifico dico, qui auxilium, siquis
bellum incido, sustento consu
esco.
Servius dico, ita nascor, ita crec
rex, fautor sum infimus genus
homo, ex qui ipse sum. Is sui
probo dico, vel ipse Marcus ju-
dex (ablat. absol), ad qui mag-
nus pars injuria pertineo.
Moneo cum is certamen fore,
qui antea vinco sub jugum
mitto.
210 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Remark 1. In the same manner, ubi for in quo loco, not taken in-
terrogatively, but relatively, in the sense now mentioned, governs
the subjunctive mood. Thus, Romanos negue ullam facultatem ha-
bere navium, neque eorum locorum ubi bellum gesturi essent perspicie-
bat. (Cas., B. G., 3, 9.) In the next sentence the author writes,
His irritis consiliis, naves in Venetiam, ubi Ccesarem primum bellum
gesturum constabat, quam plurimas possunt, cogunt. In the former
of these passages, ubi (in quo loco) is joined to the subjunctive
mood, the relative clause being the subject of perspiciebat, or, in
other words, referring to the person of whom Caesar is speaking.
In the latter passage, however, the indicative is employed, as a
matter of certainty is alluded to.
Remark 2. Quo, also, for ad quern locum, and unde for e quo loco, and
not expressing an observation of the author's, or an object of his
knowledge, governs the subjunctive mood. Thus, Cognoscit, non
longe ex eo loco oppidum Cassivellauni abesse, quo satis magnus homi-
num pecorisque numerus convenerit. (C&s., B. G., 5, 21.) Here
convenerit is equivalent to convenissc intellexit. In the very next
sentence, the relative clause expresses an observation of the au-
thor's, and we find the verb in the indicative mood. Oppidum Bri-
tanni vocant, quum silvas impeditas vallo atque fossa munierunt, quo
incursionis mtanda causa, convenire consuerunt.
Remark 3. The form of expression which we have been consider-
ing appears to have been adopted for the purpose of distinguishing
between what is said or observed by the writer, and what is said or
observed by the person or persons of whom he is writing, without
the tiresome repetition of the leading verb.
II. In farther illustration of what has just been sta-
ted under Remark 3, we find that the subjunctive mood
is used, not only as equivalent to dixit or dixerunt, with
the infinitive, but likewise in all oblique sentences, in
which the following and subordinate verb is logically,
though not grammatically, the subject of the antece-
dent and principal verb. In this case, in order to pre-
vent the repetition of the principal verb, with the in-
finitive of that which denotes its subject, classic wri-
ters uniformly put the latter in the subjunctive mood.
Thus,
Animadvertit Casar, unos ex omnibus Sequanos nihil earum rerum
facer e, quas cateri facerent. " Caesar perceived that the Se-
quani alone of all did no one of those things which the rest
did." Here facerent is equivalent to facer -e animadvertit, " which
he perceived that the rest did."
Reperit ipsum esse Dumnorigem summa audacia, complures annos
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 211
portoria, reliquaque omnia JEduorum vectigalia parvo pretio re-
dempta haberc, propterea quod, illo licente, contra liceri audeat
nemo. " Caesar finds that Dumnorix was a man of consum-
mate boldness ; that he had the taxes of the JEdui on farm for
several years, because, when he bade for them, no one dared to
bid against him ;" that is, " he finds that no one dared to bid,"
equivalent to audere reperit.
Mneum equum animadvertit, cujus in lateribus fores essent. (Ctc.,
Off., 3, 9.) "He perceived a brazen horse, in whose sides
were doors." Here the relative clause is not an observa-
tion of the author's. Cicero means to say that Gyges observ-
ed a brazen horse, and observed, also, that there was a door
in each side. The passage is equivalent to Mneum equum ani-
madvertit, cujus in lateribus (animadvertit) fores esse. Had Ci-
cero said cujus in lateribus fores erant, it would imply his own
description of the horse, but would not signify that Gyges ob-
served the door in his side.
III. As an extension of the principle laid down in
paragraph I., it may be observed, that when a proposi-
tion containing the statement of a fact, and therefore
in the indicative mood, has another dependant upon it,
connected by a causal conjunction, relative, or rela-
tive adverb, in which something is alleged as the senti-
ment or language of another, and not of the writer, the
dependant proposition will be in the subjunctive mood.
Thus,
Socrates accusatus est, quod corrumperet juventutem. " Socrates
was accused of corrupting youth." The subjunctive here de-
notes what was alleged or thought by those who were concern-
ed in the death of Socrates. The indicative would have assert-
ed the charge in the relator's own name.
Aristides patria cxpulsus est, quod prater modum Justus esset.
"Aristides was banished from his country because he was just
beyond measure ;" i. e., as his enemies alleged, not as the wri-
ter himself believed.
Deum invocabant cujus ad solemne venissent. " They invoked the
deity to whose solemnity they had come ;" i. e., were said to,
have eome, or aUeged that they had come.
212
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
1. The Egyptians consecrated, no
animal, except on account of
some utility which they derived
from it. They were indignant
that supreme authority should be
there, where there was no free-
dom. When Pompey declared
that he would consider those as
enemies who had not assisted
the republic, Ccesar gave notice
that those who were of neither
party would be reckoned by him
in the number of his friends.
2. Critias sent confidential persons
to Lysander in Asia, to inform
him that, unless he despatched
Alcibiades, none of those things
which he himself had established
at Athens could remain in force.
Some think that Julius C&sar,
having weighed his own and his
enemies' 1 forces, availed himself
of the occasion of seizing su-
preme power, which he had coveted
in early life. It seemed to Da-
rius, in his dream, that the camp
of Alexander shone with a bright
fiery effulgence, and that Alexan-
der was brought to him in the
dress, which Darius himself had
worn, soon after.
3. Not only the Africans could not
be corrupted, but they even sent
ambassadors to Lacedcemon to
accuse Lysander of having en-
deavoured to corrupt the priests
of the temple. The road from
Apamea to Phrygia is through
the country of Aulocrene ; a
plane-tree is shown there, from
which Marsyas is said to have
been suspended, when conquered
^Egyptius nullus bellua consecro,
nisi ob utilitas qui ex is capio.
Indighor ibi sum imperium,
ubi non sum libertas. Denun-
tio Pompeius (ablat. absol.) pro
hostis sui habeo qui respublica
desum, Caesar medius et neuter
pars suus sui numerus futurus
pronuncio.
Critias certus homo ad Lysander
in Asia mitto, qui is certior fa-
cio, nisi Alcibiades tollo (plu-
perf. subj.), nihil is res fore ra-
tus qui ipse Athenae constituo.
Quidam puto Julius Caesar,
pensito suus et inimicus vis
(ablat. absol.), utor occasio ra-
pio (gerundive) dominatio, qui
aetas primus concupisco. Cas-
tra Alexander magnus ignis
fulgor Darius in somnium con-
luceo video, et paulo post Alex-
ander adduce ad ipse in is ves-
tis habitus qui ipse sum.
Non solum corrumpo non possum
Afer, sed etiam legatus Lace-
daemon mitto, qui Lysander ac-
cuso, quod sacerdos fanum cor-
rumpo conor. Ab Apamea in
Phrygia per regio Aulocrene eo
(pass.impers.): ibi ostendo pla-
tanus ex qui pendeo (perf. sub-
junct. act.) Marsyas, ab Apollo
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
213
iy Apollo. The reason why the
cuckoo puts her young under oth-
er birds, is supposed to be because
she knows that she is hated by all
other birds.
r. We have heard of strange kinds
of birds in the Hercynian for-
est, whose plumage shines in the
night like fire. Augustus broke
the legs of Thallus, his amanu-
ensis, because he had received
five hundred denarii for having
betrayed a letter. It seems a
strange thing that a diviner does
not laugh when he sees (another)
diviner. Plato calls pleasure a
bait, because men are caught by
it as fishes by the hook.
vinco. Causa coccyx (dative)
subjicio (genit. of gerund) pul-
lus sum puto quod scio sui in-
visus cunctus avis.
In Hercynius saltus inusitatus ge-
nus avis accipio, qui pluma ig-
nis modus colluceo nox (plur.).
Augustus Thallus (dative), a
manus, quod pro epistola prodi-
tus denarius quingenti accipio,
crus frango. Mirabilis video,
quod non rideo haruspex, ha-
ruspex quum video. Plato es-
ca, voluptas appello, quod is vi-
delicet homo capio ut piscis ha-
mus.
Remark. Cicero frequently uses the verbs dico, puto, arbitror, and
others of the kind, in the subjunctive mood, by a sort of attraction,
although strictly this mood belongs to the verb which expresses
what was thought or said. Thus, Quum enim Hannibalis permissu
exisset de castris, rediit paulo post, quod se oblitum nescio quid diceret.
(Cic., Off., I, 13.) According to the rules of grammar, it should have
been, quod nescio quid oblitus esset, ut dicebat : the two propositions,
however, have been mixed together, so that dicere has been put in
the subjunctive mood, as if it were the main verb. Compare the
following : Cui quum esset nunciatum, quod ilium iratum allaturum ad
se aliquid contra patrem arbitraretur, surrexit e lectulo. (Off., 3, 31.)
Torquatus earn severitatem in filium adhibuit, ut eum Macedonum
legatis accusantibus, quod pecunias Prcetorem in provincia cepisse ar-
guerent, causam apud se dicere juberet ; for quod cepisset, ut argue-
bant. (De Fin., 1, 7.) Sed ubi consulem ad tantum f acinus impeller e
nequeunt, ipsi singillatim circumeundo, atque ementiundo qua se ex
Vulturcio aut Allobrogibus audisse dicerent, magnam illi invidiam con-
flaverant. (Sallust, Cat., 39.)
IV. The relative pronoun is joined with the subjunc-
tive mood, when the relative clause contains the rea-
son of what goes hefore, or, in other words, when it
expresses the occasion of the predicate, specifying and
limiting its extent.
V. In such examples, it is frequently rendered in
214
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
English by the preposition in, with the imperfect par-
ticiple, or seeing that. Thus,
Omnes laudare fortunas meas, qui natum haberem tali ingenio prce-
ditum. " All praised my good fortune in having (or because I
had) a son endowed with such a disposition."
fortunate adolescens, qui tua virtutis Homerum praconem invene-
ris. "0 fortunate youth, in having found a Homer as the her-
ald of thy valour."
Hannibal male fecit, qui Capua hiemarit. " Hannibal did wrong
in having wintered at Capua."
OBS. 1. If quod or quum is used, it takes the indicative. Thus,
Aristoteles non laudandus in eo, quod censuit. (Cic., N. D., 2,
16.) Male fecit Hannibal quod Capuce hiemavit.
OBS. 2. This construction of the relative recommends itself by its
subserviency to perspicuity. If we say, Male fecit, qui hiemavit,
we impute error to the person who wintered, but do not express
the error as consisting in his wintering. When, on the other
hand, we say Male fecit qui hiemarit, we signify that " he erred
because he wintered," or "in wintering."
1 . I have a volume of introductions ;
and therefore, at my Tusculan
villa, as I did not remember that I
had used that which is in the third
book of the Academic Questions,
I put it to the book DC Gloria.
Caninius has been of wondrous
vigilance, since during the whole
of his consulship he has not seen
sleep. What ardour of study do
you think there was in Archi-
medes, since, while he describes
certain things in the dust, he has
not perceived that his country is
takcn.->C(Zsar has voluntarily
granted to me not to be in that
camp which was about to be
(formed) against Lentulus or
Pompey, since I had received
very great favours from them.
2. What more devoid of shame than
Habeo volumen procemium ; ita-
que in Tusculanus (praedium),
qui non memini ego utor ille
procemium qui sum in Academ-
icus tertius, conjicio is in liber
"De Gloria." Caninius sum
mirificus vigilantia, qui suus to-
tus consulatus somnus non vid-
eo. Quis ardor studium cen-
seo sum in Archimedes, qui
dum in pulvis quidam describo,
ne patria quidem capio sentio.
Ipse ego Caesar suus concede
voluntas, ne in is castra sum
qui contra Lentulus aut Pompei-
us sum, qui (genit. plur.) benefi-
cium magnus habeo.
Tarquinius quis impudens, qui
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
215
Tarquin, since he carried on war
with those who had refused to
submit to his pride ? mighty
power of truth, in that she can
easily defend herself, unaided,
against the talent and ingenuity
of men, and against all their art-
ful snares ! When we went to
bed, a deeper sleep than was usu-
al overcame me, since I had set
up till late at night. Wretched
me, in that I was not present !
bellum gero cum is qui is non
fero superbial magnus vis
veritas, qui contra homo ingen-
ium et solertia, contraque fictus
omnis insidiae, facile sui per sui
ipse defendo ! Ut cubo (supine)
discedo (indie.'), ego, qui ad
multus nox vigilo, arctus quam
soleo somnus complector.
Ego miser (accus.), qui non ad-
sum ! (perf.)
What is thus expressed by qui alone, is sometimes
more forcibly enunciated by quippe qui, ut qui, or utpote
qui, generally with the subjunctive, but also with the
indicative.
OBS. With quippe qui Cicero very rarely, if ever, uses the indica-
tive ; with utpote qui it is sometimes found : ut qui is chieily
used by later writers.
A crafty flatterer is not easily rec-
ognised, as he often humours us
even by opposition, and courts us
while he pretends to dispute, and
at last gives up his cause, and
pretends to be overcome. To
me, at least, the power of the
tribunes of the commons appears
very pernicious, as having been
produced in sedition and for se-
dition. The Egyptians, for a
long time past hostile to the Per-
sian power, had been inspired
with courage at the hope of
Alexander's arrival; as they had
joyfully received even Amyntas,
a deserter, and who came with a
power dependant on another's
pleasure. Scipio did not reject
with disdain the soldiers who
Non facile agnosco callidus adu-
lator, quippe qui etiam adversor
(gerund) saepe assentor, et liti-
go sui simulo (pres. part.) blan-
dior, atque ad extremus do ma-
nus (plur.) vincoque sui patior.
Ego quidem potestas tribu-
nus plebs pestiferus video ;
quippe qui in seditio et ad se-
ditio nascor. ^Egyptius olim
Persa opes infensus, ad spes
adventus Alexander erigo ani-
mus, utpote qui Amyntts quo-
que, transfuga, cum precarius
imperium venio (pres. part.) t
laetus recipio. Scipio is miles
non adspernor qui ex Cannen-
216
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
survived of the army of Cannes,
as he knew that the defeat at Can-
nee was not sustained through
their cowardice, and that there
were no soldiers of equal stand-
ing in the Roman army.
sis exercitus supero, ut qui ne-
que ad Cannae ignavia is clades
accipio scio, neque ullus aeque
vetus miles in exercitus Roma-
VI. When the proposition introduced by the rela-
tive expresses the end and motive of the action men-
tioned in the preceding proposition, so that ut might
be substituted, the verb must be in the subjunctive
mood.
VII. This applies also to relative adverbs and con-
junctions.
Sunt autem multi, qui eripiunt aliis, quod aliis largiantur. " There
are, on the other hand, many who take from some that they
may lavish upon others." Literally, " that which they may
lavish."
Octo millia servorum, qui militarent, a dominis empta sunt. " Eight
thousand slaves were purchased from their masters, in order
that they might perform military service."
1 . When Antiochus Epiphanes was
besieging Ptolemy at Alexan-
drea, Popilius Lcenas was sent
ambassador unto him, to com-
mand him to desist from his at-
tempts. The Cydnus is not re-
markable for the breadth of its
waters, but for their clearness ;
for, gliding with a gentle course
from its fountains, it is re-
ceived into a pure bottom, nor do
any torrents rush in to disturb
the smoothly -flowing stream.
The eyes, like watchmen, occupy
the highest place, in order that,
having thence the largest look-
out, they may discharge their
function.
2. Carthaginian ambassadors came
Quum Antiochus Epiphanes Ptol-
emaeus Alexandrea obsideo,
mitto ad is legatus Popilius
Laenas, qui jubeo inceptum de-
sisto. Cydnus, non spatium
aqua, sed liquor, memorabilis,
quippe lenis tractus e fons la-
bor, purus solum (ablat.) excip-
io, nee torrens incurro, qui pla-
cide mano alveus turbo. Ocu-
lus, tanquam speculator, altus
locus obtineo, ex qui plurimus
conspicio (pres. part.) fungor
suus munus.
Legatus Carthaginiensis Roma
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
217
to Rome, to thank the Roman sen-
ate and people^ for having made
peace with them, and at the same
time to ask that their hostages
might be restored. Letters were
invented, that they might be a
remedy against oblivion. King
Philip sent for Aristotle as a
teacher for his son Alexander,
that he might receive from him
instructions for both acting and
speaking. Nero gilded the the-
atre of Pompey at Rome for a
single day, to make a display to
Tiridates, king of Armenia.
venio, qui senatus populusque
Romanus gratia (plur.) ago,
quod cum hie pax facio, simul-
que peto ut obses is reddo.
Littera invenio qui subsidium
oblivio (double dative) sum pos-
sum. Rex Philippus Aristote-
les filius Alexander doctor ac-
cieo, a qui ille et ago accipio
praeceptum et loquor. Nero
Pompeius theatrum Roma ope
rio aurum in unus dies, qui os-
tendo Tiridates rex Armenia.
VIII. When a demonstrative term, such as sic, ita,
tarn, talis, is (in the sense of " such"), hujusmodi, &c.,
has gone before, and the relative which follows can be
resolved by ut, so that cujus is equivalent to ut mei, tui,
sui, illius, ejus ; cui to ut with the dative ; quern to ut
with the accusative ; and so in the plural, the subjunc-
tive mood is used with the relative. Thus,
Multa res sunt ejusmodi, quarum exitus nemo providere possit.
" Many things are of such a nature that no one can foresee
their issues."
Ea fuit legatio Octavii, in qua periculi suspicio nulla subesset.
" The embassy of Octavius was such that no suspicion of dan-
ger could lurk in it."
OBS. The idiom of our language renders it particularly necessary
for the junior reader to observe, that the relative is considered
to be of the same person with the principal subject, and not
with the antecedent, whose character is expressed in the rela-
tive clause. Thus, Non is sum, qui omnia sciam. " I am not a
man who knows all things," or "the man to know" (collo-
quially), or " such a man that I know." " Thou art not the
man who can command us." Tu non is es, qui nobis imperare
possis.
18
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
1. Who w so ignorant as not to
understand that his own safety
is involved in that of the repub-
lic ? Who is so great that for-
tune may not make him need the
aid even of the meanest 1 Invite
those whose characters do not
differ from thine own. The
Roman nation is such a one,
that, when conquered, it cannot
remain quiet. / am a man who
never did anything for my own
sake rather than that of my fel-
low-citizens.
Zeno was by no means a man
to take away, like Thcophrastus,
all the energy of virtue ; but, on
the contrary, one who placed ev-
erything which belonged to a
happy life in virtue. It be-
hooves thee to be such a man as
to separate thyself first from the
society of wicked citizens.
What eloquence of the philoso-
phers is so exquisite as to de-
serve to be preferred to a well-
regulated state 1 The name of
an ambassador should be of such
a kind, that it may be in safety
even amid hostile weapons.
Quis sum tarn ignarus qui non in-
telligo respubli^ salus contineo
smis? Quis tantus sum qui
non fortuna etiam humilis aux-
ilium indigeo cogo 1 ? Is voco
(subj.) qui mos a tuus non ab-
horreo. Is sum Romanus gens,
qui vinco quiesco nescio.
Ego is sum qui nihil unquam
meus potius quam civis meus
causa facio.
Zeno nullus modus is sum qui, ut
Theophrastus, nervus (plural)
virtus incido, sed contra qui
omnis qui ad beatus vita per-
tineo, in virtus pono. Talis
tu sum oportet, qui primum tu
ab impius civis societas sejun-
go. Quis philosophus oratio
tarn exquisitus sum, qui sum
anteponendus bene constitutus
civitas * Nomen legatus is
modus sum debeo, qui etiam
inter hostis telum incolumis
versor.
IX. Even when no demonstrative term precedes, the
relative sometimes takes a subjunctive mood, if a dem-
onstrative be implied. Here the peculiar force of the
subjunctive may generally be expressed in English by
the word such. Thus,
Multi vulnerati, etiam quos vires sanguisque desererent, ut intra
vallum hostium caderent nitebantur. " Many wounded persons,
in such a state that strength and blood were failing them, strove
to fall within the rampart of the enemy."
Nwte dteis aliquid quod ad rem pertineat. " Now thou sayest
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
219
something that pertains to the subject." More literally, " of
such a nature that it pertains."
1. In my Laurentine (farm) I hear
nothing that I repent having
heard, I say nothing that I re-
pent having said. Augustus
did many things worthy of being
recorded, from which it appears
that his anger did not master
him. In standing for the con-
sulship, whoever he is who shows
any good-will towards thee, who
courts thee, icho comes frequently
to the house, he must be reckoned
in the number of thy friends.
2. Myrmecides gained celebrity by
making ants and other small an-
imals of ivory : he made a four-
horse chariot which a fly could
cover with its wings. ,4s / wish
to draw a picture of the habits and
life of Epaminondas, I think I
ought not to omit anything which
tends to illustrate it. The nobil-
ity of Campania had deserted the
state, and could not be assembled
in the senate-house ; there was a
man in the magistracy who had
not conferred any new honour
upon himself, but by his own un-
worthincss had deprived the ma-
gistracy which he held of efficacy
and authority.
In Laurentinus (praedium) meus,
nihil audio qui audio, nihil dico
qui dico, poenitet. Multus Au-
gustus dignus memoria facio,
unde appareo ille ira non impe-
ro. Quisquis sum qui ostendo
aliquis in tu voluntas, qui colo,
qui domus ventito, is in petitio
consulatus in amicus numerus
sum habeo (part, in dus).
Myrmecides inclaresco ex ebur
formica et alius parvus animal
facio : quadriga facio, qui mus-
ca intego ala. Quum exprimo
imago consuetudo atque vita
Epaminondas volo, nihil videor
debeo prsetermitto qui pertineo
ad is declare (gerundive). No-
bilitas Campania respublica de-
sero, neque in senatus cogo
possum : in magistratus autem
sum qui non sui honor adjicio,
sed indignitas suus vis ac jus
magistratus qui gero demo.
X. If the relative introduces an adversative clause,
and is equivalent to a demonstrative with quanquam, or
to si modo or dummodo, it will equally be followed by a
subjunctive. Thus,
Cicero, qui per omnes superiores dies milites in castra continuisset,
sevtimo die cohortes frumentatum misit. " Cicero, although he
220
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
had kept his soldiers in the camp during all the previous days,
on the seventh day sent the cohorts to procure grain."
Although they wished thee not to be
safe in thy own state, they desi-
red, I suppose, that there should
be some memorial of thy form in
their own cities. It is handed
down to remembrance that Tibe-
rius, as often as he came forth
from the senate-house, was ac-
customed to speak out in Greek
words to the following effect:
' ' men prepared for servitude /"
For, although he was disinclined
towards public freedom, yet even
he felt wearied with the abject en-
durance of those who were en-
slaved. There is nothing so
easy but thai it may be difficult
if thou do it unwillingly. Can
anything be burdensome to me,
provided it be about to prove ac-
ceptable to thee ?
Credo qui tu in tuus civitas incolu-
mis sum nolo, is monumentuin
forma, in suus civitas sum cu-
pio. Memoria prodo, Tiberius,
quoties curia egredior, Graecus
verbum, in hie modus, eloquor
soleo, " homo (accus.) ad ser-
vitus paro !" Scilicet etiam
ille, qui libertas publicus nolo,
tarn projectus servio (pres. part,
active) patientia taedet. Nullus
sum tarn facilis res, quin diffi-
cilis sum, qui invitus facio.
An ego quisquam possum sum
molestus, qui tu gratus sum 1
XL To this head may be referred the use of quod,
&c., with a subjunctive, sometimes with quidem, con-
taining a restriction; as, Quod sciam. "As far as I
know." Quod conjectura provider! possit. " As far as
can be conjectured."
XII. On the contrary, a limitation by quantum is usu-
ally indicative ; as, Quantum ego intelligo, " As far as I
understand ;" unless something- else in the structure of
the sentence should require a subjunctive.
Nothing is said by philosophers,
at least which is rightly said,
that has not been confirmed by
those who have laid down laws
for states. Who would think
any are happier than lie who
Nihil dico a philosophus, qui quid-
em recte dico, qui non ab is
confirmo, a qui civitas jus de-
scribo. Quis beatus quisquam
puto, quam is qui nihil desum,
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
221
wants nothing which at least na^
ture demands ? / wish that, as
far as it is consistent with thy
convenience, thou wouldst come
as soon as possible. This is the
state of my candidateship, as far
as can at present be foreseen.
Although Aristides excelled so
much in moderation that he alone,
as far as we have heard, was sur-
named the Just, yet he was pun-
ished with a banishment of ten
years.
qui quidem natura desidero.
Qui commodum tuum fio, quam
primum volo venio. Petitio
noster hie modus ratio sum,
qui adhuc provideor possum.
Quanquam adeo excello Aristi-
des abstinentia, ut unus qui
quidem ego audio, cognomen
Justus appello, tamen exilium
decem annus multo.
Remark. Quis sum, used for num. talis sum ut, takes a relative with
the subjunctive ; as, Quis sum, cujus aures ladi nefas sit ?
XIII. The relative adverbs, when equivalent to de-
monstratives with ut, also require the subjunctive.
Thus,
Artaxerxes Lampsacum urbem illi donarat, unde vinum sumeret.
"Artaxerxes had bestowed upon him the city of Lampsacus,
from which to obtain wine." Here unde is equivalent to ut
inde, " that from it he might obtain," &c.
Cimon's assistance, his property,
was at every one's service. He
enriched, many ; he buried, at his
own expense, many poor persons,
who had not left the means of
their burial. The proconsul not
only sent corn to Rome, but col-
lected it at Catana, that it might
thence be furnished to the army
which was to have its summer
(camp) at Tarentum.
Nullus opera Cimon, nullus res
familiaris desum. Multus lo-
cupleto, complures pauper mor-
tuus, qui unde erTero non relin-
quo, suus sumptus effero.
Consul non modo Roma fru-
mentum mitto, sed et Catana
conveho, unde exercitus qui ad
Tarentum aestivus (castra) ago
possum prsebeo.
XIV. The subjunctive is used after comparatives with
quam qui in all its cases ; as, Major sum quam cui pos-
sit fortuna nocere. " I am greater than that fortune can
222
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
harm me." Equivalent to quam ut mihi possit nocere
fortuna"
The Athenian law forbids a sepul-
chre to be raised higher than Jive
men can finish in five days; and
a larger stone to be placed upon
it than will contain the praise of
the dead, cut in four heroic verses.
No changing of sides took
place ; fear rather than allegi-
ance restraining the Campa-
mans, because they had commit-
ted too great an offence in their
revolt for the possibility of par-
don. The loss of character and
confidence is too great to be ca-
pable of being estimated. The
Greeks cut down both larger and
more branching trees than the
soldier could carry along with
his armour.
Exstruo veto sepulchrum lex
Atheniensis alte quam qui quin-
que dies homo quinque absolvo,
nee magnus lapis impono quam
qui capio laus mortuus incldo
quatuor heroicus versus. Nul-
lus fio transitio, metus magis
Campanus quam fides conti-
nens (ablat. absol.\ quia major
(neut. plur.) in defectio delin-
quo, quam qui ignosco possum
(imperf.). Fama ac fides dam-
num magnus sum quam qui
aestimo possum. Graecus et
magnus et magis ramosus ar-
bor caedo quam qui fero cum
arma miles possum.
XV. The relative is joined to the subjunctive mood
when, in order to impart greater emphasis to the ex-
pression, a periphrasis with the verb sum is employed,
instead of simply the nominative with the principal
verb. Thus, instead of saying Nonnulli dicunt, we say
Sunt qui dicant.
XVI. This phraseology is adopted in order to excite
the particular attention of the reader ; and it is for the
same purpose that the word there is frequently employ-
ed in English, in the introduction of a sentence. Thus,
Sunt qui dicant. " There are persons who say."
Fuerunt qui censerent. " There have been persons who
thought," &c.
XVII. Under this rule may be comprehended such
expressions as, Invent i sunt multi qui parati essent hoc
facere. " There have been many found who were
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
223
ready to do this." So also the verbs reperiientur, ex-
sistunt, exoriuntur, &c.
OBS. An observance of the rule just laid down is in some cases
essential to perspicuity, for otherwise the subject may be mis-
taken for the predicate. Thus, if we say Sunt boni qui dicunt,
to express " they are good men who say," and also " there are
good men who say," the language is evidently ambiguous. This
ambiguity is prevented by expressing the former sentiment by
Sunt boni qui dicunt, in which case the relative clause is the
subject, and the antecedent clause tHe predicate ; and by ex-
pressing the latter sentiment by Sunt boni qui dicant, where the
antecedent clause is the subject, and the relative clause the
predicate.
1. There are some who think that
CfBsar was of opinion that it
was better once for all to en-
counter, than to be always guard-
ing against, the plots which im-
pended on every side. There
are and have been philosophers,
who thought that God had no
management at all of human af-
fairs : there are also other phi-
losophers, and these, too, great
and noble, who think that the
whole world is administered and
ruled by a Divine intelligence.
There are many who say, " /
know that this will be of no ser-
vice to him; but what am I to
do?"
2. Thou wilt find many persons
to whom dangerous plans seem
more splendid than quiet ones.
In all ages, fewer persons have
been found who conquered their
desires than the forces of the en-
emy. If there are any who are
moved by the authority of phi-
losophers, who deny that a wise
Sum qui puto opinor Caesar, in-
sidiae undique iininineo subeo
semel satius sum quam caveo
semper. Sum philosophus ac
sum, qui Deus omnino nullos
habeo censeo humanus res pro-
curatio : sum autem alius phi-
losophus, et hie quidem magnus
atque nobilis, qui Deus mens
atque ratio omnis mundus ad-
ministror et rego censeo. Mul-
tus sum qui dico, " Scio hio ille
non prosum : sed quis facio t"
Reperio multus qui periculosus
consilium quietus splendidus
video. In omnis saeculum pau-
ci vir reperio, qui suus cupidi-
tas, quam qui hostis copia vin-
co. Si quis sum qui philoso-
phus auctoritas moveo, negans
sapiens ad respublica adeo, pa-
rumper audio is, qui summus
224
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
man will engage in politics, let
them listen for a while to those
whose authority is the highest
with the most learned men.
There are some who think that
the soul and body die together.
sum auctoritas apud doctus ho-
mo. Sum qui censeo una ani-
mus et corpus occido.
Remark 1. As the use of the subjunctive in this mode of expres-
sion depends on the relative's characterizing the class which is in-
definitely referred to, the indicative is used, if there be anything
which fixes the verb to a definite person or persons. Thus, quidam,
denoting, as distinguished from aliquis, a person known, but not
specified, takes most commonly an indicative. So sunt nonnulli,
sunt multi, are often used with an indicative, and must be so where
definite persons are meant. But with sunt qui the indicative is
very rare in prose authors, and its use is probably to be referred to
the influence of a Greek idiom. (Consult Heusinger, ad Cic., Off.,
1, 24.) Propertius (3, 9, 17) imitates the Greek, not only in the use
of the indicative, but even of est with a plural ; as, Est quibus Elc&
concurrit palma quadriga.
Remark 2. In such expressions as those embraced by the rule, the
Latins join the subjunctive present to the future with qui, if the event
be simultaneous with that which the future describes ; as, Erunt qui
dicant.
XVIII. General negatives, such as nemo, nullus, nihil
est, non quisquam est, nego esse quenquam, vix ullus est,
vix with an ordinal or quisque, take qui with the sub-
junctive mood. Thus,
Nihil est quod tarn miseros faciat, quam impietas. " There is no-
thing which renders men so miserable as impiety."
Vix ullum erat scutum quod non plura simul spicula perforassent.
" There was hardly any shield which several javelins had not
together perforated."
XIX. The same construction takes place with nihil
est quod, non est quod (quare or cur), in the sense of
" there is no reason why."
1. General Negatives.
1. There is no orator who docs not
wish to be like Demosthenes. It
is no merit to be honest where
there is no one who is able or who
Nemo sum orator qui sui Demos-
thenes similis sum nolo N ul-
lus sum laus ibi sum integer,
ubi nemo sum qui aut possum
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
225
attempts to corrupt. There is no
animal) except man, which has
some knowledge of God. There
is nothing so difficult which the
human mind may not overcome ;
(there are) no passions so fierce
which may not be thoroughly ta-
med by discipline. The Pelo-
ponnesus itself is almost wholly
in the sea, nor are there any,
with the exception of the people
of Phlius, whose territories do
not touch the sea.
2. Look round on all the members
of the state ; thou wilt assuredly
find none which is not broken and
enfeebled. We shall not find any
other, except Homer and Archil-
ochus, most perfect in the work
of which he has been the invent-
or. In war, nothing is so tri-
fling as not sometimes to give the
decisive turn to a great event.
There is nothing so incredible
which may not be rendered cred-
ible by the power of language ;
nothing so rough and rude which
may not, by means of oratory, be
brightened and adorned.
aut conor corrumpo. Nullus
sum animal praeter homo, qui
habeo aliquis notitia Deus.
Nihil sum tarn difficilis et ardu-
us, qui non humanus mens vin-
co; nullus tarn ferus affectus
qui non disciplina perdomo.
Ipse Peloponnesus fere totus
in mare sum, nee praeter Phlia-
sius ullus sum, qui ager non
contingo mare.
Circumspicio omnis membrum
respublica, nullus reperio pro-
fecto, qui non frango debilito-
que. Non quisquam alius qui
opus primus (genit.) sum in-
ventor, in is perfectus, praeter
Homerus et Archilochus repe-
rio. In bellum nihil tarn levis
sum qui non magnus interdum
res momentum facio. Nihil
sum tarn incredibilis qui non
dico (gerund) fio probabilis ; ni-
hil tarn horridus atque incultus
qui non splendesco oratio et
excolo.
2. Nihil est quod, Non habeo quod, &c.
There is no reason to wonder that
Ephyre is called by the name of
Corinth by Homer; for where he
speaks in the character of a poet,
he calls both this city and some
Ionian colonies by the names by
which they were called in his age.
As to the rest, I wish thee to
persuade thyself that thou hast
nothing to fear beyond the com-
mon calamity of the state; and
Non sum qui miror Ephyre ab
Homerus nomino Corinthus;
nam ex persona poeta et hie
urbs et quidam lones colonia is
nomen appello, qui voco aetas
is. De reliquus, ita volo (subj.)
tu persuadeo (subj.), tu nihil ha-
beo qui timeo (part, in dus) sum,
praeter communis casus civitas ;
226
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
though this is v:ry severe, yet we
have lived in such a way, and
are now of such an age, that we
ought to bear firmly evils which
do not happen to us by our own
fault. / am under no concern
about myself, but I do not know
what to do about the boys. There
is no reason why thou shouldst
doubt whether a man can raise
himself above human affairs, who
beholds with indifference the
mighty commotion of events, and
bears hardships calmly, and pros-
perity with moderation.
qui etsi sum gravis, tamen ita
vivo, et is aetas jam sum, ut
malum qui non noster culpa ego
accido fortiter fero debeo. De
ego nihil laboro ; de puer quis
ago non habeo. Non sum qui
dubito num tollo sui homo su-
pra humanus (neut.) possum,
qui magnus motus res securus
adspicio, et durus placide fero
et secundus moderate.
Remark. It must be carefully observed, with regard to the class of
expressions just considered, that it is only where the verb sum is
used in the most general sense of there is, there exists, that the rela-
tive takes the subjunctive, because in that case the reference of the
negative expression is wholly denned by the relative and the verb
dependant upon it.
XX. Interrogative expressions implying a negative,
such as quis est, quid est, qui, qua, quod (interrogative),
quotusquisque, quantum est, also quid est quod, and similar
phrases, are followed by qui with the subjunctive
What reason is there why some
one's cough or sneezing, or the
awkward flapping away of a fly,
or the fall of a key from the hand
of a careless slave, should throw
us into a rage ? How few
judges there are who are not
themselves amenable to the very
law by which they try 1 How
few philosophers are found who
think their system, not a display
of knowledge, but a rule of
life? In what way, then, has
the Divine energy disappeared ?
Quis sum cur tussis aliquis aut
sternutamentum, aut musca pa-
rum curiose fugo ego in rabies
ago, aut clavis negligens servus
manus elapsus 1 Quotusquis-
que ex judex sum, qui non is
ipse lex teneo qui quaerol
Quotusquisque philosophus in-
venio, qui disciplina suus non
ostentatio scientia, sed lex vi-
ta puto 1 Qui tandem modus
divinus ille vis evanesco ? V> -
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
227
Through old age, thou wilt say.
What old age is there that can
destroy Divine energy ? Who
is there, who, if he wish to meas-
ure the knowledge of illustrious
men by the utility or magnitude
of their performances, will not
prefer the commander to the ora-
tor?
tustas inquam. Quis vetustas
sum qui vis divinus conficio
possum 1 Quis sum qui, si
clarus homo scientia res ges-
tus vel magnitude vel utilitas
metior volo, non antepono ora-
tor imperator 1
XXI. After the adjectives dignus, indignus, and ido-
neus, the relative with the subjunctive is commonly
used ; the infinitive rarely, and chiefly by the poets.
Thus,
Voluptas non est digna ad quam sapiens respiciat. "Pleasure
does not deserve that a wise man care for it."
We are not the cause why the
world brings back winter and
summer : we have too high an
opinion of ourselves, if we think
ourselves worthy that for us such
mighty bodies should be put in
motion : they have their own
laws. He who governs well
must have obeyed some time or
other ; and he who obeys sub-
missively seems worthy to gov-
ern some time or other. The
character of Leelius seemed a
suitable one to discourse about
friendship, because we had heard
(from our fathers) that the inti-
macy ofj Scipio and Lalius was
very remarkable.
Non ego causa mundus (dative)
sum hiems eestasque refero
(gerund); nimis egosuspicio, si
dignus ego video propter qui
tantus (neut.) moveo ; suus iste
lex habeo. Qui bene impero
pareo (perf. subj.) aliquando ne-
cesse sum ; et qui modeste pa-
reo video qui aliquando impero
dignus sum. Idoneus video
Lselius persona qui de amicitia
dissero, quum accipio maxime
memorabilis Scipio et Laelius
amicitia sum.
Remark. Aptus is better joined with ad than with qui and the
subjunctive.
XXII. Unus and solus, when joined with qui, intro-
ducing the definition of the qualities which these two
228
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
adjectives limit to a single person, require a subjunc-
tive. Thus,
Unus est, in quo nitatur civitatis salus. " He is the one only per-
son on whom the safety of the state depends."
Solus es, Ccssar, cujus in victoria ceciderit nemo nisi armatus.
" Thou art the only one, Caesar, in whose victory no one has
fallen save with arms in his hands."
There is one thing of which a reli-
gious feeling, deeply seated in
our minds, compels us specifi-
cally to complain, and (which)
we wish you to hear, if it shall
so seem proper. Lampido, the
Laccdamonian, is the only one
of women that is found, in any
age, who has been the daughter
of a king, the wife of a king, the
mother of a king. It is worthy
of remark, that there was only
one period of five years in which
no senator died. Lately, when I
had spoken before the fentumviri,
the recollection occurred to me,
that, as a young man, I had
pleaded in the same tribunal : my
mind went farther ; I began to
reckon up whom I had had as as-
sociates in my labour on that
trial, whom in this : I was the
only one who had spoken in both.
Unus sum de qui nominatim ego
queror religio infigo animus co-
go, et tu audio, si ita video, vo-
lo. Unus femina in omnis
eevum, Lampido Lacedaemoni-
us reperio, qui rex filia, rex
uxor, rex mater sum. Noto
(latter supine) dignus sum unus
omnino quinquennium sum qui
senator nullus morior. Proxi-
me quum apud centumvir dico,
suheo recordatio ago ego juve-
nis in idem judicium : animus
ultra procedo : ccepi reputo quis
in hie causa, quis in ille socius
habeo; solus sum qui in uter-
que dico.
XXIII. The subjunctive is used in a narrative, after
relative pronouns and adverbs, in the imperfect and
pluperfect tenses, when a repeated action is spoken of
(where in Greek the relative is used with the optative).
Thus,
Quemcunque lictor prehendisset, tribunus mitti jubebat. " Whom-
soever the lictor had seized, the tribune ordered to be released ;"
i. e., as often as the lictor had seized any one.
Nee quisquam Pyrrhum, qua tulisset impctum, sustmcrc ralnit
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
229
" Nor was any one able to withstand Pyrrhus, wherever he led
the attack ;" i. e., as often as he led the attack in any quarter.
Scavola, simul atque luceret, faciebat omnibus sui conveniendi potes-
tatem. " Scaevola, every morning, as soon as it was light, af-
forded unto all an opportunity of having an interview with him."
OBS. According to this analogy, the subjunctive is used after si,
when a repeated act is spoken of; as, Si qui rem malitiosius ges-
sisset, dedecus existimabant. (Cic., Ros. Am., 38.)
1. The senate determined to destroy
' Carthage, more because the Ro-
mans were willing to believe
whatever was said respecting
the Carthaginians, than because
things deserving of credit were
related. Aspis, inhabiting a
country full of defiles, and forti-
fied with castles, not only did not
obey the king's command, but was
in the practice of plundering
whatever was being conveyed to
the king. Apelles exhibited his
works in a shop, when finished,
to passers-by, and, concealing
himself behind the picture, listen-
ed to the faults which were re-
marked.
2. The elephants, though they were
driven, with great delays, through
the narrow roads, yet, wherever
they went, rendered the line of
march safe from the enemy, be-
cause to (the latter,) unaccustom-
ed (to them,) there was a fear of
approaching. The mountaineers
made attacks, now on the van,
now on the rear, whenever either
the ground afforded them an ad-
vantage, or men who had advan-
ced before or lagged behind gave
them an opportunity. Augustus
extracted maxims, word for word,
If
Magis quia volo Romanus, quis-
quis de Carthaginiensis dico
credo, quam quia credo (part,
in dus) adfero, statuo senatus
Carthago excido. Aspis saltu-
osus regio, castellumque mu-
nio, incolo, non solum imperi-
um rex non pareo, sed etiam
qui rex porto abripio. Apelles,
perficio opus propono pergula
transeo (pres. part.), atque, post
tabula lateo, vitium qui noto
ausculto.
Elephantus, sicut per arctus via
magnus mora ago, ita tutus ab
hostis, quacumque incedo, ag-
men praebeo, quia insuetus pro-
pius adeo (gerund) metus sum.
Montanus modo in primus,
modo in novissimus agmen ir-
ruo, utcumque aut locus oppor-
tunitas do, aut progressus mo-
ratusve aliquis occasio facio.
Ex uterque lingua scriptor, prie-
230 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
from the Greek and Latin au-
thors, and sent them either to the
commanders of armies and prov-
inces, or to the magistrates of
the city, according as they sev-
erally needed admonition.
ceptum, ad verbum excerptus,
aut ad exercitus provinciaque
rector, aut ad urbs magistratus,
mitto Augustus, prout quisque
admonitio indigeo.
Of the ORATIO OBLIQUA.
I. When any one relates the words or describes the
sentiments of another, not representing him as speak-
ing in the first person, the relator is said to use the
oratio obliqua.
II. The main proposition is then put in the infinitive
mood, and clauses connected by relative and causal
particles are put in the subjunctive.
OBS. The following passage will serve to show the changes which
the moods undergo in the oratio obliqua. In Cicero (De Orat. t
2, 7), Antonius says, " Ars earum rerum est qua. sciuntur ; ora-
toris autem omnis actio opinionibus non scientia continetur. Nam
et apud eos dicimus qui nesciunt, et ea dicimus qua ncscimus ipsi"
Quintilian relates these things as said by Antonius, and thus
changes the oratio recta into the obliqua. " Ponuntur h<z quoque
in secundo Ciceronis de Oratore libro contradictiones ; Artem ea-
rum rerum esse qu& sciantur ; oratoris omnem actionem opinione
non scientia contineri ; quia et apud eos dicat qui nesciant, et
ipse dicat aliquando quod nesciat." (Quintil, 2, 17, 37.)
Of the CAUSAL CONJUNCTIONS.
I. The causal conjunctions, quod, quia, quoniam, quan-
doquidem, when they assign one fact as the cause of an-
other, take an indicative.
II. When used in the construction with the infini-
tive, or when they express a motive felt, or a reason
assigned, they are joined with a subjunctive, as has al-
ready been explained (page 208, se(jq.< I., seqq.).
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
231
1. Indicative.
1. Atticus was involved in no en-
mities, because he neither injured
any one, nor, if he had received
any injury, did he prefer aven-
ging to forgetting it. Vicious
princes deserve so much the worse
of the commonwealth, because they
not only contract vice themselves,
but infuse it into the state ; and
do mischief, not only because they
are themselves corrupted, but also
because they do more injury by
their example than by their crime.
2. The very conflagration of the
city of Corinth made the quality
of its brass more precious ; be-
cause, a great number of statues
having been mixed together in
the conflagration, the streams of
brass, silver, and gold ran into
one common mass. Since one
nature differs from another na-
ture so much, what iconder is it
that these dissimilarities should
have been produced by different
causes 1 Catiline, in a fury,
said, " Since I am driven head-
long by my enemies, I will extin-
guish my own conflagration in
the (general) ruin." Here Bru-
tus said, " Since you praise those
orators so much, I could have
wished it had pleased Crassus
to write something more than
that, it must be confessed, scanty
treatise upon the method of
speaking."
Atticus nullus inimicitia gero,
quod neque laedo quisquam, ne-
que, si quis injuria accipio, ma-
lo ulciscor quam obliviscor.
Eo perniciose de respublica me-
reor vitiosus princeps, quod non
solum vitium concipio ipse, sed
is infundo in civitas : neque so-
lum obsum quod ipse corrumpo,
sed etiam quod plus exemplum
quam peccatum noceo.
JE,s nota pretiosus ipse Corinthus
facio incendium, quia incendi-
um permisceo plurimus statua,
aes, aurum, argentumque vena
in communis (neut.) confluo.
Quoniam tantum natura a natu-
ra disto, quis mirus sum hie dis-
similitude ex differens causa
facio 1 Catilina, furibundus,
" Quoniam, inquam, ab inimicus
praeceps ago, incendium meus
ruina exstinguo." Hie locus,
Brutus, " Quandoquidem tu iste
orator, inquam, tantopere laudo,
volo (imperf.) aliquis praeter ille,
sane exilis, libellus de ratio di-
co, plus Crassus libet (pluperf.
subj.) scribo."
232
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
2. Subjunctive.
The cases in which the subjunctive is required have
been already mentioned (page 208, seqq., I., seqq.).
Particular usage of QUOD.
I. After verbs which denote feeling pain or joy, such
as doleo, angor, gaudeo, delector, and those which indi-
cate surprise or wonder, quod may be used, instead of
the accusative with the infinitive.
II. It takes the indicative after it, in such cases, if
the thing spoken of is meant to be represented as a
fact ; and the subjunctive, if it is merely something
conceived by the mind.
III. The subjunctive is the less common, except in
the oratio obliqua, which requires it ; as, Cato mirari se
aiebat, quod non rideret haruspex, haruspicem quum vi
disset. (Cic.)
OBS. The subjunctive appears to be preferable, when the clause
introduced by quod is, in opposition to the rest, marked by tamen,
nihilominus, &c.
1. Subjunctive.
(When not required by, I., seqq., page 208).
The tenth legion first returned
thanks to Casar for having
formed a very favourable opin-
ion of them, and declared that it
was very ready to carry on war.
I am accustomed to admire
this most of all in you, that,
though you are extremely unlike
each other in speaking, yet each
of you speaks in such a manner
that nothing seems to have been
denied to him by nature, or not
conf> rrnl o li'nii l>/ learning.
Princeps decimus legio Caesar
gratia ago, quod de sui optimus
judicium facio, suique ad bel-
lum gero (gerundive) paratus
confirmo. Hie in tu maxime
admiror soleo, quod quum inter
tu in dico dissimilis sum, ita
tamen uterque tu dico, ut is
nihil neque a natura denegatus,
neque a doctrina non delatus
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
233
They fought with hatred almost
greater than their forces ; the
Romans being indignant that
the conquered party should, as
assailants, attack the conquerors ;
the Carthaginians, because they
thought that cruel and haughty
commands had been imposed on
the conquered.
sum video. Odium (plural)
prope magnus certo, quam vi-
res : Romanus indignor, quod
victor victus ultro infero arma ;
Pcenus, quod superbe avareque
imperito victus credo.
2. Indicative.
When I was carefully reading the
Gorgias of Plato, with Charma-
das, at Athens, I used to admire
Plato most of all in this, that he
seemed to me to be himself a
first-rate orator, while he was
ridiculing orators. JT rejoice
that I interrupted thee, since
thou hast given me so illustrious
a testimony of thy favourable
opinion. / was grieved, be-
cause, by the death of Horten-
sius, I had lost, not, as many
thought, an adversary, or de-
tractor from my praise, but rath-
er an associate and partner of
my glorious labour. I congrat-
ulate thee, that when thou didst
depart from the province, the
highest praise and the greatest
gratitude of the province attend-
ed thee. This harasses and tor-
ments me violently, that for a
space of more than fifty days,
not only no letters, but not even
any rumour, has reached me from
thee or from Casar, or from the
place where thou art.
IV. There is one other case in which "that" must
be rendered by quod, namely, when a pronoun (such as
U2
Quum Athenae Plato Gorgias cum
Charmadas diligenter (compar.)
lego, in hie maxime admiror
Plato, quod ego in irrideo (ge-
rundive) orator, ipse sum ora-
tor summus video. Gaudeo
quod tu interpello, quandoqui-
dem tarn praeclarus ego do ju-
dicium tuus testirnonium. Do-
leo, quod, mors Hortensius, non,
ut plerique puto, adversarius
aut obtrectator laus (plur.) me-
us, sed socius potius et consors
gloriosus labor amitto. Gratu-
lor tu, quod tu, de provincia de-
cedo (pres. part.), summus laus
et summus gratia provincia per-
sequor. Ille ego sollicito an-
goque vehementer, quod dies
jam amplius quinquaginta in-
tervallum nihil a tu, nihil a Cae-
sar, nihil ex iste locus (plural)
non modo littera sed ne rumor
quidem affluo.
234
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Aoc, illudj istud, or other cases and genders) precedes
or is necessarily to be supplied, to which quod refers,
having the sense of " inasmuch as" " as far as it con-
cerns" The mood will be the indicative if no other
circumstance requires the subjunctive. Thus,
Mihi quidem videntur homines hoc re maxime lelluis prastare, quod
logui possunt. " To me, indeed*men seem in this respect es-
pecially to surpass the brutes, in that they are able to speak."
V. In the following passage, on the other hand, the
subjunctive is required: Socrates hoc Periclem cceteris
pr&stitisse oratoribus dicit, quod is Jlnaxagorce fuerit au-
ditor. " Socrates says that Pericles surpassed in this
the rest of orators, in his having been a hearer of Anax-
agoras."
1. Indicative.
This is the principal difference be-
tween an inanimate and a living
being, that the inanimate does
nothing, the living being does
something. How great is the
bounty of nature in producing so
many, so various, and so pleas-
ant things ! Those who wish to
be more bountiful than circum-
stances allow, do wrong, first of
all, in this respect, that they are
injurious to their nearest connex-
ions. The necessity of dying is
a great kindness of Nature.
That Hicetas had opposed Dio-
nysius, not from hatred, but from
ambition, of tyrannical power,
was proved by the circumstance
that he himself, when Dionysius
had been expelled, was unwilling
to resign power.
Inter in animus (neut.) et animal
hie maxime intersum, quod in-
animus nihil ago, animal ago
aliquis. Quantus sum benigni-
tas natura, quod tarn multus,
tam varius, tamque jucundus,
gigno ! Qui benignus sum vo-
lo quam res patior primum in
is pecco, quod injuriosus sum
in proximus. Magnus benefi-
cium sum natura, quod necesse
sum morior. Hicetas non odi-
um tyrannis adversor Dion3 T -
sius sed cupiditas, indicium
(dative) sum, quod ipse, expel-
lo Dionysius imperium dimitto
nolo.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
235
2. Subjunctive.
This always seems strange to me
in the discourse of learned men,
that the persons who say they
cannot steer in a calm sea, be-
cause they have never learned,
nor given themselves any concern
to know, should yet profess that
they will go to the helm when the
sea is rough. When to these
suspicions indisputable facts were
added, that he had led the Helve-
tii through the territory of the
Sequani, that he was accused by
the magistrates of the JEciui, Ca-
sar thought that there was suffi-
cient reason why he should either
punish him himself, or order the
state to punish. Africanus al-
ways had Xenophon the Socratic
in his hands, and above all things
praised this in him, that he said
that the same labours are not
equally severe to the commander
and the soldier, because the hon-
our itself made the labour of the
commander lighter.
Hie in homo doctus oratio ego
mirus video soleo, quod qui in
tranquillus mare guberno sui
nego possum, quod nee disco
nee unquam satis euro, idem ad
gubernaculum sui accedo pro-
fiteer, excito maximus fluctus
(ablat. absoL). Quum ad hie
suspicio certissimus res acce-
do, quod per finis Sequanus
Helvetius perduco, quod a ma-
gistratus ^Eduus accuse, satis
sum causa arbitror Caesar, qua-
re in is aut ipse animadverto
aut civitas animadverto jubeo.
Semper Africanus Socraticus
Xenophon in manus habeo, qui
in primus (plur.) laudo ille,
quod dico idem labor non sum
eeque gravis imperator et miles,
quod ipse honos labor levis fa-
cio imperatorius.
Of the Conjunctions which express a Concession
I. Of the conjunctions which express a concession,
quamvis (" although," or " however much"), licet, and ut
require a subjunctive. Etsi and quanquam commonly
have an indicative, when a subjunctive is not required
by I., II., III. (page 208, seqq.).
1. Quamvis.
However much I love my friend
Pompey, as I both do and am
lound to do, yet I cannot praise
Quamvis amo Pompeius nostei,
ut et facio et debeo, tamen hie,
quod talis vir non subvenio,
236
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
his not assisting such men.
There is no possibility of assist-
ing the state on a sudden, or
when thou wishest, however press-
ing its danger may be, unless
thou art in that station in which
thou art allowed to do so. How-
ever full thy coffer may be, I
shall not think thee rich while I
see thee unsatisfied. The ques-
tion is about the acuteness of
Epicurus, not his morals ; how-
ever much he may despise those
pleasures which he just now
praised, I shall still remember
what the chief good seems to him
to be.
laudo non possum. Non sum
potestas ex tempus aut quum
volo opitulor respublica, quam-
vis is premo periculum, nisi is
locus sum ut tu is facio licet.
Quamvis sum area plenus, dum
tu inanis video, dives non puto.
De acumen ago (pass.) Epi-
curus, non de mos ; quamvis
sperno voluptas is qui modo
laudo, ego tamen memini qui
video is summus bonus.
Remark. Quamvis is much less frequently used by Cicero in tne
sense of "although" than by later writers.
2. Licet.
II. Licet, " although," is properly a verb which has
become a conjunction. It always takes the subjunctive
mood.
Although Truth obtain no patron or
defender, yet she is defended by
herself. A dwarf is not great,
although he stand on a mountain ;
a colossus will retain its magni-
tude, even if it stand in a well.
Although ambition be itself a
vice, yet it is frequently the cause
of virtues. Thou canst not, al-
though thou excel ever so much,
advance all thy connexions to the
highest honours. Perhaps I
may have acted rashly, from the
' impulse of youth, in undertaking
his cause ; since, however, I have
Veritas, licet nullus patronus aut
defensor obtineo, tamen per sui
ipse defendo. Non sum mag-
nus pumilio, licet in mons con-
sisto (perf.): colossus magni-
tude suus servo, etiamsi in pu-
teus sto (perf.). Licet ipse vi-
tium sum ambitio, frequenter
tamen causa virtus sum. Non
possum (subj.) quantum vis licet
excello, omnis tuus ad honor
amplus perduco. Forsitan in
suscipio (gerund) causa is, te-
mere impello (part, in us) ado-
lescentia facio ; quoniam qui-
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
237
once undertaken it, though all
sorts of terrors and dangers im-
pend over me, I will give him
my aid, and encounter (them).
dem semel suspicio, licet ge-
nus omnis in me impendeo ter-
ror periculumque omnis, suc-
curro et subeo.
3. Ut.
III. lit, with the meaning of " although," " granting
that," " supposing that," takes a subjunctive.
Who is he that professes himself
innocent in regard to all the laws ?
Granting this to be so, how con-
fined an innocence is it to be good
according to law ! There are
some who think that they have
made some wonderful acquisition,
in having learned that, when the
time of death came, they should
entirely perish: suppose this to
be so, what ground of rejoicing
or boasting is there in that ? I
see no reason why the opinion of
Pythagoras and Plato, concern-
ing the immortality of the soul,
should not be true; and, suppo-
sing that Plato alleged no reason
(see how much I defer to him /),
he would overpower me even by
his authority.
Quis sum iste qui sui profiteer
omnis lex (ablat.) innocens 1
Ut hie ita sum, quam angustus
innocentia sum ad lex bonus
sum ! Sum qui puto, sui nes-
cio-quis praeclarus adipiscor
quod disco sui, quum mors tern-
pus venio, totus pereo : qui ut
ita sum, quis habeo iste res aut
laetabilis aut gloriosus 1 ! Nihil
ego occurro cur non Pythago-
ras sum et Plato verus senten-
tia ; et, ut ratio Plato nullus af-
fero (video quis homo tribuo !),
ipse auctoritas ego frango.
IV. Ut is often used (followed hy ita) to contrast dis-
similar circumstances with each other, and unexpected
results with their cause. The clauses are then so rela-
ted to each other that quidem may he substituted for
ntj and sed for ita, and ut will be followed by an indica-
tive.
. V. In such cases we may conveniently employ, in
translating, the English particles though yet.
238
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Agesilaus, though he had Nature a
favourer in bestowing on him the
virtues of the mind, yet found her
malicious in fashioning his body.
Though the besieged had had
rest from battles, neither attack-
ing nor attacked for several days,
yet they had not slackened in
their work night nor day.
Though the ground, at a dis-
tance from the wall, was favour-
able enough for advancing the
vinea, their undertakings were
not at all successful when they
came to the execution of their
work.
Agesilaus, ut natura fautrix habeo
in tribuo (gerundive) animus
virtus, ita maleficus nanciscor
in corpus fingo (gerundwe).
Obsideo, ut a praelium quies
habeo, nee lacesso nee lacesso
per aliquot dies, ita non nox
non dies cesso ab opus. Ut
locus procul murus satis asquus
ago (gerundive) vinea sum, ita
baud quaquam prospere, post-
quam ad effectus opus venio
( passive impersonal ) cceptum
(dative) succedo (impersonal).
Remark. This use of ut is very common in Livy, Ovid, and Quin-
tilian.
4. Quasi, Tanquam, Jlc si, and Dummodo.
VI. Quasi, tanquam, ac si ("just as if"), and dummodo
(" provided only"), for which last dum and modo alone
are also used, always denote something supposed, as
distinguished from something real, and therefore admit
only a subjunctive.
VII. The tense to be used with these verbs is deter-
mined by the general rule ; namely, past time requires
the imperfect, present and future time the present or
perfect.
OBS. Tanquam is frequently followed by si. It must also be re-
membered that the present subjunctive describes an action or
event as conceived by the mind, without implying that it is not
real ; but that the imperfect implies also that it does not exist.
Thus, " Scindit comam tanquam mozror calvitie levetur," as if he
thought that it could be alleviated ; whereas levaretur farther
expresses that, in the opinion of the speaker, it cannot.
Quasi, Tanquam, and J%c si with Present and Perfect.
1. The Stoics give us trifling ar- 1 Conclude ratiuncula Stoicus, cur
guments why pain is not an evil; \ dolor non sum (subi.) malnm ;
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
239
as if the difficulty were about tht
word, and not the thing. Then
are some who as carefully con-
form to the party zeal and ambi
tion of Sextus Navius as if theii
own affair or honour were at is-
sue. A chapter (of the law) fol-
lows, which does not merely per-
mit, but absolutely compels and
commands, that the decemviri
should sell your taxes, as if this
were likely to be beneficial to you.
Fabius mentions the capture of
Marcus Atilius in Africa, as if
Atilius miscarried on his first
landing in Africa. Why do I
say more of Gavins ; as if thou
hadst then been hostile to Gavius,
and not (rather) an enemy to the
name of citizens ?
2. Some think that God does not
exist, because he does not ap-
pear, nor is perceived; just as
if we could see our own mind
itself. The Pythagoreans ab-
stained from the bean, as if, for-
sooth, the mind were puffed up
by that food. Since I am enter-
ing on this discussion, as if I
had never heard, never thought,
about the immortal gods, receive
me as an ignorant pupil, whose
mind is without bias to either
side. Thou who askest why I
have spoken so largely of a thing
which is evident about which all
are agreed, dost act in the same
manner as if thou wert to ask'
me why I look at thee with two
eyes, when I can attain the same
purpose with one.
quasi de verbum, nou de res la-
boro (passive). Sum qui, quasi
suus res aut honos ago (pass.),
ita diligenter Sextus Naevius
studium et cupiditas mos gero.
Sequor caput, qui non per-
mitto modo, sed plane quasi is
res tu salutaris sum ita cogo
atque impero, ut decemvir ves-
ter vectigal vendo. Fabius
Marcus Atilius captus in Afri-
ca commemoro, tanquam Atil-
ius primus accessus ad Africa
offendo (perfect). Quis ego
plus de Gavius, quasi tu Gavius
turn sum (perfect) infestus, ac
non nomen civis hostis ?
Quidam idcirco Deus sum non
puto, quia non appareo nee cer-
no : proinde quasi noster ipse
mens video possum. Faba
Pythagoreus abstineo, quasi ve-
ro is cibus mens inflo. Quum
sic aggredior ad hie disputatio,
quasi nihil unquam audio (per-
fect) de deus immortalis, nihil
cogito, rudis ego discipulus et
integer accipio. Tu qui is quoa-
ro, quare de is qui sum perspic-
uus et inter omnis consto, tarn
multus dico, similiter facio ac
si ego rogo, cur tu duo con-
tueor oculus, quum idem unus
assequor possum.
240
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
The same with
Duilius, having conquered at the
Lipari (islands}, during his
whole life, whenever he returned
from supper, commanded torches
to flame and pipes to sound be-
fore him, as if he were triumph-
ing every day. Augustus play-
fully reproved a man for hesita-
ting to offer him a petition, as if
he were holding out a halfpenny
to an elephant. The mock fight
was no image of a battle, but
they encountered as if they were
fighting for the kingdom, and
many wounds were given with
the stakes ; nor was anything
but steel wanting to a regular
battle. Hicetas of Syracuse
thinks that nothing in the world
moves except the earth ; and that,
as this revolves round its axis
with the utmost rapidity, all the
same effects are produced as if
the sky moved, while the earth
stood still.
the Imperfect.
Victor Duilius apud Liparae, per
omnis vita, ubi a ccena redeo
(subj.), praeluceo funale et prae-
cino sui tibia jubeo, quasi quo-
tidie triumpho. Augustus ali-
quis jocus corripio, quod sic sui
libellus porrigo dubito, quasi el-
ephantus stips porrigo. De-
cursio exercitus non imago sum
pugna, sed tanquam de regnum
dimico (passive impersonal) ita
concurro, multusque vulnus su-
des facio ; neque praeter ferrum
quisquis desum ad Justus acies.
Hicetas Syracusius praeter
terra nihil in mundus moveo
censeo ; qui quum circum axis
sui summus celeritas torqueo,
idem efficio omnis quasi sto
terra ccelum moveo.
Dummodo ; and Dum, modo.
OBS. If the proposition contains a negation, ne is employed.
1. Go forth at length from the
city; lead out with thee all thy
(associates) ; if not (all), as
many as possible : thou wilt de-
liver me from great fear, provi-
ded only there be a wall between
me and thee. If thou shall have
nothing to write, yet I wish thou
wouldst write this very thing,
that thou hadst nothing to write,
only not in these words. The
Egredior aliquando ex urbs ; edu-
co tu cum omnis tuus ; si mi-
nus, quam plurimus : magnus
ego metus libero, dummodo in-
ter ego atque tu murus inter-
sum. Tu ego, etiamsi nihil
sum qui scribo, tamen is ipse
scri >o volo (subj.), tu nihil ha-
beo qui scribo, dummodo ne hie
verbum. Postulo homo nobilis
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
241
most noble and. upright men of
the city demanded that the slaves
should be examined by the tor-
ture, and demanded it on behalf
of a man who was desirous even
to be put to torture himself, pro-
vided only an investigation took
place about his father's death.
, Deiotarus had recourse to the
auspices of virtue, which forbade
to consider fortune, provided one's
word be kept. The Peripatetics
approve moderation, and rightly
approve it, if they only did not
commend anger. Old men's fac-
ulties remain, provided only study
and industry remain; and that,
too, not in the case of illustrious
men, and those who are in posts
of honour, but also in private and
tranquil life. If the senate sends
another person against the spring,
] do not trouble myself, provided
only that my command be not
prolonged.
atque integer civitas servus in
quaestio (accus.) ; postulo autem
pro homo, qui vel ipse sui in
cruciatus (accus.) do cupio, dum
de pater mors quaero (passive
impersonal).
Virtus auspicium utor Deiotarus,
qui veto specto fortuna dum
praesto fides. Mediocritas pla-
ceo Peripateticus, et recte pla-
ceo, modo ne laudo iracundia.
Maneo ingenium senex, mo-
do permaneo studium et indus-
tria ; nee is solum in praeclarus
et honoratus vir, sed in vita
etiam privatus et quietus. Si
alius senatus ad ver mitto non
laboro : ego (dative) modo tern-
pus ne quis (neut.) prorogo.
Of Jlntequam and Priusquam.
Jlntequam and priusquam have commonly, in a narra-
tive, the imperfect and pluperfect of the subjunctive.
With the present and perfect the indicative and sub-
junctive are equally used, when the simple priority of
one fact to another is declared.
1. Imperfect and Pluperfect.
Che Gauls crossed into Italy two
hundred years before they took
Rome. Aristides was present at
the naval battle of Salamis, which
took place before his banishment
was remitted. Epaminondas,
X
Ducenti annus ante quam Roma
capio, in Italia Gallus transcen-
do. Aristides intersum pugna
navalis apud Salamis, qui facio
prius quam poena exilium re-
mitto. Epaminondas quum in
242
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
when he came into a party in
which either a disputation was go-
ing on about the republic, or a dis-
course holding about philosophy,
never departed until the discourse
had been brought to a conclusion.
Mithradates transfixed Data-
mes with his weapon, and killed
him before any one could succour
him. Hasdrubal, who had cross-
ed the Iberus before certain news
of the defeat arrived, on hearing
that the camp was lost, turned
off towards the sea.
circulus venio, in qui aut de res-
publica dispute (pass, impcrs.)
aut de philosophia sermo ha-
beo, nunquam inde prius disce-
do quam ad finis sermo adduce.
Mithradates Datames ferrum
transfigo, priusque quam quis-
quam possum succurro, intern-
cio. Priusquam certus clades
fama accido, transgredior (pcrf.
part.) Iberus Hasdrubal, post-
quam amitto castra accipio, iter
ad mare converto.
2. Present and Perfect with the Indicative.
Every one is involved in a certain
plan of life before he has been
able to judge what was best.
Before I speak about the suffer-
ings of Sicily, it seems to me
that I ought to say a few words
about the dignity of the province.
We use our limbs before we
have learned for the sake of what
use we possess them. Before I
answer about other things, I shall
say a few words about the friend-
ship which he accuses me of hav-
ing violated, (a thing) which I
deem a most heavy charge. I
have not attempted to excite pity
in others before I was myself
touched with pity.
Ante implico quisque aliquis ge-
nus vivo quam possum qui bo-
nus sum judico. Antequam de
incommodum Sicilia dico, pau-
ci ego videor sum de provincia
dignitas dico (part, in dus).
Membrum utor priusquam dis-
co quis is utilitas causa habeo.
Priusquam de caeteri res re-
spondeo, de amicitia qui a ego
violo criminor, qui ego gravis
crimen judico, pauci dico.
Non prius conor misericordia
alius commoveo quam miseri-
cordia ipse capio.
3. The same Tenses with the Subjunctive.
In all kinds of business, diligent
preparation must be used before
thou set about it. Exert thyself,
if thou canst in any way accom-
plish the extrication of thyself,
and come hither as soon as pos-
In omnis negotium priusquam ag-
gredior adhibeo (part, in dus)
sum prseparatio diligens. Do
opera, si ullus ratio etiam nunc
efficio possum, ut tu explico, et
hue quam primum venio, ante-
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
243
sible, before all the troops of the
enemy collect. Casar trans-
ports his soldiers over the river
in ships, and seizes unexpectedly
on a hill contiguous to the bank,
and fortifies it before it is perceiv-
ed by the enemy. Do nothing,
O senators, either in Italy or in
Africa, before ye atone for the
crime of those who have laid their
sacrilegious hands on the un-
touched treasures of the temple
of Proserpine. Art thou going
to condemn a friend before thou
hear him, before thou interrogate
him 1 Wilt thou be angry with
him before he is allowed to know
either his accuser or his crime ?
quam omnis copia adversarius
convenio. Caesar miles navis
flumen transporto, continens-
que ripa collis improvise occu-
po, et priusquam ab adversari-
us sentio communio. Nihil,
Pater Conscriptus, neque in
Italia neque in Africa gero (perf.
subj.) priusquam is scelus ex-
pio, qui suus sacrilegus manus
intactus Proserpina thesaurus
admoveo. Amicusne condem-
no antequam audio, antequam
interrogo 1 ? Ille antequam aut
accusator suus novi licet aut
crimen irascor 1
Remark 1. If one thing be declared necessary or proper to precede
another, or designed to precede it, this is expressed by the subjunc-
tive. Thus, Medico diligenti, priusquam conetur agro adhibere medi-
cinam, natura corporis cognoscenda est.
Remark 2. Hence the subjunctive is used with priusquam in the
sense of sooner than applied to the will. Thus, JEgyptii quamvis
carnificinam prius subierint, quam ibim violent.
Of the Particles of Time, Dum, Donee, Quamdiu, and
Quoad.
I. The particles of time, dum, donee, quamdiu, and
quoad, have an indicative when they signify as long as.
II. In the sense of until, on the other hand, dum, do-
nee, and quoad have either mood ; the indicative if no-
thing more is contemplated than the time of termina-
tion, the subjunctive if there is a reference to an object
to be attained.
1. With an Indicative, the Particles of Time signifying
11 WHILE," Or " AS LONG AS."
While Alexander is fighting val- 1 Dum inter primores prompte (com-
iantly among the front rank, he \ parative) dimico Alexander, sa-
244
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
is struck by an arrow. If I err
rn this, that I think the minds of
men are immortal, I willingly
err ; nor, while I live, do I wish
this error, in which I delight, to
be wrested from me. Fabius,
when consul for the second time,
resisted as long as he could Fla-
minius, tribune of the people, pro-
posing to divide the Picenian
lands to each man. As long as
the power of the Roman people
was retained by benefits, not by
injuries, wars were terminated
without severity. As long as
the state exists, trials will take
place.
gitta ico. Si in hie erro, quod
animus homo immortalis sum
credo, libenter erro, nee ego
(dative) hie error qui delecto
(pass.), dum vivo, extorqueo
volo. Fabius, consul iterum,
Flaminius, tribunus plebs, quo-
ad possum resisto, ager Picens
viritim divide (pres. part.).
Quamdiu imperium populus Ro-
manus beneficium teneo, non
injuria, exitus bellum sum mi-
tis. Tamdiu no judicium,
quamdiu sum ci vitas.
2. With an Indicative, the, same Particles signifying
UNTIL/
Julius Casar lay a considerable
time lifeless, until three slaves
laid him on a litter, and carried
himhome. The Tar quins fought
till Brutus killed, with his own
hand, Aruns, the king's son.
The Romans, for several suc-
cessive days, came so close to the
gates, that they seemed to be ma-
king an assault, until Hannibal,
having marched in the third
watch of the night, directed his
course to Apulia.
Julius Caesar exanimis aliquandiu
jaceo, donee lectica (dative)
impositus tres servulus domus
refero. Tarquinius tamdiu
dimico, donee Aruns, films rex,
manus suus, Brutus occido.
Inde continuus dies (ablat.) ali-
quot Romanus (sing.) ita insis-
to porta, ut prope infero signum
videor ; donee Hannibal, tertius
vigilia proficiscor, Apulia peto
intendo.
3. With, a Subjunctive, the same Particles signifying " UN-
TIL," and including a purpose to be obtained.
1. In the following night, Fabius
sends the cavalry on before, so
prepared that they might engage
and delay the whole army until
he himself should come up. In
Insequor nox Fabius eques prae-
mitto, sic paro ut confligo, at-
que omnis agmen moror, dum
consequor ipse. De Terentia
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
245
icgard to Terentia and Tullia, I
agree with thee that they should
refer (everything} to thee; and
that, if they have not yet gone,
that is no reason why they should
move until we see in what situa-
tion the affair is. Calpurnius
Flamma, a tribune of the sol-
diers, occupied, with a chosen
band of three hundred men, the
hill on which the enemy were
posted, and thus delayed them
until the whole army got clear.
2. A truce was made for two
months, until ambassadors could
be sent to Rome. Augustus was
accustomed to appoint a guar-
dian to royal personages under
age, and insane, until they grew
up or recovered their intellects.
We must ask or entreat angry
persons, if they have any power
of inflicting vengeance, to delay
it until their anger subsides.
What more do you wish 1 are
you waiting till Metellus gives
testimony of his criminality ?
et Tullia tu assentior ad tu ut re-
fero : et, si nondum proficiscor,
nihil sum quod sui moveo, quoad
perspicio qui (ablat.) locus (gen-
it.) sum res. Calpurnius Flam-
ma, tribunus miles, cum lectus
trecenti manus, insessus ab
hostis tumulus occupo ; ade-
oque moror is, dum exercitus
omnis evado.
In duo mensis induciae fio donee
Roma mitto legatus. Augus-
tus rector soleo appono rex aetas
parvus ac mens lapsus, donee
adolesco aut resipisco. Ro-
go aut oro (part, in dus) sum
iracundus, ut si qui habeo ul-
ciscor vis, differo dum defer-
vesco ira. Quis volo amplius 1
num exspecto, dum Metellus de
iste scelus testimonium dico 1
III. Dum is also used with the present tense indica-
tive, to express that there has heen not only a coinci-
dence in point of time, but also a connexion of cause
and effect, between two events.
OBS. The use of dum with the present of the indicative, along
with verbs of past time, where mere coincidence of time is
expressed, has been pronounced contrary to the practice of
Cicero. ( Wolf, ad Sueton., Vit. Domit., 4.) It is certainly more
common in the silver age, yet not without example in Cicero.
Thus, Dum in provincia Appium orno, subito sum factus accusa-
toris ejus socer. (Ep. ad Alt., 6, 6.) The adverb gives to the
X2
246
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
present verb the force of a perfect, and thus brings the tenses
into harmony.
Neither while Hannibal remains in
Italy, nor in the years immedi-
ately after his departure, had the
Romans leisure to found colo-
nies. Bibulus, the colleague of
Ccesar, since he is more desirous
than able to impede his proceed-
ings, kept himself at home : by
which conduct, while he wishes
to increase the odium of his col-
league, he increased his power.
The enemy, while they think that
they are conquering, began to
follow more boldly ; the soldiers
of Pompey, while they believe
that their own men are fleeing,
began to flee. Some years ago,
myfreedman Zosimus, while he
is rehearsing with a loud voice
threw up blood.
Neque dum Hannibal in Italia
moror, neque proximus post
excessus is annus vaco (imper-
sonal) Romanus colonia condo.
Bibulus collega Caesar, quum
actio is magis volo impedio
quam possum, domus sui te-
neo : qui factum, dum augeo
volo invidia collega, augeo po-
tentia. Hostis, dum sui puto
vinco, fortiter sequor ; Pom-
peianus, dum fugio credo suus,
fugio ccepi. Zosimus libertus
meus ante aliquot annus, dum
intente instanterque pronuntio,
sanguis rejicio.
Usage of QUUM.
I. The common rule respecting the use of quum is,
that quum temporale (or quum referring to time) takes
an indicative ; but quum causale (or quum referring to
cause) a subjunctive. This, however, requires some
modification.
II. Quum is properly a relative adverb (the demon-
strative of which is turn), and signifies " when," in
which sense it governs an indicative mood, and may
be joined either with a present, past, or future tense,
and may denote either a single action, or one fre-
quently repeated, in which case it is equivalent to quo-
tiescunque.
When we contemplate those things
which have passed with a vigor-
Quum is qui praetereo acer ani-
mus et attentus intueor, tune
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
247
ous and attentive mind, then the
result is, that regret follows if
they are bad, joy if they are
good. When it is enjoined that
we should control ourselves, it is
enjoined that reason should re-
strain rashness. He lived when
Sicily was flourishing in resour-
ces. / will sail when I shall be
able to sail in safety. Thou
askest ivhy my Laurentine farm
delights me so much : thou wilt
cease to wonder when thou shalt
have known the convenience of
the situation. When the inquiry
is instituted, What can be done ?
we must also examine how easily
it can be done.
fio lit aegritudo sequor si ille
malus sum, laetitia si bonus.
Quum praecipio ut egomet ipse
impero, turn hie praecipio ut ra-
tio coerceo temeritas. Vivo
quum Sicilia floreo opes.
Quum secure navigo possum,
navigo. Quaero cur ego Lau-
rentinus (praedium) meus tanto-
pere delecto ; desino miror,
quum cognosce opportunitas lo-
cus. Quum quaero quis fio pos-
sum, video (gerund) sum etiam
quam facile fio possum.
III. Quum, signifying " when," is joined with an im-
perfect or pluperfect indicative in narration, if the
proposition is dependant on another in which the im-
perfect or pluperfect is also used. This coincidence is
sometimes made more emphatic by turn, etiam turn, &c.
When it seemed possible that some
precaution should be taken, (then)
I grieved that it was neglected.
When the consul Carbo was
defending the cause of Opimius
before the people, he made no de-
nial respecting the death of Grac-
chus. When criminals fought
with the sword, there could be no
stronger discipline for the eyes
against pain and death. / was
not ignorant, when I wrote these
things, with what a weight of af-
fairs thou wast oppressed.
When Gyges had turned the
stone of the ring to his palm, he
Quum aliquis (neut.) videor caveo
(passive) possum, turn is negli-
go doleo. Quum Opimius cau-
sa defendo apud populus Carbo
consul, nihil de Gracchus nex
nego. Quum sons ferrum de-
pugno, nullus possum oculus
sum fortis contra dolor et mors
disciplina. Non sum nescius,
quum hie scribo, quantus res
' onus (plural) premo. Gyges,
quum pala annulus suus ad pal-
ma converto, a nullus video;
248
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
was not seen by any one, but he
himself saw all things ; and
again he was seen when he had
turned the ring into its place.
ipse autem omnis video ; idem
rursus video, quum in locus an-
nulus inverto.
IV. Quum will be joined with the pluperfect or im-
perfect subjunctive when it depends on a proposition
in which the perfect aorist is used. In this case, in-
stead of " when," the English often uses a causal parti-
cle, or the participle.
Pausanias having been carried out
half dead from the temple, im-
mediately expired. Hortcnsius
having begun, when a very young
man, to speak in the Forum,
speedily began to be employed
for more important causes.
When Alcibiades was carrying
on these projects, Critias and
the rest of the tyrants of the
Athenians sent trusty men to
Lysander in Asia. Having
been royally entertained, we pro-
longed our discourse till mid-
night ; the old man talking of
nothing but Africanus, and re-
membering not only all his ac-
tions, but even all his icords.
Having determined to anticipate
Darius wherever he was, Alexan-
der, that he might leave (things)
safe behind him, makes Ampho-
tcrus commander of the fleet on
the shore of the Hellespont.
When the scouts returned, a
great multitude was seen from
afar : then fires began to blaze
throughout the whole plain, as
the disorderly multitude encamp-
ed in a scattered way.
Pausanias, quum semianimis de
templum effero, confestim ani-
ma efflo. Hortensius, quum
admodum juvenis, ordior in fo-
rum dico, celeriter ad magnus
causa adhibeo coepi (passive).
Hie quum molior Alcibia-
des, Critias ceterique tyrannus
Atheniensis certus homo ad
Lysander in Asia mitto. Re-
gius apparatus accipio, sermo
in medius nox produco, quum
senex nihil nisi de Africanus
loquor, omnisque is non factum
solum sed etiam dictum memi-
ni. Quum Darius, ubicunque
sum, occupo statuo Alexander,
ut a tergum tutus relinquo, Am-
photerus classis ad ora Helles-
pontus praeficio. Quum specu-
lator revertor, procul ingens
multitude conspicio : ignis de-
inde totus campus conluceo
ccepi, quum inconditus multitu-
do laxius tendo.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
249
V. Quum, when equivalent to quod, and signifying
" in," or " inasmuch as," takes an indicative.
Numa is to be esteemed a greater
man, inasmuch as he understood
the science of politics two centu-
ries before the Greeks knew that
it had come into existence. Thou
dost well in coming, but thou
wouldst have done much better if
thou hadst gone straightway to
me at home. Thou dost very
rightly in retaining the remem-
brance of Coepio and Lucullus.
/ thank thee that my letters
have had so much weight with
thee. Thou hast done a most ac-
ceptable thing to me in preferring
that Tiro, who is unworthy of his
former condition, should be our
friend rather than our slave.
Numa magnus vir habeo sum,
quum ilia sapientia constituo
(gerundive) civitas duo prope
sseculum ante cognosce quam
is Graecus nascor sentio. Be-
ne facio, quum venio, sed recte
facio si ad ego domus (accus.)
rectus (abl. sing, fern.) abeo.
Prseclare facio quum et Coepio
et Lucullus memoria teneo.
Gratia tu ago quum tantum lit-
era meus apud tu possum.
Gratus ego facio, quum Tiro,
indignus ille fortuna, ego ami-
cus quam servus sum malo.
VI. Quum takes an indicative mood, and a present or
perfect tense, when it denotes the time since which an
action or event has been in progress, or at which a
state of things commenced which has not since been
changed.
OBS. The present tense is used of a state continued to the present
time.
Is it two or three years since, that,
charmed by the allurements of
pleasure, thou badest adieu to
virtue 1 It is now nearly four
hundred years that this has been
approved among the Greeks ; we
have only lately recognised it. I
gain nothing by thy offering me
Fabius as a friend through thy
letter of introduction : for it is
Biennium an trienniumsum, quum
virtus nuntius remitto, dele-
nio illecebrae voluptas ? Apud
Graecus quidem jam annus pro-
pe quadringenti sum, quum hie
probo : ego nuper agnosco.
Fabius quod ego amicus tuus
commendatio do, nullus in is
(ablat.) facio questus : multus
250
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
many years that he has been my
good friend, and been beloved by
me on account of his great kind-
ness and attentiveness.
enim annus sum quum ille in
meus aes sum, et diligo a ego
propter summus humanitas et
observantia.
VII. Quum, signifying "as," "since," or "though,"
is joined with the subjunctive.
Though I desire, judges, to be in-
fluenced by all the virtues, yet
there is nothing which I more wish
than both to be and to seem grate-
ful. Antigonus would have pre-
served Eumenes, though he had
been most hostile to him, if his
friends had allowed him. Since
there is in us design, reason,
foresight, God must needs have
these very things in greater meas-
ure. Plato has immortalized
the genius and various discour-
ses of Socrates by his writings,
though Socrates himself had not
left a line. There was a vast
number of prisoners made in the
Punic war, whom Hannibal had
sold, as they were not ransomed
by their friends. As I, after so
long an interval, had. burst those
barriers of noble birth, I did not
expect that the accusers would
speak of newness of family.
Quum omnis virtus, Judex, ego
afficio cupio, tamen nihil sum
qui malo quam ego et gratus
sum et video. Eumenes Anti-
gonus, quum sum is infestus,
conserve, si per suus licet
(pass.). Quum sum in ego
consilium, ratio, prudentia, ne-
cesse sum Deus hie ipse habeo
magnus. Socrates ingenium
variusque sermo immortalitas
scriptum suus Plato trado,
quum ipse litera nullus Socra-
tes relinquo. Ingens numerus
sum bellum Punicus captus,
qui Hannibal, quum a suus non
redimo, veneo (supine) do.
Quum ego, tantus intervallum
(ablat.), claustrum ille nobilitas
refringo, non arbitror de genus
novitas accusator dico.
3. IMPERATIVE.
I. The imperative mood has, in the active and pass-
ive, two forms, of which the first has only one person,
namely, the second ; as, scribe, sequere ; and in the plu-
ral, scribite, sequimini.
II. The second form of the imperative has the sec-
ond person and the *hird, which in the singular are the
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
251
same ; as, scribito (" write thou," or " let Aim write"),
sequitor. In the plural the persons are different j as,
wribitote, sequimini ; scribunto, sequuntor.
III. In both forms the imperative expresses a com
mand, but in the first also an exhortation and a wish j
as, Parce viribus tuis ! " Spare thy strength." Vivt
felix ! " Live happy !"
Proceed whither thou hast begun
(to go); depart from the city.
The gates lie open, set out.
With regard to the Syracusans
themselves, learn ye this. Con-
script Fathers, succour me, a
miserable one, oppose injustice.
Do thou always regard heav-
enly things, contemn human ones.
If I shall appear to say too
much concerning myself, pardon
ye (me). Do thou pardon an-
other frequently, thyself never.
Let them approach the gods with
a pure spirit ; let them exercise
piety. Let there be friendship
for King Antiochus with the Ro-
man people. Let him depart
from the cities, fields, villages,
fortresses, on this side of Mount
Taurus. Let him carry forth
no arms from those towns, from
which he may depart : if he has
carried any forth, let him restore
them to the exact number. Let
there be two (magistrates) with
regal authority, and let them be
called consuls. Let them obey
no one ; let the safety of the peo-
ple be to them a supreme law.
Pergo quo ccepi ; egredior ex urbs.
Pateo porta, proficiscor. De
ipse Syracusanus hie cognos-
ce. Pater Conscriptus, subve-
nio miser ego, eo obviam inju-
ria. Ccelestis semper specto,
humanus contemno. Si de ego
ipse plus dico videor, ignosco.
Ignosco soepe alter, nunquam
tu. Ad divus adeo caste, pietas
adhibeo. Amicitia rex Antio-
chus cum populus Romanus
sum. Excedo urbs, ager, vicus,
castellum, els Taurus mons.
Ne quis arma effero ex is oppi-
dum, qui excedo : si quis effe-
ro, recte restituo. Regius im-
perium duo sum, isque consul
appello. Nemo pareo, ille salus
populus supremus lex sum.
IV. As the hortative form has no third person, it is
252
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
borrowed from the subjunctive ; as, scrilat, " let him
write ;" scribant, " let them write." The first person
plural of the same mood is borrowed, when the speak-
er includes himself in his exhortation ; as, Moriamur,
et in media arma ruamus. " Let us die, and (for that
purpose) let us rush into the midst of arms."
V. With the imperative, not must be rendered by ne>
and nor by neve.
VI. Instead of the imperative, used as an exhortation,
the present or perfect subjunctive may be used where
it is intended to express the command in a milder
form ; as, in English, you should is used for the imper-
ative.
Do not hereafter recommend me to
Casar ; do not even (recommend)
thyself, if thou wilt listen unto
me. Do not envy thy brother;
he is at rest ; at length free,
safe, immortal. Give no cause
that every one who lately admired
thy writings should inquire how
so feeble a mind can have con-
ceived such grand and solid
things. / have, indeed, written
to Plancus and Oppius since
thou didst ask it ; but if it shall
seem good to thee, do not con-
sider it necessary to give the
letter : for since they have done
everything for thy sake, I fear
they may think it superfluous.
Ego posthac ne commendo (perf.)
Caesar; ne tu quidem, si ego
audio. Ne in video (perf.) fra-
ter tuus ; quiesco, tandem li-
ber, tandem tutus, tandem im-
mortalis. Ne committo (perf.)
ut, quisquis modo scriptum tu-
us miror, quaero quomodo tarn
grandis tamque solidus animus
tarn fragilis concipio. Plancus
et Oppius scribo equidem, quo-
niam rogo, sed, si tu videor, ne
necesse habeo (perf.) epistola
reddo ; quum enim tuus causa
facio omnis vereor ne (meus lit-
era) supervacaneus arbitror.
VII. If a prohibition is intended, either the present
or perfect subjunctive may be used with ne ; as, Tua
quod nihil refert ne cures. Hoc nefeceris-. Or noli with
the infinitive 5 or cave, either with ne or the subjunctive
alone j as, Cave ne facias, or cave facias.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
253
VIII. Cicero often joins noli with velle ; as,Noliteid
velle quod fieri non potest.
IX. The future is sometimes used with the force of
an imperative j as, Fades hoc. Non fades Aoc, &c.
Do not think that it is from indo-
lence that I do not write to thee
with my own hand. Do not con-
sider of what value the man is.
Do not judge, Lupus, from our
silence, what we either approve or
disapprove. I have written a
new Introduction to the Academ-
ical (Quastiones), and sent it to
thee; cut off the other, and fasten
this on. Salute Pilia and Atti-
ca. Grant this indulgence to the
boy if it shall seem good to thee.
Nolo puto pigritia ego facio, quod
non meus manus ad tu scribo.
Nolo specto quantus homo
sum. Nolo Lupus, ex tacitur-
nitas noster, quis aut probo aut
improbo judico. Novus proce-
mium Academicus (liber) (gen.)
exaro, tuque mitto : tu ille de-
seco (fut.\ hie agglutino (fut.).
Pilia Atticaque saluto (fut.).
Puer hie do (fut.), si tu vid-
eor.
4. INFINITIVE MOOD.
I. The infinitive may be regarded as a substantive of
the neuter gender, with two cases, nominative and ac-
cusative j differing in this respect from other substan-
tives, in that it governs a case, and also expresses the
complete or incomplete state of the action.
II. The infinitive must be considered as the nomina-
tive when it is the subject of a proposition ; as, 7g-
noscere amico humanum est. " To forgive a friend is
human." Laudari jucundum est. " To be praised is
pleasing."
III. It must be regarded as the accusative when it is
the object of a verb transitive ; as, vo/o, cupio, audeo,
conor, hoc facere ; the construction being the same as
cupio hanc rem.
Not to return favours by acts of
kindness is both base, and is so
esteemed among all men ; not to
love one's parents is impiety.
Non refero beneficium gratia et
sum turpis et apud omnis ha-
beo ; parens suus non amo im-
254
INFINITIVE MOOD.
To be shipwrecked, to be over-
turned in a carriage, though se-
vere, are uncommon accidents ;
man is in daily danger from (his
fellow-) man. It is disgraceful
to say one thing, to think anoth-
er ; how much more disgraceful
to write one thing, to think an-
other. To speak beautifully and
oratorically is nothing else than
to use the best sentiments and
choicest words.
plus sum. Ranis sum casus,
etiamsi gravis, naufragium fa-
cio, vehiculum everto ; ab homo
homo (dative) periculum quotid-
ianus. Turpis sum alius lo-
quor, alius sentio ; quantus tur-
pis alius scribo, alius sentio.
Nihil sum alius pulchre et ora-
torie dico, nisi bonus sententia
(ablat.) verbumque lectus (ab-
lat.) dico.
Remark 1. This rule has been already anticipated in the early
part of the volume, but is repeated here for uniformity' sake.
Remark 2. The infinitive, as a substantive, may have a pronoun
or adjective agreeing with it ; as, Totum hoc philosophari displicet.
" The whole of this philosophizing displeases." Ipsum Latine loqui
in magna laude ponendum est. " The very speaking in Latin is to be
regarded as a great source of praise." This mode of expression is
resorted to when no verbal substantive exists, and must not be ex-
tended beyond the actual practice of the classics. Scire tuum, "thy
knowledge," is found in Persius, and intelligere meum in Petronius ;
but, except with ipsum, this construction is very rare.
Remark 3. The infinitive appears to be used also as a genitive ;
as, Iniit consilia reges tollere. (Corn. Nep., Lys., 3.) And again,
Consilium cepisse evertere. (Cic. pro Quint., 16.) The gerund in di,
however, is the regular construction ; and yet, tempus est abire, cor-
pus curare, &c., are more common than the gerund.
IV. When the infinitive has its own subject joined to
it, it is put in the accusative ; as, Jlliud est iracundum
esse, aliud iratum. " It is one thing to be passionate,
another to be angry."
To be content with one's own pos-
sessions is the greatest riches.
It is alioays advantageous to be
a good man, because it is always
honourable. It is a noble and
meritorious thing to come forth
the defender of one's country,
children, friends, and fellow- citi-
zens, voluntarily and with fore-
sight. The best kind of gain is
Contentus suus res sum, magnus
sum divitiae. Semper sum uti-
lis vir bonus sum, quia semper
sum honestus. Pulcher dig-
nusque sum patria, liberi, ami-
cus, civis, volens, providensque
prodeo defensor. Magnus sum
INFINITIVE MOOD.
255
to be known as grateful and
mindful (of favours), and at the
same time to show that one is
wont to be the friend of men, and
not of their fortune.
quaestus, memor gratusque cog-
nosce, simulque aperio, sui non
fortuna sed homo soleo sum
amicus.
V. What we have just been considering is the con-
struction of the accusative with the infinitive, which,
like the infinitive alone, may be used in two ways j as
the subject, and as the object of a proposition.
VI. The accusative with the infinitive is the subject
wherever, if a noun could be substituted for the infini-
tive, it would be in the nominative case : so it is when
the predicate is est, erat, with an adjective; such as jus-
turn, cequum, verum, verisimile, opus, necesse, &c. j or an
impersonal verb j as, apparet, constat, oportet ; or the third
person singular of the passive ; as, intelligitur, perspici-
tur, &c. Thus, Victorem parcere metis cequum est. " It
is right that a victor spare the vanquished." Ad salu-
tem civium inventas esse leges constat. " It is agreed that
laws were invented for the safety of citizens."
"Within twelve years, more than
twelve Metelli were consuls or
censors, or triumphed ; so that it
appears that the fortune of fami-
lies now flourishes, now declines,
now perishes. It is agreed
among all that liberty is not due
to Modestus, because it has not
been given; nor a legacy, be-
cause Sabina has given it to her
slave. There is reason to be-
lieve that the world, and all
things which it contains, have
been created for the sake of man.
It is true that friendship can-
not exist, except between the
good.
Intra duodecim annus, consul sum
Metellus, aut censor, aut trium-
pho amplius duodecim ; ut ap-
pareo gens fortuna nunc floreo,
nunc senesco, nunc intereo.
Convenio inter omnis nee liber-
tas Modestus debeo, quia non
do ; nee legatum, quia servus
suus Sabina do. Credibilis
sum homo causa facio mundus
quique in is sum omnis. Verus
sum amicitia nisi inter bonus,
sum non possum.
256
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Remark 1. It is inaccurate to say that the accusative with the in-
finitive is governed by verum est, constat, &c. The infinitive is here,
in fact, the nominative ; and thus, for example, instead of Legem
brevem esse oportet, we might say Legum brevitas necessaria est.
Remark 2. When the infinitive esse with an adjective is joined
with licet ("it is permitted"), as, for example, otiosum esse, this may,
agreeably to the rule, be in the accusative, or it may be attracted to
the case of the noun governed by licet, and stand in the dative.
Thus, Si dm Romano licet esse Gaditanum (Cic. pro Ball., 12);
and Licuit enim otioso esse Themistocli. (Cic., Tusc., 1, 15.) The
dative is the more common.
VII. The accusative with the infinitive is the object,
after verhs of seeing, hearing, knowing, feeling, thinking,
saying, &c. These verbs take propositions for their
objects, and for this purpose the subject is put into the
accusative, and the verb into the infinitive ; as, Cicero
fuit eloquens ; scio Ciceronem fuisse eloquentem.
1. They say that Socrates replied
to some one who complained that
his foreign travels had done him
no good, " Not undeservedly has
this happened unto thee, for thou
didst travel with thyself." They
say that there was a certain
Myndarides, of the city of the
Sybarites, who, having seen a
man digging, and lifting the
spade rather high, complained
that he was made iveary, and
forbade him to do that work in
his presence. Cicero, as he
thought that, by lowering his
tone of voice, and by a changed
manner of speaking, he could
both avoid danger and speak
more moderately, went into Asia,
wften he had already been for
two years engaged in causes.
2. Hesiod says that no planter of
an olive has ever enjoyed the
fruit from it; so slow a busi-
Socrates queror (pres. part.) qui-
dain, quod nihil sui peregrinatio
prosum respondeo fero, " Non
immerito hie tu evenio, tucum
enim peregrinor" (imperfect').
Myndarides aio sum, ex Syba-
rita civitas ; qui quum video
fodio et alte (comparat.) rastrum
allevo, lassus sui fio queror (perf.
indie.), vetoque is ille opus in
conspectus suus facio. Quum
censeo Cicero remissio vox, et
commutatus genus dico, sui et
periculum vito possum et tem-
perate dico, quum jam bienni-
um versor in causa, in Asia
proficiscor.
Hesiodus nego olea sator fructus
ex is percipio quisquam, tarn
INFINITIVE MOOD.
257
ness teas it then. The inter-
preters of the law understand by
that chapter in which we are com-
manded to put away expenses in
funerals, that in particular is
magnificence in sepulchres to be
lessened. Imagine that some
one is now becoming a philoso-
pher, (but) as yet is not (one);
what system is he to choose in
preference to all others 1 The
mind perceives that it is moved
by its own energy, not by that of
another. I think that the knowl-
edge of future events is not use-
ful for us.
tardus tune res sum. Lex in-
terpres, qui caput jubeo sump-
tus in funus removeo, hie in-
telligo in primus (plur.) sepul-
chrum magnificentia sum rm'n-
uo (part, in dus). Fingo ali-
quis nunc fio sapiens, nondum
sum ; quis potissimum eligo dis-
ciplina 1 Sentio animus sui
suus vis, non alienus, moveo.
Non utilis ego arbitror sum
futurus res scientia.
VIII. When the use of an infinitive active would
bring two accusatives together, one of the subject and
the other of the object, and an ambiguity would be
likely to arise, it is the rule to adopt a passive con-
struction, by which the accusative of the object be-
comes the subject, and the other is avoided by the
preposition ab or per. Thus, Ne fando quidem auditum
est, crocodilum aut ibim aut felem violatum (me) ab
JEgyptio. (Czc., JV. D., 1, 29.) To have said crocodi-
lum violasse JEgyptium, would have left it doubtful
which accusative was the subject to violasse. Where,
however, the sense precludes mistake, the best writers
do not scruple to use two accusatives together.
I see that his son surpassed, in ex-
ploits and glory, Philip, the king
of the Macedonians. Clitarchus
often related that Alexander con-
quered Darius at Issus. I say
that thou, son of JEacus, canst
conquer the Romans. I heard
that Demca slew Chremes.
Romulus, while he was review-
Y
Video Philippus, Macedo rex, res
gestus et gloria a films supero.
Clitarchus saepe narro, Dari-
us ab Alexander, apud Issus,
devinco. Aio, a tu, ^Eacides,
Romanus vinco possum. Au-
dio a Demea interficio Chre-
mes. Romulus, quum exerci-
258
INFINITIVE MOOD.
ing his army, was suddenly with-
drawn from the eyes of men, du-
ring a tempest which had arisen.
Hence some thought that the sen-
ators had slain him, others that
he had been taken up to the gods.
tus lustro, inter tempestas 01-
tus repente oculus homo sub-
duco. Hinc alms is a senator
interficio, alius ad deus tollo
existimo.
IX. The accusative of the personal pronouns is some-
times omitted in the construction of the accusative
with the infinitive, when they are the subject of the
leading propositions. This is an imitation of the Greek
idiom, and occurs not only in Livy (Drakenb., 1, 23)
and Curtius, but also in Cicero (JV*. D., 1, 39). " Pu-
deret me dicere non intellexisse ;" and again (in Q. Ccec.,
18), " Quod dicturum te esse audio, qucestorem illius fu-
isse." In the former of these me is to be supplied ; in
the latter, te.
X. The general rule, however, is, that in this con-
struction the pronoun should be inserted, especially
with the verbs of promising and hoping, which in Eng-
lish are joined with an infinitive present : " he promised
to come" " / hope to obtain it ;" but in Latin, more ac-
curately, with the infinitive of the future: promisit se
venturum ; spero hoc me assecuturum, or assecuturum
esse ; for the ellipsis of esse is very common, both with
this tense and with the perfect infinitive passive.
OBS. The poets imitate still farther the Greek construction, by
placing the predicate in the nominative after the infinitive,
when it relates to the subject of the leading verb. Thus,
Retulit Ajax esse Jovis pronepos, for se esse pronepotem. ( Ovid,
Met., 13, 142.)
/ promise to bring this about, that
those who envied my honours
shall at length confess that you,
after all, were most sagacious in
the choice of a consul. Calling
Polliceor hie ego perficio, ut jam
tandem ille qui honor in video
meus, tamen tu in consul deli-
go (gerundive) plurimum video
fateor. Contestor omnis deus,
INFINITIVE MOOD.
259
all the gods to witness, I promise
to undertake every duty and func-
tion on behalf of thy dignity, in
this province over which thou
presidest. / hope to be at Rome
about the Ides of October, and in
person to assure Gallus of the
same things. Thou rejoicest be-
cause I promised to come. /
promised that I would write to
thec what issue Nepos' motion
had. I wish to be at Arpinum
the day before the Calends, and
then to wander to my villas in
succession, which I despair of
seeing afterward.
promitto atque confirmo ego
pro tuus dignitas in hie provin-
cia, qui tu praesum (perf.), o na-
me suscipio officium atque pars
(plur.). Ego circa Idus Octo-
bris spero Roma sum, idem-
que hie praesens Gallus (dative)
confirmo. Gaudeo quod ego
venio polliceor. Promitto scri-
bo ego tu, quis habeo eventus
postulatio Nepos. Ego Arpi-
num sum volo pridie Kalends,
deinde circum villula noster er-
ro, qui video ego postea des-
pero.
XI. The infinitive is often used alone, instead of the
present or imperfect indicative, in narrative sentences.
This is called the historical infinitive, and serves to im-
part animation to the style. Thus, H&rere homo, versari,
rubere. " The man hesitated, turned to and fro, blush-
ed."
OBS. Grammarians usually explain this by an ellipsis of ccepit or
coeperunt, which may often be supplied. In other cases, how-
ever, it will not accord with the sense.
After they had broken into the
house, they sought the king in
different directions ; they slew
some while sleeping, others meet-
ing them ; they pried into hidden
places ; they broke open (those
that were) shut ; they filled all
parts with uproar and confu-
sion. Her mental powers (were)
of no contemptible character ; she
could compose verses, tell a pleas-
ant story. The king at first
feared nothing, suspected no-
Postquam in sedis irrumpo, diver-
sus rex quaero ; dormio alius,
alius occurso, interficio; scru-
tor locus abdo ; claudo effrin-
go ; strepitus et tumultus om-
nis misceo. Ingenium (sing.)
is haud absurdus ; possum ver-
sus facio, jocus moveo. Rex
primo nihil metuo, nihil suspi-
260
INFINITIVE MOOD.
thing. The enemy, with a sud-
den shout, began to drive our
men from the rampart with ar-
rows and stones. Here the
judges laughed, the advocate was
angry.
cor. Hostis, subitus clamor,
sagitta lapisque noster de val-
lum deturbo. Hie judex rideo,
stomachor patronus.
XII. In interrogations or exclamations expressive of
indignation, surprise, &c., the accusative with the in-
finitive often stands unconnected. In English we would
supply such phrases as " is it possible V " is it credi
ble 1" " to think," &c. Thus, Mem incepto desistere vie-
tarn ? " For me, like a vanquished one, to desist from
my undertaking V'
Was there ever any poor fellow so
unlucky ? For thee to have ask-
ed that office of all others for thy-
self! wretched spectacle ! for
the glory of the city to be a- sub-
ject of mockery. What ! for me
to have given letters so often for
Rome, when I gave none for thee ?
For me to be dispensing jus-
tice at Laodicea, ichen Plotius is
dispensing it at Rome? (Is it
possible) for a Roman to speak
so much like a Greek ?
Adeone sum homo infelix quis-
quam. Tune tu potissimum
iste pars (plur.) deposco!
spectaculum miser ! ludibrium
(dat.) sum urbs gloria! Hui!
totiesne ego litera do Roma,
cum ad tu nullus do 1 Jus La-
odicea ego dico, cum Roma
Plotius dico 1 Homone Roma-
nus tarn Greece loquor 1
XIII. There are many verbs in Latin which seem to
require an accusative with the infinitive as their imme-
diate object, but which nevertheless take the subjunc-
tive with ut. It will be found, however, that most of
these verbs are of such a nature, that the relation of de-
sign and purpose, which ut expresses, may be consider-
ed as existing between the leading verb and the de-
pendant proposition. Thus,
1. Ut is used with verbs of endeavouring, aiming, ac-
complishing, &c. ; as,facerej efficere, perfaere, studere,
INFINITIVE MOOD.
261
agere, operam dare, meditari, curare, contendere, niti,
videre (" to take care"), &c. Some of these are
also joined with an infinitive ; but ut alone must
be used when the sense points to some future pe-
riod in which an effect is to be produced.
OBS. As both quod and ut are rendered into English by " that," it
may be observed as a rule for distinguishing them, that ut al-
ways denotes a purpose, or a consequence and result ; quod is
either explanatory, or denotes a cause.
I If he has done everything to
cure, the physician has perform-
ed his part. The sun causes ev-
erything to flourish and grow to
maturity. Before old age, I took
pains to live well ; in old age, to
die well. Chrysippus has neat-
ly said, as (he has said) many
things, that he who runs in a
stadium ought to strive and con-
tend, as much as he can, to con-
quer, but ought by no means to
trip 'up him with whom he is con-
tending.
JJ, Scarcely ever can a parent pre-
vail on himself to conquer nature,
so as to banish love towards his
children from his mind. Every
animal loves its own self, and, as
soon as it has arisen, strives to
preserve itself. We must take
care, therefore, to use that liberal-
ity which may benefit our friends,
may harm no one. If thou sail
immediately, thou wilt overtake
me at Leucas ; but if thou wish-
est to recruit thyself, thou wilt
take care to have a proper ship.
Si omnis facio ut sano, perago
medicus pars (plur.) suus.
Sol efficio ut omnis floreo et
pubesco. Ante senectus euro
ut bene vivo; in senectus, ut
bene morior. Scite Chrysip-
pus, ut multus, Qui stadium,
inquam, curro enitor et conten-
do debeo quam maxime pos-
sum, ut vinco ; supplanto is
quicum certo nullus modus de-
beo.
Nunquam fere parens possum an
imus induco, ut natura ipse vin-
co, ut amor in liberi ejicio ex
animus. Omnis animal sui ip-
se diligo, ac simul ut orior is
ago ut sui conservo. Video
(gerund) sum igitur ut is liber-
alitas utor qui prosum amicus,
obsum nemo. Si statim navi-
go, ego Leucas consequor; sin
tu confirmo volo, navis idoneus
ut habeo video.
Remark 1. Besides the sense of effecting, facio is used with ut and
a subjunctive, as a periphrasis for a verb of action. Thus, Invifa*
262
INFINITIVE MOOD.
quidem fed ut L. Flaminium e senatu ejicerem (Cic., de Sen., 12),
equivalent to invitus ejeci.
Remark 2. Facere, used of writers in the sense of " introduces" or
" represents," is joined with a participle. Thus, Xenophon facit
Socratem disputantem. " Xenophon represents," &c.
Remark 3. Fac, in the sense of " suppose" or " granting," takes
the infinitive ; as, Fac animos non remanere post mortem. Efficio, in
the sense of " proving," takes an infinitive ; as, Diccearchus vult ef-
ficere, animos esse immortales.
2. After verbs of begging, demanding, admonishing, and
commending (including those of advising, urging,
encouraging, intrusting with a commission, and oth-
ers of a similar meaning), ut with the subjunctive
is used, where not merely the object, but also the
purpose of the request or exhortation is contem-
plated.
1. / admonish scholars to love their
preceptors not less than their
studies, and to regard them as
the parents, not, indeed, of their
bodies, but of their minds. /
strongly exhort thee to read care-
fully, not only my orations, but
also these treatises on philoso-
phy. It is the impulse of na-
ture that human society should
study to procure those things
which suffice for refinement and
for support. If we are not in-
duced to be honest men by the
beauty of virtue itself, but by
some benefit and profit, we are
not honest, but cunning.
2. We have not ceased to admonish
and exhort Pompey to avoid this
great infamy ; but he has left no
room either for prayers or admo-
nitions. / have very lately writ-
ten a book on the best style of
oratory, which I will thy (slaves)
Discipulus moneo ut praeceptor
suus non minus quam ipse stu-
dium amo, et parens sum, non
quidem corpus, sed mens credo.
Magnopere tu hortor, ut non
solum oratio meus, sed hie eti-
am de philosophia liber diligen-
ter lego. Natura impello ut
homo coetus studeo paro is qui
suppedito ad cultus et ad vic-
tus. Si non ipse honestas mo-
veo, ut bonus vir sum, sed util-
itas aliquis ac fructus, callidus
sum non bonus.
Pompeius moneo et hortor non de-
sisto, ut magnus hie infamia fu-
gio : sed plane nee preces nos-
ter nee admonitio relinquo lo-
cus. Liber proxime scribo de
bonus genus dico, qui volo tuus
INFINITIVE MOOD.
263
to copy and send thee. When
the Athenians sent to Delphi to
consult what they should do re-
specting their affairs, the Pythia
answered that they should fortify
themselves with wooden walls.
ut describe, et ad tu mitto.
Quum Atheniensis Delphi mit-
to consulo (supine), quisnam fa-
cio de res suus, Pythia respon-
deo, ut moenia ligneus sui mu-
nio.
XIV. Among the verbs just enumerated, there are
some which take the accusative with the infinitive,
when what is said is considered as the object of the
verb ; and ut with the subjunctive, when there is refer-
ence to a future time at which anything is to take
place.
XV. So moneo, admoneo, in the sense of " apprize,"
" remind," or " inform," take an infinitive ; as, Moneo
te hoc falsum esse : in the sense of " admonish" or
" exhort to an action," they have ut or ne with the
subjunctive ; as, Moneo ut quiescant.
XVI. Persuadeo, in the sense of " convince of some
truth," takes the infinitive ; as, Persuasit mihi hoc ve-
rum esse; but in the sense of "succeed in exhorting to
some action," it is followed by the subjunctive 5 as,
Quis tibi persuasit ut hoc faceres ?
XVII. Nuntio, scribo, and even dico, are also used
with the subjunctive, when they imply an injunction or
intention that anything should be done.
/ suggest this one thing to thee,
that thou wilt never find any
more convenient time for secu-
ring the friendship of a most il-
lustrious and liberal man, if thou
lose this. Mithradates persua-
ded Datames, by harassing the
king's provinces, storming his
forts, (and) taking great booty,
that he had undertaken an inter-
minable war against the king.
As far as there is any written
Hie tantum moneo, hie tempus si
amitto, tu amicitia confirmo
(gerundive) clarus atque mu-
nificus vir nullus unquam ma-
gis idoneus reperio. Rex pro-
vincia vexo, castellum expug-
no, magnus praeda capio, Mith-
radates Datames persuadeo, sui
infinitus adversus rex suscipio
bellum. Qui litera exsto prodi-
264
INFINITIVE MOOD.
document, Pherecydes of Syros
was the first who said that the
souls of men are immortal.
Casar was warned by the harus-
pex not to cross over into Africa.
He selects a centurion, to an-
nounce to the kings not to con-
tend in arms. / will order him
to find another condition for his
tus, Pherecydes Syrius primus
dico animus homo sum sempi-
ternus. Caesar ab haruspex
moneo ne in Africa transmitto.
Centurio deligo, qui rex nun-
tio, ne arma discepto. Dico,
ut alius conditio films invenio
suus.
XVIII. The verbs of commanding, such as imperare,
mandare, prcescribere, prcBcipere, edicere (where it means
to make a proclamation of something to be done), take
the subjunctive, according to what has already been
said.
XIX. Jubeo is an exception, and takes an accusative
with the infinitive, unless it be used absolutely, with-
out the person being expressed.
1. Mando, Prcecipio, Edico.
Casar had given a strong charge
to Trebonius, not to suffer the
town to be taken by storm. CCE-
sar gives it in charge to Voluse-
nus, when he had explored every-
thing, to return as soon as pos-
sible to him. I will give as a
first precept to him whom I am
instructing, carefully and thor-
oughly to make himself acquaint-
ed with whatever causes he is go-
ing to plead. Piso dared, in
conjunction with that compeer of
his, whom, however, he desired
to surpass in every vice, to make
proclamation that the senate
should resume their (ordinary)
dress.
Caesar Trebonius magnopere man-
do, ne per vis oppidum expug-
no patior. Mando Caesar Vol-
usenus, uti explore omnis (ab-
lat. absol.), ad sui quam primum
revertor. Hie is qui instituo
primus praecipio, quicunque cau-
sa ago ut is diligenter penitus-
que cognosco. Edico audeo
Piso cum ille suus par, qui tam-
en omnis vitium supero cupio,
ut senatus ad vestitus redeo
INFINITIVE MOOD.
265
2. Impero.
A pestilence having attacked the
city, compelled the senate to com-
mand the decemviri to inspect the
Sibylline books. Hannibal im-
mediately commanded as many
venomous serpents as possible to
be collected alive, and to be put
into earthenware vessels. The
dictator having ridden around on
horseback, and having observed
what was the form of the camp,
commanded the tribunes of the
soldiers to order the baggage to
be cast together into one heap.
Pestilentia civitas adorior, cogo
senatus impero decemvir ut li-
ber Sibyllinus inspicio. Han-
nibal statim impero quam plu-
rimus venenatus serpens vivus
colligo, isque in vas fictilis con-
jicio. Dictator, equus circum-
veho (perf. part, pass.*), contem-
plorque quis castra forma sum,
tribunus miles impero ut sarci-
na in unus locus conjicio jubeo.
3. Jubeo, Veto.
It happened that Alexander had or-
dered the sepulchre of Cyrus to
be opened, in which his body was
deposited, for which he wished to
perform funeral ceremonies.
Lycurgus ordered the Lacedemo-
nian virgins to be married with-
out dowry, that wives, not for-
tunes, might be chosen by the
men. Augustus forbade the po-
ems of Virgil to be burned, con-
trary to the modesty of his will.
When thou dost forbid me to
assent to what is unknown, do
thou take so much upon thyself
as to unfold the nature of all
things, form the morals, fix the
limits of good and evil, and define
on what course of life I am to
enter ?
Forte sepulchrum Cyrus Alexan-
der jubeo aperio, in qui condo
is corpus, qui do volo inferiae.
Lycurgus Lacedaemonius vir-
go sine dos nubo jubeo, ut uxor
eligo a vir, non pecunia (plur.).
Augustus carmen Virgilius
cremo, contra testamentum is
verecundia, veto. Tu, quum
ego incognitus assentior veto,
tantus tu arrogo ut natura res
omnis evolvo, mos fingo, finis
bonus malusque constituo, quis
vita ingredior definio 1
XX. Ut with the subjunctive mood must be used
after the phrases ft y fieri non potest, accidit (chiefly of
266
INFINITIVE MOOD.
disagreeable things), incidit, occurrit, contingit (chiefly
of desirable things), evenit, usu venit, rarum est, sequitur,
futurum est, extremum est, reliquum est, relinquitur, restat,
super est, caput eat, &c.
1. Fit, Fieri non potest, Contingit ', Evenit, Usuvenit.
1. It happens somehow or other,
that, if any fault is committed,
we perceive it more readily in
others than in ourselves. It may
happen that a man may think
justly, and not be able to express
tersely what he thinks. It hap-
pens to most men, that, through
the assistance which the art of
writing gives, they relax their
diligence in committing to mem-
ory. It is the fortune of the wise
man alone to do nothing against
his will.
2. It very often happens that utili-
ty is at variance with virtue.
An instance occurred in our fa-
ther's memory, that a father of a
family, who had come from Spain
to Rome, and had left a wife in
the province, married another at
Rome, and did not send a notice
(of divorce} to the former wife.
It happens in the case of poems
and pictures, and many other
things, that the unskilful are de-
lighted, and praise those things
which are not dc-eerving of praise.
Fio, nescio quomodo, ut magis in
alius cerno quam in egomet ip-
se si quis delinquo. Fio pos-
sum ut recte quis sentio, et is
qui sentio polite eloquor non
possum. Plerique accido, ut
praesidium liter ae diligentia in
perdisco remitto. Solus hie
contingo sapiens, ut nihil facio
invitus.
Persaepe evenio ut utilitas cum
honestas certo. Memoria pa-
ter usuvenio, ut paterfamilias,
qui ex Hispania Roma venio,
quum uxor in provincia relin-
quo, Roma alter duco neque
nuncius prior remitto. In poe-
ma et pictura usuvenio, in ali-
usque complures, ut delecto im-
peritus laudoque is qui non lau-
do (part, in dus) sum.
2. Rarum est, Sequitur, Extremum est, Restat, Superest,
Caput est, &c.
1. It is best to speak every day in
the hearing of a number of per-
sons, especially those about whose
opinion we are most anxious ; for
Bonus sum ut quotidie dico audio
plus, maxime de qui sum judi-
cium solicitus ; rarus sum enim
INFINITIVE MOOD.
267
it is seldom the case that any
man stands in sufficient awe of
himself. As fortune does not
answer in every point to one who
undertakes many things, the con-
sequence is, that he to whom some
things have turned out contrary
to his plans, becomes impatient
of men and things. Since thou
art greatly esteemed by me, and
I am dear to thee, it remains for
us to rival each other in acts of
kindness.
. I, who could once assist obscure
or even guilty men, cannot now
promise my aid to Nigidius, the
one most learned and most irre-
proachable of all men. It re-
mains, therefore, that I console
thee, and adduce the reasons by
which I may endeavour to divert
thee from thy troubles. The last
thing is, that I entreat and im-
plore thee to be magnanimous,
and remember not only what thou
hast received from other great
men, but also what thou thyself
hast produced by thy genius and
study. It is the main thing in
an orator to seem to those before
whom he pleads such as he him-
self would wish.
ut satis sui quisquam vereor.
Ut fortuna multus tento non
ubique respondeo, sequor ut is
qui contra quam propono (plu-
perf.) aliquis cedo impatiens ho-
mo resque sum. Quum et tu a
ego plurimus fio et ego tu sum
carus, resto ut omcium certo
inter ego.
Qui antea aut obscurus homo
aut etiam sons opitulor pos-
sum, nunc Nigidius, unus om-
nis doctus et sanctus, auxilium
polliceor non possum. Reliqu-
us sum igitur ut tu consolor, et
affero ratio qui tu a molestia
conor abduco. Extremus ille
sum ut tu oro et obsecro ani-
mus ut maximus sum, nee is
solum memini, qui ab alius
magnus vir accipio, sed ille eti-
am qui ipse ingenium studium-
que pario. Caput sum orator
(genit.) ut ille apud qui ago talis
qualis sui ipse opto videor.
XXI. After the words which denote willingness, un-
willingness, or permission, such as volo, nolo, malo, per-
mitto, patior, sino, licet (which commonly take the ac-
cusative with the infinitive) ; and after verbs of asking,
advising, reminding, as rogo, oro, precor, moneo, admoneo,
commoneo, suadeo, the subjunctive alone is often used
without ut ; most frequently of all, after fac, velim, no-
lim, malim, and licet, necesse est, and oportet. Thus, Tu
268
INFINITIVE MOOD.
velim ammo sapienti fortique sis. "I wish thee to be of
i wise and resolute spirit." Spem bonam fac habeas.
' See that thou entertain favourable hope."
1. OPTO, VOLO, MALO, PATIOR, with, the Infinitive, or the
Subjunctive with UT.
Those who gave to Greece the forms
of her republics, wished the bod-
ies of the youths to be strength-
ened by toil. When I shall have
praised some one of thy friends
to thee, I wish that he should
know that I have done it. I wish
that thou answer me whether any
one, except thee alone, of the whole
college, dared to propose the law.
I will never wish from the gods,
O Romans, for the sake of lessen-
ing my own odium, that you may
hear that Lucius Catiline is lead-
ing an army of enemies, but yet
you will hear it in three days.
Caligula wished that the Roman
people had (but) one neck. Na-
ture does not allow that we in-
crease our own means by the
spoils of others. Augustus did
not allow himself to be called sov-
ereign even by his children or
grandchildren.
Ille qui Graecia forma respublica
do, corpus juvenis firmo labor
volo. Quum aliquis apud tu
laudo tuus familiaris, volo ille
scio ego is facio. Volo uti ego
respondeo, numquis ex totus
collegium lex audeo fero praeter
unus tu. Nunquam ego a deus
immortalis opto, Quirites, in-
vidia meus levo (gerundive)
causa, ut Lucius Catilina duco
exercitus hostis audio ; sed tri-
duum tamen audio. Opto Ca-
ligula ut populus Romanus unus
cervix habeo. Natura non pa-
tior ut alius spolium facultas
noster augeo. Augustus domi-
nus sui appello, ne a liberi qui-
dem aut nepos suus patior.
2. HORTOR, MONEO, FAC, HANBO, &c., with the Subjunc-
tive unaccompanied by UT.
1. The'g are letters extant of Cice-
ro to his brother Quintus, then
administering, with indifferent
reputation, the proconsulship of
Asia, in which he exhorts and
admonishes him to imitate his
neighbour Octavius in good trcat-
Exsto epistola Cicero ad Quintus
frater, idem tempus parum
secundus fama proconsulatus
Asia administro, qui is hortor
et moneo, imitor in promereor
(gerundive} socius vicinus suus
PARTICIPLES.
269
ment of the allies. When the
Locrians were going to transport
the money from the temple, which
was without the city walls, into the
city, a voice was heard from the
shrine by night (warning them)
"to refrain; that the goddess
would defend her own temple"
Thou hast heard what Cotta, what
the pontiff thinks : give me now
to understand what thou thinkest.
2. See that thou be in good health,
and love me in return, and up-
hold my dignity if I deserve it.
I ivould rather that a wise enemy
should fear thee than foolish citi-
zens praise thee. Casar gives
it in charge to Labienus to visit
the Remi and other Belgce, and
keep them in their allegiance.
Beware of doubting that I do ev-
erything which I think is for thy
interest, or even which thou wish-
est, if I can in any way do it.
Beware of thinking that, because
I write in a jocose strain, I have
laid aside anxiety for the repub-
lic. Thou oughtest to love me
myself, not mine, if we are to be
true friends. Whatever comes
into existence, of whatever kind
it is, must needs have a cause in
nature.
Octavius. Quum Locrenses
ex templum qui extra urbs sum
pecunia in urbs transfero volo,
noctu audio delubrum vox,
"Abstineo manus; dea suus
templum defendo." Habe-
quis Cotta, quis pontifex sei.
tio : facio ergo nunc intelligo tu
quis sentio.
Facio valeo, egoque mutuo diligo,
dignitasque meus si mereor tu-
eor. Malo tu sapiens hostis
metuo, quam stultus civis lau-
do. Caesar Labienus mando,
Remus reliquusque Belga adeo,
atque in officium contineo. Ille
caveo dubito quin ego omnis fa-
cio, qui intersum tuus aut etiam
volo tu existimo, si ullus modus
facio possum. Caveo existimo
ego, quod jocose (comparative)
scribo, abjicio cura respublica.
Ego ipse non meus amo
oportet, si verus amicus sum.
Quisquis orior, qualiscunque
sum, causa habeo a natura ne-
cesse sum.
PARTICIPLES.
I. Participles are employed in Latin to mark a num-
ber of relations, which in English are expressed by
particles.
II. The participle is used (provided that it refer to
some subject mentioned in the leading proposition of
Z2
270
PARTICIPLES.
the sentence) instead of a verb and particle, in explan-
atory and adversative clauses, supplying the place of
as, when, although.
III. The adversative particles, quamquam, quamvis,
etiam, vel, may also be added to mark the sense more
strongly.
Curio, ad, focum sedenti (as he sat), magnum auri pondus Samnites
attulerunt.
Dionysius tyrannus, Syracusis expulsus (when he was expelled),
Corinthi pueros docebat.
Risus interdum ita repente erumpit, ut eum cupientes (though we
desire it) tenere nequeamus.
i one, when he looks at the whole
earth, will doubt concerning the
orovidence of God. The limbs
of Alexander, when he had scarce-
ly entered the river, began to shiv-
er and be rigid. The king com-
mands Philip to read the epistle
of Parmenio, nor did he remove
his eyes from his countenance as
he read it. Alexander, though
tracing it with all his care, could
not ascertain to what country Da-
rius had gone. The litter in
which Tiberius was travelling
being obstructed by brambles, he
almost beat to death the pioneer,
a centurion of the first cohorts,
when he was stretched upon the
ground. All things delight us
more when withdrawn than when
uninterruptedly enjoyed.
Nemo, cunctus intueor terra, de
divinus providentia dubito.
Alexander, vix ingredior flu-
men, subito horreo artus et
rigeo coepi. Rex epistola Par-
menio Philippus lego jubeo, nee
a vultus lego moveo oculus.
Alexander, qui regio Darius pe-
to (subj.) omnis cura vestigo,
tamen explore non possum.
Lectica qui veho Tiberius ve-
pris impedio (ablat. absol.), ex-
plorator via, primus cohors cen-
turio, sterno humi, paene ad nex
verbero. Omnis ego desidero
magis quam assidue percipio
delecto.
Remark 1. The most common use of the participle is to connect
with the main proposition a clause denoting the time of an event ;
as, Regem forte inambulantem homo adiit. Domurn reversus liter as
inveni tuas.
Remark 2. With verbs of hearing and seeing, and others of simi-
lar meaning, the participle is r en used where, in English, the infin-
itive is more common ; as, ' snoleon lumina oculorum amisit* quam
PARTICIPLES.
271
calamitatem ita moderate tulit, ut nemo eum querentem audierit (Nep.),
"heard him complain." Audivi eum canentem. "I heard him sing."
This mode of expression may be resorted to where the accusative
with the infinitive would be ambiguous. Thus, Audio eum dicere
might mean " I hear that he says," or " that he is speaking." The
infinitive, however, is by no means uncommon.
IV. The participles of the perfect and future passive
are used to supply the place of substantives, express-
ing- the action of the verb, when these either do not
exist in the Latin language, or are not in common use.
V. The participle of the perfect is chosen when the
action is to be represented as completed ; the future,
when it is conceived as still incomplete.
VI. This is done not only through all the cases, but
with the prepositions ad, ante, ob, post, propter, ab, ex,
and sine.
1. Who can think that quickness
of talent was wanting to Lucius
Brutus, who guessed so acutely
about the kissing of his mother,
according to the oracle of Apollo?
Nothing was so pernicious to
the Lacedaemonians as the aboli-
tion of the discipline of Lycur-
gus. Quinctius Flaminius came
as ambassador to Prusias, whom
both the reception of Hannibal
and the stirring up of a war
against Eumenes had rendered
suspected by the Roman people.
Ccesar and Pompey were not
free from the suspicion of having
crushed Cicero.
2. The consciousness of having
spent life well, and the remem-
brance of many benefits, is most
pleasing. There are five books
of the Tusculan Questions: the
first of which is concerning the
Quis puto celeritas ingenium L.
Brutus desum, qui de mater
suavio, ex oraculum Apollo,
tarn acute conjicio 1-^Lacedse-
monius nullus res tantus sum
damnum, quam disciplina Ly-
curgus tollo. Ad Prusias le-
gatus Quinctius Flaminius ve-
nio, qui suspectus Romanus et
recipio Hannibal, et bellum ad-
versus Eumenes moveo reddo.
Non careo suspicio opprimo
Cicero Caesar et Pompeius.
Conscientia bene ago vita mul-
tusque benefactum recordatio
jucundus sum. Sum quinque
liber Tusculanus disputatio, qui
primus sum de contemno mors ;
272
PARTICIPLES.
contempt of death ; the second, con-
cerning the endurance of pain ; the
third, concerning the alleviation oj
mental distress. There was a re-
port that Themistocles took pois-
on, as he despaired of being able
to perform what he had promised
Xerxes respecting the reduction
of Greece.
3. Aratus of Sicyon came to Ptole-
my, who was then upon the
throne, the second (king) after
the foundation of Alexandrea,
and asked money, that he might
free his country. There was
greater sorrow from the loss of
the citizens, than joy in the ex-
pulsion of the enemy. Conon
derived more sorrow from the
burning and destroying of his
native place by the Lacedemo-
nians, than joy from its recov-
ery. Regal poiver was exer-
cised at Rome from the building
of the city to its emancipation,
two hundred and forty-four years.
About eighty years after the
capture of Troy, the descendants
of Pelops are expelled by the Her-
aclida:.
VII. The prepositions ante and post are used with
the names of persons and the offices held by them, to
denote the time before or since they held their office.
secundus de tolero dolor ; de
aegritudo lenio tertius. Sum
fama venenum sumo Themis-
tocles, quum sui qui Xerxes de
opprimo Graecia polliceor praes-
to possum despero.
Aratus Sicyonius ad Ptolemaeus
venio, qui turn regno, alter post
Alexandrea condo, petoque pe-
cunia ut patria libero. Magnus
ex civis amitto dolor, quam lae-
titia fundo hostis sum. Co-
non plus tristitia ex incendo et
diruo a Lacedaemonius patria,
quam laetitia ex recupero capio.
Regno (passive impersonal)
Roma, ab condo urbs ad libero,
annus CCXLIV. Annus fere
octogesimus post Troja capio,
Pelops progenies ab Heraclidae
expello.
Cato died exactly a hundred and
eighty-three years before Cicero
was consul. Curius had lived
with Decius, who, five years be-
fore he was consul, had devoted
himself for the republic. A board
Cato morior annus centum octo-
ginta tres ipse ante Cicero con-
sul. Vivo Curius cum Decius,
qui, quinquennium ante is con-
sul, sui pro respublica devoveo.
PARTICIPLES.
273
is fixed up, in which it is appoint-
ed that, after the proconsulship of
Marcus Brutus, Crete should
not be a province. Scipio died
the year before Cato was censor.
Affigo tabula, qui statuo ne,
post M. Brutus proconsul, sum
Greta provincia. Annus ante
Cato censor morior Scipio.
Remark. The English without, with a verbal substantive, is ex-
pressed in Latin, not by sine, but by nisi or non, or by nullus with
the participle. Thus, Casar exercitum nunquam per insidiosa itinera
duxit, nisi perspeculatus locorum situs, " without exploring the local-
ities." This is especially the case with the ablative absolute ; as,
Natura dedit usuram vita, nulla praestituta die, " without fixing any
day of payment."
VIII. The participle of the future active is used to de-
note the purpose of an action, where in English we rath-
er employ the infinitive with to ; as, Alexander ad Jovem
Hammonem pergit, consulturus de origine sua. " Alex-
ander proceeds to Jupiter Hammon, to consult him about
his origin."
OBS. 1. This participle is also often used to supply the place of the
particles since, when, although, &c. ; as, Plura locuturos abire
nos jus sit, " when we were going to speak." Panem date
homini perituro nisi subveniatis, " since he must perish unless
you aid." To express this sense, quippe or utpote is often in-
serted.
OBS. 2. It is to be observed, that the genitive plural of these par-
ticiples is not in use, probably on account of their sound, except
futurorum and futurarum.
Alexander restrained his soldiers
from the devastation of Asia, al-
leging that those things ought
not to be destroyed which they
came to possess. The king sent
Hephastion into the region of
Bactriana, to provide supplies
for the winter. It is a mourn-
ful circumstance that a youth of
so much promise has been cut off
in his prime, when he would have
Alexander miles a populatio Asia
prohibeo, non perdo is sum prae-
fari, qui possideo venio. Rex
Hephaestion in regio Bactria-
nus mitto, commeatus in hiems
paro. Tristis sum quod in flos
primus tantus indoles juvenis
extinguo, summus consequor si
274
PARTICIPLES.
attained, the highest excellence if
his virtues had reached, maturi-
ty. He is a fool, who, when he
is going to buy a horse, does not
examine (the animal] itself, but
its housing and bridle. Arsa-
nes ravages Cilicia with fire and
sword, that he may make a des-
ert for the enemy ; he spoils
whatever can be of use to the foe,
intending to leave the soil, which
he could not defend, barren and
naked.
virtus is maturesco. Stultus
sum qui equus emo non ipse
inspicio, sed stratum is ac frae-
imm(plur.). Arsanes ignis fer-
rumque Cilicia vasto, ut hostis
solitudo facio : quisquis hostis
usus sum possum corrumpo,
sterilis ac nudus solum qui ti 1
eor nequeo relinquo.
IX. In the cases hitherto supposed, the participle has
supplied the place of a proposition, the subject of which
is a noun contained in the leading proposition. If,
however, a new subject is introduced, it is put with
the participle in the ablative, independent of the lead-
ing proposition ; and this construction is then termed
the Ablative Jlbsolute.
X. The most common use of the ablative absolute is
for specifying time ; so that in such instances it is
merely a branch of the rule technically termed " time
(Vid. page 140.)
Pythagoras, Tarquinio regnante, in Italiam venit. " Pythagoras
came to Italy when Tarquin was reigning."
Regibus exterminatis, libertas in republica constituta est. " Kings
being driven out, freedom was established in the state."
1. When pleasure rules, all the
greattst virtues must be pros-
trate. Pompey, on the capture
of Jerusalem, touched nothing
that belonged to that temple. In
the three hundred and second
year after Rome was built, the
form of government was changed
again, the supreme power being
transferred from the consuls to
Magnus virtus jaceo omnis ne-
cesse sum, voluptas dominor.
Pompeius, capio Hierosoly-
ma (plur.) ex ille fanum nihil
attingo. Annus trecentesimus
alter quam condo Roma, iterum
muto forma civitas, ab consul
ad decemvir transfero imperi-
PATRIC1PLES.
275
the decemviri. A very great
earthquake took place in the
reign of Tiberius Ccesar, twelve
cities of Asia having been level-
led in one night.
, When the tribunitian power had
been granted by the senators to
the people, arms dropped (from
their hands'), faction was extin-
guished, and that balance of pow-
er was discovered, in which alone
the safety of the state consisted.
They say that JZschines, at
the request of the Rhodians, read
his own oration, and then that of
Demosthenes, each with the loud-
est applause. A yoke is made
of three spears, two being fixed
in the ground, and one tied across
above them. Democritus, when
his eyesight was lost, could not
distinguish black and white ; but
he could good and evil, justice
and injustice, honourable and
base things, useful and useless.
urn. Magnus terra exsisto
motus Tiberius Caesar princip-
atus, duodecim urbs Asia unus
nox prosterno.
Concede plebs a pater tribunitius
potestas, arma cado ,- restinguo
seditio, et invenio temperament-
urn in qui unus sum civitas sa-
lus. ^Eschines aio, peto Rho-
dius, lego oratio suus, deinde
Demosthenes, summus uterque
clamor. Tres hasta jugum fio,
humus figo duo superque is
transversus unus deligo. De-
mocritus, lumen (plur.) amitto,
albus et ater discerno non pos-
sum, at vero bonus, malus ;
eequus, iniquus ; honestus, tur-
pis ; utilis, inutilis, possum.
(All these adjectives are to be
put in the plural, neuter gen-
der.)
Remark 1. Care must be taken, in the use of the ablative absolute,
not to employ it either of the subject of the proposition or of the
object ; the former will be in the nominative, the latter in the accu-
sative, or one of the oblique cases under government.
Remark 2. Another ablative should not be placed in apposition
with the ablative absolute. We may say Porcia marito invento
dixit, " having found her husband ;" but not marito cogitante in-
vento, " having found her husband wrapped in thought ;" this
should be expressed by quum maritum cogitantem invenisset.
Remark 3. The Latins also avoided any reference, by means of a
preposition and pronoun, to the subject of the proposition, in the
construction of the ablative absolute. Thus, they said Ccesar, Pom-
peio victo, in Asiam profectus est ; not victa tii eo* The position of
the clause Pompeio victo, between the nominative Ccesar and the
verb profectus est, sufficiently indicates by whom Pompey was over-
come.
Remark 4. Sometimes, instead of the ablative absolute being em-
ployed, the substantive and participle are, with peculiar elegance
and precision, put under the government of the verb in the succeed-
ing clause. Thus, Regulum captum Carthaginem miserunt. " Hav-
276
PARTICIPLES.
ing taken Regulus prisoner, they sent him to Carthage." Instead
of Regulo capto, Carthaginem eum miserunt.
XI. The ablative absolute expresses the relation,
also, of cause and motive, and likewise opposition.
Hence it is often to be rendered by the aid of the
particles as, because, while, although, when, &c.
1. Eclipses are not visible every-
where, sometimes on account of
the clouds, more frequently be-
cause the sphere of the earth op-
poses. The old Romans all
wished that kingly power should
be exercised, as the charm of lib-
erty had not yet been experienced.
When a vessel has been put in
rapid motion, after the rowers
have stopped, the vessel itself re-
tains its movement and progress,
though the force and impulse of
the oars have been suspended.
2. This not only cannot be praised,
but not even be allowed, that we
should not defend even those who
are most completely strangers to
us, though our own friends ac-
cuse them. Callus writes that
Caius Flaminius fell at Thras-
ymenus, to the severe injury of
the republic, by neglecting the
rites of religion. What I am
saying tends to this, that, though
everything is lost, Virtue may
seem able to support herself.
Scipio, by the overthrow of two
cities, destroyed not only actual,
but future wars.
Eclipsis non ubique cerno, ali-
quando propter nubila, saepe
globus terra obsto. Romanus
vetus regno omnis volo, liber-
tas dulcedo nondum experior.
Concito navigium, qimm re-
mex inhibeo, retineo tamen ipso
navis motus et cursus sims, in-
termitto impetus pulsusque re-
Hie non modo non laudo, sed ne
concede quidem possum, ut am-
icus noster accuso non etiam
alienissimus defendo. C. Fla-
minius Caelius, religio negligo,
cado apud Thrasymenus scribo,
cum magnus respublica vulnus.
Hie eo pertineo oratio, ut,
perdo res omnis, tamen ipse
virtus sui sustento possum vid-
eo. Scipio, duo urbs everto,
non modo praesens verum eti-
am futurus bellum deleo.
XII. Instead of a participle, a substantive may be
used, which expresses the action of a verb ; as, for
PARTICIPLES
277
example, dux, adjutor, auctor, testis, comes, judex, inter-
pres, magister, magistra ; and names of office, such as
consul, prcetor, imperator, rex, &c. This construction is
adopted chiefly to denote time. Thus, Cicerone con-
sule. " In the consulship of Cicero." More literally,
" Cicero being consul."
OBS. Some grammarians, without any necessity, supply in such
constructions the participle existente ; or, if a plural be required,
existentibus. In truth, however, there is no ellipsis whatever
here, for the mind supplies the link which is wanting without
the intervention of words.
1. When Nature and Virtue are
our guides, no error can possibly
be committed. Under the com-
mand of Pausanias, Mardonius
was driven from Greece, with
two hundred thousand foot and
twenty thousand horse. A spa-
cious house often becomes a dis-
grace to its owner, if it be with-
out visiters, and especially if it
used once to be frequented when
it had another owner. An oath
is a religious affirmation ; what
thou hast promised, therefore, as
if with the attestation of God,
must be observed.
2. Wisdom is the only thing which
banishes sorrow from our minds ;
which suffers us not to shudder
with fear ; under the instruction
of which we can live in tranquil-
lity. Augustus was born in the
consulship of Cicero and Anto-
nius, on the ninth (day before)
the Calends of October, a little
before sunrise. Tholes the Mi-
lesian was the first who predict-
ed an eclipse of the sun, which
A
Natura et Virtus dux erro (pres.
infin. pass.) nullus modus pos-
sum. Pausanias dux, Mardo-
nius cum ducenti mille pedes,
et viginti mille eques Graecia
fugo. Amplus domus dedecus
dominus saepe fio, si hospes
careo, et maxime, si aliquan-
do, alms dominus, soleo fre-
quento. Sum jusjurandum re-
ligiosus affirmatio ; qui igitur,
Deus testis, promitto, is teneo
sum.
Sapientia sum unus qui mcestitia
pello ex animus, qui ego ex-
horresco metus non sino, qui
praeceptrix in tranquillitas vivo
(pres. infin. pass.) possum.
Nascor Augustus, Cicero et
Antonius consul, nonus Calen-
dae Octobris, paullo ante sol ex-
ortus. Primus omnis Thales
Milesius praedico sol defectus,
278
PARTICIPLES.
too k place in the reign of Alyat-
tes, A peroration of Galba is
extant, which, when we were
boys, was so much esteemed that
we even got it by heart.
3. Know that no one dined in the
consulship of Caninius ; that no
crime was committed in his con-
sulship. Brutus created, for his
own colleague, Valerius, by whose
aid he had expelled the kings.
My father Hamilcar went into
Spain as commander when I was
a, little boy not more than nine
years old. Augustus travelled
frequently into the eastern and
western provinces, accompanied
by Livia. Lentulus, Cethegus,
and other men of illustrious
name, were put to death in pris-
on by the authority of the senate.
Isocrates arose, when Gorgias,
Protagoras, and the others whom
I have mentioned, were already
old men.
qui Alyattes rex fio. Exsto
Galba peroratio, qui tantus in
honor puer ego sum, ut is eti-
am edisco.
Caninius consul scio nemo pran-
deo, nihil is consul malus (gen-
it.) fro. Brutus collega sui creo
Valerius, qui adjutor, rex ejicio.
Pater meus Hamilcar, pueru-
lus ego, utpote non amplius no-
vem annus nascor, in Hispania
imperator proficiscor. Saepe
Augustus in occidens atque
oriens meo, comes Livia.
Lentulus, Cethegus, et alius
clarus nomen vir, auctor sena-
tus, in career neco. Exsisto
jam senex Gorgias, Protagoras,
caeterique qui paullo ante dico,
Isocrates.
XIII. The Latins having no present participle from
esse in current use, the adjective alone often supplies
the place of a participle. Thus, Dis propitiis. " The
gods being propitious." Illis consciis. " They being
conscious.
The effects of lightning are won-
derful: money is melted, while
the purse is entire : the sword is
liquefied, while the scabbard re-
mains. Ships cannot enter the
harbour of Alcxandrca against
the will of those by whom the
Pharos is held. We know that
the muscles are diseased when
Mirus fulmen opus ; Ioculus(^u7\)
integer, conflo argentum: ma-
neo vagina gladius liquesco.
Is invitus a qui Pharos teneo,
non possum navis intro in por-
tus Alexandrea. JEger scio
nervus sum, ubi invitus ego
PARTICIPLES.
279
they move against our will.
The sons of Tiberius Gracchus,
grandsons of Scipio Africanus,
died in the lifetime of their moth-
er Cornelia, daughter of Africa-
nus.
2. There is a difference between the
case of a man who is oppressed
by calamity, and of one who seeks
better things when his affairs are
in no respect unprosperous.
Octavius died suddenly, as he
was leaving Macedonia, before
he could declare himself a candi-
date for the consulship, leaving
behind him Octavia the elder,
Octavia the younger, and also
Augustus. Mithradates carried
on war with the Romans for for-
ty-four years, with various suc-
cess. It is certain that an eclipse
of the sun does not take place ex-
cept at the very change of the
moon, and of the moon only when
full.
moveo. Tiberius Gracchus
liberi, Scipio Africanus nepos,
vivus adhuc mater Cornelia,
Africanus filia, vita habeo ex-
itus.
Alms causa sum is (genit.) qui
calamitas premo, et is qui res
bonus quaero nullus suus res
adversus. Decedo Macedonia
Octavius, priusquam profiteer
sui candidatus consulatus pos-
sum, mors obeo repentinus, su-
perstes Octavia major, et Oc-
tavia minor, itemque Augus-
tus. Mithradates bellum cum
Romanus per quadraginta qua-
tuor annus varius victoria gero.
Sol defectus non nisi novis-
simus no Luna, Luna autem
non nisi plenus, certus sum.
XIV. The want of a past participle active in Latin
may be supplied by the ablative absolute of the perfect
participle passive, or else by quum with the pluperfect
subjunctive. (Vid. page 248.)
XV. The best means, however, of supplying this de-
ficiency is by the past participle of a deponent verb.
1. Ablative Absolute of the Perfect Passive.
1. Others find fault with what Oc-
tavianus said and did, as if,
having lost his fleet by a tem-
pest, he had exclaimed that he
would gain the victory even
against the will of Neptune.
Alius dictum factumque Octavia-
nus criminor, quasi classis tem-
pestas perdo, exclamo ; etiam
invitus Neptunus victoria sui
280
PARTICIPLES.
The father of Tiberius remained
alone in the party of Antonius,
and escaped first to Pr<Bneste,
and then to Naples ; and having
in vain offered emancipation to
the slaves, he fled into Sicily.
Seneca relates that Tiberius, hav-
ing suddenly called for his at-
tendants, and no one answering,
rose, and, his strength failing
him, fell not far off from the bed.
2. About twenty-seven senators fol-
lowed Vibius Virrius home, and
feasted with him; and having
abstracted their minds as much
as they could, by means of wine,
from the sense of the impending
evil, they all took poison. Phy-
sicians having found the cause
of a disease, think that the cure
is found. Darius, having heard
the news of the ill health of Alex-
ander, marched with the greatest
rapidity to the Euphrates. The-
opompus, the Lacedcemonian, hav-
ing changed garments with his
wife, escaped from custody as a
woman.
adipiscor. Tiberius pater, so-
lus Antonius in pars permaneo,
ac primo Praeneste, deinde Ne-
apolis evado, servusque frustra
ad pileus voco, in Sicilia profu-
gio. Seneca scribo Tiberius,
subito voco minister, ac nemo
respondeo, consurgo, nee pro-
cul a lectulus, deficio vires,
concido.
Vibius Virrius septem et viginti
ferme senator domus sequor,
epulorque cum is ; et quantum
facio possum, alieno mens vi-
num ab imminens malum sen-
sus, venenum omnis sumo.
Medicus, causa morbus inve-
nio, remedium invenio puto.
Darius, nuntius de adversus
valetudo Alexander accipio,
magnus celeritas ad Euphrates
contendo. Theopompus Lace-
daemonius, permuto cum uxor
habitus, e custodia ut mulier
evado.
2. QUTJM with the Pluperfect Subjunctive.
Fabius, having pitched his camp
five hundred paces off, determin-
ed to attack Arpi on that point at
which he saw that the guard was
most negligent. They fought,
first of all, in the dark and nar-
row places, the Romans having
occupied not only the streets, but
even the houses nearest to the
gate, that they might not be aim-
ed at and wounded from above.
The ambassadors having brought
Fabius, quum a quingenti passus
castra pono, qui pars maxime
neglectus custodia video, is po-
tissimum Arpi aggredior statuo.
Pugno (passive impersonal)
primo in tenebrosus angustus-
que via, quum Romanus non via
tantum sed tectum etiam prox-
imus porta occupo, ne peto su-
perne ac vulnero possum.
Quum nihil legatus, qui satis
PARTICIPLES.
281
back no intelligence which in-
volved an immediate cause of
war, the praetor Atilius was sent
with a fleet to Greece for the pro-
tection of the allies. The gar-
ment of the Vestal having caught
as she went down into the sub-
terranean chamber she turned
and gathered it up; and when
the executioner gave her his hand,
she turned away and started back.
Scipio having put on his gar-
ments and shoes, went out of the
chamber, and, having walked a
little in the portico, saluted Lce-
lius on his arrival.
maturus causa bellum habeo,
refero, Atilius praetor cum clas-
sis mitto in Graecia, ad socius
tueor (gerundive}. Virgo Ves-
talis (dative) descendo in sub-
terraneus cubiculum, quum hae-
reo stola, verto sui ac recolligo,
quumque is carnifex manus do,
aversor et resilio. Scipio, cal-
ceus et vestimentum sumo, e
cubiculum egredior, et, quum
paululum inambulo in porticus,
Laelius advenio saluto.
Remark. The ablative of the participle of the perfect passive
sometimes supplies alone the place of the whole construction of the
ablative absolute, the following proposition being considered as a
noun of the neuter gender, and the subject of the participle. This
use is confined, however, to a few participles ; as, audito, cognito,
camper to (passive), explorato, desperato, nunciato, cdicto. Thus, Alex-
ander audito Darium appropinquare, cum exercitu obviam ire constituit.
" Alexander, having heard that Darius was approaching, resolved to
meet him with an army."
XVI. The participle passive in dus has in the nomi-
native case (and, in the construction of the accusative
with the infinitive, in the accusative also) the significa-
tion of necessity, less frequently of possibility. Thus,
laudandus is one who must be praised, or ought to be
praised.
1. Present Necessity or Propriety.
1. Law is a supreme rule, implant-
ed in (our) nature, which com-
mands those things that ought to
be done, and forbids the opposite.
~-Every state must be ruled by
some counsel, in order that it I
may be permanent ; and that i
AA2
Lex sum ratio summus, insero in
natura, qui jubeo is qui facio
sum, prohibeoque contrarius.
Omnis respublica consiliumqui-
dam rego sum, ut diuturnus
sum; is autem consiJium aut
282
PARTICIPLES.
counsel must either be allotted to
one or to certain select persons
or must be undertaken by th
multitude and by all. Many
writers, speaking of the Trojan
(times), call the country of the
Myrmidons Thessaly; the tragic
writers do it more frequently, but
it should by no means be allowed
them.
2. The same things must be done
in the senate on a less ample
scale, for we must leave many
others an opportunity of speak-
ing, and we must avoid the sus-
picion of a display of talent.
The beauty of the world, and the
regularity of the celestial phce-
nomena, compel us to confess,
both that there is some superior
and eternal nature, and that it is
to be venerated and admired by
the human race. The exploits
of the Romans are not to be com-
pared either with (those of) the
Greeks, or those of any other na-
tion. It does not seem to me
that another topic should be
sought for because these men
have come, but we should say
something worth their hearing.
unus tribuo sum, aut delectus
quidam, aut suscipio sum mul-
titude atque omnis. Multus
scriptor de Iliacus dico Myrmi-
don regio Thessalia voco ; Tra-
gicus frequenter is facio, qui
minime is concede.
Idem in senatus sed parvus appa-
ratus ago ; multus enim alius
relinquo dico locus, vito etiam
ingenium ostentatio suspicio.
Sum praestans aliquis aeternus-
que natura, et is suspicio admi-
rorque homo genus, pulchritu-
de mundus ordoque res cceles-
tis cogo confiteor. Res gestus
Romanus neque cum Graecus,
neque ullus cum gens sum con-
fero. Non ego video, quod hie
venio, alius ego sermo sum
quaero, sed dico dignus aliquis
hie auris
2. Past or Contingent Necessity or Propriety.
Seleucus, Lysimachus, Ptolemy,
were at hand, already powerful
in resources, with whom Eu-
menes had to fight. I should
long have had to look out for a
son-in-law to Arulenus Rusti-
cus, if Minucius Acilianus had
not been prepared, and, as it
were, provided. Tiberius ab-
Immineo Seleucus, Lysimachus,
Ptolemaeus, opes jam valeo,
cum qui Eumenes sum dimico.
Diu ego quaero sum Arule-
nus Rusticus gener nisi para-
tus et quasi provisus sum Mi-
nucius Acilianus. Sermo Grae-
PARTICIPLES.
283
stained from the Greek lan-
guage, and chiefly in the sen-
ate ; to such a degree, indeed, that
when he was going to mention
monopolium, he begged pardon,
first of all, for being obliged to
use a foreign word. How could
Lacedamon enjoy good and just
laws, when any one who had been
born of the royal family must be
taken as king 1 It is more mis-
erable to be consumed by old age
than to resign for our own coun-
try, rather than in any other
way, the life which, after all, it
would be necessary to resign.
cus Tiberius, maximeque in
senatus, abstineo ; adeo qui-
dem ut, monopolium nomino,
prius venia postulo, quod sui
verbum peregrinus utor sum.
Quomodo fio possum ut Lace-
daemon turn bonus utor justus-
que lex, quum sum habeo rex
quicunque genus regius nascor 1
Magis is miser, consume se-
nectus quam is vita, qui tamen
sum reddo, pro patria potissi-
mum reddo.
3. Future Necessity or Propriety.
Jf the Gauls attempt to make war,
we shall have to recall Marius
from the shades. It will be ne-
cessary to heal the very heavy
wound of Spurinna, who has lost
his son while absent, by some
powerful lenitive. When the
studies of the youth are to be
extended beyond his paternal
threshold, it will be necessary to
look out for a Latin rhetorician,
the severity and purity of whose
school is ascertained. Those
who aim at the highest things
will go higher than those who,
despairing of reaching the point
they wish, stop immediately at
the lowest point. For this rea-
son I shall be more entitled to
excuse, if I do not pass over even
trifling things.
Si Gallus bellum facio conor, ex-
cito ego sum ab inferus Marius.
Gravis Spurinna vulnus qui
filius amitto absens, magnus al-
iquis fomentum medeor sum.
Quum studium juvenis extra
paternus limen prefer o sum,
jam circumspicio sum rhetor
Latinus, qui schola severitas
castitasque consto. Alte eo
qui ad summus nitor, quam qui
desperatio quo volo evado pro-
tinus circa imus subsisto. Quo
magis impetro sum venia si ne
minor quidem praetereo.
XVII. With do and trado, mitto and permitto, accipio
284
GERUND.
and suscipioj and similar verbs, the purpose for which
anything is given, &c., is expressed passively by the
participle in dus ; as, Rex Harpago Cyrum infantem oc-
cidendum tradidit. " The king delivered the infant
Cyrus to Harpagus to put to death."
Lucius Tarquinius vowed the erec-
tion of a temple in the Capitol
to Jupiter, Best and Greatest, in
the Sabine war. / am not dis-
pleased that my letter has been
circulated ; nay, I have even giv-
en it myself to many persons to
copy. In order that the city
might be more easily approached,
Augustus distributed to men who
had obtained triumphs the (charge
of) paving the roads out of the
money of the spoils. Mummius
was so ignorant, that, after the
capture of Corinth, when he had
contracted for the freight of pic-
tures and statues of the most em-
inent artists to Italy, he ordered
notice to be given to the con-
tractors, that, if they lost them,
they should give new ones in-
stead.
JEdes in Capitolium Jupiter, Bo-
nus Magnus, bellum Sabinus
facio voveo Tarquinius. Epis-
tola meus pervulgo non moleste
fero, quin etiam ipse multus do
describo. Quo facile urbs adeo,
Augustus triumphalis vir ex
manubialis pecunia, via sterno
distribuo. Mummius tarn ru-
dis sum, ut, capio Corinthus,
quum magnus artifex perfectus
manus tabula ac statua in Italia
porto loco, jubeo praedico con-
duco (pres. part.) si is perdo
novus reddo.
GERUND.
I. The Gerund is nothing more, in reality, than the
neuter singular of the participle in dus.
II. It governs the case of its verb, and, in respect to
signification, supplies the place of a declinable infini-
tive of the present active, since it expresses the action
or state of the verb, as a verbal substantive.
III. The relation of the gerund to the real participle
in dus is the following. As the gerund has an active
GERUND.
285
sense, this active construction may, without any altera-
tion of sense, be changed to passive. Thus, consilium
scribtndi epistolam^ "the design of writing a letter,"
may be altered to consilium scribendce epistola, " the de-
sign of a letter to be written," or " that a letter be
written."
IV. What is the accusative in the active construc-
tion, is put, in the passive, in the case in which the ge-
rund stood, and the participle agrees with it. Thus, in
scribendo epistolam becomes in scribenda epistola^ and ad
scribendum epistolam becomes ad scribendam epistolam.
V. This change may take place wherever no ambi-
guity is likely to arise from the gender not being dis-
tinguishable. It should not be practised when the ac-
cusative which the gerund governs is the neuter of a
pronoun or an adjective ; for example, we should say
studium illud efficiendi, not illius ; and cupido plura cog-
noscendi, not plurium cognoscendorum.
1. Gerund in DUM.
VI. The gerund in dum is used in the nominative, or
in the accusative before the infinitive, with the verb
sum, in the sense of necessity or propriety ; and the
person on whom the duty or necessity rests must be
expressed in the dative, not in the ablative with ab.
Thus, Laudandum est mihi. " I must praise." Dico
laudandum esse mihi. " I say that I must praise."
An orator must observe what is be-
coming, not in sentiment only,
but also in words. Young men
ought to acquire, old men ought
to enjoy. The disciples of Py-
thagoras were obliged to be five
years silent. It must either be
denied that a God exists, or
those who admit it must confess
Orator quis decet video sum, non
in sententia solum, sed etiara
in verbum. Juvenis paro, se-
nex utor sum. Pythagoras dis-
cipulus quinque annus taceo
sum. Aut nego Deus sum, aut
qui Deus sum concedo, is fateor
286
GERUND.
that he is engaged in something.
No one ever consulted a sooth-
sayer how (one) ought to live with
parents, children, and friends.
If Deiotarus had not turned lack
from his journey, he would have
had to sleep in the room which the
next night fell in. We ought to
have resisted Ctzsar when he was
weak. Each one must exercise
his own judgment. We must
penetrate to the city through the
defile.
sum is aliquis facio. Nemo un
quam haruspex consulo, quern,-
admodum sum sui cum parens,
cum liberi, cumque amicus vi-
vo. Si Deiotarus ex iter non
reverto, in is conclave is cubo
sum, qui proximus nox corruo
Imbecillus Caesar resisto sum.
Suus quisque judicium utor
sum. Per angustiae ego ad
urbs penetro sum.
VII. The gerund in di y or the genitive of the gerund,
is used after a substantive, and after relative adjec-
tives.
VIII. Such substantives are, among others, ars, causa,
consilium, consuetude, cupiditas, facultas, occasio, tempus^
potestas, spesj studium, voluntas, &c.
IX. The ablatives causd and gratia are also joined
with the gerund in di.
Beate vivendi cupiditate omnes incensi sumus. " We are all in-
flamed with the desire of living happily."
Epaminondas studiosus erat audiendi. " Epaminondas was desi-
rous of hearing."
Avaricious men are not only tor-
mented with the passion for ac-
quiring, but also with the fear
of losing. Frugality is the sci-
ence of avoiding superfluous ex-
penses, or the art of using prop-
erty with moderation. In pro-
portion as any one speaks well,
so he most dreads the difficulty
of speaking. The Germans do
not occupy themselves with agri-
culture, nor has any one a fixed
amount of land, or exclusive
boundaries, lest they change their
Avarus homo non solum libido
augeo crucior, sed etiam amit-
to metus. Parsimonia sum
scientia vito sumtus supervac-
uus, aut ars res familiaris mod-
erate utor. Ut quisque optime
dico, ita maxime dico difficul-
tas pertimesco. Germanus
ager cultura non studeo, neque
quisquam ager modus certus
aut finis proprius habeo ; ne
GERUND.
287
love of making war for agricul-
ture. A great part of the Baby-
lonians had stationed themselves
on the walls, eager to become ac-
quainted with Alexander. Habit
and practice both sharpen acute-
ness in understanding, and
quicken the rapidity of expres-
studium bellum gero agricultu-
ra commute. Magnus pars
Babylonius consisto in mums,
avidus cognosce Alexander.
Consuetudo exercitatioque et
intelligo prudentia acuo, et elo-
quor celeritas incite.
Gerund changed into
A desire seized Romulus and Re-
mus of founding a city on the
spot where they had been expo-
sed and brought up. Hannibal
increased his reputation by his
bold attempt of crossing the Alps.
All judicial proceedings have
been devised for the sake of ter-
minating controversies or pun-
ishing crimes. Either pleas-
ures are foregone for the sake of
obtaining greater pleasures, or
pains are undergone for the sake
of escaping greater pains. The
difficulty of supporting an office
through iveakness is wholly in-
applicable to the majesty of God.
It is not denied that Demos-
thenes possessed great power of
eloquence; but it is also ascer-
tained that he was very fond, of
hearing Plato. / rejoice that
thou art desirous of bringing
about peace between the citi-
the Participle in Dus.
Romulus et Remus cupido capio
in is locus, ubi expono atque
educo, urbs condo. Hannibal
opinio de sui augeo, conatus
tarn audax trajicio Alpes.
Omnis judicium aut distraho
controversia, aut punio malefi-
cium causa reperio. Aut vo-
luptas omitto magnus voluptas
adipiscor causa, aut dolor sus-
cipio magnus dolor effugio cau-
sa. Sustineo munus propter
imbecillitas difficultas minime
cado in majestas Deus. Non
nego Demosthenes summus vis
habeo dico, sed consto quoque
is Plato studiosus audio sum.
Pax inter civis concilio tu
cupidus sum laetor.
X. The dative of the gerund, or the gerund in do,
is used after adjectives which take a dative, especially
after utilis, inutilis, noxius, aptus y idoneus, par; and
288
GERUND.
after substantives and verbs, to express the purpose
and design.
XI. The participle in dus may be used for the ge-
rund, as explained in III. and IV.
1. Gerund in Do.
Iron, when red, is not fit for ham- Rubeo ferrum non sum habilis tun-
mering. Coarse papyrus is not
fit for writing. This water is
good for drinking. Who is so
fit for running as 1 1 No seed
is good for sowing after four
years.
deo. Charta emporeticus inu-
tilis sum scribo. Hlc aqua sum
utilis bibo. Quis sum tarn ido-
neus curro quam ego 1 Nullus
semen ultra quadrimatus utilis
sum sero.
Remark 1. To express, however, the purpose or design, the accu-
sative with ad is more common, at least in Cicero.
Remark 2. The dative of the gerund is often joined with esse,
when this latter is used in the sense of " serving for," " being ade-
t^iate to." In such constructions, most grammarians suppose an el-
lipsis of idoneus. It may, however, be considered as analogous to
the expression esse auxilio alicui. So we have Non est solvendo.
"He is not able to pay." Dimtes qui oneri ferendo essent. "The
rich, who were able to bear burdens." Rempublicam esse gratia
referenda. " That the republic was in a state to repay the obliga-
tion."
2. Gerund in Do changed to Participle in Dus.
Dry wood is a proper material for
eliciting fire. The spring, as it
were, represents youth, and ex-
hibits the promise of the future
fruits ; the rest of the time is
adapted for reaping and gather-
ing the fruits. There are some
games not without their use for
sharpening the wits of boys.
Cleanthes drew water, and hired
out his hands for watering a gar-
den. A great quantity of stones
was at hand, which old Tyre sup-
plied; wood was brought down
from Mount Liban^s for con-
structing rafts and 'owers.
Lignum aridus materia sum ido-
neus elicio ignis (plur.). Ve',
tanquam adolescentia significo,
futurusque fructus ostendo ; re-
liquus tempus (plural) demeto
fructus et percipio accommoda-
tus sum. Sum nonnullus acuo
puer ingenium non inutilis lu-
sus. Cleanthes aqua haurio, et
rigo hortulus loco manus.
Magnus vis saxum ad manus
sum, Tyrus vetus praebeo (ab-
lat. absol.); materies ex Liba-
nus mons, rates et turris facio,
GERUNE
289
The Transalpine Gauls took pos-
session of a spot not far from
thence for the building of a town,
where Aquileia now stands.
veho. Gallus Transalpinus,
baud procul inde ubi nunc Aqui-
leia sum, locus oppidum condo
capio.
XII. The accusative of the gerund, or gerund in dum,
is always dependant on prepositions, and most com-
monly on/ad, " to," or inter, " amid," " during."
XIII. The participle in dus may be used when the
gerund has an accusative.
1. Gerund in DUM.
We are inclined not only to learn,
but also to teach. To think well
and to act rightly is sufficient
for a good and happy life. As
the ox was born for ploughing,
the dog for tracking, so man was
born for two things, for under-
standing and acting. C&sar
was blamed, because, during the
performance, he occupied himself
m reading letters and memorials.
The riper the berry of the olive,
the fatter is the juice, and the less
pleasant ; and the best time for
fathering is when the berry be-
gins to grow black. Alexander,
naving taken the cup, handed the
Better to his physician, and while
\e drank, fixed his eyes upon his
Countenance as he read it.
Non solum ad disco propenstis
sum, sed etiam ad doceo.
Bene sentio, recteque facio, sa-
tis sum ad bene beateque vivo.
Ut ad aro bos, ad indago
canis, sic homo ad duo res, ad
intelligo et ago nascor. Repre-
hendo Caesar, quod, inter spec-
to, epistola libellusque lego va-
co. Quanto maturus oliva bac-
ca, tanto pinguis succus, minus-
que gratus ; bonus autem aetas
ad decerpo, incipio bacca ni-
gresco. Alexander, accipio
poculum, epistola medicus tra
do, atque ita inter bibo oculus
in vultus lego intendo.
2. Participle in Dus.
J|- who knmvs himself will be con-
scious that he has something di-
vine, and will understand what
great means he has for acquiring
wisdom. Pythagoras went to
Babylon, to learn the motions of
BB
Qui sui ipse novi (sulj.\ aliquis
sentio sui habeo divinus, intel-
ligoque quantus instrumentum
habeo ad adipiscor sapientia.
Pythagoras Babylon ad perdis-
co sidus motus origoque mun-
290
GERUND.
the heavenly lodies, and the ori-
gin of the world ; thence he di-
rected his course to Crete and
Lacedamon, to become acquaint-
ed with the laws of Minos and
Lycurgus. The eyelids, which
are the coverings of the eyes, very
soft to the touch, are most skil-
fully formed, both for enclosing
the pupils, lest anything should
fall upon them, and for opening
them. No one is more unyield-
ing in granting pardon than he
who has often deserved to ask for
it. Similarity of character is
the firmest bond for forming
friendships
dus proficiscor : inde Greta et
Lacedaemon, ad cognosce Mi-
nos et Lycurgus lex, contendo.
Palpebra, qui sum tegmen turn
oculus, mollis tactus, apte facio
et ad claudo pupulus ne quis
incido, et ad aperio. Nemo ad
do venia difficilis sum, quara
qui ille peto saepius mereo.
Ad connecto amicitia vel tenax
vinculum mos similitude.
XIV. The ablative of the gerund is used, 1. With-
out a preposition, as an ablative of the instrument. 2.
Depending on the prepositions ab, de, ex, and in.
XV. In both these cases the participle in dus may be
used, when the gerund has an accusative.
1. Without a
By gradually receiving into the
rights of citizenship the Italian
allies, who had either not taken
arms or laid them down soon,
the forces of the city were re-
cruited. I indeed think that vir-
tue is given to men, by instruct-
ing and persuading (them), not
by threats, and violence, and fear.
Socrates, by questioning and
interrogating, used to draw forth
'he opinions of those with whom
ne discoursed. The laws of Ly-
curgus train youth in labour, by
nunting, running, being hungry,
being thirsty, being pinched with
Preposition.
Paulatim recipio in civitas socius
Italicus, qui arma aut non capio
aut cito depono, vis civitas refi-
cio. Equidem puto virtus ho-
mo instituo et persuadeo non
minae et vis ac metus trado.
Socrates percunctor atque in-
terrogo elicio soleo is opinio
quicum dissero. Lycurgus lex
erudio juventus venor, curro,
GERUND.
291
cold, and being violently heated.
By doing nothing men learn
to do ill.
esurio, sitio, algeo, et aestuo.
Nihil ago homo male ago disco.
2. With a Preposition.
It is right that a man should be
both munificent in giving and
not severe in exacting. Anger
should especially be forbidden in
punishing. That commander
cannot keep an army under con-
trol who does not control him-
self, nor be severe in judging
who does not choose that others
should be severe judges towards
him. There is no evil so great
that I do not think it is impend-
ing ; but I desist, inasmuch as
there is more evil in fearing than
in the thing itself which is fear-
ed. In the department of phi-
losophy, the high station of Plato
did not deter Aristotle from wri-
ting; nor did Aristotle, by his
admirable knowledge and copi-
ousness, throw a damp upon the
studies of others.
Convenio quum indo munificus
sum, turn in exigo non acerbus.
Prohibeo maxime sum ira in
punio. Non possum exercitus
is contineo imperator, qui sui
ipse non contineo, neque seve-
rus sum in judico, qui alius in
sui severus sum judex non vo-
lo. Nullus sum tantus malum
qui non puto impendeo : sed
quum plus in metuo malum,
sum quam in ipse ille qui timeo,
desino. Nee Aristoteles in
philosophia deterreo a scribo
amplitude Plato, nee ipse Aris-
toteles, admirabilis quidam sci-
entia et copia ceteri studiumres-
tinguo.
3. Participle in Dus.
Virtue is seen, most of all, in de-
spising and rejecting pleasure.
The body must be exercised,
that it may obey the reason, in
executing business and enduring
labour. It is a difficult subject,
and much and often inquired
into, whether, in conferring a
magistracy, or enacting a law,
or trying a culprit, it were bet-
ter to vote secretly or openly.
Many persons use care in get-
In voluptas sperno ac repudio
virtus vel maxime cerno.
Exerceo ( participle ) corpus
sum, ut obedio ratio possum, in
consequor negotium et in labor
tolero. Difficilis res, ac mul-
tum et saepe quaere, suffragium,
in magistratus mando, aut reus
judico, aut lex scisco, clam an
palam fero melior sum. Mul-
tus in equus paro adhibeo cura,
292
SUPINES.
ting horses, (but) are negligent
in choosing friends. It has been
estabhshea by the civil code, that,
in the sale of estates, the faults
which were known to the seller
should be mentioned. Who does
not know that the chief power of
the orator consists in exciting
men's minds either to anger, or
hatred, or grief, or in recalling
them from these same emotions
to mildness and pity 1
in amicus eligo negligens sum.
Sancio jus civilis, ut in pree-
dium vendo vitium dico, qui no-
tus sum venditor. Quis nescio
maximus vis existo orator in
homo mens, vel ad ira, aut ad
odium, aut dolor incite, vel ab
hicce idem permotio ad lenitas,
misericordiaque revoco ?
SUPINES.
I. The two Supines are properly the accusative and
ablative of an old verbal substantive of the fourth de-
clension.
II. The supine in urn governs the case of the verb.
III. The supine in urn is used with verbs which ex-
press motion to a place ; such as ire, proficisci, conten-
dere, &c., in order to express the object ; as, Cubitum
ire. " To go to lie down."
IV. The Latin writers, however, use in general the
gerund with ad more than the supine.
Supine
1. Fabius Pictor was sent to Del-
phi, to the oracle, to inquire by
what prayers and, entreaties
the Romans might appease the
gods. The Helvetian war being
ended, the ambassadors of al-
most all Gaul assembled about
Casar to offer congratulations.
The cocks understand the
stars, and distinguish in the
daytime the spaces of three hours
ly their note: they go to roost
in UM.
Fabius Pictor Delphi ad oraculum
mitto, sciscitor quis preces sup-
pliciumque deus possum placo
Romanus. Bellum Helvetius
(gen. plur.) conficio, totus fere
Gallia legatus ad Caesar gratu-
lor convenio. Gallus gallina-
ceus novi sidus, et terni distin-
gue hora interdiu cantus : cum
sol cubo eo, quartusque cas-
SUPINES.
293
with the sun, and at the fourth
military watch recall us to care
and labour. The commanders
of the King of Persia sent am-
bassadors to Athens, to complain
that Chabrias was carrying on
war, along with the Egyptians,
against the king.
2. Not only old inhabitants of Ag-
rigentum came to Verres to pur-
chase the senator's place, but also
new ones; and it happened that
a new one outbid (the old), and
carried off the prator's letters.
The people of Veil, subdued by
their unsuccessful battle, send
negotiators to Rome to implore
peace. -The Saguntines request-
ing that, as far as they could (do
it) safely, they might go to see
Italy, guides were given them.
Hannibal, unconquered in Italy,
was recalled to defend his coun-
try.
trensis vigilia ad cura laborque
ego revoco. Praefectus rex
Persa legatus mitto Athenae
queror, quod Chabrias adver-
sum rex bellum gero cum
JSgyptius.
Verres emo locus senatorius non
solum vetus Agrigentinus, sed
etiam novus : fioque ut pretium
(ablat.) novus vinco, literaeque a
praetor aufero. Veiens, adver-
sus pugna subigo, pax peto ora-
tor Roma mitto. Peto Sagun-
tinus, ut, quatenus tuto possum,
Italia specto eo, dux do. Han-
nibal, in Italia invictus, patria
defendo revoco.
Remark. Perditum ire, " to go about to destroy," is little different
from perdere. Thus, Sail., Cat., 52 : Ne dum paucis sceleratis par-
cunt, bonos omnes perditum eant. In Cicero it does not occur, unless,
perhaps, we ought to read (in the first epistle ad Terent.) "puerum
perditum eamus" for the common " puerum perditum perdamus."
According to the analogy of this expression, which, from its fre-
quent occurrence in the comic poets, appears to have been much
used in common life, ire serves to make a periphrasis with the su-
pines of other verbs ; as, raptum and ereptum eunt, in Sallust, for
eripiunt ; ullum ivit, in Tacitus, &c.
V. The second supine, or the supine in u, is used
after substantives ; such as fas, nefas, and opus ; and
after the adjectives " good" or " bad," " pleasant" or
" unpleasant," " worthy" or " unworthy," " easy" or
" difficult," and others of similar meaning ; as, hones-
tus, turpis, jucundus, facilis, incredibilis, memorabilis,
&c. Thus, Pleraque dictu quam re faciliora sunt.
B B 2
294
SUPINES.
"Most things are easier to be spoken of than in reali-
ty." Hoc est jucundum auditu. " This is pleasing to
be heard."
The more brief a narrative is, the
more perspicuous and easy to be
understood will it become. It
is difficult to express how much
courtesy and affability of conver-
sation win the minds of men.
Wickedness quickly steals upon
us ; virtue is difficult to be found,
and needs a ruler and guide.
What is so pleasant to know and
hear as a discourse adorned with
wise sentiments and weighty
words 1 I am at a loss what to
do ; thou wilt do what seems best
to thee. Hannibal (incredible to
relate) in two days and two nights
reached Adrumetum, which is dis-
tant from Zama about three hun-
dred miles. The human mind
can be compared with no other
than with God himself, if this is
proper to be said.
Quo brevis eo dilucidus et cognos-
ce facilis narratio fio. Difficilis
dico sum quantopere concilio
animus homo comitas affabili-
tasque sermo. Cito nequitia
subrepo, virtus difficilis invenio
sum, rector duxque desidero.
Quis sum tam jucundus cog-
nosce atque audio, quam sa-
piens sententia gravisque ver.
bum orno oratio 1 Egeo consil-
ium : qui bonus facio video fa-
cio. Hannibal (incredibilis di-
co) biduum et duo nox Adrume-
tum pervenio, qui absum a Zama
circiter mille passus trecenti.
Humanus animus cum null us
alius, nisi cum ipse Deus, si hie
fas sum dico, comparo possum.
Remark 1. Only a few supines are used by the best prose writers
in this way ; such as dictu, auditu, cognitu, factu, inventu, &c. Later
prose authors, however, have considerably enlarged their number ;
and it cannot be denied that, by their use, the Latin expression
gains greatly in conciseness.
Remark 2. The best writers use ad and the gerund, or sum and
the infinitive, with facilis, difficilis, and jucundus ; as, facile ad intel-
ligendum, ad judicandum ; or facile est invenire, judicare, &c.
Remark 3. With dignus the poets use the infinitive, and are fol-
lowed by later prose writers. Thus we have in Quintilian, " Lyri-
corum Horatius fere solus legi dignus." The most common con-
struction of dignus, however, is with qui and the subjunctive, as has
already been remarked.
USAGE OF INTERJECTIONS.
295
USAGE OF INTERJECTIONS.
1. With the interjections 0, Hen, and Proh, an ac-
cusative is used of the thing or person wondered at,
&c. j as, fallacem hominum spem ! " deceitful hope
of mortals !"
OBS. 1. The accusative of personal pronouns may be used so
alone ; as, Me miserum ! " Unhappy me !" and even of other
words ; as, Hominem gravem et civem egregium !
OBS. 2. The interjection has nothing to do with the government
of the accusative here (for interjections, strictly speaking, gov-
ern no cases), neither is it necessary to resort, as some do, to
an ellipsis of a verb (such as sentio, video, &c.) : the strong
feeling intended to be conveyed calls at once, without any
formal government, for a case that marks direct and immediate
action. *
mighty power of error ! glo-
rious day, when I shall go to
that divine assembly and compa-
ny of minds ! Ah miserable
me ! why am I compelled to
blame the senate, which I have
always praised ? senseless
that thou art, if thou fearest
death when it thunders ! the
cunning fellows ! with how few
words do they think the business
brought to a close ! We have
sent ambassadors, alas ! misera-
ble me ! Blind one that I am,
in not having seen these things
before ! This man ! this degree
of effrontery! In the name of
heaven and earth !
vis maximus error ! O prae-
clarus dies, quum ad ille divi-
nus animus consilium ccetus-
que proficiscor ! Heu ego mi-
ser ! cur senatus cogo qui laudo
semper reprehendo 1 tu de-
mens, si tune mors timeo quum
tono ! acutus homo ! quam
pauci verbum puto negotium
conficio ! Mitto legatus ; heu
ego miser ! Ego caecus ! qui
hie ante non video (subj.).
Hicce homo ! hicce impuden
tia ! Proh deus homoque (gen
plur.) fides !
II. The interjections en and ecce are commonly join-
ed with a nominative case j as, Ecce tucB literce ! En
nova turba !
296 USAGE OF INTERJECTIONS.
OBS. With this nominative we may supply, as some do, such a
verb as adsunt, adest, apparent, apparet, &c. This, however,
seems hardly necessary, as the emotion with which the words
are uttered in these and similar instances naturally gives rise
to elliptical modes of speech.
III. The accusative is also used with en and ecce ; as,
Ecce miserum hominem ! En promissam pecuniam !
This, however, is chiefly in comedy ; as, ecce me, eccil-
lum (ecce ilium) ; eccum (ecce eum), &c.
IV. Hei and VCB are usually followed by a dative ; as,
Hei mihi! "Wo is me !" Va metis I "Wo to the
vanquished !"
PART II.
1. ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
2. MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES TO BE RENDERED INTO
LATIN.
ON THE
ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
I. COMPARATIVE ARRANGEMENT.*
I. THE superiority which a transpositive language possesses over
one which is analogous in respect to the collocation of words, it can
hardly be necessary to evince, even to the junior student of classic
literature. He must have remarked, that in Latin the arrangement
of words in a clause may be varied at pleasure, whereas in English
we are frequently confined to one order. Whether we say Hanni-
balem vicit Scipio, or Scipio vicit Hannibalem, or Scipio Hannibalem
vicit, the meaning is the same. But if we say " Scipio conquered
Hannibal," we state the fact. If we alter the order, and say " Han-
nibal conquered Scipio," we affirm the reverse ; and if we say
" Scipio Hannibal conquered," or " Hannibal Scipio conquered," we
state an ambiguous proposition.
II. When we say that the meaning is the same, in whatever or-
der the Latin words may be arranged, we would not be understood
to signify that the three forms may in all cases be indiscriminately
adopted, without in the least degree hurting the conception, or that
in all instances they are equally apposite. Our observation regards
solely the expression of the primary sentiment. To illustrate the
difference, let us take the following : Ad Arbela Darium vicit Alex-
ander. If the question were, " Who conquered Darius 1" the
answer should be, Alexander ad Arbela Darium vicit. If the question
were, "Whom did Alexander conquer?' it would be answered, Da-
rium ad Arbela Alexander vicit. If it were inquired, " Where did
Alexander conquer Darius'?" the answer should be, Ad Arbela Alex-
ander Darium vicit. If the question were, " Did Alexander take, or
did he conquer Darius 1" the answer would be, Vicit Darium Alex-
ander. The natural anxiety of the speaker to satisfy the curiosity
of the inquirer would, in these several circumstances, dictate the
correspondent arrangement.
* Crombie's Gymnasium, vol. 1, p. xxx., seqq., 6th ed
300 ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
III. Our collocation in English, generally considered, has been
aptly enough denominated the order of intellect. The arrangement
in Latin is more adapted to imagination and feeling. The language
of the Romans consists of periods ; ours is composed of sentences.
Hence the English has more simplicity, the Latin greater strength.
We begin with the agent, from him we proceed to the act, and from
it to the person or thing acted upon. This may be called the meta-
physical order ; it is the order of time, and to this arrangement we
are generally confined. The flexibility of the Latin language ena-
bled the speaker or writer to adopt any collocation which the subject
prescribed, or which he deemed conducive to the attainment of his
purpose. If the subject was familiar, and the language colloquial, it
approached pretty nearly to the English arrangement. Thus,
" Continuo ad te properans, percurro ad forum, ut dicam tibi h<zc :
Ubi te non invenio, ibi asctndo in quendam excelsum locum :
Circumspicio ; nusquam. Forte ibi hujus video Byrrkiam ;
Rogo; negat vidisse." (Terent., Andr., 2, 2, 19.)
If the style be didactic, or the subject historical, it is, according to
our conceptions of natural order, more inverted. Thus, " Ubi eo
venlum est, quacunque incedit, armata multitude pavorem ac tumultum
facit; rursus ubi anteire primores civitatis vident, quicquid sit, haud
temere esse rentur. Nee minorem motum animorum Roma tarn atroz
res facit, quam Collatia feccrat. Ergo ex omnibus locis urbis in forum
curritur." (Liv., 1, 59.)
If the language be addressed to the feelings, or the imagination
chiefly, the arrangement is nearly the reverse of ours. Here the Latin
order possesses a most decided superiority. The most conspicuous
words in every sentence, it is to be observed, are the first and the
last. By the former our attention is excited, and on the latter it
rests. Hence, if the speaker were reasoning on his arrangement, he
might conclude it to be a matter of indifference whether he placed
the chief image which he was to present to his auditory in the
very beginning or at the very end of the sentence. But, under the
influence of vehement passion, his ardent mind stops not to reason.
The object, be it what it may, which most forcibly affects his feel-
ings or seizes his imagination, that he presents first to his auditory.
The following passage from Cicero, while it exemplifies this obser-
vation, will serve also to illustrate the difference between the Latin
and English arrangement in oratorical language : " Rcmpublicam,
Quirites, vitamque omnium vestrum, bona, fortunas, conjuges, liberos-
que vcslros, atque hoc domicilium clarissimi imperil, fortunatissimam
ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 301
pulcherrimamque urbem, hodierno die, deorum immortalium summo erga
vos amore, laboribus, consiliis, periculisque meis, ex jtamrna et ferro, ac
jxzne ex faucibus fati ereptam, et vobis conservatam ac restitutam vide-
tis." (Or. in Cat., 3, 1.) It is impossible to conceive a period more
perspicuously, more beautifully, more impressively constructed than
the preceding. Not a clause can be transposed, not a word displa-
ced, without violence to the beauty, the strength, or the harmony of
the period. He first seizes the attention by presenting an image,
above all others interesting to a Roman auditory Rempublicam.
He then proceeds to enumerate a series of objects, calculated in
succession to awaken in the hearts of his hearers the most lively
emotions "vitam," "lona" "fortunas," " conjuges," " liber osque."
Then he completes the group, by exhibiting an object endeared to
them all by a thousand ties "the city of Rome," "the capital of the
empire," " the mistress of nations." Still suspending the interest
of his auditory, and postponing the statement of the important and
interesting fact, he proceeds to specify the means by which it was
accomplished. Then, after directing their attention to the benign
interposition of the immortal gods, as the great authors of the event,
he finishes the picture by exhibiting the whole, as rescued that day
from conflagration and impending destruction. Let the reader now
compare the original with the translation. " To-day, Romans, you
behold the commonwealth, your lives, estates, fortunes, your wives
and children, the seat of this most renowned empire, this most fair
and flourishing city, preserved and restored to you from fire and
sword, and almost snatched from the jaws of fate, by the distin-
guished love of the immortal gods towards you, and by my toils,
counsels, and dangers."
IV. It has been matter of controversy, whether the arrangement
which obtains in transpositive, or that which is found in analogous,
languages, should be deemed the natural order. The Abbe Batteux
contends that the order in French, and, consequently, in all analo-
gous languages, is the inverted order ; and that the arrangement of
words in Latin, and, therefore, in all transpositive languages, is the
natural arrangement. This doctrine will be found, on examination,
to be the true one. If man were purely an intellectual being, the
metaphysical arrangement would be that which his words would
most probably assume. But pure intelligence is not the character
of man. He is endowed with imagination, with appetites, also, and
passions too prone to seize, with heedless avidity, whatever object is
conceived to be subservient to their gratification ; and experience
proves but too plainly that whatever the heart most eagerly covets,
Cc
302 ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
the tongue is always most impatient to express. " Arma, viri,ferte
arma," was the language of JEneas in a moment of peril. " A
horse, a horse, my kingdom for a horse !" was the exclamation of
Richard the Third in the instant of alarm. This is the language of
passion, or, in other words, of nature.
2. LATIN ARRANGEMENT.
RULE I. In historical narration, and didactic composition of every
kind, the subject is generally put before the verb ; as, Deus mundum
gubernat.
Exception 1. When the subject is closely connected with the suc-
ceeding clause, and is by it either limited or explained, it follows
the verb. Thus, " In duobus exercitibus erant trigemini fratres,
nee cBtate nee mribus dispares." " Erant omnino itinera duo, qui-
bus itineribus domo exire possent."
Exception 2. When the author wishes the attention of the reader
to rest on the subject, the nominative then follows the verb,
and generally concludes the sentence or clause. This excep-
tion will be particularly illustrated hereafter. In the mean
time, we quote the following examples from Cicero's second
Philippic. " Doletis tres cxercitus populi Romani inter fectos : in-
terfccit Antonius. Desideratis clarissimos cives ; eos quoque eri-
puit Antoniuf. Aucloritas hujus ordinis afflicta est ; afflixit An-
tonius.
RULE II. Agreeably to the general principle of Latin arrange-
ment, by which the subject precedes the predicate, the adjective
ought to follow the substantive. But, with a few exceptions, and all
of these not universally observed, the place of the adjective and
participle is entirely arbitrary. In the following cases, however, the
adjective is generally put before the substantive.
1. When the adjective is any one of the following words, primus,
medius, ultimus, extremus, summus, infimus, imus, supremus, re-
liquus, cceterus, denoting prima pars, media pars, &c., it is gen-
erally put before the substantive. Thus, " Summus mons."
(Cas.)" Extremo libra." (Cic., Off., 3, 3.)
2. When the substantive governs another in the genitive, the ad-
jective generally precedes both ; as, " Propria veri inquisitio."
(Cic., Off., 1, 4.) "Duo Platonis pracepta." (Cic., Off., 1, 25.)
" Vera autem animi magnitudo." (Cic.)
3. When the substantive is governed by a preposition, the adjec-
ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 303
tive is frequently put before the substantive ; as, " Hoc in quccs-
tione" (Cic.) " Magna ex parte." (Id.) " Quam ad spem."
(Cos.)
4. For the sake of euphony ; as, " Qui adipisci veram gloriam
volet" (Cic., Off., 2, 13), rather than "gloriam veram volet."
5. The pronouns is, ilk, hie, iste, are very generally placed before
the substantive ; and, if used substantively, are placed before
the participle. This arrangement not only renders the refer-
ence more pointed, but also increases the strength, and gener-
ally improves the melody of the clause. We therefore say,
" Hoc tempore." (Cic.)"Eatempestate." (Sail.) " Hoc re."
(Cas.) "Eo regnante." (Liv.)
RULE III. The Relative generally follows the antecedent, and
should be placed as near to it as possible. Thus, "Ex quatuor
autem locis, in quos honesti naturam vimque divisimus, primus ille, qui
in veri cognitione consistit." (Cic., Off., 1, 6.)
RULE IV. Agreeably to the preceding rule, the relative is gener-
ally the first word of its own clause ; and when it is taken for et
ille, et hie, et is, or for these pronouns singly, its place is uniformly
the first. The reference is thus more clearly marked ; and, accord-
ingly, this arrangement is favourable to perspicuity and strength.
Thus, "Quod ubi Casar resciit." (Gas., B. G., I, 28.) " Qui si
jussissent" (Cas., B. G., 1, '26.) " Qui cum eum in itinere conve-
nisscnt" (Id., ib., 1, 28) ; equivalent to " Et cum illi eum in itinere
convenissent." So also with the relative adverb : " Quo cum perve-
nissent." (Liv.)
RULE V. It is a general rule, that what is governed precedes that
by which it is governed. Thus the genitive precedes the noun that
governs it : " Omnium animantium formam vincit hominis figura ;"
the accusative the verb that governs it : hostem fudit ; bellum scrip-
turns sum ; the infinitive the verb by which it is governed : discerc
volo ; the ablative the comparative on which it depends : nihil cst
agricultura melius, &c.
1. In this, however, much depends on the idea expressed by the
governed or governing word being more strongly impressed on
the mind. Thus, " Fratris tui mors acerbissima mihifuit," and
"Morsfratris tui," &c., are both equally correct, according as
the idea of the person or the death takes precedence in the
mind. A genitive, however, which expresses an objective rela-
tion, usually follows the noun on which it depends. Thus,
304 ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
" Quod is, qui uno die, tota Asia, tot in civitatibus, uno nuntio
atque una significatione literarum, cives Romanos necandos truci-
dandosque denotavit" (Cic., L. Man., 3), "notice by letters,"
not "una literarum significatione." So (Id. in Verr., 1, 40),
" Offensionem negligentiae vitare," " offence by my negligence."
2. Causa and gratia follow the genitive ; as, glories causa ; bono-
rum gratia. Exceptions to this are very rare in Cicero, bat
more common in Livy. On the contrary, the possessive pro-
noun always precedes causa ; as, med causa, tua causa, &c.
3. Prepositions, as the name imports, generally precede the
word which they govern, and are therefore exceptions from the
rule.
RULE VI. The verb generally closes the sentence. " Verio sen-
sum daudere," says Quintilian, " multo, si compositio patiatur, opti-
mum est. In verbis enim sermonis vis inest. At si id asperum erit,
cedat hcec ratio numeris" (9, 4).
RULE VII. Adverbs are generally placed immediately before the
words which they are intended to modify ; as, " Leviter cegrotantcs
leniter curant." (Cic., Off., 1, 24.)
1. Words closely connected in sense with that which the adverb
qualifies, are often placed between them. Thus, " Non tarn in
bellis et praliis quam in promissis etfide firmiorem."
2. Non, when it belongs to a single word of the proposition, al-
ways stands immediately before it ; as, " Non te reprehendo, sed
fortunam." If, however, the negative belongs to the proposition
generally, not to any specific word, non stands before the verb,
and before the finite verb if an infinitive depends upon it.
Thus, " Cur tantopere te angas, intelligere sane non possum."
RULE VIII. Conjunctions generally introduce the clause to which
they belong. Thus, " At si dares hanc vim." (Cic.) " Sed prof ecto
in omni re for tuna dominutur." (Sail.)
Exception 1. The enclitic conjunctions que, ve, ne, are always suf-
fixed, the first two to the latter of the two words which they
serve to couple ; as. "Albus aterve," "boni malique;" and the
last to the subject which the question chiefly regards ; as, Lo-
quarne ? " Shall I speak ?" Egone loquar 1 " Shall / speak 1"
Exception 2. The conjunctions autem, enim, vero, quoque, quidem,
are always placed after the introductory word of the clause,
generally in the second place, sometimes in the third. Hence
they are called postpositive conjunctions. Etiam, igitur, and
ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 305
tamcn are more frequently assigned to the second or third
place than to the first. Of these, indeed, igitur is uniformly,
by Cicero, used as a postpositive conjunction. " R<z discipline
igitur: 1 (Cic., Of., 1, 2.)" Placet igitur." (Id., ib.)" Quo-
niam igitur." (Id., ib., 1, 9.) Tacitus, Nepos, and Sallust have,
in one or two passages, used it prepositively. Etiam, also, is
much more frequently used as a postpositive than as a preposi-
tive conjunction. Tamen frequently introduces a clause, though
it more generally is placed second or third, and sometimes even
at the very end of a sentence.
RULE IX. Words connected in sense should be as close as possi-
ble to each other ; and the words of one clause should never be
mixed with those of another.
When Horace says " Terrarum dominos evehit ad deos," it is not
easy to ascertain, at first view, whether terrarum dominos re-
fers to the Romans or the gods. Again, if we say " Vidistiri*
hominem malum qui hoc mihi dedit ?" punctuation alone can de-
termine whether we mean "didst thou see the wicked man who
gave me this?" or "didst thou see the man who caused me
this mischief?" and it is quite unnecessary to observe that no
sentence should be so constructed that its meaning shall depend
on punctuation only. If the former of the two senses be in-
tended, we should say " Hominem malum mdistiri 1 , qui hoc mihi
dedit ?" if the latter, " Hominem vidistin 1 qui hoc malum mihi
dedit ?" Tibullus says, " Vidi ego qui juvenem seros desisset
amores" (1, 5, 47). Here the word juvenem, which belongs to
the primary and antecedent clause, is improperly thrust into the
relative clause. The syntactical arrangement is, " Ego vidi ju-
venem, qui desisset seros amores."
RULE X. Circumstances, that is, the " cause," the " manner,"
the " instrument," the " time," the " place," are expressed before
the predicate. " Eum ferro occidi." " Ego te ob egregiam virtutem
semper amavi." " Quum Brundisium venissem."
RULE XI. An aggregate of particulars, to which any addition is
to be expressed, or from which any exception is to be signified, gen-
erally precedes the addition or the exception. " Ego, prceter ceteras
tuas virtutes, humanitatem tuam admiror." (Cic.} In the following
sentence Cicero has departed from this arrangement, in order to
place the relative as near as possible to its antecedent : " Omnium
cwitatum totius Sicilice legationes adsunt prceter duas civitates, qua-
Ce2
306 ON THE ARRANGEMENT OP WORDS.
rum duarum duo crimina vel maxima minuerentur," &c. (Cic., Or.
in Q. Cacil.)
RULE XII. The proper name should precede the name of the rank
or profession ; as, Cicero orator ; Hannibal dux.
RULE XIII. The vocative, as a mark of distinction, should eithei
introduce the sentence, or be placed among the first words. " Credo,
vos, Judices." (Cic.) " Si tibi,fratcr, ista contigissent." (Id.)
RULE XIV. When there is an antithesis, the words chiefly oppo-
sed to each other should be as close -together as possible. "Appetis
pecuniam, virtutem abjicis." "In provinciam profectus es pauper,
dives Romam rediisti." " Excluder ego, ille recipitur."
RULE XV. It is a general rule that sentences, especially in the
higher department of prose, should be so constructed that, while in
each clause and member we proceed successively from shorter to
longer words, the several clauses and members should gradually in-
crease in length, as we advance towards the close of the sentence.
To this rule, both as it respects the length of single words, as
well as that of clauses and members, no writer was ever more
attentive than Cicero. Whenever the dignity of the subject
requires a certain elevation of style, this gradual swell, as we
approach the close of the period, imparts dignity and strength
to the sentence, and, if skilfully managed, renders its cadence
flowing and harmonious. In other circumstances, however, this
studied and artificial structure would be highly unsuitable.
Plain and familiar subjects require a diction simple and easy.
Nay, even in cases where this structure is adapted to the sub-
ject, its constant recurrence would render the style too stately
and affected, while it would fatigue the ear by a monotonous
uniformity. Continued elaboration is unnatural and tiresome.
RULE XVI. As a corollary to the preceding rule, it follows that a
sentence ought not to conclude with a monosyllable. Still, though
this be a general, it is by no means a universal rule. The following
cases furnish a few exceptions :
1. When, by ellipsis, the final m, without its vowel, in the word
immediately preceding the monosyllable, is cut off; as, "/n
Asia continenter vixisse laudandum est." " Hodierno die vobis
judicandum est."
2. When, by a synaloepha, the final vowel, in the word immediate-
ly preceding the monosyllable, is elided ; as, " Atque homine li-
bero est." " Interfectum jure concedas nccesse est"
ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 307
3. When the monosyllable is an auxiliary verb ; as, " Domi sua,
condemnatus est." " Internecione civium dijudicata sint."
4. When the subject sinks, or proceeds from greater to less, the
words may gradually decrease in length, and the sentence end
in a monosyllable. Thus, in the following passage of Horace,
" Parturiunt monies ; nascetur ridiculus mus" an anticlimax is
intended, and the structure of the verse must be regarded as a
beauty. In Virgil's " procumbit humi bos," the sound is pur-
posely made an echo to the sense.
RULE XVII. Euphony frequently requires a deviation from several
of the preceding rules. Thus,
1. Euphony forbids the concurrence of vowels, when they pro-
duce a disagreeable hiatus, or mouthing.
2. A concurrence of harsh consonants should be avoided. The
harsher articulations are those of D, K, C, G, Q, R, S, T, the C
and G being sounded hard by the Romans, not soft, as we do at
the present day. Thus it requires a strong and almost painful
effort to pronounce " vix strepitus," " post stragem," " trans
stramineum," &c.
3. Monosyllables in succession should be avoided. Hence in Vir-
gil (JEn., 12, 833) the following is faulty : " Do quod vis, et me
victusque volensque remitto." Here are no fewer than five mon-
osyllables, which produce a subsultory and unpleasant effect.
The verse seems to hop or start rather than move smoothly or
gracefully along.
4. A continuation of two long words should also be avoided
They fatigue the reader, and make the sentence drag.
5. A continued repetition of the same letter, whether it be initial,
middle, or final, should be avoided. Nothing, scarcely, can be
more offensive to the ear than the following passage (quoted by
the Auctor ad Herennium) from an ancient poet : " Tite, tute
Tati, tibi tanta tyranne tulisti." The following clause from Ci-
cero is, on this ground, somewhat objectionable : " Privato illo
judicio transacto aut delato." (Cic. in Verr.)
6. A repetition of the same syllable or syllables in close succes-
sion, or at short intervals, should be avoided ; as, " monet et
hortatur ," " per perbreve tempus ;" " fortunatam natam me
consule Romam /" tl pleniore ore" (Cic., Off., 1, 18); " negligens
est gens" (Liv., 5, 46) ; " qua praterea pr&viderim pr&tereo"
(Cic., Ep. ad Fam., 6, 6.)
308 ON THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
7. Verse ought not to be mixed with prose. " Versum fugimus
in oratione," is the remark of Cicero.
8. A sentence concluding like a hexameter is particularly faulty :
" Veteres fidosque clientes" " Forsan multi vincerent, si sincere
posse putdrent." In the beginning of a sentence it is less stri-
king, and therefore more pardonable ; as, " Facturusne opera
pretium szm." (Liv., Prof.) This, indeed, is not an error
against euphony, but it savours of affectation, and betrays a
want of taste.
ENGLISH EXERCISES,
TO BE RENDERED INTO LATIN.
I.
The Athenians were building 1 the walls 2 of their city. This thing
the Lacedemonians took amiss ; 3 but Themistocles deceived them by the
following stratagem : he went to Sparta as an ambassador, and denied
to the Lacedemonians that the walls were building. 4 ' " But," says he,
" if you do not believe me, send trusty men, 5 who may inspect 6 the city,
and in the mean time do you detain me." They did so.
2.
Themistocles at the same time secretly despatched a messenger to the
Athenians, advising them 7 to detain the Lacedemonian inspectors at
Athens, by whatever means 9 they could, until they had builfl their walls,
and had recovered him. The 'Athenians did as he advised them. The-
mistocles accordingly was recovered; the Lacedemonian inspectors
were restored; and Athens was fortified, against the will of the Lacede-
monians. 11
3.
The father of a family came one day 12 to Aristippus the philosopher,
and asked him to undertake the education 13 of his son. The philosopher
demanding five hundred drachms as 14 a fee, the father, who was a very
covetous man, was frightened at the price, and told the philosopher that
he could purchase a slave for less money. 15 " Do so," said Aristippus,
" and then you will have two."
4.
Hasdrubal passed over 16 into Italy with a great army ; and, if he had
been able to join 17 his brother Hannibal, the Roman empire would have
1. JEdificabant. 2. Mcenia. 3. Moleste ferebant. 4. JSdificari.
5. Certos homines. 6. Explorent. 7. Eosque monuit nt. 8.
Quacimque ratione. 9. ^Edificassent. 10. Et seipsum recepissent.
11. Lacedaemoniis invitis. 12. Quodam die. 13. Ut erudiendum
susciperet. 14. Pro. 15. Minoris. 16. Trajecit. 17. Sese jun-
gere.
310 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES.
been ruined. 1 But Claudius Nero, having left part of his army in his
camp, hastened to Hasdrubal with a few chosen troops, and joined 2 his
colleague Livius at 3 the River Metaurus. These two together van-
quished Hasdrubal.
5.
After him Julian obtained the government, 4 and made war on the
Parthians, in which expedition I myself was present. 5 He took several
towns of the Persians by storm, and received others on surrender. Re-
turning victorious, he was slain by an enemy on the sixth day before the
Calends of July, and in the seventh year of his reign. He was a man
of great eloquence, and had a very retentive^ memory. He was suc-
ceeded by"* Jovian, ivho was elected emperor by the army.
6.
Tiberius Sempronius Gracchus, descended from a very noble family,
would not suffer* Scipio Asiaticus, though an enemyf to be carried to
prison. The latter, 10 when he was prcetor, subdued Gaul ; in his first
consulship he conquered Spain, and in his second 11 Sardinia. When
he was capitally 12 impeached by the people, Sempronius sioore that he
was not deserving of death ; and that, if he were banished, he would go
into exile along with him. Upon this 13 he was acquitted.
7.
A war having arisen between the Romans and Allans, under the con-
duct of Hostilius and Fufetius, before they came 14 to a battle, it was de-
termined 15 to finish the affair by the combat of a few. There happened
to be 16 among 17 the Romans three brothers, born at one birth, by name
Horatii, and also three such among the Allans, named Curiatii, equal
to them in age and strength. It was agreed, 20 therefore, that these
should fight for the mastery, 21 and that the people to whom 22 the victors
belonged should have the supremacy.
8.
They engaged ; and, after many wounds given and received on both
sides, two Romans fell, 23 and the three Allans were grievously wounded.
The single Horatius, 24 who remained 25 untouched, but was not a match 26
1. De Romano imperio actum foret. 2. Sese conjunxit. 3.
Apud. 4. Imperil potitus est. 5. Egomet interfui. 6. Tenacissi-
ma. 7. Huic successit. 8. Noluit pati. 9. Inimicum. 10. Hie.
11. Altero. 12. Capitis. 13. Quare. 14. Ventum est. 15.
Placuit. 16. Forte erant. 17. Apud. 18. Fratres trigemini. 19.
Itidemque. 20. Convenit. 21. De principatu. 22. Utriuscunque.
23. Corruerunt. -24. Unus Horatius. 25. Adhuc. 26. Impar.
MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 311
for the Allans all together, 1 in order to divide their strength and attack
them singly, pretended flight. They followed him, one after another?
as their strength and the pain of their wounds permitted ; and as they
came up, 3 he slew one by one. 4 The Roman was accordingly the victor,
and the two states were united under one name.
9.
Curius Dentatus, having subdued the Samnites, said in an assem-
bly, 5 " I have taken such a quantity of land, 6 that it would have been a
desert if I had not taken such a number of men ; 7 moreover, I have ta-
ken such a number of men, that they would have perished by famine if
I had not taken such a quantity of land." He divided 9 the fields among
the soldiers, giving unto each one fourteen acres, 9 and reserved as
many for himself, saying that no man ought to be a general who
would not 10 be content with the share of a common soldier.
10.
No man was ever milder than Scipio Africanus ; and yet, from an
opinion^ that some rigour was necessary for establishing 12 military dis-
cipline, he was on one occasion 13 cruel to his countrymen. For, after
having conquered Carthage, and having reduced under his own power
all those who had gone over to the Carthaginians, he punished 1 * the Ro-
man deserters 15 with more severity than the Latin. The former 16 he
crucified as runagates 1 " 1 from their country, and the latter he beheaded 18
as perfidious allies.
11.
When Poisena, king of the Etrurians, we* endeavouring 19 to re-es-
tablish Tarquinius Superbus on his throne, and had taken the Janicu-
lum at the first assault, 20 Horatius Codes, a man of the greatest cour-
age, posted himself 21 at the extremity of the Sublician bridge, and alone
withstood the whole force of the enemy till the bridge was broken down* 2
behind him. He then threw 23 himself into the Tiber, and swam over to
his friends, unhurt either by his fall or the darts of the enemy.
12.
The Greeks, after the victory, determined to sail 2 * to the Hellespont,
and to demolish 23 the bridge, that the king might not escape. Themis-
1. Universis. 2. Alius post alium. 3. Advenerunt. 4. Singu-
los. 5. Concione. 6. Tantum agri. 7. Tot homines. 8. Disper-
tivit. 9. Dena quaterna jugera. 10. Qui nollet. 11. Ratus. 12.
Ad firmandam. 13. Quodam tempore. 14. Animadvertit in. 15.
Transfugas. 16. Illos. 17. Fugitives. 18. Securi percussit. 19.
Conaretur. 20. Primo impetu. 21. Sese constituit. 22. Dirutus
esset. 23. Misit. 24. Navigare. 25. Diruere.
312 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES.
tocles dissuaded, them from this, 1 saying that the king, being intercept-
ed, would renew the battle ; and that despair sometimes achieves what
courage cannot. 2 At the same time he sent a eunuch to the king, ac-
quainting him 3 that, if he did not escape* quickly, the bridge would
be 5 demolished. Darius therefore fled, and Themistocles thus pre-
served the victory to the Athenians.
13.
A certain youth had for a long time frequented the school of Zeno
the philosopher. When he returned home, his father asked him what he
had learned. 6 The son modestly answered that he would show him that
by his conduct." 1 The father was grievously offended, and beat him.
The son remained perfectly composed, 9 and said, " / have learned to
bear a father's anger with patience."
14.
In the reign of Augustus, a dolphin, it is said, 9 contracted an attach-
ment to 10 the son of a poor man, who used to feed him with bits of
bread. Every day the dolphin, when called by the boy, swam to the sur-
face of the water ; and, after being fed from his hand, carried the boy
on his back from the shore at Bai& n to a school at Puteoli, ]2 and
brought him back in the same manner. The boy having died, the dol-
phin coming 13 several times to the usual place, and missing 1 * him, is
said to have also died of grief .
15.
Publius Scipio, surnamed 15 Africanus from the conquest of Africa,
is believed to have been the son of Jupiter. For, before he was con-
ceived, a serpent of huge size appeared in his mother's bed ; and, when
he was an infant, 16 a snake, having twisted itself around him, did not
do him any harm. He never undertook any expedition till he had sat 17
for some time in the chapel 1 * of Jupiter, as if he had been receiving 19 di-
vine counsel. When he was eighteen years of age he saved the life of
his father at Ticinum, and when he was twenty-four years old he was
sent to Spain as pr fetor, and took Carthage on the very day on which
he arrived.
16.
A maiden of very great beauty, whom he had taken captive in the war,
1. Hoc iis dissuasit. 2. Non possit. 3. Eum certiorem faciens.
4. Effugisset. 5. Fore. 6. Quid didicisset. 7. Moribus suis.
8. Omnino tranquillus. 9. Uti fertur. 10. Erga. 11. Baiano. 12.
Puteolos. 13. Ventitans. 14. Desiderans. 15. Cognominatus.
16. Infantem. 17. Sedisset. 18. Cella. 19. Acciperet.
MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 313
he forbade to be brought into his presence, 1 and ordered her to be re-
stored to her father and her betrothed lover. 2 Having defeated Hasdru-
bal and Mago, the brothers of Hannibal, he drove them out of Italy, and
formed an alliance 3 with Syphax, king of the Mauritanians. Having
returned home victorious, he was elected consul before he was of the legal
age ; 4 and, being sent into Africa, he conquered Hannibal, who had been
compelled to return to Carthage for the defence of his country. Being
falsely accused of extortion by Petillius the tribune, he went 5 into vol-
untary exile, where he spent the remainder of his days. 6
17.
Xerxes, before the naval engagement in which he was defeated by
Themistocles, had sent four thousand armed men 1 to Delphi to plun-
der 9 the Temple of Apollo; just as if he were carrying on 9 war, not only
with the Greeks, but also with the immortal gods. This body of men
was entirely destroyed by rain 10 and thunder. Historians say 11 that this
was done in order that he might understand how insignificant 12 is the
strength of men against the immortal gods. The wicked forget 13 that
to war against Heaven is to court their own destruction. 1 *
18.
Xenophon, the disciple of Socrates, was offering 15 a solemn sacrifice,
when he heard that his elder son was slain at Mantinea. 16 He did not,
however, desist, 17 but only laid down his crown, and asked how he had
fallen. }S When he understood that his son had died in the field of bat-
tle, 19 fighting bravely in defence of 20 his country, he calmly 21 replaced
the crown upon his head, calling the gods to witness that he received 32
more pleasure from the bravery, than pain from the death, of his son.
19.
M. Aurelius, the Roman emperor, applied to 23 the study of wisdom,
and attended the lectures of 2 * Sextus the philosopher for that purpose.
When he was going out of the palace one day, Lucius the philosopher,
who had lately come to Rome, met him, 25 and asked him whither he was
going, and on what business. Marcus answered, "It is becoming 29
even for an old man to learn ; and I am going to Sextus, to learn those
1. Conspectum. 2. Sponso. 3. Amicitiam conjunxit. 4. Ante
annos. 5. Concessit. 6. Reliquam aetatem. 7. Armatorum. 8.
Qui diriperent. 9. Gereret. 10. Imbribus. 11. Ferunt. 12. Quam
nullae. 13. Haud secum reputant. 14. Sibi exitium petere. 15.
Faciebat. 16. Ad Mantineam. 17. Cessavit. 18. Cecidisset.
19. Acie. 20. Pro. 21. Placide. 22. Capere. 23. Incumbebat
in. 24. Audiebat. 25. Ei obviam factus est. 26. Decorum eat.
DD
314 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES.
things which I do not yet know." Lucius, raising his hands to heaven,
exclaimed, " Jupiter ! a Roman emperor, now in his old age, goes to
school 1 like a boy /"
20.
When Plato had come to the Olympic games, the most crowded 2 of all
the assemblies in Greece, he boarded and lodged in the company op per-
sons of whom he knew nothing, and to whom he was unknown. While
he remained at Olympia, he so captivated and attached 4 them to him by the
sweetness of his manners, and by his conversations, which were free
from? all affectation of wisdom, that they rejoiced exceedingly in the so-
ciety 6 of such a man. He made no mention, however, of the Academy
or of Socrates ; he told them merely that he was named Plato.
21.
When the games were over, and they had come to Athens, Plato re-
ceived them very kindly. 7 Being very desirous to see the philosopher,
they said, " Show us that namesake of yours, 8 the philosopher Plato, the
disciple of Socrates, whose reputation 9 is everywhere so great. Take
us 10 to the Academy.' 1 He, softly smiling, as he used to do, said, "I
am the wan." 11 His visiters 12 were struck with amazement when they
found that they had been the companions of Plato so long without
knowing him.
22.
Dion, being banished from Syracuse by Dionysius the tyrant, went
to n Megara. Here, when he wished to have an interview with 141 The-
odorus, the chief man of the city, and had gone to his house for that pur-
pose, being detained a long time at the gate, and, after all, refused ad-
mittance, 15 he said to his companion, calmly, " This must be borne with
patience; perhaps we also, when we were in authority, 16 sometimes did
such things." By this tranquillity of mind, he rendered the circum-
stances of his banishment 17 far more tolerable.
23.
Aristid.es among 19 the Athenians, and Epaminondas among the The-
bans, are said to have been such lovers 19 of truth, that they never told a
lie even in joke. Atticus, likewise, with whom Cicero lived in the
greatest intimacy, neither told, nor could bear, 20 a lie. "I hate that
1. Petit scholam, 2. Frequentissimum. 3. Contubernium iniit
cum. 4. Ita sibi devinxit. 5. Alienis ab. 6. Convictu. 7. Per-
humaniter. 8. Tibi cognominem. 9. Fama. 10. Due nos. 11.
Ille. 12. Respites. 13. Petiit. 14. Convenire. 15. Denique in-
troire prohibitus. 16. In magistratu. 17. Conditionem exsilii.
18. Apud. 19. Adeo amantes. 20. Pati poterat.
MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 315
man," Achilles used to say, " as much as I do 1 the gates of Pluto,
who says one thing 2 and thinks another." 3 "Liars," Aristotle was
wont to observe, "gain 4 this, that, when they have spoken the truth,
they are not believed." 3 Simplicity and sincerity are most suited to the
nature of man.
24.
Ptolemy, having conquered Demetrius, gained 6 greater glory from
his moderation than from his victory ; for he dismissed the friends of
Demetrius, not only with all their property, but also with valuable pres-
ents, saying that he had not begun the war for the sake of plunder.
Not long afterward, 7 Ptolemy, having engaged with Demetrius a second
time, 8 was himself defeated ; and, having lost his fleet, fled into Egypt.
Demetrius, in return for his kindness, sent 9 him his son, his brother,
and all his friends, together with their property. 10
25.
When Augustus C&sar was supping with 11 Vedius Pollio, one of the
slaves broke a crystal vessel. Vedius immediately ordered him to be put
to death ; nor was he to die 12 by a common death ; for he ordered him to
be thrown into a Jish-pond full of lampreys. 13 The boy, terrified, fled to
the feet 14 of Casar for protection. The emperor, shocked 15 at the bar-
barous order of Pollio, commanded that the boy should be set at liberty,
all the crystal vessels to be broken, and the Jish-pond to be filled up.
" What /" said he, " because your vessel has been broken, shall there'
fore 16 the bowels of a human creature 17 be torn in pieces ?"
26.
When Pyrrhus, king of Epirus, had made war on the Romans, ana
when he was distant from the Roman army only a few miles, 18 the phy-
sician of Pyrrhus came by night into the camp of Fabricius, promising
to cut off the king by poison if a reward should be given him propor-
tioned to 20 the magnitude of the service. Fabricius immediately caused
him to be carried back 21 to Pyrrhus, saying that it was disgraceful to
contend with an enemy by poison, not by arms. On this the king is re-
ported to have said, " The sun can be more easily diverted from hu
course than Fabricius be seduced from the path of honour." 72
1. JSque ac. 2. Aliud. 3. Aliud. 4. Consequuntur. 5. lis
non credatur. 6. Sibi comparavit. 7. Haud multo post. 8. Ite-
rum. 9. Remisit. 10. Bonis. 11. Apud. 12. Nee periturus erat.
13. Muraenarum plenam. 14. Ad pedes. 15. Commotus. 16.
Ideone. 17. Hominis. 18. Faucis tantum millibus passuum. 19.
Se sublaturum esse. 20. Pro. 21. Reducendum curavit. 22. Ab
honestate.
316 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES.
27.
Pisistratus the tyrant conducted himself with the greatest equity in
the government 1 of Athens, which he had unjustly seized ; and, except
that he was fond of ruling, 2 no citizen was better than he. If he saw
any persons walking about idle in the market-place, he called them to
him, and asked them why they were idle. If they answered that they
had neither cattle* nor corn, he gave them some, and lade them go and
work. 4 ' When he appeared in public, two or three boys accompanied him
with money to give to the poor. 5
28.
Gillias of Agrigentum? a man richer in mind than in wealth, was
constantly employed rather in expending"* than in getting money. He
erected buildings for public purposes ; B he exhibited 9 shows to the people ;
he supplied the poor with food ; he gave dowries to young women ; he
entertained strangers in the kindest manner ; and at one time fed and
clothed five hundred horsemen, who had been driven on shore 10 near his
house by a storm. In short, whatever Gillias possessed, he seemed to
consider as the common patrimony of all men. 11
29.
Antisthenes the philosopher used to exhort his scholars to pay great
attention to their studies ; 12 but few of them complied with his advice.
At last, being in a passion, he turned them all away. Diogenes, how-
ever, who was one of the number, being inflamed with a great desire to
hear the lectures of l3 the philosopher, came frequently to his school, and
resolutely stuck to him. 1 * Antisthenes threatened that he would break
his head 15 with a staff which he used to carry ; and when he saw that
Diogenes was not frightened away by this threat, he one day did actu-
ally 16 beat him.
30.
Diogenes, however, did not go away. " Strike" said he, " if you
please ; 17 I present to you my head; but you will not find any staff so
hard that it will drive 18 me from your school. I love you, and am desi-
rous to hear you. I have prevailed on myself to submit 19 to anything
for the sake of knowledge." Antisthenes, perceiving that he was very
1. In principatu. 2. Praeterquam quod dominandi studiosus erat.
3. Jumenta. 4. Ad operam sese conferre. 5. Egenis. 6. Agri-
gentinus. 7. In eroganda. 8. In usus publicos. 9. Edebat. 10.
In littus compulsos. 11. Pro patrimonio omnium communi. 12.
Ut diligenter in studia incumberent. 13. Audiendi. 14. Ei adhaere-
bat. 15. Ei caput diminuturum. 16. Revera. 17. Si tibi placet.
18. Qui abigat. 19. In animum induxi ut patiar.
MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 317
fond, of learning, took him back, 1 and conceived, a great affection for
him. " Nature," says Tully, " has implanted in man an insatiable de-
sire to search for truth, that he may become 2 wiser and better"
31.
Themistocles, having conquered the Persians in a naval fight, said, vn,
an assembly at Athens, that he had a plan in contemplation^ which
would be serviceable to the state, but that it was necessary it should not
be made public. He therefore demanded a person 4 ' to whom he might
communicate it, and Aristides was appointed for that purposed He
then told Aristides that the fleet of the Lacedemonians, which had gone
into harbour 5 at Gytheum, might be secretly set on jire, and thus the
naval power"* of the Lacedemonians be destroyed.
32.
Aristides, having heard this, returned to the assembly, and told them
that the plan of Themistocles was indeed a very useful one, but by no
means honourable. The Athenians, judging that to be unprofitable
which was% not honourable, rejected, 9 on the authority of Aristides, a
plan which they had not even heard. We are born for 10 justice ; nor
is right founded 11 on opinion, but in nature. Cicero observes 12 that
justice is the queen of virtues. Let it, then, be a fixed principle with
us, 13 that what is dishonourable is never useful.
33.
Anaxagoras of ClazomenaH was illustrious not only for his wealth
and the nobility of his birth, but also for the greatness of his mind. In
order that he might deliver up ls himself entirely to the study of philoso-
phy, he surrendered his patrimony to his friends* 6 and went to Athens,
the nurse 11 of literature at that time. There Pericles became his schol-
ar ; a man of exalted mind, of uncommon eloquence, and very bountiful
to the poor. It happened, however, that, being much engaged^ in pub-
lic affairs, Pericles seemed to neglect his master Anaxagoras.
34.
The old man, perceiving this, went to bed, 19 and, wrapping up his
head, determined to starve himself to death. Pericles, having heard this
circumstance, flew to his master, and with tears besought him to live,
and to preserve to him that wisdom and that light which had been of so
1. Rursus admisit. 2. Quo evadat. 3. In animo. 4. Ut aliquis
sibi daretur. 5. Rem. 6. Subducta esset. 7. Opes. 8. Esset.
9. Repudiarunt. 10. Ad. 11. Constitutum est. 12. Docet. 13.
Maneat ergo apud nos. 14. Clazomenius. 15. Traderet. 16.
Suis. 17. Cultrices. 18. Implicitus. 19. In lectum se contulit.
318 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES.
nuch service 1 to him. Anaxagoras, uncovering his head, mildly said,
" Pericles, those who have need of a lamp feed 2 it with oil." From that
time Pericles paid great attention to Anaxagoras, and, indeed, not long
afterward saved his life.
35.
Marcia, the daughter of Cato, when she was lamenting her deceased
husband, being asked what was to be the last day of her grief, replied that
the last day of her life would be the last day 3 of her grief. And Valeria,
the sister of the Messalce, being asked why she would marry* no one,
her husband Servius being dead, answered, "My husband Servius al-
ways lives to me." The wife of Phocian said to a lady 5 who was os-
tentatiously showing her all her jewels, 6 "My greatest ornament is
Phocian, a poor man, indeed, but now for twenty years general of the
Athenians."
36.
When King Porsena was besieging Rome, and thought that he should
soon take the city, C. Mucius, a youth of daring spirit, determined to in-
troduce himself into" 1 the camp of the enemy, and to slay the king. Fear-
ing, 9 ' however, lest, if he should go without the order of the consuls, he
might be reckoned a deserter, 3 he went to the senate and spoke thus :
" / intend, oh fathers, to cross the Tiber ; and, if I can, to enter 10 the
camp of the enemy ; not, however, as a plunder er,u but as the deliverer of
my country. Plunder is not in my thoughts ; 12 if the gods assist me, I
meditate greater things."
37.
1 Tie fathers approve the design, and he accordingly^ sets out witn. a
swo rd concealed under his garment. When he came into the camp of the
enemy, he posted himself in the thickest part of the crowd, near the king's
tribunal. It happened 14 at that time that pay icas giving 15 to the sol-
diers, and they were going up to the secretary 18 to receive it, who was
sitting beside the king, nearly in the same dress. Fearing 1 "? to ask
which of the two icas the monarch, lest he might discover himself to be a
Roman, he killed the secretary instead of ls Porsena.
38.
When he was making his way through the crowd with the bloody
1. Tantum profuissent. 2. Alunt. 3. Futurum ultimum etiam.
4. Nubere. 5. Cuidam mulieri. 6. Gemmae. 7. Intrare. 8.
Metuens. 9. Pro transfuga. 10. Inire. 11. Attamen baud praedo.
12. Animo. 13. Adeoque. 14. Forte. 15.. Dabatur. 16. Scri-
bam. 17. Timens. 18. Pro.
MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES, 319
tword, he was seized by the king's life-guards 1 and brought before the
tribunal. Fearing nothing, he said, "I am a Roman citizen; they call
me C. Mucius. I, an enemy, wished, to kill an enemy ; nor is my mind
less prepared for bearing death than it was for taking away your life.
To do and to suffer brave things is the property of a Roman. 2 Three
hundred youths of us have conspired against you; it behooves you,
therefore, to prepare^ yourself."
39.
When the king, enraged and terrified, was ordering him to be burn-
ed 4 - unless he should quickly disclose the plot of the Roman youths, Mu-
cius thrust his hand into a pan of coals, 5 and said, " Behold how con-
temptible 6 is the body to those who have glory in view." When he was
holding his hand in the fire, seemingly' 1 without any sense of pain, the
king, amazed at his fortitude, sprung 8 from his seat and ordered him
to be set at liberty. 9 Next day he sent ambassadors to Rome to offer
terms of peace.
40.
Alcibiades, when he was yet a boy, called 10 one day on his uncle Per-
icles, and found him sitting by himself, thoughtful 11 and sad. The boy
asked him the cause. " I have," replied Pericles, " by an order of the
city, erected the porch of Minerva's Temple ; 12 and, having expended a
vast sum of money* 3 on the work, I know not ho^c to give in my ac-
count." 14 - " Contrive rather," said Alcibiades, very promptly, " how
you may not give it in." Accordingly, this sagacious and eminent
man followed the advice of the boy, and so managed the matter that the
Athenians, being involved in 15 a war with their neighbours, had no
leisure 16 to call for accounts.
41.
When the Romans were carrying on war against the Latins and the
Tusculans, the consuls T. M. Torquatus and S. Decius published an
edict, that no one should fight with the enemy without their order. It
happened that, among the other captains of companies 18 who had been
sent to different parts to explore the situation of the enemy, T. Manlius,
son of the consul, came near the post 19 of the Tusculan cavalry, which
Metius, a man illustrious for his birth and his exploits, commanded.
1. A regiis satellitibus. 2. Romanum est. 3. Accingere. 4.
Cremari. 5. Foculum. 6. Vile. 7. Ut videbatur. 8. Prosiluit.
9. Dimitti. 10. Adiit. 11. Altius cogitantem. 12. Propylaea Mi-
nervae. 13. Ingente pecunia. 14. Rationem reddam. 15. Impli-
cati. 16. Non vacarent. 17. Edixerunt. 18. Turmarum preefec-
tos. 19. Stationem.
320 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES.
When he saw the Roman horse, and the son of the consul marching 1 be-
fore them, he instantly rode up to them, and challenged Maniius to sin-
gle combat. 2
42.
The courage of the youth was roused 3 by this challenge ; and, forget-
ting his father's command, he rushed to the contest. At the first onset
he dismounted* the Tusculan, and stabbed him through 5 the heart. He
then returned to his father with the spoils of his enemy. " Challenged,"
said he, " by a Tusculan, I slew him, and have brought you the spoils."
The father ordered the soldiers to be assembled, and in their hearing 6
addressed his son thus : " Titus Maniius, you have slighted 7 the con-
sular authority ; you have fought contrary to orders ; 8 and if others
should imitate your example, the Roman state would soon be ruined. In
order, therefore, that the republic may sustain no injury from your con-
duct, you must be punished capitally 9 for your offence." The gallant
youth accordingly suffered death for 10 his excessive bravery.
43.
When Porcia, the daughter of Cato of Utica, heard that her husband
Brutus had been conquered and slain at Philippi, she called for 11 a
sword to kill herself. This not being given her, she took some burning
coals n and swallowed them. Before this time, indeed, she had disci-
plined herself l3 for enduring the pain of death with fortitude. TJie day
before 1 * Casar was slain by the conspirators, she called for a razor, as
if to pare her nails ; 15 and, having received it, she wounded herself se-
verely with it, as if it had accidentally slipped from her hand.
44.
The maid-servants immediately raised a cry, and Brutus came into
the bedchamber 16 to inquire the cause. When he began to chide her for
thus doing the office 1 '' of a barber, " I did not," said she, " inflict 18 this
wound by chance, but designedly ; 19 it is a sure evidence of my love to-
wards you ; for I wished to try whether I had spirit enough 20 to seek
death by the sword if your noble purpose 21 should not turn out accord-
ing to your wish." 22 Brutus affectionately 23 embraced her ; then rais-
1. Incedentem. 2. Ad singulars certamen. 3. Motus est. 4.
Equo dejecit. 5. Transfixit. 6. Quibus audientibus. 7. Contemp-
sisti. 8. Edictum. 9. Capite. 10. Pcenas dedit morte. 11. Po-
poscit. 12. Carbones. 13. Sese erudiverat. 14. Pridie quam.
15. Ad ungues resecandos. 16. Cubiculum. 17. Quod officium
obiisset. 18. Intuli. 19. De industria. 20. Satis animi. 21.
Generosum proposition. 22. Tibi ex sententia. 23. Amanter.
MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 321
ing his hands to heaven, he fervently prayed that the gods would make
him worthy of so excellent a wife.
45.
Cacinna Patus, the husband of Arria, was sick ; l her son also was
stele, each, as it seemed, irrecoverably. The son died ; a youth of un-
common beauty, of great modesty, and very dear to his parents. Arria
prepared for his funeral, and conducted it in such a manner 2 that her
husband knew nothing of it. Nay, as often as she entered his bedcham-
ber, she pretended that her son was alive, and was better. 3 When he
Sisked her what the boy was doing, she used to answer, " He has rested
well, and has eaten his victuals' 1 with pleasure." At last, when her
tears, long restrained, overcame 5 her and burst forth, she retired to her
chamber and gave herself up to grief.
46.
When she had her Jill of crying, 6 she returned to her husband with
a composed countenance, and endeavoured to sooth his grief for the loss
of their sort. After Scribonianus, who had made war on Claudius, was
slain, PfBtus, who had been of his party, 7 was dragged to Rome. When
he was going to embark, Arria entreated the soldiers that she might be
put on board along with him. " You are going to furnish him," saia
she, " with servants, from whose hands he may receive his food, by
whom he may be dressed, and by whom he may be undressed. 9 All these
things I alone will perform." 9 She did not, however, obtain her request.
47.
Arria therefore hired 10 a fishing-boat and followed the ship. When
she came to Rome, and, despairing of her husband's safely, seemed deter-
mined to die, 11 she was very strictly watched by her friends. Perceiving
this, she said, " Ye lose your labours ; 12 for ye may make 13 me die pain-
fully, but ye cannot prevent me from dying." At the same time, start-
ing up 14 from her chair, she knocked 15 her head with great violence
against the wall, and fell. Stunned for a little, 16 upon recovering she
said, " I told you that I would find a hard death if you should deny me
an easy one."
48.
After Patus was put to death, if Arria had pleased 1 " 1 to survive her
1. ^Egrotabat. 2. Et ita duxit. 3. Atque melius se habere. 4.
Cibum sumpsit. 5. Vicissent. 6. Lacrymis satiata. 7. Qui ejus
partes secutus erat. 8. Exuatur. 9. Ipsa praestabo. 10. Con-
duxit. 11. In mortem esset intenta. 12. Nihil agitis. 13. Poles
tis efficere ut. 14. Exsiliens. 15. Impegit. 16. Sopita paullisper-
17. Arriae si placuisset.
322 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES.
husband, she would have been allowed to live, being the very intimate
friend 1 of Messalina, the wife of Claudius ; but she preferred dying
with her husband. Nay, 2 that she might rouse him to meet death like a
man, 3 she first plunged the dagger into her own breast; then, extracting
it from the wound, she held it out to him, and said, "P<ztus, it does not
pain." Conjugal affection is ordained* by nature to mitigate the sor-
rows and ease the labours of human life. It makes adversity less, 5 and
prosperity greater. Domestic pleasures are unquestionably preferable
to all others.
49.
When Solon saw one of his friends, one day, very sorrowful, he took
him up to the citadel, and bade him take a mew of the houses lying un-
der 6 his eye. When he observed that he had done so, " Think," said he,
"with yourself, how many griefs have been, now are, 7 and will afterward
be, under these roofs ; and cease to lament, as peculiar 8 to yourself, those
evils which are common to all mankind." The same person used to say,
that if all the misfortunes of men were collected into one place, every
one, after inspecting the mass, would choose rather 5 to bear his own than
his neighbour's evils.
50.
About 10 this time a much heavier disaster befell* 1 Priam, king of
Troy. Refusing 12 to restore Helen, the wife of Menelaus, king of
Sparta, who had been carried off 13 by his son Paris or Alexander, he
was stripped 1 * of his kingdom by the Greeks, after a siege of ten years,
and at the same time lost his life. Troy was destroyed in the four hun-
dred and thirty-sixth year before the building of Rome, 15 and one thou-
sand one hundred and eighty-four years before the birth of Christ.
JEneas, a Trojan of great piety, whom the Greeks had spared, left his
country, and, after a variety of adventures, 16 both by sea and land, ar-
rived in Italy, and succeeded Latinus, king of the Latins, whose daugh-
ter he had married. 1 ' 1
51.
Croesus, king of Lydia, had a son of uncommon beauty and excel-
lent 1 ^ genius, but he was dumb ; the father had tried all means to cor-
rect 19 this defect, but all the arts of the physicians had been of no ser-
1. Quia Messalinae amicitil erat conjunctissima. 2. Quinimo.
3. Ad mortem virili animo oppetendam. 4. Constitutes est. 5.
Minuit. 6. Subjectas. 7. Versentur. 8. .Propria. 9. Fore ut
quisque mallet. 10. Sub. 11. Evenit. 12. Nolens. 13. Abrep-
tam. 14. Orbatus est. 15. Ante Romam condit'am. 16. Varios
casus. 17. Duxerat. 18. Praestantis. 19. Ad emendandum.
MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 323
tice. 1 When the army of the Persians had taken Sardis, and a sol-
dier, rushing on Crozsus with a drawn sword, was going to stab him,
not knowing 2 him to be the king, the youth, alarmed 3 for the safety of his
father, made a great and sudden effort 11 to speak; and, rupturing the
string 5 of his tongue, cried out, " Do not kill my father Crozsus"
52.
A stag, Hind, of one eye,$ was feeding on the seashore. In order
more effectually to provide for his safety, fearing no danger from the
sea, 7 he always turned the whole 9 eye towards the land. A ship acci-
dentally sailing past, the sailors spied him, and one of them aimed 9 an
arrow at him, and killed him. Finding himself mortally wounded, he
exclaimed, " Ah, wretch, what an error have I committed ! How has the
evenl }0 disappointed my expectation ! I feared the land, from which no
harm has happened to me, and trusted to the sea, whence death has come
upon me." 11 The fable teaches us that those things which we consider
as useful and profitable frequently bring upon us calamity 12 and sorrow.
53.
Epaminondas was, without dispute, the chief man, ls not only among
the Thebans, but also among all the Greeks of his own time. Before the
Thebans employ ed ]4 him as their general, they performed no memorable
action ; and, after his death, were remarkable only for the disasters 15
which they suffered. How bravely and how willingly he laid down 16 his
life for his country, the following circumstances 1 "* sufficiently bear wit-
ness. When he was, with his army drawn up in battle order, going to
attack Mantinea, a city of Arcadia, the Laced<zmonians, who were intent
on his destruction, 18 assailed him singly ; nor did they desist until
they saw him fall.
54.
When his friends had carried him 20 to the camp, he remained for some
time senseless ; 21 but, coming to himself, and feeling that he had re-
ceived a mortal wound, he asked the by-standers if 22 his shield 23 was
safe. When, with tears, they assured 24 him that it was safe, he ex-
pressed a desire to see it. 25 The shield, therefore, was brought to him,
and he kissed it, as having been the companion of his labours and his
1. Nihil profecerant. 2. Ignorans. 3. Timens. 4. Summopere
et repente nistis est 5. Vinculo. 6. Altero oculo captus. 7. E
mar i. s. Integrum. 9. Collineavit. 10. Casus. 11. Me oppres-
sit. 12. Cladem. 13. Princeps extitit. 14. Usi stint. 15. Cladi-
bus. 16. Profuderit. 17. Hae res. 18. Perniciem. 19. Abstite-
runt. 20. Detulissent. 21. Omni sensu carebat. 22. Num. 23.
Clypeus. 24. Confirmassent. 25. Eum velle videre dixit.
324 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES.
glory. He asked them if 1 the enemy were conquered, and they answer-
ed " Yes." "It is well" said he; "I have lived long enough, for I
die unconquered." He then ordered the spear to be extracted from the
wound, and instantly expired.
55.
A hungry 2 fox, seeing some bread and meat, which had been left by
shepherds in the hollow of a tree? went in and ate them ; but his belly
being swelled, and he not being able to get out, he began to groan and
lament his condition. Another* fox, that chanced to be passing by,
hearing his groans, came up, 5 and asked him the cause. Having learn-
ed 6 what had happened, he said, " You must remain here till you become
such as you were when you entered, and then you will easily get out."
The fable teaches that time removes difficulties.
56.
An old man, having cut some sticks'* in a wood, was carrying them
home. Having travelled 8 a considerable way, and being fatigued, he
laid down the sticks, and began to think of the evils of his condition, old
age, weakness, 9 and poverty. At last, weary 10 of life, he called on death
to come and release him from his toils. Death heard the old man's
prayers, 11 and instantly made his appearance, asking him, at the same
time, what he wanted. The old man, much frightened, replied, "I called
you only 12 to lift up my burden and put it on my back." The fable
shows that, even in the worst circumstances, almost all men prefer life to
death.
57.
A lady of illustrious birth being condemned for a capital crime, 13 the
prator delivered her to the triumvir to be put to death u in prison. The
jailer, moved to compassion, did not immediately strangle her, according
to the sentence, 15 but wished rather that she should die of hunger. He
therefore suffered no victuals to be given to her ; nor did he allow her
daughter, whom he permitted to visit her, }6 to enter the jail until he had
carefully searched her. 17 After several days had passed, and she still
lived, the keeper, by narrowly 18 watching the daughter, discovered that
she supported her mother by giving her suck / 19 This circumstance be-
ing communicated to the judges, her mother received a pardon, as a re-
ward of her daughter's singular affection.
1. An. 2. Esuriens. 3. In cava arbore. 4. Altera. 5. Acces-
sit. 6. Edocta. 7. Ligna. 8. Progressus. 9. Debilitatem. 10.
Pertaesus. 11. Pieces. 12. Ad nihil aliud nisi ut. 13. Capite.
14. Necandam. 15. Ex decreto. 16. Cui aditum permisit. 17.
Excussisset. 18. Curiosius. 19. Suo lacte sustentare.
MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 325
58.
Demetrius Poliorcetes had taken the city of Megara. Upon his ask-
ing Stilpo the philosopher if he had lost anything, 1 the other answered,
" / have lost nothing, for all my property is still mine." 2 Yet his patri-
mony had been plundered, his sons carried off, 5 and his country taken.
He affirmed, notwithstanding, that he had suffered* no loss ; for that he
still possessed true wealth, 5 namely, learning and virtue, which the ene-
my, he said, could not take from him. " The things of which the sol-
diers have plundered me," said the philosopher, " / have never regarded
as my own." 6 No man can call that his over which fortune possesses
any poicer : 7 it may be his to-day, and to-morrow in the possession of
another.
59.
Alexander the Great, having conquered Darius at Issus, 8 sent some 9
of his people to acquaint 10 Darius's mother and his wife, whom he had
taken prisoners, that he was coming to see them. 11 Soon after he sent
the message, he entered their tent, accompanied by Hephaslion, who
was of the same age with the king, but superior to him in person. 12 Ac-
cordingly, the royal captives, thinking that Hephastion was the king,
made their obeisance,** after the manner of the Persians. The mother
of Darius, being informed of her mistake, 15 threw herself at Alexander's
feet and begged his forgiveness. The monarch, raising her with his
hand, courteously replied, " You have made no mistake, 15 for this also
is Alexander."
60.
Rhacoccs, by birth a Mardian, had seven sons, the youngest of whom,
by name Cartom.es, a youth daring beyond his years, was daily doing
some mischief or other to his brothers. When his father had repeated-
ly^ admonished him to no purpose, the judges, who, by order of the King
of Persia, used to travel through the provinces for the administration
of jiistice, 18 happened to travel into that part of the country where Rha-
coces dwelt. Having heard of their arrival, he took his son, and, bind-
ing his hands behind his back, dragged him before the judges, 19 and de-
manded that he should be capitally punished 20 for his contumacy. The
1. Numquid amisisset. 2. Adhuc mecum sunt. 3. Abducti. 4.
Cepisse. 5. Opes. 6. Pro meis. 7. Quod in fortuna est posituin.
8. Ad Issum. 9. Quosdam. 10. Qui docerent. 11. Ad eas in-
visendas. 12. Corporis habitu. 13. Reginae captivae. 14. Vene-
ratae sunt. 15. De errore monita. 16. Nihil errasti. 17. Saepenu-
jnero. 18. Ad jus dicendura. 19. Ad judices. 20. Ut capite pce-
nas persolveret.
EE
326 MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES.
judges, amazed at this strange demand, 1 did not pronounce sentence,
but took 2 them both to Artaxerxes the king.
61.
When Rhacoces appeared before the king, he requested, that his son
might be punished with death. 3 " Will you, then," said the monarch,
11 be able to bear 1 the sight of a dying son ?" " Yes," said he ; " when
I cut off the bitter shoots of my lettuce, 5 the mother plant 6 suffers no in-
jury, but, on the contrary, flourishes the more ; so, when I shall be freed
from this son of mine, matters will go on the better,"* and I shall live in
peace." Artaxerxes praised him highly, 8 and ordered him to be seated
among the judges, saying, that he who pronounced 9 sentence on his own
son with such justice, would, doubtless be an impartial judge in the case
of others. 10 The king, at the same time, dismissed the son, with a suit-
able admonition. 11
62.
When Pyrrhus, king of Epirus, returning from Sicily, was sailing 12
past Locri, he robbed the Temple 13 of Proserpina ; and, having carried
the money on board his ships, 14 he himself set out by land. What hap-
pened ? 15 His fleet next day was torn to pieces 16 by a dreadful storm,
and the ships which contained the sacred treasure were thrown ashore 17
on the coast of Locri. Taught by this disaster the existence of a God, ls
he ordered all the money to be searched /or, 19 and carried back to the
temple. After this, nothing ever prospered 20 with him. He was driven
out of Italy, and died by an ignoble death, being killed by a poor old
woman 21 when he was attacking the city Argos.
63.
Cleanthes had a very dull and slow' 22 understanding, and was, be-
sides, in indigent circumstances. But, after a love of wisdom had
seized his mind, he overcame the slowness of his understanding by
study and diligence, attending 2 ^ Zeno in the daytime, and earning in
the night a little money, by drawing water from a well for the use 2 * of a
gardener. They say that he was once called before 25 the judges, be-
cause, though of a robust body, he seemed to follow no occupation 26 by
1. Inusitata postulatione. 2. Deduxerunt. 3. Capite plectere-
tur. 4. Sustinebis. 5. Lactucarum. 6. Mater eorum. 7. Res
sese eo melius habebunt. 8. Eum laudibus extulit. 9. Tulisset.
10. In aliis. 11. Apte admonitum. 12. Praeterveheretur. 13.
^Edem. 14. In naves. 15. Evenit. 16. Lacerata est. 17. Ejectae
sunt. 18. Deum esse. 19. Conquiri. 20. Prospere cessit. 21.
Ab ami paupercula. 22. Valde obtusum tardumque. 23. Operam
dans. 24. In usum. 25. Ad. 26. Artem.
MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 327
which he might get his bread. 1 But, when he brought the gardener for
whom he drew the water as a witness of the manner in which he gained
a livelihood, 2 he was not only dismissed, but also presented 3 with ten
mince, which, however, he would not accept.
64.
Socrates, the most celebrated philosopher of all antiquity, 4 was wont
to say that nothing should be asked from the gods, save that they would
be pleased to give us what is good for us. 5 Being consulted by a young
man whether he should take^ a wife or refrain from marriage, he an-
swered that, whichever of the two things' 1 he should do, he would 8 repent
of it. When the Athenians had passed the horrid 9 sentence on his life,
he took the poison out of the executioner's 10 hand with a resolute mind
and unaltered countenance. When he was applying 11 the cup to his
lips, and when his wife, bursting into tears,* 2 cried out that he died in-
nocent, " What, then," said he, " would you have 13 me die guilty ?"
65.
While Philip was preparing war against the JEtolians, Demetrius,
king of Ulyria, who had lately been conquered by Paulus the consul, ad
dressed H him in the most suppliant terms, complaining of the injustice
of the Romans, who, not contented with the possession of Italy, were
grasping 15 at the sovereignty of the world, and waging war with every
king. " Aspiring," 15 said he, " to the government of Sicily, Sardinia,
and Spain, they have attacked the Carthaginians; nor have they any
other cause for their hostility against me than that my territories are
adjacent to their own." He added, in order to induce Philip to resist
the ambition of the Romans, that he surrendered to him his right to the
kingdom, which they had injuriously seized, 17 better pleased, he said,
should he see it in the hands of an ally than under the dominion of an
enemy.
1. Qua victum qusereret. 2. Quaestus sui testem. 3. Donatus.
4. Inter antiques. 5. Ea quae profutura essent. 6. Ducere. 7.
Utrumcunque. 8. Fore ut. 9. Diram. 10. Carnificis. 11. Cum
admoveret. 12. In lacr:rr.25 effusa. 13. Visne. 14. Aggressus
est. 15. Captarent. 16. Affectantes. 17. Occupassent.
THE END.
L
Harper's School and College Text-books.
Professor ^Draper's Phiiosopljical toorks.
A TEXT-BOOK OF CHEMISTRY. With nearly 300 Illustrations. 12mo, Sh
A TEXT- BOOK OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. With nearly 400 Illustrat
Sheep. 75 cents.
CHEMICAL ORGANIZATION OF PLANTS. Engravings. 4to. $250.
Professor Hptyatn's Philosophical Series.
ELEMENTS OF MENTAL PHILOSOPHY. 2 vols. 12mo, Sheep. $2 50.
AN ABRIDGMENT of the Above, by the Apthor. 12mo, Sheep. $125.
PHILOSOPHICAL AND PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE WILL
extra. $1 25.
OUTLINES OF IMPERFECT AND DISORDERED MENTAL ACTU
Muslin. 45 cents.
^Dictionaries ano toorks of Reference.
A DICTIONARY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. By NOAH WEBS
A new Edition, revised and enlarged, by C. A. GOODRICH, Professor in Yale College,
extra. $3 50.
LIDDELL AND SCOTT'S NEW GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON
the German Work of PASSOW. With Additions, &c., by H. DRISLER. under the S
Prof. ANTHON. Royal 8vo, Sheep extra. $5 00.
AN ABRIDGMENT of the Above, by the Authors, for the Use of Schools, with the Audit
ond Part, viz., English and Greek. [In press ]
A UNIVERSAL GAZETTEER, Geographical, Statistical, and Historical. :
M'CuLi.ocH. In which the Articles relating to the United States are rewritten,
HASKEL. A.M. 2 vols. 8vo, Sheep, $6 50 ; Muslin, $6 00.
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCIENCE, LITERATURE, AND ART. Edit.
BRANDE, assisted by J. CAUVIN. Engravings. 8vo, Sheep. $4 00.
THE NORTH AMERICAN ATLAS. Containing 36 Folio Maps in Colors, foi
plete Atlas of this Continent. By S. E. MORSE. Half Roan. $275.
ENGLISH SYNONYMS EXPLAINED. With copious Illustrations and Expla
G. CRABBE, M.A. 8vo, Sheep extra. $2 00.
A CLASSICAL DICTIONARY. Containing an Account of the principal Pi
mentioned in Ancient Authors. By C. ANTHON. 8vo, Sheep. $4 00.
DICTIONARY OF GREEK AND ROMAN ANTIQUITIES. Edited by
Enlarged, &c., by C. ANTHON. Engravings. 8vo, Sheep. $4 00.
AN ABRIDGMENT of the Above, by the Authors. 12mo, half Sheep. 90 cents.
THE ENGLISHMAN'S GREEK CONCORDANCE OF THE NEW
MENT. 8vo, Sheep extra, $5 00 ; Muslin, $1 50.
POTTER'S HAND-BOOK FOR READERS AND STUDENTS. 18
45 cents.
Miscellaneous toorks.
SMITH'S ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON MECHANICS. 8vo, Mas
Sheep extra, $1 75.
WHATELY'S ELEMENTS OF LOGIC. I8mo, Muslin, 38 cents.
WHATELY'S ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC. Complete. 18mo, Muslin, 36
HOBART'S ANALYSIS OF BUTLER'S ANALOGY OF RELIGION.
FORD'S Questions for Examination. Revised and adapted to the Use of Schools. By
18mo, Muslin. 40 cents.
MARKHAM'S HISTORY OF FR A NC E, from the Conquest of Gaul by Julius
Reign of Louis Philippe. Prepared for the Use of Schools by the Addition of a Maj
Questions, and a Supplementary Chapter bringing down the History to the Present
ABBOTT. 12rno, half Sheep. $125.
SCHMITZ'S HISTORY OF ROME. With Questions by J. ROBSON. 12mo,
cents.
THE NEW TESTAMENT IN GREEK, with English Notes, Critical, Phil
Exegetical Indexes, &c., by Rev. J. A. SPENCER. 12mo, Sheep, $1 40; Muslin, $
LOGIC, RATIOCINATIVE AND INDUCTIVE. By JOHN STUART MILL
lin. $2 00.
Harper's School and College Text-books.
IY OF THE UNITED STATES, North of Virginia.
Botany, and a Glossary of 'JN. .
44ILE S
Sound, 70
__
NEW Y
o, half Sh
ORIAL
ps in Colo
DQ
University of Toronto
OOK IN
^ -i fX
), $1 25 ;
ID.IUM O
lythology,
C\2 O
Library
FH AME
. .
S OF A
o
W. CLAR
JH
Ss
w ECON
" ^r
loan, 50 c
^^r
SSAY O
n. 75 cen
H
DO NOT
//
NTHE N
-P
cti
// '
n. 75 cen
S OF M
n. $1 00
O
REMOVE
//
OF IN
P
II
DSOPHY
c>
THE
ON AST
H
12mo, M
P
LAT'S I
y E. H C
W O
uJ p
CARD
AINST '
I 1 T^'
LEWIS.
f-i
IVES. 1
r. 18mo,
Cti in
XJ 4^>
o c
FROM
u
3F THE
H
\\
:id a Conti
\\
>N'S HI
C l *
O ^ j
THIS
\v
? ROST, A.
rCj O
NX^
>N'S HI
, A.M. E
ON DO
-P H
& -p
<E! -H
POCKET
^V
By Miss C
.S OF P
,
heep, 50 <
ECH Ar
heep, 50 (
i
FE OF
rK i/-)
Acme Libraiy Card Pocket
Muslin.
STORY
V_^ '-* w'
00
Under Pat. "Ref. Index File"
lose of thi
d co
Made by LIBRARY BUREAU
GRAM
e Princip
\n r- ti -T-C
STRY ; i
eral Resources of the
E ME NTS OF CH EMISTR^^iB!W!!I^!!TO88HR!WHJH8lh l enes and Ap-
Science to Medicine and Pharmacy, and to the Arts. Edited by JOHN W. DRA-
,h about 250 Wood-cuts. 8vo, Sheep, f2 25 ; Muslin, $2 00.
NCIPLES OF ELOQUENCE. With an Introduction, by the Rev. Dr.
, Muslin. 45 cents.
'S PSYCHOLOGY; or, Elements of a new System of Mental Philosophy, on
iousness and Common Sense. Designed for Colleges and Academies 12mo,
f
9
Hi
